SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

EXpedite the PRocessing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack Payloads Interface Definition Document International Space Station Program

Revision H September 2009 Type 4

This document contains information that falls under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Department of Commerce Export Administration Regulations, 15 CFR 730-774, and is classified as EAR99. The export, re-export or transmission of this document or any of the data contained therein in violation of the Export Administration Regulations or other applicable U.S. export control laws and regulations is strictly prohibited. (HSV-09-01457)

National Aeronautics and Space Administration International Space Station Program Johnson Space Center Houston, Texas Contract No. NAS15-10000

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H REVISION AND HISTORY PAGE
REV. DESCRIPTION

September 2009

PUB. DATE

A B C

Initial Release (Reference per SSCD 001066, EFF. 07/17/98) Revision A (Reference per SSCD 002853, EFF. 03/08/00) Revision B (Reference per SSCD 003772, EFF. 09/27/00) Revision C (Reference per SSCD 005429, EFF. 07/08/01) Also incorporated: (SSCD 004139, EFF. 02/09/01; SSCD 004323, EFF 01/23/01; SSCD 004324, EFF. 04/19/01; SSCD 004338, EFF 01/23/01; SSCD 004340, EFF. 03/13/01; SSCD 004341, EFF 02/09/01; SSCD 004358, EFF. 04/20/01; SSCD 004925, EFF 04/04//01; SSCD 004926, EFF. 05/09/01; SSCD 005430, EFF 07/08/01;) Revision D (Reference per SSCD 006195, EFF. 01/17/02) Also incorporated: (SSCD 005515, EFF. 07/17/01; SSCD 005527, EFF 07/12/01; SSCD 005869, EFF. 06/07/02; SSCD 006129, EFF 01/28/02) Revision E (Release per SSCN 008241, EFF. 11-03-03) SSCN 008241 Authorized update of this document to Rev R by incorporating previously approved changes authorized by SSCNs 007065, 007223, 007438, 007564, 007854, and authorized by PIRNs 52000-IDD-0001A, 0002B, 0003, 0004C, 0005A, 0006A, and -0007. This is the first release on IPIC. Revision F (Reference per SSCD 010111, EFF. 08/28/06) Includes PIRNs 52000-IDD 0011B, 0012, 0013A, 0015, 0016, 0017, 0018, 0019A, 0020, 0021, 0022, 0023A, 0024C, 0026, 0027A, 0029B, 0030, 0031, 0032A, 0033, 0034, 0035, 0036, 0037, 0039A, 0040, 0041A, 0042, 0043. Revision G (Reference SSCD 011159, EFF. 07/14/08) Revision H (Reference SSCD 011855, EFF. 09/02/09)

08-03-98 06-13-00 02-09-01 08-29-01

D

9-12-02

E

11-20-03

F

08-31-06

G H

07-22-08 09-17-09

ERU: /s/ Mary C. Nooney 9-17-09

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H INTERNATIONAL SPACE STATION PROGRAM EXPEDITE THE PROCESSING OF EXPERIMENTS TO SPACE STATION (EXPRESS) RACK PAYLOADS INTERFACE DEFINITION DOCUMENT SEPTEMBER 2009 PREFACE

September 2009

This Interface Definition Document (IDD) provides a single source of design and interface compliance requirements which must be satisfied in order to certify the EXpedite the PRocessing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack payload for integration into an applicable EXPRESS Rack. The physical, functional, and environmental design requirements associated with payload safety and interface compatibility are included herein. This document forms the basis for the payload-specific Interface Control Documents (ICD). This document covers transportation and on-orbit phases of the EXPRESS Rack payloads. This document is under the control of the Payloads Control Board (PCB), and any changes or revisions will be approved by the Payloads Office Manager.

APPROVED BY:

/s/ William R. Jones II William R. Jones II Manager, International Space Station Payloads Office NASA/OZ

9-2-09 Date

i

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H INTERNATIONAL SPACE STATION PROGRAM EXPEDITE THE PROCESSING OF EXPERIMENTS TO SPACE STATION (EXPRESS) RACK PAYLOADS INTERFACE DEFINITION DOCUMENT CONCURRENCE SEPTEMBER 2009

September 2009

PREPARED BY:

Susan Cunningham PRINTED NAME /s/ Susan Cunningham SIGNATURE

Boeing/S3 ORGN 8/19/09 DATE NASA/VP35 ORGN 8/25/09 DATE Boeing ORGN 8/24/09 DATE NASA/OZ3 ORGN 8/31/09 DATE Boeing/GCS ORGN 8/25/09 DATE

CONCURRED BY:

Lee Jordan PRINTED NAME /s/ Lee Jordan SIGNATURE

APPROVED BY (BOEING):

Vic Sanders PRINTED NAME /s/ Vic Sanders SIGNATURE

APPROVED BY (NASA):

Michael D. Miller PRINTED NAME /s/ Michael D. Miller SIGNATURE

BOEING DQA:

Jean Mikatarian PRINTED NAME /s/ Jean Mikatarian SIGNATURE

ii

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H INTERNATIONAL SPACE STATION PROGRAM

September 2009

EXPEDITE THE PROCESSING OF EXPERIMENTS TO SPACE STATION (EXPRESS) RACK PAYLOADS INTERFACE DEFINITION DOCUMENT LIST OF CHANGES

SEPTEMBER 2009

All changes to paragraphs, tables, and figures in this document are shown below.
SSCBD ENTRY DATE CHANGE PARAGRAPH(S)

SU3-03-0026* SU3-04-0022* SU3-04-0215* ED43 (1-08-002-1)** FD31-02 (140)** 008241 SSCN 010111 011159

1-8-98 11-3-99 12-13-00 8-7-01 8-6-02 11-03-03 July 2006 June 2008

SSCN 011855

September 2009

Initial Release Revision A Revision B Revision C Revision D Revision E Revision F Revision G Includes PIRNs 52000-IDD-0044, 0045, 0046, 0047, 0048, 0049, 0050A, 0051, 0052, 0053, 0054, 0055A, 0056, 0057, 0058, 0059, 0060 Revision H Includes PIRNs 52000-IDD-0061A, 0062, 0063C, 0064, 0065, 0067, 0068A 0070, 0071A

N/A All All All All All All All

All

* MSFC Configuration Control Board (CCB) Directive ** MSFC Contracts Letter

iii

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS PARAGRAPH
1.0 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1.3 1.1.4 1.2 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.0 2.1 2.2 3.0 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.1.1 3.3.1.2 3.3.1.3 3.3.1.3.1 3.3.1.3.2 3.3.2 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.1.1

September 2009

PAGE
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 1-1 PURPOSE ..................................................................................................................... 1-1 DEFINITION OF IDD ..................................................................................................... 1-1 DEFINITION OF PAYLOAD-UNIQUE ICD ................................................................... 1-1 DEFINITION OF FLIGHT-UNIQUE INTERFACE CONTROL ANNEX (ICA) ................ 1-2 EXCEPTIONS ............................................................................................................... 1-2 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 1-3 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD ACCOMMODATIONS .................................................... 1-3 PRECEDENCE.............................................................................................................. 1-7 EFFECTIVITY................................................................................................................ 1-7 CHANGE POLICY ......................................................................................................... 1-7 DELETED ...................................................................................................................... 1-7 TECHNICAL POINT OF CONTACT.............................................................................. 1-8 DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................................... 2-1 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................ 2-1 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................ 2-4 PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL INTERFACES ........................................................... 3-1 GEOMETRIC RELATIONSHIPS ................................................................................... 3-1 CREW MODULE (CM) COORDINATE SYSTEM ......................................................... 3-1 INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PAYLOAD RACK (ISPR) COORDINATE SYSTEMS (LIMITED EFFECTIVITY)............................................................................ 3-2 PAYLOAD (PL) COORDINATE SYSTEM ..................................................................... 3-2 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES.............................................................................. 3-2 MECHANICAL INTERFACES ....................................................................................... 3-4 MIDDECK LOCATIONS ................................................................................................ 3-4 AVIONICS BAY LOCATIONS ....................................................................................... 3-4 MIDDECK PAYLOAD PROVISIONS ............................................................................ 3-4 MIDDECK EMERGENCY EGRESS AND MF71 NET RETENTION INTERFACE .................................................................................................................. 3-8 EMERGENCY EGRESS NET (TRAMPOLINE) INTERFACE ...................................... 3-8 MF71 MIDDECK NET RETENTION INTERFACE ........................................................ 3-8 ISS LOCATIONS ........................................................................................................... 3-8 MECHANICAL PAYLOAD PROVISIONS ................................................................... 3-13 EXPRESS MOUNTING PLATES ................................................................................ 3-14 8/2 EXPRESS RACK MOUNTING PLATE ................................................................. 3-14

iv

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH
3.4.1.2 3.4.2 3.4.2.1 3.4.2.2 3.4.2.3 3.4.2.4 3.4.2.5 3.4.2.6 3.4.3 3.4.3.1 3.4.3.2 3.4.3.3 3.4.3.4 3.4.3.4.1 3.4.3.4.1.1 3.4.3.4.1.2 3.4.3.5 3.4.3.5.1 3.4.3.5.2 3.4.3.6 3.4.3.6.1 3.4.3.6.1.1 3.4.3.6.1.2 3.4.3.6.2 3.4.3.6.2.1 3.4.3.6.2.2 3.4.3.6.3 3.4.3.6.4 3.4.4 3.4.4.1 3.4.4.2

September 2009

PAGE
EXPRESS TRANSPORTATION RACK MOUNTING PLATE ..................................... 3-14 STANDARD MODULAR LOCKER .............................................................................. 3-16 STANDARD STOWAGE TRAYS ................................................................................ 3-16 MODIFIED LOCKER ACCESS DOOR ....................................................................... 3-16 PAYLOAD ZERO-G REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................... 3-16 ISOLATION MATERIAL PROPERTIES ...................................................................... 3-19 ISS-SUPPLIED LOCKERS ......................................................................................... 3-19 PD-SUPPLIED LOCKER REQUIREMENTS .............................................................. 3-20 MOUNTING PANELS .................................................................................................. 3-26 SINGLE ADAPTER PLATE ......................................................................................... 3-29 DOUBLE ADAPTER PLATE ....................................................................................... 3-29 PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL .................................................................................. 3-30 VENTED PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL .................................................................. 3-30 ORBITER INLET/OUTLET LOCATIONS FOR DUCTED AIR-COOLED PAYLOADS ................................................................................................................. 3-30 ORBITER INLET/OUTLET LOCATIONS FOR SINGLE PAYLOAD ACCOMMODATIONS ................................................................................................. 3-30 ORBITER INLET/OUTLET LOCATIONS FOR DOUBLE PAYLOAD ACCOMMODATIONS ................................................................................................. 3-34 MOUNTING ACCESS ................................................................................................. 3-34 DELETED .................................................................................................................... 3-34 DELETED .................................................................................................................... 3-34 PAYLOAD ATTACHMENT POINT PROVISIONS ...................................................... 3-34 ORBITER/MIDDECK ................................................................................................... 3-35 ATTACHMENT HARDWARE – PAYLOADS NOT DESIGNED FOR ON-ORBIT TRANSFERS ............................................................................................ 3-35 ATTACHMENT HARDWARE – PAYLOADS DESIGNED FOR ON-ORBIT TRANSFERS ............................................................................................................... 3-35 EXPRESS RACK BACKPLATE .................................................................................. 3-35 INTERFACE ATTACHMENT CAPABILITIES ............................................................. 3-35 DELETED .................................................................................................................... 3-39 CAPTIVE FASTENERS .............................................................................................. 3-39 ON-ORBIT REMOVAL OF FASTENERS.................................................................... 3-40 ISIS DRAWER PAYLOAD PROVISIONS ................................................................... 3-40 STOWAGE ISIS DRAWERS ....................................................................................... 3-40 POWERED ISIS DRAWERS....................................................................................... 3-42

v

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH
3.4.4.3 3.4.5 3.4.5.1 3.4.5.2 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.2.1 3.5.2.2 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.2.1 3.6.2.2 3.6.2.3 3.6.2.4 3.6.2.5 3.6.3 3.6.3.1 3.6.3.2 3.6.3.3 3.6.3.4 3.6.3.5 3.6.3.6 3.6.3.7 3.6.3.8 3.6.4 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1

September 2009

PAGE
ISIS DRAWER REPLACEMENT................................................................................. 3-47 SECURING OF THREADED FASTENERS ................................................................ 3-47 FRACTURE-CRITICAL THREADED FASTENERS.................................................... 3-47 REDUNDANT THREADED FASTENERS LOCKING REQUIREMENTS ................... 3-47 GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT............................................................................ 3-48 GROUND HANDLING ................................................................................................. 3-48 MPLM LATE ACCESS REQUIREMENTS .................................................................. 3-48 MPLM LATE ACCESS ENVELOPE (KENNEDY SPACE CENTER) .......................... 3-48 DELETED .................................................................................................................... 3-51 ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................... 3-51 PAYLOAD STATIC ENVELOPES ............................................................................... 3-51 ON-ORBIT PAYLOAD PROTRUSIONS ..................................................................... 3-52 FRONT FACE PROTRUSIONS (PERMANENT) ........................................................ 3-52 ON-ORBIT SEMI-PERMANENT PROTRUSIONS...................................................... 3-53 ON-ORBIT TEMPORARY PROTRUSIONS ............................................................... 3-53 ON-ORBIT MOMENTARY PROTRUSIONS ............................................................... 3-53 ON-ORBIT PROTRUSIONS FOR KEEP-ALIVE PAYLOADS .................................... 3-54 SHARP EDGES AND CORNERS ............................................................................... 3-54 DELETED .................................................................................................................... 3-54 HOLES ........................................................................................................................ 3-54 SCREWS/BOLTS ENDS ............................................................................................. 3-54 BURRS ........................................................................................................................ 3-54 LATCHES .................................................................................................................... 3-54 LEVERS, CRANKS, HOOKS, AND CONTROLS ....................................................... 3-55 SAFETY/LOCKWIRE .................................................................................................. 3-55 SECURING PINS ........................................................................................................ 3-55 PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE LOCATION ................................................................. 3-55 MECHANICAL INTERFACES FOR CREW RESTRAINTS AND MOBILITY AIDS .......................................................................................................... 3-55 HARDWARE DEFINITION .......................................................................................... 3-55 INTERFACE COMPATIBILITY.................................................................................... 3-55 IVA TRANSFER PATHWAY ....................................................................................... 3-55 ORBITER OVERHEAD WINDOW INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS ........................... 3-56 STRUCTURAL INTERFACES ...................................................................................... 4-1 OPERATIONAL LOADS ................................................................................................ 4-1

vi

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH
4.1.1 4.1.1.1 4.1.1.2 4.1.1.3 4.1.2 4.1.2.1 4.1.2.2 4.1.2.3 4.1.2.4 4.1.3 4.1.3.1 4.1.3.2 4.1.3.3 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3 4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.3 4.4.4 4.5 4.5.1 4.5.2 4.6 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.7 4.7.1 4.7.2

September 2009

PAGE
COMPONENT FREQUENCY ....................................................................................... 4-1 EXPRESS PAYLOAD FREQUENCY COMPATIBILITY ............................................... 4-1 MIDDECK PAYLOAD FREQUENCY COMPATIBILITY................................................ 4-1 DELETED ...................................................................................................................... 4-1 PAYLOAD LOW FREQUENCY LAUNCH AND LANDING LOADS .............................. 4-1 EXPRESS RACK LOW FREQUENCY LAUNCH AND LANDING LOADS................... 4-1 MIDDECK LOW FREQUENCY LAUNCH AND LANDING LOADS .............................. 4-2 DELETED ...................................................................................................................... 4-3 MIDDECK LOW FREQUENCY ON-ORBIT LOADS ..................................................... 4-3 FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN ............................................... 4-5 EXPRESS RACK FACTORS OF SAFETY ................................................................... 4-5 MIDDECK FACTORS OF SAFETY............................................................................... 4-6 DELETED ...................................................................................................................... 4-6 EMERGENCY LANDING LOADS FACTORS............................................................... 4-6 MIDDECK EMERGENCY LANDING LOAD FACTORS ............................................... 4-6 EXPRESS RACK EMERGENCY LANDING LOAD FACTORS .................................... 4-7 DELETED ...................................................................................................................... 4-7 RANDOM VIBRATION LOADS ..................................................................................... 4-7 EXPRESS RACK RANDOM VIBRATION LOADS........................................................ 4-7 MIDDECK RANDOM VIBRATION LOADS ................................................................... 4-8 DELETED ...................................................................................................................... 4-9 PAYLOAD MASS PROPERTIES LIMITS ..................................................................... 4-9 SINGLE MDL LOCATION MASS PROPERTIES LIMITS ............................................. 4-9 DOUBLE MDL LOCATION MASS PROPERTIES LIMITS ......................................... 4-10 QUAD MDL MASS PROPERTIES LIMITS ................................................................. 4-10 DELETED .................................................................................................................... 4-11 ON-ORBIT LOADS ...................................................................................................... 4-11 CREW-INDUCED LOADING....................................................................................... 4-11 ON-ORBIT LOW FREQUENCY LOADS ..................................................................... 4-12 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD STRUCTURAL DESIGN .............................................. 4-12 STRUCTURAL DESIGN ............................................................................................. 4-12 FRACTURE CONTROL .............................................................................................. 4-12 ACOUSTICS................................................................................................................ 4-13 LIFT-OFF AND ASCENT ACOUSTICS ...................................................................... 4-13 PAYLOAD-GENERATED ACOUSTIC NOISE ............................................................ 4-14

vii

....... 4-16 DEPRESSURIZATION/REPRESSURIZATION REQUIREMENTS ..1......................................................8..........................................2..........................7....................10..............1..............................1 4..........................................8...... 4-15 INTERMITTENT NOISE SOURCE ...............................................................................1.. 4-15 CONTINUOUS NOISE LIMITS ............. 4-21 QUIESCENT PERIOD PAYLOAD-INDUCED ON-ORBIT VIBRATION...........2...........................1 5..7.....10....SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 4.....................................2...................4........... 4-16 DELETED .....................1 4................................................ 5-1 CONDENSATION PREVENTION .........1 4................. 5-1 EXTERNAL SURFACE TOUCH TEMPERATURE ..........2.........................2.............................................2 5...... 4-15 ACOUSTIC NOISE LIMITS ......................7..............9..............................................................................1 4......4 4.......2.....................1.3 4...3 4..8.2 4...............10.................................... 4-21 ANGULAR MOMENTUM LIMITS ......................................... 4-27 THERMAL/FLUIDS INTERFACE .......................................................2.................3 4...........................1 5...... 4-20 MICROGRAVITY DISTURBANCES ...............8 4.................................. 4-16 DELETED ...................3 4........................................2..............................7.7........2.........4 4.................................8...................... 4-17 USL............... 4-17 MIDDECK MAXIMUM DEPRESSURIZATION/REPRESSURIZATION RATES .................................. 4-14 SIGNIFICANT NOISE SOURCE ...............................................1.9 4............................................................1.................1............7.....................3 4............ 4-16 DELETED .......................... 5-1 LOSS OF COOLING ........... 4-17 GROUND HANDLING ENVIRONMENTS ...............11 5............... 4-20 GROUND HANDLING SHOCK CRITERIA ............................................10 4. 4-17 PFE DISCHARGE RATE ..........2.................... 4-14 CONTINUOUS NOISE SOURCE.....................................2 4.................2 4...............4 4....................0 5........2 4.7......................................................................7.... 4-20 GROUND HANDLING LOAD FACTORS .....................................................................................................2.. 4-21 QUIESCENT PERIOD PAYLOAD-INDUCED TRANSIENT ACCELERATIONS ..................................................10..........................10...................................2 4....1..........................................................................................................................7........1 4........2.....................................1 4......................10..2.............................. COL AND JEM MAXIMUM DEPRESSURIZATION/ REPRESSURIZATION RATES ...........2...... 4-26 DELETED ......................................................................................................................1 4....................... 4-17 MPLM MAXIMUM DEPRESSURIZATION/REPRESSURIZATION RATE ...... 5-1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................4 4............7...............2 4......... 4-26 DELETED ......................................3 September 2009 PAGE ACOUSTIC NOISE DEFINITIONS .......................... 5-5 viii ..9...7......1 5....................... 5-1 DELETED ............................................................. 4-16 INTERMITTENT NOISE LIMITS .....4. 4-20 QUIESCENT PERIOD PAYLOAD-INDUCED QUASI-STEADY ACCELERATIONS ..... 4-15 ACOUSTIC REFERENCE ...............2 4.................................... 4-26 CONSTRAINTS FOR ARIS EXPRESS RACK ACTIVITY ...........2..

....... 5-13 MDLS .......2.1..... 5-8 CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT .................3...........1..............................4.......................3...............3........................... 5-13 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEAT DISSIPATION .....1 5.............1.......................1 5................3........ 5-22 DELETED .....................4 5................. 5-22 DELETED ....1..........1.............1 5......................................... 5-12 ISIS DRAWERS .... 5-13 PAYLOAD LIMITATIONS ON HEAT CONDUCTED TO STRUCTURE ..................................................1..... 5-9 ACTIVE CABIN AIR COOLING/HEATING INTERFACE .........................3..........1..................1.................... 5-12 AIR SUPPLY TEMPERATURE ...........................3......................3. 5-8 CABIN AIR HEAT LEAK .......................2 5...3 5...............................4 5...3...1 5...........4 5...........................1 5.....................................................................................................................5 5....................................................................2 5.....1............1............3........................................................................3........1..... 5-5 PASSIVE COOLING ...... 5-13 PAYLOAD INLET DEBRIS TRAPS ..3....................1.............5 5...2 5................................................3........... 5-5 PRESSURIZED GAS SYSTEMS ....... 5-13 ISIS DRAWERS ..................1................3...................................................................3........3.................................1 5................................................1...................1..............3.......................1.....................2 5...................6 5...3......... 5-20 DELETED .......4..............3.............................1.............................................2 5...........................1.................................................. 5-12 DELETED .........1 September 2009 PAGE PRESSURE RELIEF/VENT VALVE SIZING ....................................3......3..........1...............................3.............................2 5.....2....................................................................3....... 5-5 PAYLOAD HEAT DISSIPATION .......3.................3....3..1...1.........3.................................................1......5 5..........3........1 5....2...3..1 5.1 5..1.......3.................. 5-12 AIR FLOW RATE................1........4.................................... 5-13 AIR RETURN TEMPERATURE ...........4.......3................ 5-22 AVIONICS BAYS STANDARD AIR FLOW CAPABILITY ...........7 5.........................1......................... 5-14 MIDDECK DUCTED AIR COOLING .......3........................................................1...........3..................3................................................2 5......................................................3..... 5-11 FANS ...................................3.................. 5-5 PAYLOAD ELEMENT COOLING .....3...........................................................................3........3 5............1 5................................2 5................ 5-11 ISIS DRAWERS .......1............SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 5....1.............2.... 5-6 PAYLOAD FRONT SURFACE TEMPERATURE ..................3.3......3 5....................... 5-12 MDLS ........1... 5-12 DELETED .........................................1 5......1........................ 5-5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ..... 5-10 EXPRESS RACK AVIONICS AIR COOLING ............... 5-14 AVIONICS BAYS AIR COOLING CAPABILITY .............1...........3..1...................................3 5............1..................................1...1......3.4.3..............3.1................................................................3.. 5-10 PHYSICAL INTERFACE ..........4 5.......................................1......................................2 5....3............... 5-22 BAY 1 STANDARD AIR FLOW CAPABILITY ..............................2.1......................................... 5-10 MDLS . 5-9 PARTICULATE(S) AND FILTERS/DEBRIS TRAPS ..................1............3 5..3....................1...............1......3..................... 5-22 ix ..............................................................3........3............1.......1.......4..

......3.. 5-32 QD AIR INCLUSION..................9 5....3...............3.......6 5.................1......... 5-23 PAYLOAD OUTLET AIR PRESSURE OPTIMIZATION...........5.............. JEM) ........10 5............4................ 5-30 WATER COOLING INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS .....1....3........... 5-31 WATER QUANTITY .................3....1 5.................................................................... JEM) .4.6 5......................3... 5-32 LEAK RATE ..........4 5.5.3................................ 5-33 DELETED .. 5-32 WATER LOOP PRESSURE DROP ..5......3 5....... 5-35 x .......1.5 5....5 5................................. 5-24 DUCTED PAYLOAD AIR COOLING INTERFACE ..............................................................3....4..................3.....4 5.. 5-23 BAY 3A STANDARD AIR FLOW CAPABILITY ..................................5..................................... 5-33 MAXIMUM WATER COOLANT SYSTEM PRESSURE ..1.............................1.........5......5 5.........1.10 5.....4..............4 5..............3.........8 5....................... 5-29 DUCTED PAYLOAD LIMITATIONS ON HEAT CONVECTED OR RADIATED TO CABIN AIR...................5.5............7 5..........................................5.........................4....3.......................4......4..............................3.......................1................ 5-35 ACCEPTABLE EXHAUST GASES (USL.......................4........4... JEM)............. 5-30 PHYSICAL INTERFACE ........1........ 5-35 VACUUM EXHAUST SYSTEM (VES)/WASTE GAS SYSTEM (WGS) MDP ... JEM) ........................................................................ 5-29 PAYLOAD MOUNTING SURFACE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS .. COL...5............3 5...........1..1.... COL..............3..3... 5-33 WATER COOLANT FLOW RATE .......... 5-23 PAYLOAD LIMITATIONS ON HEAT CONDUCTED TO STRUCTURE .. COL. 5-33 WATER COOLANT SUPPLY TEMPERATURE .............9 5............. 5-28 DOUBLE MDL SIZE PAYLOAD AIR COOLING INTERFACE .....................4......................................................5.........1.......................3.............................3....2 5............. JEM) ..........1 5............ COL...3..3.......................... JEM) ...........3 5.... 5-29 CABIN AND AVIONICS BAY AIR MIXING LIMITATIONS ..........5.. 5-35 INPUT TEMPERATURE LIMIT (USL......................................................1 5................................................... COL.......3.. 5-32 THERMAL EXPANSION .........1......4.....................1...........4.......... 5-30 FLUID USE ......2 5...................1..........4...5 5....................4 5....4.7 September 2009 PAGE BAY 2 STANDARD AIR FLOW CAPABILITY .... 5-35 LEAK RATE (USL.......................4........5...4..1............3.8 5........1...............3............. 5-28 SINGLE MDL SIZE PAYLOAD AIR COOLING INTERFACE ..............1..........................SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 5...3....................1.....2 5...............4..3...1............2 5.11 5. 5-29 MAXIMUM AIR LEAKAGE ACROSS PAYLOAD MOUNTING SURFACE .... 5-35 INPUT DEWPOINT LIMIT (USL...................... JEM) ..............3...........4.......................2 5.............................................3........................................................2.6 5.1............................... 5-33 INPUT PRESSURE LIMIT (USL...........1...... 5-33 VACUUM EXHAUST SYSTEM/WASTE GAS SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS (USL..... 5-30 DUCTED PAYLOAD CONTAMINATION PROTECTION .........................................4...1...................................7 5...............................................................1. COL......1.... COL............ 5-33 WATER COOLANT RETURN TEMPERATURE ........... 5-33 PHYSICAL INTERFACE (USL.........................5...................2............3 5................

................................5 5.....2...........6 5.......3 6..3 September 2009 PAGE ACCEPTABLE GASES (USL.............. 6-1 POWER AND VOLTAGE – SHUTTLE/MIDDECK ..............5.................................1................................5.............10 5. 5-40 GN2 CHARACTERISTICS ............................ 6-16 RIPPLE AND TRANSIENT SPIKE (REPETITIVE) LIMITS SHUTTLE/MIDDECK..................4.................1..................2 6............7..................... 5-36 DELETED .............1............ 5-36 EXTERNAL CONTAMINATION CONTROL (USL.............................................9 5.........2............................................1...4.....8 5.....................2.........2................ 6-11 EXPRESS RACK DC POWER CHARACTERISTICS ..........4..................... 5-40 LEAK RATE ...................1..................................4...................................................................1. JEM) ...................1...............................1 6.....2............5....................................................2...................................... 5-40 DELETED .................................. 6-11 VOLTAGE LEVELS ..................... 5-37 GASEOUS NITROGEN (GN2) INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS ...........1 6...................1............. JEM) ........................ 6-1 ELECTRICAL POWER/ENERGY ...... COL.......................1 6......4 6..... 5-40 TEMPERATURE ....................2.........................................3 5.........................2...............................................2......5............2 5......................................................5....................2......................... 6-13 REVERSE ENERGY ...............................2........................................... 6-13 SOFT START/STOP ................................................................. 6-1 CURRENT LIMITING ...........................................4............4 6.......................................................................................................................3 6...................... 6-15 DEVICE ACCESSIBILITY ........................................................................4 5.................1..........2 5...........................................2 6....2 6............. COL......................1 6.............................................1 6..........................................................................3 5.... 5-40 GN2 SYSTEM MDP .......7 6.........................2..............7.....................2 6....................................................................5 5........... 5-39 UTILITY CONTROL................................................................ 5-36 UTILITY CONTROL.. 6-15 LOCATION ...................2 6................... 6-16 OVERLOAD PROTECTION IDENTIFICATION ............. 6-1 DELETED .........................................1 6.......................................................2......................7.2................... 6-16 CURRENT LIMITING ..................1.......SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 5...................................2....... 6-16 EXTRACTOR TYPE FUSE HOLDER ............. 5-37 LIMIT AMOUNT OF VENTED GASES...1... 5-39 PHYSICAL INTERFACE ............................................2..........5 6..............3 6...............................1 5........................0 6.............. 6-17 xi ................................................................................................5.....................................................4........2................. 6-11 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE .....1 6................................................................................................................ 6-11 28 VDC POWER AND VOLTAGE............. 5-37 VACUUM OUTGASSING REQUIREMENTS ................... 5-40 ELECTRICAL POWER INTERFACES ............1.............................1 5.......................................... 6-12 REVERSE CURRENT ........... 6-13 OVERLOAD PROTECTION DEVICE ............................................................................5...2..............2....... 6-13 OVERLOAD PROTECTION .........................................................................

...........3 6....................2 6..3 6..............2.................................1 6..................................... 6-30 PAYLOAD ELECTRICAL SAFETY/HAZARDS ...................................................3 6....2 7.....................................................2.......................... 6-30 DELETED ................1 7........ 6-27 RIPPLE AND TRANSIENT SPIKES (REPETITIVE) LIMITS ISS ........ 6-20 MIDDECK POWER AND VOLTAGE...... 6-24 VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS .................2......................3............. 6-30 ON ORBIT TRANSFER .......................................4............................ 7-1 DELETED .........................................................................................1....................3...........5............3 6..................0 7................................................................1 6.................................5...............1 6......................................... 6-30 SAFETY CRITICAL CIRCUITS .........1 7........6..2...6......6................ 6-32 MECHANICAL PROTECTION .................................... 6-32 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) ............. 6-29 LIMITATIONS ON PAYLOAD UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER .......6... 6-20 OVERLOAD PROTECTION ...... 7-1 SHUTTLE PRODUCED INTERFERENCE ENVIRONMENT ..... 7-1 RADIATED INTERFERENCE ............ 6-31 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR MISMATING PREVENTION ...SHUTTLE/MIDDECK ....................................4................3..................4 6....................................2 6.............3............................... 6-31 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR MATING/DEMATING (POWERED) .4..............3 6..................... 6-31 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR MATING/DEMATING (UNPOWERED) .........2 6...............................................................................2 6......................................5.................3.............4 6...........4..........................SHUTTLE/MIDDECK . 6-17 IN-FLIGHT AND GROUND DC POWER TRANSIENT SPIKES (REPETITIVE) .....5... 6-24 AC POWER RIPPLE AND TRANSIENTS ...............5........1 6...............1 6.......5............. 6-19 AC POWER CHARACTERISTICS SHUTTLE/MIDDECK ....................2 6......................................... 6-32 DELETED ..... 6-29 STARTUP CONDITION SPIKES .... 7-1 CIRCUIT EMC CLASSIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 6-17 GROUND DC POWER .....3..............5.....5...........................................................5 6.....................................................................................1 6.........................................................3.................2.....................6......................................... 6-31 DELETED ...................5 6............ 6-30 POWER LOSS/EMERGENCY OPERATIONAL MODES ................. 6-31 ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS...........................1 6.. 6-31 CONNECTOR PINS/SOCKETS. 6-31 AUTOMATIC STARTING AFTER POWER LOSS ..3............................ 7-1 xii ......................................................... 6-30 BATTERIES.......................3............................................5..............6............................................................................6 7.1...4 6.....4............................................. 6-31 PAYLOAD ELEMENT ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION AND ISOLATION .......1 6..........2 September 2009 PAGE IN FLIGHT DC POWER BUS RIPPLE AT THE INTERFACE SHUTTLE/MIDDECK.............SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 6..........4 6...........4.........................................6 6...................5 6. 6-29 DIFFERENTIAL MODE PARD (NOISE/RIPPLE) ..........................................2 6...................................1.....

..............................5.......................................................3............. 7-12 xiii ..................3.......................4 7................3........4 7.......................................................................................... 7-11 RS03 LIMITS ..1.3.....3 7............................... CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY ............................1 7............. 7-8 CS06 LIMITS ..............3 7..........4....SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 7.......... RADIATED SUSCEPTIBILITY .......................................3................ 7-9 RE02 LIMITS .....................................3 7......................3..4.............1........5.........1.......3.....3.....................................................................................7 7................................3..... 7-11 APPLICABILITY ..........................................................................................3.. 7-8 CS06........3. 7-7 CE07 LIMITS .........................................................2 7............... 7-8 CS01 LIMITS ...................3 7.....4 7.........5...................................3............. 7-11 ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE .......................1....................1........2 7...................................2 7..................................... CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY .............................4..............3.............................2.........1....................1...................................................................... CONDUCTED EMISSIONS .....4...........3...............3...........2..3 7..2......2 7.............1........3....1 7.................. 7-8 CS02............ RADIATED SUSCEPTIBILITY ..1 7..... 7-10 APPLICABILITY ....6.....3..............................................................1....................................................4...3..........1.....................2 7............. 7-12 ESD COMPATIBILITY .................3.......................................................1...............................1..1.........1......................6 7......................................3...................3............................................ 7-9 APPLICABILITY .................. CONDUCTED EMISSIONS ............................. 7-10 RS02......................6...............1...1 7......................1................................3...3....... 7-5 EMISSION AND SUSCEPTIBILITY LIMITS AND TEST METHODS .........1............. 7-6 CE01......1...............2 7.............................. 7-8 CS02 LIMITS .......................... RADIATED EMISSIONS ....3.......................3 7......1..... 7-5 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY .....5 7....................................5 7........1.1.5...1............... 7-6 CE03 LIMITS ...... 7-5 COMPATIBILITY .................................................2 7............................................................................... 7-7 CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY .........6.........3.........................3... 7-9 RE02..........................1.........4............3......1..............5 7...............................................................3............ 7-10 RADIATED SUSCEPTIBILITY ...........3......... 7-6 CE03.......1 7........................................................................... 7-8 CS01......... 7-10 NARROWBAND ELECTRIC FIELD EMISSIONS ................. 7-10 RS02 LIMITS .... 7-6 CE07................................3.........................1 September 2009 PAGE SHUTTLE-PRODUCED WIRELESS CREW COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (WCCS) RADIATED ELECTRIC FIELDS .......................3.......1........................1.....................................1 7...............6 7.......................7.............................1..............3...............................1.4 7.......5 7.........................3................3..... CONDUCTED EMISSIONS ..............3.... 7-5 CONDUCTED EMISSIONS ........ 7-10 INTENTIONAL RADIATING AND RECEIVING CERTIFICATION ........3.7........1 7....... CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY ...................................................3................................3........................1 7................. 7-5 APPLICABILITY ....... 7-11 RS03.........................................6 7...5.......................... 7-6 CE01 LIMITS ...1.............................. 7-8 RADIATED EMISSIONS ..

... 7-27 SIGNAL ISOLATION AND GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS ............................2.....2 7..... 7-12 CORONA ...................4......... 7-22 ELECTRICAL BONDING ................................................... 7-23 ELECTRICAL BONDING OF PAYLOAD STRUCTURES...........................SHUTTLE..................................... 7-25 GSE ISOLATION AND GROUNDING.........................................................................................1. 7-12 CONDUCTED NOISE ............1.....6..6 7......... 7-21 DC MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS IN THE ISS....7........... 7-28 SSPCM DISCRETE........1. 7-25 AC POWER GROUND REFERENCE – SHUTTLE/MIDDECK .....4.6......................................2 7........4 7........................................2..............................5 7.....................2................................................................1 7.7...........7................................1.. 7-24 DC POWER GROUND REFERENCE .....3.............................1 7..................4 7............. 7-28 xiv ....................... 7-22 ELECTRICAL BONDING OF PAYLOAD HARDWARE .1 7..2 7..................................................1 7........ 7-21 AC MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS IN THE ISS ..........1..............6..............7...................... 7-12 ALLOWABLE PAYLOAD-PRODUCED INTERFERENCE ENVIRONMENT SHUTTLE ...1.........2 7...........5........................................................................3 7...........................5.. 7-24 EXPRESS RACK 28 VDC PRIMARY POWER BUS ISOLATION ....... 7-12 DELETED ..............................3 7.....3..2 7.. 7-23 PAYLOAD-TO-EXPRESS RACK BOND STRAP ..SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 7.1..............................4.............................2..........5.....SHUTTLE AND ISS ....................................................... 7-12 PAYLOAD PRODUCED RADIATED FIELDS SHUTTLE ............................2.............5...................... 7-23 PAYLOAD-TO-EXPRESS RACK MAIN BOND .......5.........1 7.. 7-27 ETHERNET ................................3 7..............3 7.................3.....1.1......................4 7.........................1 7.....4........ 7-24 PAYLOAD-TO-ORBITER AND FLUID LINE BONDING – SHUTTLE/MIDDECK................................ 7-28 SSPCM ANALOG GROUNDING ...................................5 September 2009 PAGE ESD LABELING..4................5. 7-23 PRIMARY PAYLOAD POWER CONNECTOR BOND...........................5..................5............................3 7......2 7...........1 7.............................................3..........2 7...........................................2.......... 7-17 MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS IN THE ISS .............................. 7-24 POWER CIRCUIT ISOLATION AND GROUNDING ....... 7-25 PAYLOAD SECONDARY POWER ISOLATION AND GROUNDING ..............................................2...... 7-24 PAYLOAD TO EXPRESS RACK AND FLUID LINE BONDING ...................................................................................................2.........................................................7...1 7........................ 7-22 REDUNDANT BOND PATHS ...........5 7..............2 7.............1 7.4 7.......2 7...........6........................................ 7-28 VIDEO ....3 7.6........1......................5........ 7-24 CIRCUIT REFERENCE SYMBOLS ...................1................. 7-21 AVIONICS ELECTRICAL COMPATIBILITY ....1.............5...............3................................................................. 7-23 PAYLOAD-TO-EXPRESS RACK MATED SURFACE BOND.....7 7........................... 7-27 RS-422 ...........................................................2..............5.....................1...................

..........................................1...... 9-2 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE .................. 9-1 SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS ........................................................................................ 9-9 MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENT ...1......................................................... 9-10 xv ........................................... 9-9 ISIS DRAWERS ........1......................................................................3..................................................................................7 9........1 8.............3.....................6 8............................................................................................1............................................... 8-1 ISIS DRAWERS .....4 9....................................................................................... 8-1 MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENT .........5................................................ 8-1 PREVIOUSLY FLOWN (SHUTTLE) MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENT ......................2................................. 8-3 CABLE SCHEMATICS ................1.......... 9-8 REQUEST/COMMAND FORMAT ......................................................... 9-8 DELETED .......2..... 9-2 COMMAND PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS ......................................................... 9-9 MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENTS ....1......................................... 9-9 ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS ...... 9-9 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE ..1.....2..0 8...............................2 9...................................................1.......1 9........ 8-3 COMMAND AND DATA HANDLING (C&DH) INTERFACES ......6. 9-2 SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS ............................1 9...2 9......1 9.....1..2..............................................................0 9............... 9-2 ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS ...3........................................................ 9-2 ISIS DRAWERS .........................................3..........................................1............................................................................................ 8-2 APPROVED CONNECTORS FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD USE ...........6 9..2 9.........................................................................................................................................2 9.....................................1..........................................1 9...........................................3 9.................................................1 8........2................... 9-9 SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS ................................2....2 8........1 9.......................... 9-2 COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL.............3 9.....................................4 September 2009 PAGE SHIELD REFERENCES ...2 9.............5........................................5 9.....................2............ 9-1 DELETED ......... 8-1 GENERAL ........................................................3 9......... 9-8 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE .................1...........................................3.......................................... 7-28 ELECTRICAL WIRING INTERFACE ..............................................2........................... 9-2 REQUEST/COMMAND FORMAT ...............1 9..............3....................... 9-8 COMMAND PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS ...1.................................................................................. 9-10 DISCRETE COMMUNICATIONS..4 9........2.................................................1............1 9.................. 9-2 MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENTS ....................... 8-1 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACES ..........6...........................5 9..................................................1 8..... 9-9 COMMUNICATIONS TO LAPTOP...................2 8....2 9.............. 9-1 RS 422 COMMUNICATIONS............7...................................... 9-9 ANALOG DRIVER CHARACTERISTICS .........................3.......1 8..........................................................................................2 9................................1...2 9....................................................................................SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 7................1........3 9.. 9-9 ISIS DRAWERS ....................

..................1..2 10...........4..................................................................................................2....... 9-13 BLANKING LEVEL ..... 9-11 DISCRETE INPUT HIGH LEVEL ....3 10........................... 10-1 PAYLOAD EQUIPMENT SURFACE CLEANLINESS ..............4..........................2................... 10-3 xvi ..........................1...............................3..........................................................................................4........4 10..............................1...............4............ 9-11 CONTINUITY DISCRETE JUMPER .................... 10-2 NON-IONIZING RADIATION..........................................................3.......... 10-1 DIMMABLE .............................................. 9-13 SYNC TIP AND WHITE REFERENCE .......7 9............................... 10-1 GLOVEBOX..........6 9.....................2 10.........................1............1 9..................................................... 10-2 LASER REQUIREMENTS . 9-12 POINT-TO-POINT COMMUNICATIONS BUS (PPCB).......... 9-10 DISCRETE OUTPUT HIGH LEVEL .......2 10......5 9.......................7............................................................1.......................................................................1....................................................4.........7............................................3............2...............................................................................................4.......................... 10-1 LEVEL ............ 10-2 DELETED .......................................................................................................5 9..... 9-10 DISCRETE OUTPUT LOW LEVEL ...............2 9.....................3.............................................5 10....... 9-12 VIDEO ....... 9-13 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE ...............7.............. 9-14 ENVIRONMENTAL INTERFACES....3 10..................3 9..........................4 9......................................................7.............................1..........3 10.............7.............. 9-11 DISCRETE INPUT MAXIMUM FAULT VOLTAGE ..............1 9............1 10........ 9-13 COMMON VOLTAGE MODE ..............4.. 9-11 DISCRETE OUTPUT MAXIMUM FAULT CURRENT ................................................................ 9-13 DEVIATIONS TO VIDEO STANDARD...4...............................3 9....................2 9.................................... 9-12 PAYLOAD VIDEO CHARACTERISTICS ... 10-2 LASERS .................................................SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 9..1 9... 9-11 DISCRETE INPUT LOW LEVEL .................................................... 10-2 SAFE OPERATION ...........................................................................................................................3 9........3..................................................................................... 9-11 MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENT .............................3..................5 September 2009 PAGE DISCRETE SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS ..........................4...............................4 9........................................................................................... 9-13 INPUT IMPEDANCE .................2....................................2 9.. 10-2 OPTICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS ............................................1. 9-11 DISCRETE DRIVER AND RECEIVER CHARACTERISTICS .......1...........1 10..........................1 9.......4...............................1 9.....................................................................................6 9...................1.................................................................1 10.........4.............7.2 9....... 10-1 ILLUMINATION REQUIREMENTS LIGHTING DESIGN ............................................ 9-11 ISIS DRAWERS ................... 10-2 ACCIDENTAL EXPOSURES ...7.............................. 9-11 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE ..0 10..................................................................2....................................................3 10...2 9....4 10.........3... 10-1 SPECULARITY...................................................................

.....5 September 2009 PAGE PERSONNEL PROTECTION DEVICES . 11-16 EXPRESS RIC INTERFACE REQUESTS AND RESPONSES .......................................1 11............................ 10-3 RADIATION REQUIREMENTS ................... 11-20 ANCILLARY DATA CONFIGURATION CONTROL ............2..2 10.. 11-5 EXPRESS RACK SOFTWARE ............1....2.............3........3 11................................................................ 10-3 RADIATION DOSE REQUIREMENTS............5........................2.........................1........................................................ 11-2 ORBITER-POWERED PGSC ........................1............2...........................5...1..... 11-14 EXPRESS HEADER..... 11-23 xvii .... 11-2 PGSC ELECTRICAL POWER CHARACTERISTICS ..................................1 11........................................2................................ 10-4 OXYGEN CONSUMPTION .........1 11....... 10-3 SINGLE EVENT EFFECT (SEE) IONIZING RADIATION ...1.........................2 11....................2 11................4 10..2...........................2....1 10................................2.........4............ 11-2 RS-232 COMMUNICATION CABLES (ORBITER PGSC) .......2............. 11-19 PEP PROCEDURE EXECUTION REQUEST ................3...................1......... 11-19 RACK TIME REQUEST ....5..3 11....4 11........................5 11........................2 11............ 11-17 PEP BUNDLE REQUEST ..........3........................3 11...1..................................... 10-4 ATMOSPHERE REQUIREMENTS .............................1..1...............1.....SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 10..............3. 11-16 PAYLOAD TELEMETRY PACKET .................................................................. 11-2 PAYLOAD-POWERED PGSC ........................................ 10-3 PAYLOAD CONTAINED OR GENERATED IONIZING RADIATION ....4 11........2 11.........5 10...3........................3 11...............................................2 11........1 11.................................3..................1............1..........2......2....5.... 11-2 PGSC COMMUNICATION/POWER INTERFACES CABLES ....................... 11-10 EXPRESS RACK RIC SERIAL INTERFACE (RS-422) ................. 10-4 HAZARDOUS RELEASES ........................1...................6 10..2......1.........................2....... 11-21 FILE TRANSFER REQUEST ........................................1...................................................................... 11-14 UNIQUE IDENTIFIER NUMBERS .....1........................ 10-4 LAPTOP COMPUTERS AND SOFTWARE ...................2 11..............1..2 11.......................................2............... 11-3 ISS PORTABLE COMPUTER SYSTEM ...................5...........4.........................1 11..3.................................................3 11..........3 10..................................................1 10.............................3......1 11............3..1.................. 11-15 EXPRESS TELEMETRY SECONDARY HEADER ..2 11........................ 11-1 LAPTOP COMPUTERS .................1..................................................................1..........................4....................................2.........................................1.............2.......3............................ 11-2 RS-422 COMMUNICATION CABLES (ORBITER PGSC) ... 11-5 EXPRESS RACK PEHB INTERFACE (ETHERNET) ...........1 11.................1 11.............5.....2 11...................................... 11-3 POWER CABLES (ORBITER PGSC) ..................................... 11-13 PAYLOAD INTERFACE DATA ELEMENTS .................. 11-3 EXPRESS RACK LAPTOP (LAP)/EXPRESS LAPTOP COMPUTER (ELC) .......................... 11-3 SOFTWARE (ORBITER PGSC) .........3....................5............................0 11................................... 11-2 PAYLOAD AND GENERAL SUPPORT COMPUTER ........3 11...

............................................3 11...................2......................................2 12...................2............................... 11-37 PAYLOAD MESSAGE IDENTIFIER.........2.............. 11-40 EXPRESS RACK LAPTOP DISPLAY REQUIREMENTS ..6 11..........2..........3................. 11-41 FILE MAINTENANCE ..................................................4.......................................... 12-3 CAPTIVE PARTS ....2...................................2....................................2............2 11.........................................................................4..5...............1 11...................................3........4...........1...................................................................................................6. 12-4 BODY ENVELOPE AND REACH ACCESSIBILITY ................ 12-1 NON FIXED HANDLES DESIGN REQUIREMENTS......................1 11.........1....................3.......... 11-36 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS DATA – H&S CYCLE COUNTER (2ND WORD) .........................................................................................3............SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 11....................................................... 11-44 SOFTWARE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYLOADS ........................................................................................ 11-40 PAYLOAD-PROVIDED SOFTWARE/PERIPHERALS....1.................5...............0 12......6......................4........... 12-1 DELETED ................................... 12-4 ADEQUATE CLEARANCE ..........1........... 11-38 PCS DISPLAY ...4 11...... 11-32 PAYLOAD RESPONSE ........3................5 12....................................2.................1 11........7 11.....................3... 11-36 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS DATA – ECW (1ST WORD) ................................................. 12-1 HANDLE DIMENSIONS ... 11-40 LAPTOP DATA ELEMENTS ....................... 11-38 LAPTOP CSCI INTERFACES ............ 11-37 PAYLOAD MESSAGE COUNTER (FIRST BYTE OF PAYLOAD MESSAGE) ...........................................2........................................................... 12-8 FULL SIZE RANGE ACCOMMODATION .....................2 11........3....2..6..................4 12.................6.............5.............3...2.....................2.............................................5 11..3 12.... 11-23 EMU FILE TRANSFER REQUEST ...........................................................................1........5...........4 11......2 11......... 12-1 HANDLE LOCATION ...............................1................ 11-38 EXPRESS PAYLOAD COMMANDING ................1 11.7 12....... 11-37 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS DATA – PAYLOAD MESSAGE (3RD TO 92ND WORD) ...2........................1 12..................1.............3......................2..... 11-47 HUMAN FACTORS INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS ...........3..3. 12-4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS...... 11-40 PAYLOAD APPLICATION SOFTWARE (PAS) INTERFACES .........8 12....................................1 12.............. 12-1 PORTABLE ITEM HANDLES/GRASP AREAS/TEMPORARY STOWAGE RESTRAINTS ................. 12-4 ACCESSIBILITY ..........................3...........3 September 2009 PAGE PAYLOAD FILE TRANSFER .......................................2...6 11.....................3.......................... 12-8 xviii ............................................3 11.................... 12-1 PROVIDE HANDLES AND RESTRAINTS .4....2 12..............................5........................3..............................3...................2..2.........................................................3..3 12........4 11........................2 12........................................1........6..............6..... 12-3 DELETED ...............................................................2 11............... 11-35 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS DATA ..........................................3 12..............1 12......................................................................... 12-1 DELETED ...............6 12.............................

......... 12-17 ARC CONTAINMENT.......................6...........7 12.........1 12.................... 12-17 CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT ...........6.....................................................6........ 12-9 ACCESS ........6 12........................................... 12-12 DEAD-MAN CONTROL ................................................................................ 12-13 RECESSED SWITCH PROTECTION .....................................................................................................................3 12. 12-13 HAND CONTROLLERS ..... 12-9 SLIDE OUT STOPS ....6........................................................... 12-12 BARRIER GUARDS ...............5.............................6........1 12............4..........................2.............. 12-16 CONNECTOR PROTECTION.....4..................4.....7...............................................1 12.................. 12-11 CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS ......2.........................5 12...... 12-17 xix ...........................4 12..............................................................................................................................................................6........................5 12.......... 12-9 DRAWERS AND HINGED PANELS .................................................6...............2..................................6..........................4..............6 12.......4 12....4 12..............7.................... 12-10 A&B DELETED ...... 12-13 HIDDEN CONTROLS ..........4........................................2 12.....................................................................1 12.......................................................... 12-14 TOGGLE SWITCHES..................... 12-9 SELF SUPPORTING COVERS .............. 12-13 VALVE CONTROLS ......................5 12......................... 12-11 CONTROLS SPACING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ..................... 12-15 STOWAGE AND EQUIPMENT DRAWERS/TRAYS .......... 12-11 ACCIDENTAL ACTUATION . 12-9 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING ...4..............................6.......................................................6...............................2........................... 12-15 AUDIO DEVICES (DISPLAYS) ........................................................................1 12........6......................8 12.......................................................................................7 12.....7..... 12-12 PROTECTIVE METHODS ..................................2 12............................................6.........4 12............. 12-13 POSITION INDICATION ...4 12...........................................................................2 12..................................................................7..6 12....................................................................................................................................3 12.....................................................6.......................................2................7....................................... 12-10 INDICATION OF PRESSURE/FLOW ....... 12-17 ONE-HANDED OPERATION .....................................3 12....... 12-9 COVERS ......2.........................2 12..........2 12...................5....................6.................................................4 12.......................................................................................................6...SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 12...... 12-11 PIN IDENTIFICATION ...............1 12.5.......5 September 2009 PAGE PAYLOAD HARDWARE MOUNTING ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 12-15 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR DESIGN GENERAL......... 12-9 PUSH PULL FORCE .............................................. 12-16 MISMATCHED .......................... 12-10 IDENTIFICATION LABELING ............... 12-10 COLOR ...4......2 12...............4........................2................................................................................6 12............5.................. 12-12 NONINTERFERENCE.........5 12.................................................6.........................................3 12..2............3 12.. 12-9 ALIGNMENT..................................

..........................................................................................................................................................................2 12. 12-20 MULTIPLE FASTENERS .............................................12...........................................................12.7.........................................12 12................13 12...... 12-17 SELF LOCKING ..........12.......................................... 12-21 ONE-HANDED ACTUATION ...............................9 12.......... 12-19 CLOSURES OR COVERS .......8 12.................... 12-22 MATERIALS AND PROCESSES INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS ....................7 12..............................1 12............................................ 12-21 QUICK RELEASE FASTENERS ..............................................14 13.............................................................................................................. 12-20 MOUNTING BOLT/FASTENER SPACING ................................9..9..........................................11 12... 12-18 CONNECTOR SHAPE ................................................................................ 12-22 PAYLOAD IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS .................. 12-21 THREADED FASTENERS ..................4 12........... 12-18 HABITABILITY/HOUSEKEEPING....10 12............. 12-19 ONE-HANDED OPERATION ............... 12-18 ORIENTATION ............................... 13-1 TEST AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR FLAMMABILITY ........................12...............................12.1.......1 13.......................1.............8 12..........................................................12.............................................................................6 12.......................10 12.............................................9 12.................................................................. 12-19 FASTENERS ................11 12...... 12-21 FASTENER HEAD TYPE .................. 12-19 BUILT-IN CONTROL .........................3 September 2009 PAGE ACCESSIBILITY ..................... 12-20 NON-THREADED FASTENERS ...................................7...............................................................................12...............9 12......... 12-17 EASE OF DISCONNECT ............................ 12-22 CREW MEMBER EGRESS ..........................................1 13......................................................12....................... 13-1 xx .............................................1..........0 13.......1 12................................... 13-1 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (SCC) ......................................2 13.........8 12.............12......................12 12............7 12......... 12-18 DELETED .......6 12........................................................7............................................. 12-18 FLUID AND GAS LINE CONNECTORS ........................................................ 12-22 ACCESS HOLES.......................................7................................ 12-19 MECHANICAL ENERGY DEVICES ................................7..........................................................................................3 12............................................. 13-1 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND COMPATIBILITY ..................12........................... 12-19 DELETED .................................7..11 12.............................................. 12-21 OVER CENTER LATCHES ............. 12-21 WINGHEAD FASTENERS .................7..................9...12 12...............................3 12......................12............................10 12.........................................7..........................2 12................................5 12...........SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 12...... 12-18 HOSE/CABLE RESTRAINTS.13 12...... 12-22 DELETED .................................................................................................... 12-21 CAPTIVE FASTENERS .12............. 12-18 ALIGNMENT MARKS OR GUIDE PINS .............................................. 13-1 MATERIALS AND PROCESSES USE AND SELECTION ......

. 14-1 FIRE EVENT PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS...3........4 September 2009 PAGE TEST AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR TOXIC OFFGASSING (TOXICITY) .... 14-3 PFE CHARACTERISTICS .....................................................................3....................... 14-6 xxi ...4 14...........................................1 14....3 13................................................... 14-1 OXYGEN ......................4 14........1......................3....................................................2........................................3.....4 13.......... 14-2 PAYLOAD USE OF BATTERY BACKUP POWER ....... 13-2 FUNGUS-RESISTANT MATERIALS ........... 14-1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ........... 14-3 PFE ACCESS PORT REQUIREMENTS...................... 14-2 FIRE EVENT LOCATION INDICATOR .................. 13-2 FIRE PROTECTION .........................................................4 14........................................ 14-4 PFE ACCESS PORT DIMENSIONS ...............0 14..........2 14...3 14...................................................................................1................ 14-2 PAYLOAD DATA MONITORING ....................... 13-2 GALVANIC CORROSION .......2 14......................................................... 14-4 PFE ACCESS ..................................................................................................................................... 14-5 PFE CLOSEOUTS ...............SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) PARAGRAPH 13..... 14-1 FLAMMABILITY REQUIREMENTS .........................1 14................................................................................1 14............. 14-6 FIRE SUPPRESSANT DISTRIBUTION ..............1................................................................2 13.................................................................................. 14-4 PFE ACCESS PORT QUANTITY .................................................................3..........................................................................................1 14.......3 14...5 14...........................2 14............1................................ 13-2 MATERIALS AND PARTS CERTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY .............................3 14.1.......................

......... F-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX TABLE .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................B-1 OPEN WORK (EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS IDD TBD LOG) .........A-1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS <RESERVED> .......................................................................... D-1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR LABELS AND DECALS ........................................................ G-1 WINDOW OBSERVATIONAL RESEARCH FACILITY (WORF) UNIQUE REQUIREMENTS.......... H-1 xxii .................................................................... C-1 DELETED ......SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 APPENDICES A B C D E F G H ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS .......................................................................................................................................E-1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR HUMAN FACTORS ..............................

............................................3................................ 4-3 LIMIT LOAD FACTORS FOR PRCS TRANSLATIONAL MANEUVER WITH SIMULTANEOUS ATTITUDE CONTROL ......... 3-41 DELETED........................................................................................... 4-8 HIGH FREQUENCY RANDOM VIBRATION LAUNCH ENVIRONMENT FOR MIDDECK PAYLOAD EQUIPMENT ..................................1-1 4........................6..........................3-1 3-IIIA 3..........................3....... 4-9 DOUBLE MDL MAXIMUM MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY FOR EXPRESS RACK AND MIDDECK ..3...............2.2-1 4-II 4-III 4................ 4-4 FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD ANALYSIS .................... 4-6 DELETED..........................................................4.................. 3-46 DELETED..........................................................................................3..........................1-1 3...........................................4................................................................................... 4-7 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD DESIGN EMERGENCY LANDING LOAD FACTORS .........2.........3............................. 4-5 FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR MIDDECK PAYLOAD ANALYSIS ........2......................................................1.......... 4-10 xxiii ..2............3...........1.......3-1 4........................................................................ 4-6 DELETED.........................1-1 4..4................................... 4-2 DELETED........1-1 4............................... 3-39 CAPTIVE INTERFACE FASTENER REQUIREMENTS ..........1......................3-1 4...2................3-1 4.................................4............................................. 3-41 ISIS DRAWER PAYLOAD MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY CONSTRAINTS.......3............................................................6..............................................1..................3.......... 4-4 LIMIT LOAD FACTORS OMS MANEUVER .............................1.........................................................4-3 4.. 4-9 DELETED.......................................................2-1 4..............................................6..........................................................................1............................3-1 3............. 1-5 FASTENER REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYLOADS DESIGNED FOR ON-ORBIT TRANSFERS ...........................1.......4...............................................2..2................4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLES TITLE 1..1-1 3.................................................... 3-37 EXPRESS RACK BACKPLATE INTERFACE FORCE ALLOWABLES .. 4-9 SINGLE MDL MAXIMUM MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY FOR EXPRESS RACK AND MIDDECK ...... 4-2 MIDDECK DESIGN LOAD FACTORS..............................4-7 DELETED..........................2-1 September 2009 PAGE STANDARD EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD .........................................1-1 4.......2...1......................................2-1 4-IV 4.....................2-1 3..........................2-1 4-I 4....................4..................4-1 4................ 4-8 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD EQUIPMENT HIGH FREQUENCY RANDOM VIBRATION LAUNCH ENVIRONMENT ...1............................. 3-39 DELETED.......................3......3................................................................. 4-2 EXPRESS RACK DESIGN LOAD FACTORS ............................................................. 4-6 DELETED...........4-4 4....... 4-4 LIMIT LOAD FACTORS FOR PRCS TRANSLATION MANEUVER WITHOUT ATTITUDE CONTROL .................................................1..................................................... 4-9 DELETED............ 4-6 MIDDECK EMERGENCY LANDING LOAD FACTORS .................... 4-3 PRCS ROTATIONAL MANEUVER LOAD FACTORS ...............1-1 4......4..................................................................4-2 4..........1..................2...............................2-1 4...............4.................................2.........3-2 4.............

................4-1 5..............................................10....... 5-15 MAXIMUM BAY 1 DUCTED AIR COOLING CAPABILITY ......................2................... 4-26 DELETED.............2-1 5....................1..........2-1) .. 6-31 DELETED......5........ 5-20 MAXIMUM BAY 3A DUCTED AIR COOLING CAPABILITY .............1-1 September 2009 PAGE QUAD MDL MAXIMUM MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY FOR EXPRESS RACK ........................................................ 4-20 NON-ARIS EXPRESS SUBRACK PAYLOAD DISTURBANCE ALLOWABLE ......... 5-24 DELETED...............1............................ 5-33 DELETED...........................3.............2......................... 6-13 SHUTTLE/MIDDECK AC POWER BUS VOTAGE CHARACTERISTICS.......................1....................2... 5-9 MAXIMUM DUCTED (TOTAL BAY) AIR COOLING CAPABILITY AVAILABILITY.1............................. 4-15 INTERMITTENT NOISE LIMITS ...........1-3 5........................2-2 5................1......10.........1.2......3.....4......1-1 5............4.....................4..............................3-1 4......2-2 4.... 4-25 DELETED............................ 6-32 CIRCUIT EMC CLASSIFICATIONS ...............................1-2 5....................1........................................7-1 5.......................................................3-2 4. 4-12 MIDDECK INTERNAL ACOUSTIC NOISE SPECTRA (LIFT OFF....................................................7........................................................1............................................................... AND BARGE OPERATIONS .................................................................1..................3..........1....3.. 4-16 LIMIT LOAD FACTORS (G) FOR GROUND HANDLING...................3-1 4....................4......................2-1 4..............................3.........................................4.......... 5-3 CABIN AIR SENSIBLE HEAT LOAD .........1-1 5..... 5-32 DELETED............................3.....5...3................................1-1 4.3.1........ 4-11 CREW-INDUCED LOADS .....................3................. 6-25 DELETED................... 5-36 PAYLOAD NITROGEN QUALITY........9.................................. 7-2 xxiv ......... 5-23 BAY 3A STANDARD ORBITER AIR FLOW RATE/MIDDECK LOCATIONS ......................................................................................................................................2-1 6-II 6-III 7.......................................4....1... 5-23 BAY 2 STANDARD ORBITER AIR FLOW RATE/MIDDECK LOCATIONS .... ASCENT) ..............1-1 4..........................1-1 4.....................................2........ 4-12 DELETED............4...........7..... 4-13 NOISE LIMITS FOR CONTINUOUS PAYLOADS ........10.............................1...........4..........1-1 5.............2-1 6.....................................................7-1 6... 5-9 CABIN AIR LATENT HEAT LOAD .1.................2.....................4........................ 5-20 MAXIMUM BAY 2 DUCTED AIR COOLING CAPABILITY .1-1 4.......3...................................................................1.. 5-41 EXPRESS RACK POWER PERFORMANCE VALUES ............................................. 5-21 BAY 1 STANDARD ORBITER AIR FLOW RATE/MIDDECK LOCATIONS ........ AIR............4......................1-1 4.........4.............3.............................................4....7.........7.....................................10.................SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLES (CONTINUED) TITLE 4.......................................................... 5-36 DELETED......2.........................................................6...1-1 5.................................................................................3-1 5-VI 5-VII 5-VIII 5..................2-1 5....................................................................... 4-27 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS .... 4-24 ARIS EXPRESS SUBRACK PAYLOAD ON-BOARD TO OFF-BOARD BASED FORCE ALLOWABLE .................................. ROAD................................2-1 5..........1............ 5-32 DELETED (MOVED TO TABLE 5.

.2.....................2-1 8........................3....................................5..................2-1 7...........................................................................1........2-1 11.......................1.........................................3....................................... 9-3 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR ISIS DRAWER PAYLOADS ....................1........1-1 11.......................11-15 FUNCTION CODE ASSIGNMENTS (111) ..........................................................9-5 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR ISIS DRAWER PAYLOADS ..........................7......................5-1 11..........3...........................3..........6-1 7...1.....3......1.......................2-1 9..1.1........3..................3...5..............................................................................1-2 7.2-1 10-I 10.........1..............1....... 7-8 RE02 LIMITS.......1.....9-6 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR ISIS DRAWER PAYLOADS .......... 8-3 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR MIDDECK LOCKER/MIDDECK LOCKER REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS ........................1.................. 11-6 EXPRESS TELEMETRY PACKET FORMAT (118) ...........2.................................5........... 7-11 POWER INTERFACE CONNECTOR FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENTS ..................................................................4-1 7............................................. 7-3 CE01 LIMITS........2....................................2...........................................11-15 EXPRESS TELEMETRY SECONDARY HEADER (115) ..................11-18 STATUS MESSAGE TYPE ASSIGNMENTS/LOCATION (121) ..1..................... 7-10 RS03 LIMITS....1-1 8.....2-1 9......5..................5.............3-1 September 2009 PAGE EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS EDGE-TO-EDGE BUNDLE SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS ..1-1 11.......................2-1 11.......................2-1 9..............................2-1 11......................11-19 PEP PROCEDURE EXECUTION REQUEST (194) ........9-7 DELETED..................................2.....1...........................................1.......................3-1 11....... 8-1 ALTERNATE POWER INTERFACE CONNECTOR FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENTS ........2-1 7................5-2 11............11-12 PAYLOAD RS-422 EXTERNAL INTERFACE DATA ELEMENT (7) .................... 7-7 CE07 LIMITS..................3...........11-19 RACK TIME REQUEST (134)..........2-1 11........5.................3. 7-6 CE03 LIMITS..........1..9-4 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR ISIS DRAWER PAYLOADS .........................3...3................................................................................................................ 10-2 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD RELATED RIC CSCI EXTERNAL INTERFACE IDENTIFICATION.5...2-1 9....2........................3.....1..............................1..................................................................................3.......................................................... 11-7 PAYLOAD ETHERNET EXTERNAL INTERFACE DATA ELEMENT (8) .......4-1 7.......2.............3....2.1-1 11......................SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLES (CONTINUED) TITLE 7...3.....11-16 REQUEST MESSAGE TYPE ASSIGNMENTS/LOCATION (120) .............11-18 PEP BUNDLE REQUEST (191) ............5............................. 7-7 CS01 LIMITS........................ 10-1 PAYLOAD REQUIRED ILLUMINATION LEVELS ....................1............................................................................11-14 EXPRESS HEADER (110) ...............2..........................3........................5................2....11-20 xxv .........................................2.............................................................................2-1 11...........1-1 8.................2-2 11.1-1 9......................4..........................3..................... 8-2 POWER INTERFACE CONNECTOR DEFINITION FOR ISIS DRAWERS ...

.......11-20 ANCILLARY DATA CONFIGURATION CONTROL (140) ..11-36 LAP CSCI EXTERNAL INTERFACE IDENTIFICATION (3-2) ....12-10 DELETED......................................................3...1-3 11............4-2 11........11-43 RACK ANALOG AND DISCRETE DATA......................5...............1-3 11.........3.......2...........6-1 11.........5...........................4-3 11.5......3......4..........................................11-23 PAYLOAD FILE TRANSFER REQUEST ............5...4......................2-3 11......................................5................2...4-3 11..3..............................................2........11-45 PAYLOAD IDENTIFIER/LOCATION ASSIGNMENT......11-30 REQUEST/PAYLOAD RESPONSE CODE (28) .5.............5.2-1 11............5...4...11-21 ANCILLARY DATA SET (144) ..................................11-35 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS (148) ........2...........................11-34 EMU DIRECTORY ASSIGNMENTS...........5...5.........2....3.......3.....3.1-3 11.............................2.....6-1 11...................2...2...5.................3.........5..11-35 PAYLOAD RESPONSE FORMAT ...............................4-1 11......11-22 BROADCAST ANCILLARY DATA SET (145) .........12-19 xxvi ............1-1 12...........................................................2..........................11-47 HAND SIZE DIMENSIONS ......................11-40 DATA PACKET REQUIREMENTS FOR DIRECT ETHERNET CONNECTIONS.....5..........................2.............11-41 PA MESSAGE FORMAT .3.................................................................11-28 REQUEST/PAYLOAD RESPONSE CODE (28) ..........1-2 11....SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLES (CONTINUED) TITLE 11.........2.........4-1 11.........4-1 11...4-4 12..3.........3...............3.............5..11-31 EMU FILE TRANSFER REQUEST.....5................................................................................................. 12-3 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD COLOR REQUIREMENTS ....................1-1 12-III September 2009 PAGE RACK TIME RESPONSE (137) ...1................................11-27 REQUEST/PAYLOAD RESPONSE CODE (28) .........4-2 11......5............................2...........5.......................................................3...........................5............5.....................11-32 GROUND STATION FILE TRANSFER DATA BLOCK ............2.....................................2-2 11.......................2...........................3.....2.......................1-1 11...........................2...................5.......2......................5...........2..11-24 PAYLOAD FILE TRANSFER DATA BLOCK ....4.3-2 11..............5.......2....................................

1.......................2-3 3............................................5-2 3................................3................. 3-7 DOUBLE ADAPTER PLATE (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) .2.........................1-1 3.......................................1-1 3. 3-25 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD ENVELOPE ....4................ 3-17 STANDARD STOWAGE TRAYS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ............................3.......3.4....2........................4...2-2 3.........................3.............4................................................................. 3-6 SINGLE ADAPTER PLATE (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ... 3-9 EXPRESS TRANSPORTATION RACK CONFIGURATION .....................1...1..................................3........................ 3-15 STANDARD MODULAR STOWAGE LOCKER (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD)..............3-2 3..........5-3 3.............2-1 3..........................4.........................................2-1 3........ 3-29 DOUBLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS TOP HALF OF PAYLOAD INLET AND OUTLETS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD)... 3-22 ISS SINGLE LOCKER REAR PLATE ASSEMBLY........................4................3-1 3.................. 3-19 ISS LOCKER ... 3-28 DOUBLE ADAPTER PLATE (WITH PMPS OR SINGLE ADAPTER PLATE (SAP) ATTACHMENT TO ORBITER MIDDECK WIRE TRAYS OR EXPRESS RACK BACK-PLATE (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ...........................1........... 3-10 EXPRESS RACK 8/2 CONFIGURATION STRUCTURAL PROVISIONS FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS . 3-6 SINGLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ........................................................................1................................................2-4 3.....1.... 3-3 PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ......................................... 1-7 CREW MODULE COORDINATE SYSTEM ..........2-3 3...... 3-23 ISS LOCKER INTERNAL COVER ASSEMBLY FOR REAR PLATE ...........5-1 3........................................2....................................... 3-1 ISPR COORDINATE SYSTEM IN THE USL (APPLICABLE TO MPLM OR ANY ON-ORBIT LAB) ...............................................................2........1..............................2-1 3.......4...................4............................... 3-7 EXPRESS RACK 8/2 CONFIGURATION EXPLODED VIEW .3............1............. 3-21 ISS LOCKER DOOR ........................... 3-5 PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ......................... 3-13 EXPRESS TRANSPORTATION RACK CONFIGURATION STRUCTURAL PROVISION FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS ......5-4 3..................................................2-1 September 2009 PAGE DELETED ...............4..........3.................2-3 3.............3...............3..................2-2 3......2...........................................2-3 3.........................2-1 3......................................4.... 3-5 SINGLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ....2-2 3..........................SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H FIGURE TITLE 1.......................3..2-1 3....... 3-11 EXPRESS RACK 8/2 CONFIGURATION STRUCTURAL PROVISIONS FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS ........................4-1 xxvii ....2........1......... 3-27 SHUTTLE MIDDECK PAYLOAD XPL DIMENSIONS ..4...................... 3-31 3.3....3...............................3......2-1 3............................ 3-18 MODIFIED LOCKER ACCESS DOOR FOR MDL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD)...........4........5-1 3......2-1 3...................... 3-12 EXPRESS RACK 8/2 CONFIGURATION STRUCTURAL PROVISIONS FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS ...........

............................................................................3...............................................4-1 4...........6..4..............1........1-3 3.............................................3........................................................... 3-50 LATE ACCESS MONORAIL HOIST HOOK .............................7....................4.....................5....................2-4 3....... 3-39 STOWAGE ISIS DRAWER PAYLOAD ENVELOPE.....................................................2-1 3.................... 3-46 DELETED ...........3....................2...........4........1-1 3......4...................2.....7............ 3-45 POWERED ISIS DRAWER POWER AND DATA CONNECTOR AND FAN INLET/EXHAUST LOCATIONS ..............................2.......................................1-2 3....................1...................1......... 4-14 3........ 3-61 SEAT TRACK LENGTH CONFIGURATION (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) . 3-36 VENTED PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL INSERT TO PAYLOAD INTERFACE ..2.....2-1 xxviii ....4............. 4-3 DELETED .....7...............6.........................2-1 3.........5............................. 3-51 ADJUSTABLE TETHER INTERFACE DRAWING (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) .........7............................. 3-49 LATE ACCESS HOIST HOOK .......... 3-38 DELETED .........................................4..............................2-1 3..................................6.....4........4........................1-1 3..........2-1 3................................................. 3-37 PAYLOAD/EXPRESS RACK BACKPLATE ATTACHMENT POINT DETAILS .... 3-43 POWERED ISIS DRAWER USER MODIFIABLE INTERFACES ....................5.......2-1 4-I 4.....................................2-4 3.............3................................4..................................................................................................3.2-5 4.2-2 3.........................2-2 3..............6........ 3-32 DOUBLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS TOP HALF OF OUTLET/BOTTOM HALF OF INLET (NO PAYLOAD INTERNAL BYPASS/RECIRCULATION PATH REQUIRED) (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD)...................... 3-33 PAYLOAD/STS ATTACHMENT POINT DETAILS NOT DESIGNED FOR ON-ORBIT TRANSFER ......3......................2-3 3...................4.....SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H FIGURE (CONTINUED) TITLE 3.........2... 3-60 SEAT TRACK LOCATIONS FOR RACK ASSEMBLY FRONT FACE (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ....5.......... 4-11 (PAGE 1 OF 2) DELETED ................2-1 3...2-1 3...4........ 3-59 SEAT TRACK LOCATIONS FOR RACK ASSEMBLY FRONT FACE (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ........... 3-44 POWERED ISIS DRAWER USER MODIFIABLE INTERFACES .........7................4.......7...... 3-41 POWERED ISIS DRAWER PAYLOAD ENVELOPE ..................... 3-57 TETHER INTERFACE DRAWING (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ................................. 3-62 CREW MODULE COORDINATE SYSTEM ....1......3.............6.....................7. 3-58 HANDRAIL INTERFACE DRAWING (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ......................4-3 3..........4............................................. 3-38 PAYLOAD/EXPRESS RACK BACKPLATE ATTACHMENT POINT DETAILS .........4................................................... 3-48 LATE ACCESS PAYLOAD ENVELOPE ..................................4............................1-1 3........................4.................................................................2-2 3...4-2 September 2009 PAGE DOUBLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS TOP HALF OF OUTLET/BOTTOM HALF OF INLET (PAYLOAD INTERNAL BYPASS/RECIRCULATION)) (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) .................2-3 3.........3-1 4.................4.................................4............ 4-2 DELETED .........2...1-1 3............................. 4-3 DELETED ...................

.............3........3........................................1.........................4-3 5..........................................................4-1 5......2............................ 5-7 ON-ORBIT CABIN TEMPERATURE PROFILE FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CABIN PASSIVE PAYLOAD HEAT LOAD ................4-4 5.................10...........................................3........3.. 5-2 ASCENT AND ON-ORBIT CABIN TEMPERATURE PROFILE FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CABIN PASSIVE PAYLOAD HEAT LOAD.....................1........................ 5-11 DUCTED AIR COOLING SCHEMATIC........ AND NITROGEN AND OXYGEN PARTIAL PRESSURE ....................8.....................1... 5-19 PAYLOAD INLET TEMPERATURE PROFILE DURING THE PRE-LAUNCH/ASCENT PHASE .....SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H FIGURE (CONTINUED) TITLE 4.........................................1.....1..............1-1 4...................................................1.................................................................... 5-7 ENTRY CABIN TEMPERATURE PROFILE FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CABIN PASSIVE PAYLOAD HEAT LOAD.............................1-1 5..........................3.3-1 4..............................1.4............3.............3...1............................................ 4-19 NON-ARIS EXPRESS RACK SUBRACK PAYLOAD VIBRATORY DISTURBANCES ALLOWABLE ...........1......4...................................................................1.............3......2........ 5-8 AVIONICS AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEMATICS WITHIN THE EXPRESS RACK ...4............. 5-22 CONFIGURATIONS 1A & 1B PAYLOADS FLOW RATE OPTIMIZATION CURVE FOR 18 CFM ORBITER MIDDECK FLOW RATE ................ 5-19 PAYLOAD INLET AIR TEMPERATURE AS A FUNCTION OF PAYLOAD FLOW RECIUCULATION: 36 CFM ORBITER SUPPLY (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ..................1-2 5..1-1 5.....1-1 5............... 5-26 CONFIGURATIONS 2 & 3 PAYLOADS FLOW RATE OPTIMIZATION CURVE FOR 18 CFM ORBITER MIDDECK FLOW RATE ................. 5-27 5...1.......1..1-1 5.................1-1 5......1......8....................................................4-3 xxix ........... 5-15 PAYLOAD-TO-COOLING SYSTEM INTERFACE TOP INLET...4-5 5........................4-6 5.................4..........3.......1...........1...................................................3............................................3......... 4-22 ARIS EXPRESS SUBRACK PAYLOAD ON-BOARD TO OFF-BOARD BASED FORCE ALLOWABLE ................................................. 5-16 AIR INLET AND OUTLET INTERFACES FOR SINGLE AND DOUBLE MIDDECK LOCKER SIZE PAYLOADS.... 5-25 CONFIGURATIONS 1A & 1B PAYLOADS FLOW RATE OPTIMIZATION CURVE FOR 36 CFM ORBITER MIDDECK FLOW RATE .3...1-2 5........ 4-18 MANUAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS AT THE RACK INTERFACE ....................... 5-17 ORBITER AIR FLOW PATH SCENARIOS INSIDE PAYLOAD AND PLENUM .........4-1 4.......4-1 5...........................1-1 5...........................1.... 5-21 PAYLOAD INLET TEMPERATURE PROFILE DURING THE ENTRY/LANDING PHASE ........10...3.....................3..............4-2 September 2009 PAGE EXPRESS PROGRAM COMPONENT VENTING CHARACTERISTICS ........ 4-23 ISS TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY ENVELOPE .... 5-18 PAYLOAD INLET AIR TEMPERATURE AS A FUNCTION OF PAYLOAD FLOW RECIRUCULATION:18 CFM ORBITER SUPPLY (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ..... TOP OUTLET DOUBLE PAYLOAD-SYSTEM SCHEMATIC (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) ...1.........3-2 5..................3............3................... 5-2 OPERATING LIMITS OF THE ISS ATMOSPHERIC TOTAL PRESSURE........4-2 5........................4......

....................... 7-4 SHUTTLE-PRODUCED RADIATED NARROWBAND EMISSIONS.............. 6-26 ENVELOPE OF SHUTTLE-PRODUCED SPIKES ON THE AC POWER BUS .......5.......................1....6-1 xxx ............................................................... 6-10 20-A MUP OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD).............. 28 VDC OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS.........2-3 7....4....................1........................ 6-28 MAXIMUM RIPPLE VOLTAGE SPECTRAL COMPONENTS FOR 28 VDC INTERFACE (SSPCM OUTPUT) ...2-2 6.....1-1 6................ 5-39 MIDDECK DC POWER DISTRIBUTION..4-1 7............................ 7-4 CE07 LISN.........3..................................................................2-1 6................2..................................................................SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H FIGURE (CONTINUED) TITLE 5.. 6-14 IN FLIGHT AND GROUND DC POWER POSITIVE TRANSIENTS (MEASURED LINE-TO-LINE) AT ALL CARGO ELEMENT DC POWER INTERFACES ............................1..........2-7 6.... 5-34 TOTAL MASS VENTING LIMIT ..2.......................3.................2-5 6..........................................1........................ 7-9 6............................1-1 6................4... 6-9 15 AMP MO63P OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS ....... 5-38 PRESSURE – VOLUME VENTING LIMIT ......2-2 6....................................2-2 7.................................1-1 6...........................4-4 5.......................................... 5-28 MODERATE TEMPERATURE WATER LOOP PHYSICAL INTERFACE ..........2-1 6.................4.....3.............1............ 6-19 MIDDECK UTILITY POWER PROVISIONS ...........2. UNINTENTIONAL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD)...... 6-12 EXPRESS RACK POWER DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM AND SSPCM INTERCONNECTIONS .............4.......2-1 6............5.1.............................1-1 5..............................1................3.................................4.....................................................................1......... INTENTIONAL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) .........4................ 6-10 1-A TO 20-A (PAYLOAD CURRENT DRAW)..............2......1-1 5......3............2-3 6..................................4..................................................3... 6-6 CEILING DC OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD).................................................................2-1 7............. 6-7 10-A MUP CHARACTERISTICS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ...2-6 6. 7-7 CS06 AND RS02 PAYLOAD EQUIPMENT LIMIT ...........................1..................3.........10-1 5..............1...... 7-3 SHUTTLE-PRODUCED RADIATED NARROWBAND EMISSIONS..................2-1 September 2009 PAGE CONFIGURATIONS 2 & 3 PAYLOADS FLOW RATE OPTIMIZATION CURVE FOR 36 CFM ORBITER MIDDECK FLOW RATE ........................................3........................................2-4 6.......4..................3.......2......... 6-8 10 AMP MO63P OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS ................................ 5-38 GN2 PHYSICAL INTERFACE.1......................3............................ 6-20 POWER FACTOR LIMITS FOR UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT .............3-1 6.............10-2 5............ 6-18 IN FLIGHT AND GROUND DC POWER NEGATIVE TRANSIENTS AT ALL CARGO ELEMENT DC POWER INTERFACES .....1........ UNINTENTIONAL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD).......................6-1 7.............................1.1....... 6-2 AC POWER DISTRIBUTION (MIDDECK AND AFT FLIGHT DECK) ... 5-31 VES/WGS PHYSICAL INTERFACE ................ 6-29 SHUTTLE-PRODUCED RADIATED BROADBAND EMISSIONS...........................

.............................................................................. 11-8 END-TO-END SERVICE REQUEST FOR PAYLOAD FLOW ..................0-1 9...............................6.............2.............. 7-15 ORBITER DC POWER SOURCE IMPEDANCE (GROUND POWER) ...........................................................5-1 8...............2-1 September 2009 PAGE CARGO ALLOWABLE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD).....4.......... 12-3 ARM....................................................................... 7-14 ALLOWABLE CARGO GENERATED DC POWER TRANSIENT LIMITS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ....................1...4...........1-1 7.....................2-1 8.2-1 11.....................................1-1 7...................................2-3 7............1-3 7......6. 7-19 INTERNAL RADIATED EMISSION LIMITS THAT COMPLIES WITH ALL CRITERIA (CONTROLLED IN MIDDECK IDD) ............................1..............1-1 12................1-5 7..4.....................4...............4-1 12..4.......... 11-4 EXPRESS RIC CSCI INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR RIC-TO-PAYLOADS AND OTHER RACK HARDWARE ITEMS ......... HAND....................................... 9-10 SSPCM DISCRETE RECEIVER CIRCUIT AND DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR DISCRETE COMMUNICATIONS........................................................................................ 7-20 PAYLOAD ISOLATION ........... 9-12 EXPRESS LAPTOP PAYLOAD COMMAND FLOW.......................................2-1 7...................2. 7-19 ALLOWABLE INTENTIONAL ELECTRIC FIELD STRENGTH IN THE SHUTTLE CREW COMPARTMENT (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK)..... 11-6 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS ............2-4 11...........................................4......................................................................... 12-2 HAND .............. 7-27 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL POWER CABLE FOR EXPRESS RACK USE ONLY (MDL/MDL REPLACEMENT) .. 7-17 INTERNAL RADIATED BROADBAND EMISSION LIMITS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) ................................. 9-1 TCP/IP FORMAT DEFINITION FOR ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS ............2-1 9. 7-14 ORBITER DC POWER SOURCE IMPEDANCE (IN-FLIGHT)...1..... AND THUMB/FINGER STRENGT (5TH PERCENTILE MALE DATA) ....4...2-3 11.....................................2-1 9........ 11-9 PAYLOAD MESSAGE FORMAT ......................... GROUNDING SYSTEM (CONTROLLED BY THE MIDDECK IDD).................4.............. 11-37 FORMAT OF PAYLOAD COMMANDS ..................................................................2-1 11....2-2 9.................. 7-16 ENVELOPE OF CARGO ALLOWED SPIKES ON THE AC POWER BUS ...................2-2 11........ 11-7 PAYLOAD PEP COMMAND ...... DC AND AC...................................... 8-4 TYPICAL EXPRESS RACK DATA INTERFACE CABLE(S) FOR EXPRESS RACK USE ONLY (MDL/MDL REPLACEMENT) ...........................................................................................2........................... 11-42 HANDLE DIMENSIONS FOR IVA APPLICATIONS ..............3.........................1-4 7.2.................4................................6..................2-1 11...............1-2 12................... 9-8 INPUT AMPLIFIER FOR ANALOG SIGNALS TO BE DIGITIZED (SSPCM ANALOG RECEIVER CIRCUIT) .................................2-2 7..........4.. 12-5 xxxi ......................................................................3........................... 8-5 EXPRESS PAYLOAD C&DH INTERFACES ......3-1 11.................. 11-39 EXPRESS LAPTOP CSCI TO PAYLOAD APPLICATION DATA FLOW .........SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H FIGURE (CONTINUED) TITLE 7.................7-1 11....3.....................................................................................1-2 7............ 7-26 SHUTTLE PRIMARY POWER................

................................. 14-5 CLOSED VOLUME PFE NOZZLE ......................................1-1 12..........................3-1 14...........3-2 12.6..................12...............4-1 12..............................................................2-1 12......3..................4-1 12.. 12-15 TOGGLE SWITCHES.................6................................ 12-8 MINIMUM SIZES FOR ACCESS OPENING FOR FINGERS ....................... 12-7 MALE GRIP STRENGTH AS A FUNCTION OF THE SEPARATION BETWEEN GRIP ELEMENTS ................ 12-14 VALVE HANDLE .................................................................................LEVER TYPE ..................................2-5 12..........................2-1 14.................. 12-11 ROTARY SWITCH GUARD . 12-20 FIRE SUPPRESSANT PORT CLEARANCE ................................3..........CENTRAL PIVOT TYPE ..3-2 September 2009 PAGE LEG STRENGTH AT VARIOUS KNEE AND THIGH ANGLES(5TH PERCENTILE MALE DATA) ....... 14-6 xxxii .......................................2...................... 12-8 CONTROL SPACING REQUIREMENTS FOR UNGLOVED OPERATION .............6........ 12-6 TORQUE STRENGTH ...........2-4 12.............................2-3 12...........................................................6...........6.............................................................................................3.. 12-13 VALVE HANDLE .................................................................................SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H FIGURE (CONTINUED) TITLE 12... 12-16 MINIMAL CLEARANCE FOR TOOL-OPERATED FASTENERS ..... 12-6 MAXIMAL STATIC PUSH FORCES .......................2-2 12...............3-1 12........

This IDD and the payload unique Interface Control Document (ICD). D.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 1. and definitions for integrated analysis by interfacing parties. The PVP does not impose any additional interface or design requirements.1 INTRODUCTION PURPOSE September 2009 This Interface Definition Document (IDD) defines and controls the design of the interfaces between the EXpedite the PRocessing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack facility and the payloads using the accommodations of the EXPRESS Rack (with or without Active Rack Isolation System [ARIS]) and the EXPRESS Transportation Rack. EXpedite the B. (See SSP 52000-ICD-ERP. and unique) between the EXPRESS Rack facility (with or without ARIS) and/or EXPRESS Transportation Rack and the payload.0 1.1. The PAH describes the accommodations and capabilities of the EXPRESS Rack and associated International Space Station (ISS) interfaces. and defines selectable parameters and unique interfaces between the EXPRESS Rack facility (with or without ARIS) and/or EXPRESS Transportation Rack and the specific payload.2 A. and the payload community in using the interfaces defined. technical data. analytical models. Defines and controls constraints which shall be observed by members of the ISS. DEFINITION OF PAYLOAD-UNIQUE ICD B. The requirements in this IDD will be verified in accordance with the Payload Verification Plan (PVP) for EXPRESS Rack Payloads. 1. The PAH does not levy any requirements since that is the purpose of this IDD. Establishes commonality with respect to analytical approaches. 1. are defined below.1 DEFINITION OF IDD A. This IDD should be used in conjunction with SSP 52000 PAH ERP. EXPRESS Rack. which is developed from this document. nonstandard. C. Selects the IDD interfaces. Orbiter Middeck requirements are included in this document. This IDD contains data from the Middeck IDD in order to establish a common document for payloads. The Middeck requirements are applicable only to the payloads that use the Middeck for transportation. Defines and controls the design of interfaces (standard. 1-1 . Additional requirements for the Window Observational Research Facility (WORF) are defined in Appendix H of this document. International Space Station Payload Accommodations Handbook for EXpedite the PRocessing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack Payloads. The PVP defines the verification methodology and data requirements for verifying each of the requirements in the IDD.1. Levies the associated design requirements and defines the interfaces which are provided by the EXPRESS Rack for payloads that utilize EXPRESS Rack (with or without ARIS) and EXPRESS Transportation Rack and associated EXPRESS Rack-provided accommodations.

1. separate stowage items. Section 5 will document the specific exception number. The ICA is an integrated document that includes all applicable payload information for Shuttle Middeck requirements. Document the exceedances to NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK. All exceptions must be approved by the ISS Payloads Office (and the Space Shuttle Program if orbiter interfaces are affected). and definitions for integrated analysis by both interfacing parties. etc. interfaces. This document will be applicable to all of those EXPRESS Rack payloads that launch or land in the orbiter Middeck and are transferred to/from the ISS on a particular flight. capabilities or services defined in this IDD shall be documented in section 5 of the derived ICD and evaluated to ensure the stated condition is controlled. Defines and controls the constraints which shall be observed by the EXPRESS Rack facility and/or EXPRESS Transportation Rack and the payload in using the interfaces so defined. Any exception to requirements. B. DEFINITION OF FLIGHT-UNIQUE INTERFACE CONTROL ANNEX (ICA) D. 1. Additional inputs to provide information for the ICA are not anticipated at this time. volume. E. Development of an ICD based on this IDD will fulfill the requirements for EXPRESS Rack and Shuttle Middeck. 1. Exception is the general term used to identify any payload-proposed departure from specified requirements or interfaces. Middeck Interface Definition Document.) C.) which shall be provided by the Shuttle Middeck for all payloads on a particular flight.1. the exception title.4 EXCEPTIONS Unique ICDs are derivatives of this IDD and do not require Space Shuttle Program or ISS Program approval if they remain within the interface design parameters defined by this document.3 The ICA is a document specific to the shuttle Middeck accommodations. The information from the payload unique ICD will be used by the EXPRESS Rack Office (ERO) to develop the necessary ICA inputs. and the approval status. Establishes commonality with respect to analytical approaches. 1-2 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 PRocessing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack Payloads Interface Control Document Blank Book. and requirements. analytical models. Define the interfaces and resource requirements (power. The ICA will: A. specified interfaces/requirements via approved Change Requests (CR). technical data.

. launch/landing. the Payload Developers (PDs) are still required to show compliance via the safety review process to NSTS 1700. regardless of their design complexity. and NSTS/ISS 18798B. Identification of resource requirements (i. power.7B. it does provide to the payload integrator a top level indication regarding the payload complexity and allows the integrator an opportunity to assess any impacts to the standard EXPRESS Rack payload integration template. video. The unique payload safety hazards and associated verification data must be coordinated directly with the PSRP. Transportation (to/from ISS) requirements are for payload bay located hardware specific to the Multi-Purpose Logistics Module (MPLM) mounted in either an EXPRESS Rack or an EXPRESS Transportation Rack. The PD should provide a copy of the applicable safety data package to the ERO Engineering Integration (EI) representative. Interpretation of NSTS/ISS Payload Safety Requirements. The requirements identified in this IDD are applicable not only to the hard mounted (Middeck Locker (MDL)/International Subrack Interface Standard (ISIS) drawer) payload equipment but also to the stowed items as well. and ISS Addendum.3 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD ACCOMMODATIONS Standard Express Rack Payload Payloads that use the EXPRESS Rack will be categorized for integration purposes as ““standard”” or ““nonstandard. are required to support all generic integration templates as shown in SSP 52000 PAH ERP.e. The safety implementation process is defined in NSTS 13830. data. and on orbit phases of the payload cycle.3-1 defines the standard EXPRESS Rack payloads accommodations. Interface definition requirements for the orbiter Middeck are specified in this document. This IDD also identifies safety interface and design requirements with which EXPRESS Rack payloads must comply.”” This classification is based solely upon the quantity of interfaces and the resources/services required. Implementation Procedure for NSTS Payloads System Safety Requirements. 1-3 . Safety Policy and Requirements for Payloads Using the Space Transportation System. Standard payloads will be located in the standard 8/2 EXPRESS Rack configurations. Each PD is responsible for development and submittal of required safety data packages and also for the coordination and completion of each safety review via the Payload Safety Review Panel (PSRP) executive secretary. All payloads. stowage hardware items) is required to be performed and included in the payload specific integration data files in the Payload Data Library (PDL). This classification does not imply that a payload cannot be manifested in an EXPRESS Rack. however. 1.2 SCOPE The requirements defined in this document apply to the design/development. Table 1. Space Shuttle Payload Ground Safety Handbook. however. transportation. the specific IDD requirements applicable to payload unique stowage items will be identified and documented. heat load. During the development of the payload unique ICD and flight ICA.7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 1. KHB 1700.

Provisions for a certain limited quantity of Middeck late access and early removal are under consideration for standard EXPRESS Rack payload. A standard EXPRESS Rack payload requires less than 12 hours of crew training time. 1-4 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 If the payload is not stowed in a standard MDL or in a 4-Panel Unit (PU) ISIS drawer. The allocation for a standard EXPRESS Rack payload for on-orbit crew time is under review <TBD 1-1>. a standard EXPRESS Rack payload can also occupy the equivalent volume of a single/double MDL or 4-PU ISIS drawer by providing its own unique support structure and attaching to the same points an MDL or ISIS drawer would attach. but these have not been finalized yet <TBD 1-2>.

•• Two payload interfaces available for water. •• Reference Notes 1 & 2 •• EXPRESS Rack to provide interfacing connectors and cables. & 5 •• Water can be used in MDL or ISIS drawers. •• Reference Notes 1 & 2 •• EXPRESS Rack to provide interfacing connectors and cables. •• Racks in the MPLM will not be powered for ascent/descent. •• Ducted air available to all payloads.500 W per single MDL or 4PU ISIS drawer position NOTES/REMARKS •• Reference Notes 2. •• Reference Notes 1 & 2 •• Resource limited to 0-12 lbm/hr. •• EXPRESS Rack to provide interfacing QDs and fluid lines.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 1. 6. and 7 •• Must conform with mass. •• ISIS drawer positions have 2 discretes and 1 analog. •• Reference Notes 1 & 2 •• Resource limited to achieving 1 x 10-3 torr in 2 hr. 3. •• ISS qualified/certified cold plates can be used. Nitrogen •• One interface available for payloads (must be shared). frequency & volume limits. 2. •• EXPRESS Rack to provide interfacing QDs and fluid lines. •• Use of cabin air for cooling is restricted.3-1 STANDARD EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD (2 PAGES) DISCIPLINE Structural/ Mechanical STANDARD ACCOMMODATION Includes as a minimum: •• MDL (single & double) or equivalent volume •• Standard 4-PU ISIS drawer or equivalent volume Electrical/Power •• 0 W . •• EXPRESS Rack to provide interfacing Quick Disconnects (QDs) & fluid lines. Center of Gravity (CG). •• Waste gas and trace contaminants must be within EXPRESS Rack Payloads PAH/IDD table of exhaust constituents or must have been previously approved. •• Reference Notes 1 & 2 •• EXPRESS Rack to provide interfacing •• Reference Notes 1. •• MDL positions have 3 discretes and 2 analogs. Control/Data Interfaces available for each payload position include: •• RS-422 •• Ethernet •• 5 Vdc discrete •• ±5 Vdc analog Video120 •• NTSC RS170A interface for each payload position. 4. Vacuum Exhaust •• One interface available for payloads (must be shared). 1-5 . •• Water cooling via the moderate temperature water loop is 500 W per payload position. •• Container to be flight qualified/certified. Thermal Control/Cooling •• Ducted cooling via Avionics Air Assembly (AAA) is 200 W per payload position for MDL and <100 W for ISIS drawers.

Active/forced air cooling (fan in the MDL or ISIS drawer) is the responsibility of the PD.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 1. •• Video compression is not available in the standard 8/2 EXPRESS Rack. the ISS reserves the right to assign locations to payloads mounted on an adapter plate(s) and payloads stored within standard lockers or ISIS drawers. 5.3-1 are ““nonstandard””.3-1 STANDARD EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD (2 PAGES) DISCIPLINE STANDARD ACCOMMODATION NOTES/REMARKS connectors and cables except for the payload video source or camera and its cabling. 7. bungees. or vibration isolation foam. These resources/accommodations are limited in quantity and will have to be timelined to eliminate conflicts and/or incompatibilities. Stowage hardware external to the payload items(s) must be identified in the Configuration Data Set per the International Space Station Program submittal schedules. although on any flight. 2. and protective provisions. This determination is dependent on the type of exceedance of the standard allocation or complexity of the unique interface. Payloads with requirements for resources/interfaces not offered by the standard EXPRESS Rack configurations are also ““nonstandard””. These payloads can be integrated into the EXPRESS Rack. Notes: 1. •• Computer is an IBM 760XD and uses Windows NT operating system and Microsoft Visual Basic and C++ for the Graphical User Interface (GUI). The utilization of this interface must be within the EXPRESS Rack accommodations as defined in the EXPRESS Rack PAH and compliant with the design and interface requirements specified in this IDD. •• Any software which interfaces with the ISS has to be verified by the Payload Software Integration and Verification Facility (PSIVF). Software •• EXPRESS Rack laptop to be shared by all payloads. 6. The ““nonstandard”” payloads may be limited in manifesting possibilities or may necessitate alteration of the standard EXPRESS Rack payload analytical/physical integration template(s) shown in SSP 52000 PAH ERP. •• EXPRESS Rack has only one video interface to ISS. •• Software is resident on a payload processor or EXPRESS Rack laptop only. 1-6 . Payloads that are microgravity sensitive can only be accommodated in ARIS-equipped EXPRESS Racks. Standard EXPRESS Rack payloads should not have stowage items external to the payload item(s). such as dividers. A PU is 1. Nonstandard Express Rack Payload Accommodations Payloads with requirements exceeding standard EXPRESS Rack allocations shown in Table 1. The maximum payload weight includes the payload and the ISIS drawer or the locker shell.75 in. locker trays. 3. •• Payload-unique application software and icons are PD developed and verified. 4. 8. Requests for a specific location will be entertained.

3. D. There are services and/or special requests which may require the EXPRESS Rack PD to identify interfaces/requirements or supply information/data at specific times to the ISS and/or the orbiter for use in further assessments.5 DELETED FIGURE 1. and other documents. These items may include.3-1 are limited in quantity (i. unique interfaces. requirements for the following: A. unique EXPRESS Interface Agreement (EIA). C. flight unique ICAs. These may not be available on the earliest increment. or development of data products. These include. payload ICDs. Specific payload location requests in the orbiter or ISS.7B and ISS Addendum. military (MIL) specifications. and crew training activities. E. Payloads that have ““nonstandard”” interfaces must contact the payload integrator as soon as possible to discuss the request. B. 1. 1. Dispositioned changes shall reflect program decisions and will record new. the interfaces defined and controlled herein are applicable to the operational configuration of the ISS. vacuum exhaust. payload specific PDL data files. Gaseous Nitrogen (GN2)) in the standard EXPRESS Rack configurations and may not be available on the earliest increment.. microgravity. Government standards.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 These interfaces/services listed in Table 1. but are not limited to. contractor specifications. changed. temperature.e.1 PRECEDENCE The order of precedence of documents identified herein shall be as follows: NSTS 1700.). noncontiguous time on orbit during the increment. Crew training time exceeding 12 hours total. F.2 EFFECTIVITY Unless otherwise specified.e. KHB 1700. but are limited to. analyses. 1. EXPRESS Rack and Middeck IDDs. Complexity of experiment-to-experiment interconnectivity. Middeck late installation.3. contractor standards. Weight/volume/CG/frequency not meeting the requirements specified in this document. 1.4 CHANGE POLICY All changes to this document shall be controlled in accordance with the procedures prescribed herein and by SSP 41170. MIL standards.5-1 DELETED 1-7 .. etc. water. Crew time resources exceeding <TBD 1-1> hour (hr) of accumulative. and/or deleted requirements. Specific environmental conditions (i. Middeck early removal.7. Configuration Management Requirements. specific/unique microgravity environments. Government specifications.

com 1-8 .n.cunningham@boeing.6 NAME September 2009 TECHNICAL POINT OF CONTACT ORGANIZATION DISCIPLINE PHONE/FAX/EMAIL Susan Cunningham Boeing/S3 Payload Engineering and Integration Book Manager (256) 961-0268 susan.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 1.

1 DOCUMENTS APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS September 2009 The following documents of the exact issue shown shall form a part of this document to the extent specified herein. In the event of conflict between the documents referenced and the contents of this document. the contents of this document shall be considered a superseding requirement.7 Revision B MA2-97-083 (JSC Letter) MA2-99-170 (JSC Letter) MIL C 5541C April 1981 MIL-C-26074 Revision E October 1990 2-1 .0 2. the ““Current Issue”” cited in the contract Applicable Documents List (ADL) applies.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 2. Inclusion of applicable documents herein does not in any way supersede the contractual order of precedence. Electroless Nickel Requirements for JSC 20793 JSC 27260 KHB 1700.3 2006 Electrical Characteristics of Balanced Voltage Digital Interface Circuits Separation of Redundant Safety-Critical Circuits Test Procedures for Packaging Materials Colors Used in Government Procurement Telecommunications and information exchange between Systems-Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Specific Requirements-Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Corrigendum1 Crewed Space Vehicle Battery Safety Handbook Decal Process Document and Catalog Space Shuttle Payload Ground Safety Handbook Computer Control of Payload Hazards Crew Mating/Demating of Powered Connectors Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys Coatings. Program Controlled Document Index. DOCUMENT TITLE ANSI/TIA/EIA-422B ET12-90-115 (JSC Letter) FED STD 101C FED STD-595B IEEE STD 802. Unless the exact issue and date are identified. Specific date and revision number of documents under control of the Space Station Control Board can be found in SSP 50257.

Odor.1) NASA-STD-5001 NASA STD 6001 February 1998 NSTS 1700. General Specification for Electrostatic Discharge Control Program for Protection of Electrical and Electronic Parts. Assemblies. and Offgassing and Compatibility Requirements and Test Procedures for Materials in Environments which Support Combustion Safety Policy and Requirements for Payloads Using the Space Transportation System Safety Policy and Requirements for Payloads Using the International Space Station Limitations for Non Flight Materials and Equipment Used in and Around Space Shuttle Orbiter Vehicle Payload Verification Requirements Interpretation of NSTS/ISS Payload Safety Requirements Middeck Interface Definition Document Shuttle/Payload Interface Definition Document for the Payload and General Support Computer (PGSC) Structural Integration Analyses Responsibility Definition for Space Shuttle and Cargo Element Developers Adapter Assembly Multiuse Bracket MSFC-STD-1274B Volume 2 MSFC-STD-3029 NASA-STD-5003 (Previously NHB 8071. and Equipment (Excluding Electrically Initiated Explosive Devices) MSFC HOSC Telemetry Format Standard Guidelines for the Selection of Metallic Materials for Stress Corrosion Cracking Resistance in Sodium Chloride Environments Fracture Control Requirements for Payloads Using the Space Shuttle Structural Design and Test Factors of Safety for Spaceflight Hardware Flammability. Self-Locking.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H DOCUMENT TITLE September 2009 MIL-DTL-18240F June 1997 MIL-S-8879C MIL STD 1686A Fastener Element. Controlled Radius root with Increased Minor Diamete. ISS Addendum December 1995 NSTS 08242 NSTS 14046 NSTS/ISS 18798B NSTS 21000 IDD MDK. Threaded Fastener.7B January 1989 NSTS 1700.7B. 250 ºF Maximum Screw Threads. Revision B NSTS 21000-IDD-760XD NSTS 37329 SED33102474 (JSC Drawing) 2-2 .

Electronic/Electromechanical (EEE) and Mechanical Parts Management and Implementation Plan for Space Station Program Space Station External Contamination Control Requirements Space Station Ionizing Radiation Design Environment Space Station Program Fluid Procurement and Use Control Specification Configuration Management Requirements International Space Station Flight Crew Integration Standard (NASA STD 3000/T) Space Station Inventory Management System Label Specification 2-3 . Base. Stud. Door Mid-Deck Stowage Locker Assy. Latch. Door Mid-Deck Stowage Locker Assy. Door Mid-Deck Stowage Locker Assy. Handle. Latch. Door Mid-Deck Stowage Locker Assy. Television –– Composite Analog Video Signal –– NTSC for Studio Applications Space Shuttle Contamination Control Requirements Space Station Requirements for Materials and Processes Space Station Electromagnetic Emission and Susceptibility Requirements Space Station Electromagnetic Techniques Space Station Electrical Bonding Requirements Space Station Program Intravehicular Activity Restraints and Mobility Aids Standard Interface Control Document Electrical. Latch.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H DOCUMENT TITLE September 2009 SDD39119020 (Drawing) SDD39119023 (Drawing) SDD39119021 (Drawing) SDD39119025 (Drawing) SMPTE 170M SN C 0005 Revision C SSP 30233 Revision F Includes DCN-002 SSP 30237 Revision B SSP 30238 Revision B SSP 30245 SSP 30257:004 SSP 30312 Revision G SSP 30426 Revision D SSP 30512 Revision C SSP 30573 SSP 41170 SSP 50005 Revision B SSP 50007 Revision B Knob. Latch.

EXPRESS Rack 2-4 . Software Interface Control Document Part 1 Protection of Payload Electrical Power Circuits REFERENCE DOCUMENTS DOCUMENT TITLE 60-22-613801-001A 683-44028 (Boeing Drawing) 683-44243 (Boeing Drawing) 683-44252(Boeing Drawing) 683-44254(Boeing Drawing) 683-46314 (Boeing Drawing) Certification Approval Request.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H DOCUMENT TITLE September 2009 SSP 50254 Revision K May 2005 SSP 50313 Revision B SSP 50404 Revision B February 2002 SSP 50540 Revision B March 2003 SSP 52000 PVP ERP SSP 52005 SSP 52050 TA-92-038 JSC Memo 2. Middeck Cooling Enhancements Electrical Wiring Diagram (Data) Electrical Wiring Diagram (Data) Wire Harness –– Laptop E-NET Wire Harness –– Laptop Video Solid-State Power Controller Module (SSPCM) .2 Operations Nomenclature Display and Graphics Commonality Standard Window Observational Research Facility Project Requirements Document Software Interface Definition Document Broadcast Ancillary Data Generic Payload Verification Plan for EXpedite the PRocessing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack Payloads Payload Flight Equipment Requirements and Guidelines for Safety Critical Structures International Standard Payload Rack to International Space Station.

Modeling and Mass Properties Databook A31p Laptop Hardware Interface Definition Document (IDD) Thermal Limits for Intravehicular Activity (IVA) Touch Temperatures On-Orbit Bonding and Grounding SPACEHAB Experiment Interface Definition Document Bonding. General Practices for Materials Selection List for Space Hardware Systems 2-5 .Payloads Wire Harness –– Feed Through Data Electrical Wiring Diagram Wire Harness –– Feed Through SCSI Wire Harness –– Feed Through S-Video American National Standard for Safe Use of Lasers Software Interface Definition Document –– EXPRESS with ARIS Software Interface Definition Document .EXPRESS Unique Ancillary Data Sets Interface Definition Document Electrical Performance Standards –– Monochrome Television Studio Facilities International Space Station On-Orbit Assembly. and Lightning Protection for Aerospace Systems Identification Marking of U.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H DOCUMENT TITLE September 2009 683-83766(Boeing Drawing) 683-83774(Boeing Drawing) 683-83790(Boeing Drawing) 683-83837(Boeing Drawing) 683-83838 (Boeing Drawing) ANSI Z136.1 1993 D683-42509 D683-42510 D684-11300-01 EIA-170 JSC 26557 JSC 62934 MA2-95-048 (JSC Letter) MA2-99-142 (JSC Letter) MDC 91W5023M MIL-B-5087 (ASG) October 1964 MIL-STD-130 MIL-STD-462D MIL-STD-889B MIL-STD-1553B MIL-STD-MS33540 MSFC HDBK 527F/ JSC 09604 Wire Harness .S. Measurement of Dissimilar Metals Interface Standard for Digital Time Division Command/ Response Multiplex Data Bus Safety Wiring and Cotter Pinning. Electrical. Military Property Electromagnetic Interference Characteristics.

Odor. and Compatibility Requirements and Test Procedures for Materials in Environments that Support Combustion Implementation Procedure for NSTS Payloads System Safety Requirements Flammability Configuration Analysis for Spacecraft Applications Prime Item Development Specification for the 8/2 Expedite the Processing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack with ARIS Prime Item Development Specification for the 8/2 Expedite the Processing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack Ionizing Radiation Dose Estimates for International Station Alpha using the CADrays 3-D Mass Model Fire Port Location Labels Space Station Grounding Requirements Space Station Cable/Wire Design and Control Requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility Space Station Requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility Space Station Program Portable Fire Extinguisher Standard Interface Control Document System Specification for the International Space Station Rack to Mini Pressurized Logistics Module Interface Control Document (ICD) Part 1 ASI Flight Hardware to Launch and Landing Site Interface Control Document Operations Data File Standards International Subrack Interface Standards (ISIS) Liner Specifications (ISIS-01) International Subrack Interface Standards (ISIS) Liner Specifications (ISIS-02) NSTS 13830B NSTS 22648 S683-34526 S683-34527 SAIC-TN-9550 October 1995 SDG32108589 (Drawing) SSP 30240 SSP 30242 SSP 30243 SSP 30262:010 SSP 41000BC SSP 41017 Revision G February 2005 SSP 50053 SSP 50253 SSP 50320 SSP 50321 2-6 .1C Design Criteria for Stress Corrosion Cracking High Voltage Design Criteria Flammability. Offgassing.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H DOCUMENT TITLE September 2009 MSFC SPEC 522B MSFC STD 531 NHB 8060.

On-Orbit Maintenance EXpedite the PRocessing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack Payloads Interface Control Document Blank Book International Space Station Payload Accommodations Handbook for Expedite the Processing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack Payloads Portable Computer System (PCS) Interface Definition Document Pressurized Payloads Interface Requirements Document Pressurized Payloads Hardware Interface Control Document Template Active Rack Isolation System (ARIS) User’’s Handbook SSP 52000-PAH-ERP November 1997 SSP 52052 Revision D SSP 57000 SSP 57001 SSP 57006 2-7 .2a.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H DOCUMENT TITLE September 2009 SSP 50499 SSP 52000-ICD-ERP Government Furnished Equipment Source Data & Documentation (SD&D) Flight 2A.

Characteristics: Rotating right-handed Cartesian.1. FIGURE 3. The X-axis (X) centimeter (cm) axis is in the CM plane of symmetry. parallel to and 200 in below the CM reference plane.1. The Y-axis (Y) cm axis completes a right-hand system.1. The standard subscript is CM (for example (e. The Z axis direction (Z) cm axis is in the CM plane of symmetry.1 3.).g. Positive sense is from the nose of the vehicle toward the tail. Xcm).0 3.1 PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL INTERFACES GEOMETRIC RELATIONSHIPS CREW MODULE (CM) COORDINATE SYSTEM September 2009 The CM coordinate system is shown in Figure 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3. 200 in below the CM reference plane and at CM X station = 0. perpendicular to the Xcm axis positive upward in landing attitude.1-1 and described as follows: Origin: Orientation: In the CM plane of symmetry.1-1 CREW MODULE COORDINATE SYSTEM 3-1 .

in the ISPR payload orientation. It is a floating coordinate system located by the payload under consideration. left front side and 42 in (1066. U.S. It allows discussion of Middeck payloads. This section is applicable to United States (U. The standard subscript is PL (e.2-1 and described as follows: Origin: Orientation: Characteristics: Located at the intersection of the rack static envelope bottom. The standard subscript is ISPR (e.) Payloads. 3.2 DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES Unless otherwise specified.S.g. Xpl). XISPR).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3. Orientation: Characteristics: 3.1. The Zpl axis is toward the top of the ISPR.. and International Partner Payloads located in the U.1 ±0. pressurized volume.XXX = = = ±0. in the coordinate system in which they were designed. Rotating right handed Cartesian. Bartered Payloads. The positive X axis is to the right (looking at rack). The Ypl axis is toward the right (looking at the rack).010 ±1/16 ±0 30’’ 3-2 . all angular dimensions are in degrees.8 millimeter (mm)) projection from front face.g.X X. The Xpl axis is toward the front of the ISPR. Rotating right-handed Cartesian.S. It is described as follows: Origin: The PL coordinate system origin is in the plane of the EXPRESS Rack backplate. and the positive Y axis is towards the rear of the rack.XX X.2-1. It results from moving Middeck payloads (in their original CM coordinate system) to the EXPRESS Rack. all linear dimensions are in inches.03 ±0.1.3 PAYLOAD (PL) COORDINATE SYSTEM The payload (PL) coordinate system is shown in Figure 3.1.1.2 September 2009 INTERNATIONAL STANDARD PAYLOAD RACK (ISPR) COORDINATE SYSTEMS (LIMITED EFFECTIVITY) The ISPR coordinate system in any ISS laboratory or MPLM is shown in Figure 3. and the tolerances for these are as follows: Decimal: Fractions: Angles: X.. It is a floating coordinate system local to each individual payload. The positive Z axis is towards the top of ISPR.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.1.2-1 ISPR COORDINATE SYSTEM IN THE USL (APPLICABLE TO MPLM OR ANY ON-ORBIT LAB) 3-3 .

See Figure 3.2-3.1.1 AVIONICS BAY LOCATIONS Payloads must use the provisions in Paragraph 3. Standard modular stowage locker accommodations consist of stowing the payload hardware in vibration isolating foam inside a standard Middeck stowage tray.1. 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3. or double adapter plates. Figure 3.1. EXPRESS Rack payloads transported in the orbiter Middeck shall be designed to interface with the SSP mounting panels.2-4. The payload stowage configuration within the tray and locker is controlled by the Space Shuttle Program. mounting panels.) will not be transferred to the ISS.3. which is installed inside a standard modular stowage locker.1 MECHANICAL INTERFACES MIDDECK LOCATIONS September 2009 Payloads may be located in the Middeck either on the aft surface of wire trays of avionics bays 1 and 2 or on the forward surface of wire trays of avionics bay 3A (reference NSTS 21000 IDD MDK for additional details). and 3A. 3-4 . A single outlet duct may support either a single or double-size payload.3. and 3A.2-2 Single Payload Inlet/Outlet Interface Provisions (Controlled in the Middeck IDD). 3.1.3.3. The SSP will provide the mounting panels that interface directly to the avionics bay wire trays.3.3. Single Adapter Plate (Controlled in the Middeck IDD).1.3 3. 2. the size of orbiter crew.2 MIDDECK PAYLOAD PROVISIONS Middeck payload mounting provisions consist of Space Shuttle Program (SSP) provided locker accommodations or mounting panels. single adapter plates. and Figure 3. The SSP-provided equipment (lockers. Payload Mounting Panel (Controlled in the Middeck IDD). which are defined as Payload Mounting Panels (PMP). Double-size payload location accommodations will be dependent upon avionics bay wire tray weight carrying capability at a given location. power required by the individual Middeck payloads.1. Vented Payload Mounting Panels (VPMP).2-1. Figure 3. mission profile and its length. 2.4 to mount in avionics bays 1. Availability of specific locations for payloads use is pursuant to amount of ducted and nonducted air cooling.3. Ducted air-cooled payloads must utilize the active air cooling orbiter outlet ducts provided in the locations shown in NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK for avionics bays 1. etc. Requests for SSP-provided equipment must be identified and documented in the PD EIA. and amount of crew equipment to be stowed in standard stowage lockers at these locations. Double Adapter Plate (Controlled in the Middeck IDD).

2-1 PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) (PAGE 1 OF 2) FIGURE 3.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.2-1 PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) (PAGE 2 OF 2) 3-5 .3.3.1.

3.1.3.2-2 SINGLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) (PAGE 1 OF 2) PL = Place FIGURE 3.2-2 SINGLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) (PAGE 2 OF 2) 3-6 .1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 PL = Place FIGURE 3.

1.2-3 SINGLE ADAPTER PLATE (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) FIGURE 3.3.3.2-4 DOUBLE ADAPTER PLATE (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 3-7 .1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.

is attached with snap hooks to locker net retention fittings.2-3. MF71 MIDDECK NET RETENTION INTERFACE B.3.3.2-2. Figure 4.3 3.10.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3.10.1-2 and 4.10. 3. one fitting per standard locker.1-5. Figures 4.3. 3.2 ISS LOCATIONS EXPRESS Rack payloads will be located in the EXPRESS Rack in the following areas as illustrated in Figures 3. Locker replacements desiring the mission flexibility of being able to locate in this column shall have net retention fittings capable of loads indicated in NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.3. The net.1-3.10.2-3) 4-PU ISIS drawer in an 8/2 EXPRESS Rack (Figure 3.3. MDL or equivalent in an 8/2 EXPRESS Rack (Figure 3.10.10. Figures 4.1-2 and 4. Locker replacements desiring the mission flexibility of being able to locate in this column shall have net retention fittings capable of the loads indicated in NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK. The net is attached with snap hooks to the locker net retention fittings similar to that shown for the Emergency Egress Net in NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.3. locker position MF71K will not be available for locker replacement payloads on crew rotation flights. Double sized payloads wishing the flexibility of being installed in the MA16 column shall provide a center and bottom net retention fitting capable of supporting Egress Net snap hooks.2-1. Figure 4.1. an Emergency Egress Net is attached over the airlock tunnel to lockers located in column MA16 of Avionics Bay 3A.1.1-1.2-3) In ISIS drawers or MDLs in the EXPRESS Transportation Rack (Figure 3.2-2.2-1. 3. B.10.3. Figure 4.3. a retention net is installed with one side attached to net retention fittings located at the bottoms of lockers located in column MF71 of Avionics Bay 2 per NSTS 21000IDD-MDK. C.3. Figure 4.2-2) 3-8 . Figure 4. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK. NSTS 21000-IDDMDK.1-3.2 During all flight phases.3. A. Due to Recumbent Seat Kit foot support installation. Net retention fitting locations are shown in NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.10.3. 3. While the Orbiter is vertical.1.3.10. one fitting per standard locker.1-4.1 September 2009 MIDDECK EMERGENCY EGRESS AND MF71 NET RETENTION INTERFACE EMERGENCY EGRESS NET (TRAMPOLINE) INTERFACE A.

3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3-9 PL = Place September 2009 FIGURE 3.2-1 EXPRESS RACK 8/2 CONFIGURATION EXPLODED VIEW .

2-2 EXPRESS TRANSPORTATION RACK CONFIGURATION 3-10 .3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.

2-3 EXPRESS RACK 8/2 CONFIGURATION STRUCTURAL PROVISIONS FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS (PAGE 1 OF 3) 3-11 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 PL = Place FIGURE 3.3.

2-3 EXPRESS RACK 8/2 CONFIGURATION STRUCTURAL PROVISIONS FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS (PAGE 2 OF 3) 3-12 .3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 PL = Place FIGURE 3.

VPMPs. Mounting panels are defined as PMP. These panels will remain in the Middeck location for structural support. depending on the location. The payload stowage configuration within the tray and locker is the responsibility of the PD. single adapter plates. ISIS drawer accommodations. Standard modular stowage locker accommodations consist of stowing the payload hardware in vibration isolating foam inside a standard stowage tray. or mounting panels. 3-13 .4 MECHANICAL PAYLOAD PROVISIONS Payload mounting provisions consist of standard modular lockers.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 PL = Place FIGURE 3. or double adapter plates.2-3 EXPRESS RACK 8/2 CONFIGURATION STRUCTURAL PROVISIONS FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS (PAGE 3 OF 3) 3. Integrated stowage configuration is the responsibility of the orbiter and/or the ISS. which is installed inside a standard modular stowage locker.3. If panels are used in the Middeck installation. (Note that the ISS and Space Shuttle Programs are not planning to provide mounting panels for use in the ISS). these panels will be removed from the payload prior to transfer and installation into the EXPRESS Rack.

1.4.1.2-3.or a double-locker configuration.2-1. the payload integrator should be contacted to discuss these requirements. Note: If configurations other than these are desired. Quad-locker payloads should be designed to accommodate connection to only one of the two adjacent 8/2 EXPRESS Rack mounting panels on-orbit. for launch in the 8/2 EXPRESS Rack payloads must restrict themselves to either a single. however.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3.3. Due to the 8/2 EXPRESS Rack’’s use of single-locker wide mounting panels without dimensional control between adjacent mounting panels. if one is used. they will be removed from the payload prior to transfer and installation into the EXPRESS Rack in the ISS. the mass is charged to the PD allocation.2 EXPRESS TRANSPORTATION RACK MOUNTING PLATE Payloads shall be compatible with the mechanical interfaces defined in Figure 3. Special mounting panels should not be required to interface to the EXPRESS Rack mounting plate.1 EXPRESS MOUNTING PLATES 8/2 EXPRESS RACK MOUNTING PLATE September 2009 Payloads shall be compatible with the mechanical interfaces defined in Figure 3. Quad-locker configurations must be launched in the transportation rack and transferred to an 8/2 EXPRESS Rack on orbit. 3. 3-14 .1 3. If panels are used in the Middeck installation.4.4.1.

2-1 EXPRESS TRANSPORTATION RACK CONFIGURATION STRUCTURAL PROVISION FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3-15 September 2009 FIGURE 3.4.1.

the ISS will not allow EXPRESS Rack payloads to exchange air with the cabin through the front of the payload enclosure (reference Paragraph 5. and small stowage trays provide 0. quarters.4. 3.2.1. or cooling must modify the removable panels in the locker door for these purposes.3. An empty large tray weight is approximately 3. The payload equipment shall have a zero-Gravity (G) retention feature to prevent any equipment from floating out of the tray/locker during on-orbit activities.4. 3-16 . either one large stowage tray or two small stowage trays). The drawer/tray shall not be jammed open or closed by these contents. The PD will supply all unique panels.8 ft3 of volume. or sixteenths. and an empty small tray weight is approximately 2.2-1.2. eighths.1 STANDARD STOWAGE TRAYS Payloads may utilize the two sizes of orbiter supplied standard stowage trays..2 STANDARD MODULAR LOCKER September 2009 Payloads which use a standard modular locker are provided approximately two (2) cubic feet (ft3) of volume and shall be compatible with Figure 3.4.e.4. Contents will be removed from the lockers for transfer to other stowage lockers on the ISS.3 PAYLOAD ZERO-G REQUIREMENTS A. 3. Payloads that cannot be stowed inside trays shall be stowed directly in a locker with isolation material between the locker and the payload. C. Large stowage trays provide 1. The drawer/tray contents shall not need a tool for removal/installation.2).4.2-1. as shown in Figure 3. Standard modular lockers do not have rear-cooling provisions and may not be modified to incorporate rear-cooling provisions. A modified locker door has three blank removable/exchangeable panels as illustrated in Figure 3. the standard stowage tray may have nonstructural plastic tray dividers dividing the tray into halves.2. Standard modular lockers cannot be removed from the orbiter Middeck on orbit. Note: For Utilization Flight (UF)-3 and beyond.2 MODIFIED LOCKER ACCESS DOOR Payloads which are stowed inside a standard stowage locker and require access for power or cooling shall use a modified locker door.2.4 pounds (lb). Orbiter-provided elastic restraints may be used with or without dividers to prevent equipment from floating out when lockers are opened on orbit. Payloads requiring power. These blank panels are replaced with payload-unique panels on the ground prior to launch. 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3. In addition to payload equipment being packaged in trays using foam inserts as described in Paragraph 3.45 lb.4. The standard modular stowage locker has provisions for various trays (i.2.4.4. B.1-1. data.85 ft3 of volume.

2-1 STANDARD MODULAR STOWAGE LOCKER (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 3-17 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.4.

1-1 STANDARD STOWAGE TRAYS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 3-18 .2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.4.

5 in and be compressed 25 percent. The ISS lockers can be configured with or without rear-breathing interfaces. These lockers are intended for use in the ISS since the Shuttle-supplied Middeck lockers will not be transferred into the ISS. The weight of the lockers is: Without Covers With Covers 11.0 Lb 3-19 . 3. hard mount) to the ISS locker (excluding any unique panels for the modified door).4.. These lockers will not be removed from the Shuttle Middeck wire trays once on-orbit.0 Lb 13.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3. The locker provides its own captive locking fasteners to interface it with the Middeck wire trays or the EXPRESS Rack backplate.4 ISOLATION MATERIAL PROPERTIES If isolation materials are used by the PD for packaging of hardware inside stowage lockers or drawers.2-1 MODIFIED LOCKER ACCESS DOOR FOR MDL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 3.5 ISS-SUPPLIED LOCKERS The ISS will supply a limited number of lockers for use in the 8/2 EXPRESS Racks for ISS payloads.2.2. Each locker is equipped with modified front doors. the contents must be transferred. then the isolation material (Pyrell or similar material) shall have a minimum thickness of 0. There are no provisions for payload equipment to physically attach (i. If these lockers are used in the Shuttle Middeck.4.e.4.2.

No.) No.4.6 PD-SUPPLIED LOCKER REQUIREMENTS In order to maintain commonality and standardization between Space Shuttle Program-supplied. SDD39119023) Base (Dwg. A.5-4. and Figure 3.4.5-1.2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 PDs must define requirements (need date. quantity. 3.4.4. Payloads using these lockers shall be compatible with the mechanical information shown in Figure 3.4. and ISS-supplied and unique PD-supplied lockers. the lockers must meet the requirements within this IDD. SDD39119020) Stud (Dwg. The total number of ISS lockers and their availability is under evaluation by the ISS Program. ISS Locker Internal Cover Assembly for Rear Plate.2. No. Note: All locker inserts are fit-checked at Kennedy Space Center (KSC). Figure 3.4. Figure 3. SDD39119021) Latch Handle (Dwg.5-3. No.2. ISS Single Locker Rear Plate Assembly.2.5-2. etc. All PD-supplied lockers shall use the latches defined by the following drawings: Knob (Drawing (Dwg. Note: The weight and CG requirement for payloads using this locker are documented in Paragraph 4. 3-20 . SDD39119025) These parts are made of Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRES 15-5 PH (H1025).) for these lockers in their payload-unique EIA. ISS Locker.2. SpaceHab-supplied. ISS Locker Door.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

3-21

FIGURE 3.4.2.5-1 ISS LOCKER

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

3-22

PL = Place

FIGURE 3.4.2.5-2 ISS LOCKER DOOR

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

3-23

September 2009

FIGURE 3.4.2.5-3 ISS SINGLE LOCKER REAR PLATE ASSEMBLY (PAGE 1 OF 2)

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

3-24

September 2009

FIGURE 3.4.2.5-3 ISS SINGLE LOCKER REAR PLATE ASSEMBLY (PAGE 2 OF 2)

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

3-25

September 2009

FIGURE 3.4.2.5-4 ISS LOCKER INTERNAL COVER ASSEMBLY FOR REAR PLATE

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

B.

The following summary of applicable requirements in this IDD is: 1. Structural strength must be per Paragraphs 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, and 4.6 of this document and SSP 52005, Payload Flight Equipment Requirements and Guidelines for Safety-Critical Structures. Structural stiffness and frequency must be per Paragraphs 4.1, 4.1.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, and 4.5 of this document and SSP 52005. Material selection and processing must be per Paragraph 13.1 of this document. Structural/mechanical interfaces must be per Paragraph 3.4 of this document. Note: Attachment directly to the Middeck wire tray is not allowed. Size and volume constraints (internal/external) must be per Paragraph 3.6 of this document. Weight and CG constraints must be per Paragraph 4.4 of this document. Containment of stowed mass inside the locker must be per Paragraph 3.4.2.3 and SSP 52005. Special manufacturing and/or assembly operations must be per Paragraph 13.1 of this document. On-orbit removability/reconfigurability/interchangeability must be per the combined requirements of Section 3.0 of this document. Pressurization/depressurization must be per Paragraph 4.8 of this document.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Note: The verification of the above requirements is defined in SSP 52000-PVP-ERP, Generic Payload Verification Plan, EXpedite the PRocessing of Experiments to Space Station (EXPRESS) Rack Payloads.
3.4.3 MOUNTING PANELS

A.

Payloads heavier or of a larger size than those that can be accommodated by a standard stowage locker may be mounted via PMPs, single adapter plates, double adapter plates, or VPMPs. Payload baseplate thickness shall be 0.25 (tolerances are per Paragraph 3.2). If panels are used in the Middeck, these panels or item of equivalent stiffness will remain installed for Middeck strength considerations. Reference Figure 3.1.2-1 for coordinate system references. B. EXPRESS Rack payloads must not protrude more than 24.6 inches along the XPL axis including the thickness of the adapter and/or mounting panel used for installation in the EXPRESS Rack, as shown in Figure 3.4.3-1, EXPRESS Rack Payload Envelope. C. Payloads installed in the Shuttle Middeck shall not protrude more than 21.062 inches along the XPL axis including the thickness of the adapter and/or mounting panel used for installation in the Middeck. Several Middeck mounting options, as described in 3.4.3.1, 3.4.3.2, 3.4.3.3, and 3.4.3.4 below, are shown in Figure 3.4.3-2, Shuttle Middeck Payload XPL Dimensions. Note: Payloads intended for installation in both the Shuttle Middeck and the EXPRESS Rack must comply with the more restrictive dimension in Paragraphs 3.4.3B (3.6.2.1) or 3.4.3C.
3-26

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

FIGURE 3.4.3-1 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD ENVELOPE

3-27

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

FIGURE 3.4.3-2 SHUTTLE MIDDECK PAYLOAD XPL DIMENSIONS

3-28

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3.4.3.1 SINGLE ADAPTER PLATE

September 2009

Payloads requiring an adapter plate interface may be attached directly to a single adapter plate using a universal hole pattern for attachment. Maximum payload envelope and attaching hole pattern are defined in Figure 3.3.1.2-3. Single adapter plate weight is 6.2 lb, and its thickness is 0.750 in.
3.4.3.2 DOUBLE ADAPTER PLATE

Payloads which are heavier or of a larger size than those than can be accommodated inside a standard stowage locker may be attached to a double adapter plate. The double adapter plate has a universal hole pattern for payload attachment. Maximum payload envelope and attaching hole pattern are defined in Figure 3.3.1.2-4. Double adapter plate weight is 15.0 lb, and its thickness is .875 inches (in.). Double adapter plates attach to two (2) single adapter plates or to two (2) PMPs installed one (1) above the other to the avionics bay structure interface in the orbiter Middeck as shown in Figure 3.4.3.2-1.

FIGURE 3.4.3.2-1 DOUBLE ADAPTER PLATE (WITH PMPs OR SINGLE ADAPTER PLATE (SAP) ATTACHMENT TO ORBITER MIDDECK WIRE TRAYS OR EXPRESS RACK BACKPLATE (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD)

3-29

3. The inlet and outlet locations for single payload accommodations will be as shown in Figure 3. Because of misalignments from one wire tray to the next.3.1 ORBITER INLET/OUTLET LOCATIONS FOR SINGLE PAYLOAD ACCOMMODATIONS The orbiter inlet is the payload air inlet (cold avionics bay air).4. Ducted cooling configurations will be limited to four allowable configurations. 3.0 lbs with a thickness of 0.4. the backplate of the double payload may incorporate eccentric bushings configured identical to the double adapter plate (reference Figures 3. non ducted) single or double payloads may be mounted to VPMPs in lieu of single adapter plates or PMPs.4. 3.5 lb with a thickness of 0.1 ORBITER INLET/OUTLET LOCATIONS FOR DUCTED AIR-COOLED PAYLOADS A single outlet duct will be allocated for either a single or double size payload. Double payloads will require use of two VPMPs.e. Payloads shall locate outlets on either side of the VPMP crossmember or shall provide fan performance that would overcome the obstruction if outlets are located directly over the crossmember. The hole patterns and mounting methods are defined in Figure 3. A single VPMP weight is 4.4..500 inches. Actively cooled (ducted air) single payloads may be attached directly to a VPMP.4. Non active (i.3. as identified in the following paragraphs. 3.2-4 and 3. and the orbiter outlet is the payload air outlet (hot payload air). 3-30 .4. and payloads using avionics bay air shall be compatible with this figure.3. ducted air) payloads may be mounted to VPMPs to accommodate orbiter ducted air cooling interfaces.3..4.2-2.e. 3.500 in.3.1.3.3.3.3. one for single and three for double.3. and 3. A single PMP weight is 3.4.1.4 VENTED PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL Actively cooled (i.1.3. Payload baseplate mounting hole patterns and mounting methods shall be as defined in Figures 3.4.3 PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL September 2009 Payloads requiring panel interface may be attached directly to a PMP or directly to two (2) PMPs thus eliminating the need for a double adapter plate.2-2. Payloads shall locate their inlets and outlets on opposite halves of the payload.1.1.3.2-1).4-1.4-2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3.4.2-1.4-3.

4.4-1 DOUBLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS TOP HALF OF PAYLOAD INLET AND OUTLETS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 3-31 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.3.

3.4-2 DOUBLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS TOP HALF OF OUTLET/BOTTOM HALF OF INLET (PAYLOAD INTERNAL BYPASS/RECIRCULATION)) (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 3-32 .4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.

3.3.4. For avionics air interfaces in the EXPRESS Rack see Figure 3.23 PL = Place FIGURE 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Notes: Dimensions are in inches. VPMP shown in the Orbiter Middeck.4-3 DOUBLE PAYLOAD INLET/OUTLET INTERFACE PROVISIONS TOP HALF OF OUTLET/BOTTOM HALF OF INLET (NO PAYLOAD INTERNAL BYPASS/RECIRCULATION PATH REQUIRED) (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 3-33 .

4-2. PDs are encouraged to use standard metric/English fasteners and tools.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3.4-1.5 Double size payloads that do not provide an internal bypass recirculation path shall be compatible with the air cooling interface as shown in Figure 3. A.3. Double size payloads with the air inlet on the bottom half and outlet on the top half of the payload shall be compatible with the air cooling interface as shown in Figure 3.2 3.4. or VPMP. B. Paragraph 11. 3.3.5.3.4. clearance shall be provided for the tool to engage the payload mounting bolts from the cabin.12. Payloads shall be designed to be installed or removed within 30 minutes.4. 1. Minimum clearance required must be per Paragraph 12. 2.4. 2.3.6 3-34 .3.4. Payload provided unique tools shall meet the requirements of SSP 50005. C. Payload equipment shall not require the use of special tools for payload removal unless the tool is supplied by the PD.2 September 2009 ORBITER INLET/OUTLET LOCATIONS FOR DOUBLE PAYLOAD ACCOMMODATIONS The orbiter inlet and outlet locations for double payload accommodations will be as shown in Figure 3.1 3. MOUNTING ACCESS A. double adapter plates.3.4. When payloads are attached to PMPs.3.3.4. C. International Space Station Flight Crew Integration Standard (NASA-STD 3000/T). DELETED DELETED PAYLOAD ATTACHMENT POINT PROVISIONS B.4. This configuration does not require a payload provided internal bypass recirculation path. PMP.4-1.5.2.3. D.3.2.4-3. 3.4. or VPMPs. On orbit separation interface shall be between the payloads and the single or double adapter plates. 1. Double size payloads with their air inlets and outlets on the top half of the payload shall be compatible with the air cooling interface as shown in Figure 3.1. single adapter plates.4. Payloads utilizing this configuration shall provide an internal bypass recirculation path.

or vented payload mounting panel shall be designed per Figure 3.4.3.2-1. or vented payload mounting panel shall be provided by the payload developer in accordance with the design requirements in Table 3.2 ATTACHMENT HARDWARE – PAYLOADS DESIGNED FOR ON-ORBIT TRANSFERS A. the attachment points on the payload for securing to an adapter plate.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3.4.4.1.3.2.2-1 Note: It is recommended that the (1/4 28) threaded inserts be utilized in lieu of the sleeve bolt receptacle attachment points on the EXPRESS Rack backplate (reference Figure 3. B.1-1.4.1 INTERFACE ATTACHMENT CAPABILITIES The interface ultimate force allowables shown in Table 3.6.2-3) when the additional load carrying capability is required.1-1 shall be used in the structural analyses/assessment of the EXPRESS Rack backplate interface.3.2.6.6.6. the attachment points on the payload for securing to an adapter plate.312 in diameter to provide bolt installation clearance.6.3.2 EXPRESS RACK BACKPLATE The attachment points on the payload mounting structure for securing to the EXPRESS Rack backplate shall be designed per Figure 3.6. For payloads designed for on-orbit transfers.3. Payloads interfacing to a VPMP insert shall be designed per Figure 3.3.1.3.3. 3.4.4.1.4. 3-35 . payload mounting panel.1 ORBITER/MIDDECK September 2009 ATTACHMENT HARDWARE – PAYLOADS NOT DESIGNED FOR ON-ORBIT TRANSFERS For payloads not designed for on-orbit transfers.3.6. payload mounting panel.6.1 3.2-1.4. This requirement will allow the use of SSP-supplied corrosion resistant bolts for flight installation.6.4.1. 3. The mounting bolt holes of the payload must be 0.3.6. 3.1.4.3.

1.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.1-1 PAYLOAD/STS ATTACHMENT POINT DETAILS NOT DESIGNED FOR ON-ORBIT TRANSFER 3-36 .6.3.

3.1.6.6.480 inches Fasteners have a minimum diametric float capability of 0. PMP or VPMP equal to 0.2-2 (Page 1 of 2) Fasteners are captive Fasteners that are retractable (spring loaded away from the mounting plane) and flush or recessed behind the mounting plate when not engaged Fasteners are silver plated and have a secondary locking feature (Safety wire. part number NAS1394CA4 as shown in Figure 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.1.4.3.18 as shown in Figure 3. cotter pins.2-1 VENTED PAYLOAD MOUNTING PANEL INSERT TO PAYLOAD INTERFACE TABLE 3.2-1 REQUIREMENT Fasteners are required for flight installation 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3-37 .1.040 inches for single payloads.3. part number NAS1394CA4 for PMPs.2-1 FASTENER REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYLOADS DESIGNED FOR ON-ORBIT TRANSFERS ITEM 1 2 3 Fasteners are payload-supplied Fasteners are compatible with shuttle-provided inserts. or similar method is not allowed) per MIL-DTL-18240 Fasteners have a maximum penetration into the adapter plate. 0. part number ME 115-0070-1004 and fixed inserts.1.4.3.6. VPMPs have floating inserts.4.060 inches for double payloads Fasteners have a 3/16 inch internal hex Allen head screw tool interface Fasteners installation torque to be 50 to 75 inch pounds (Total torque includes running torque) VPMP insert fasteners depth to 1st thread engagement equals 0.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.2-1 PAYLOAD/EXPRESS RACK BACKPLATE ATTACHMENT POINT DETAILS (PAGE 1 OF 2) FIGURE 3.3.3.2-1 PAYLOAD/EXPRESS RACK BACKPLATE ATTACHMENT POINT DETAILS (PAGE 2 OF 2) 3-38 .4.6.4.6.

springs.3. TABLE 3.3.2 3.2-1 DELETED 3.6. double adapter plate.6.6.3.4. 3 Insert limits exceed 160ksi bolt strength. 3-39 .4. 0.3 DELETED CAPTIVE FASTENERS The payload provides all interface fasteners which attach payload equipment to orbiter-provided mounting plates (single adapter plate.3-1 CAPTIVE INTERFACE FASTENER REQUIREMENTS Held captive to the payload side of the interface Self locking Self retracting (spring loaded) at least flush with payload mounting flange Minimum radial float capability of 0.4.1-1 EXPRESS RACK BACKPLATE INTERFACE FORCE ALLOWABLES BACK PLATE INTERFACE Type A1 Type B1 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION Sleeve Bolt Receptacle P/N SPS 202163-4-2 Threaded Insert P/N MS51831CA-202 25002 89003 ULTIMATE FORCE ALLOWABLES TENSILE (LBF) 16602 196003 SHEAR (LBF) Notes: 1 Reference Figure 3. VPMP) or to the EXPRESS Rack or EXPRESS Transportation Rack backplates.6. the total radial clearance at each bolt must not exceed clearance fit requirements.6. 180 ksi ultimate tensile strength maximum Ancillary parts (housing.2-1. etc. PMP.2) Bolt material A286 CRES.2. or application of approved antiseize compound (Middeck fasteners must be silver plated per 3.02 inches for single locker size payloads.3. 2 Sleeve bolt limits based on manufacturer’’s specification SPS NS202163-4. For all interface bolts to be considered (analytically) to share carrying shear loads to the backplate.2.4. silver plating.2.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 3. FIGURE 3.3. retainer.3.6.3.4.03 inches for double and quad locker size payloads Provision to prevent thread seizing through dry film lubrication.2-3 for locations of Type A and Type B interfaces.1.4.4.3.6.3.6.) made from corrosion resistant steel or aluminum Compatible with NAS1394CA4 inserts used in the Middeck and MS51831CA-202 insert used in the EXPRESS Rack backplate or with NS202163-4-2 sleeve bolt receptacles Note: Modification of non-captive fasteners to incorporate a captive feature must be approved by the structures working group.3-1 and Figure 3. These interface fasteners shall meet the requirements in Table 3.

4.4.5 in. The internal volume available for payload stowage is shown in Figure 3. The powered ISIS drawer is intended for active items which will remain within the drawer on orbit with no access requirement.4 ON-ORBIT REMOVAL OF FASTENERS September 2009 Safety wires shall not be used on fasteners which must be removed on orbit.1-1. Note that fracturecritical fasteners which must be removed on orbit and/or replaced must be safety cabled or cotter pinned. slides and drawer contents) on any single set of slides shall not exceed 64 lbs.4.1 STOWAGE ISIS DRAWERS The stowage ISIS drawer design has a sliding top allowing on-orbit access to stowage payloads.4. 3.4. The stowage ISIS drawer weighs approximately 23 lbs. B. C. 3-40 . The payload envelope shown in Figure 3.4. The stowage ISIS drawer is intended to contain foam-packed passive items which require on-orbit access.4. Also shown are the dimensions of the top opening of the drawer with the cover in the fully open position.6.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3. The payload envelope shown extends to the inner edges of the internal rib structures on the sides and rear of the drawer. A.1-1. PDs are not allowed to modify the stowage ISIS drawer.4. The maximum total integrated mass (including drawer. 3.1-1 includes the foam packing. The stowage ISIS drawer has no provision for power or data connections or cooling supply to contained payloads. The following requirements apply to payloads stowed in the EXPRESS Rack ISIS drawers. Stowage ISIS Drawer Payload Envelope. Payloads located in the stowage ISIS drawers shall be packed in Pyrell foam (or a similar material) with a minimum thickness of 0.4 ISIS DRAWER PAYLOAD PROVISIONS Two (2) configurations of ISIS drawers are provided for mounting payloads in the lower portion of the EXPRESS Rack (powered and stowage).4.3. The CG of the stowage ISIS drawer contents shall comply with the limits given in Table 3.4. Only the 4-PU size ISIS drawers can be used in the 8/2 EXPRESS Rack.

Axes are parallel to the ISPR coordinate system defined in Figure 3.4.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3. contents.4.4. DELETED. Center of gravity coordinate system originates from the intersection of the back face of the front panel flange with the centerline of the slides.60 Min: Max: Z (IN) + 1.00 2.5 3-41 .50 15.2-1.1-1 ISIS DRAWER PAYLOAD MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY CONSTRAINTS DRAWER CONFIGURATION ISIS DRAWER (4 PU) Notes: 1.4. Min: Max: X (IN) + 2. 2. Total maximum integrated mass (including drawer.1-1 STOWAGE ISIS DRAWER PAYLOAD ENVELOPE TABLE 3-IIIA DELETED TABLE 3.00 Min: Max: Y (IN) + + 9. and slides) on any one set of slides is limited to 64 lb. 3.5 1.

and fan mounting provisions are shown in Figure 3. The powered ISIS drawer design makes no provision for on-orbit access to contained payloads since the top is bolted on with non-captive fasteners and not intended for on-orbit removal.4.2-2. The front of the powered ISIS drawer provides a removable panel as shown in Figure 3. The payload envelope shown extends to the inner edges of the internal rib structures on the sides and rear of the drawer. A NASTRAN finite element model of the unmodified powered ISIS drawer is available for use in this analysis. 1. The PD will verify the structural dynamics and integrity of the ISIS drawer per Paragraphs 4. Page 1.4. Powered ISIS Drawer Payload Envelope. following modifications to accommodate the attachment of the payload.2-2. Fasteners used to attach hardware to the bottom plate shall be no larger than #10 in size.4. E. Fasteners shall be installed either through the experiment into inserts installed in the bottom plate. or through the bottom plate into nuts or inserts in the experiment.4.4. PDs are allowed to make limited modifications to the powered ISIS drawer. Powered ISIS 3-42 . and not protrude beyond the Ground Support Equipment (GSE) boss fittings interface plane (see Figure 3.4. G. Connector positions.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3.1 through 4. Receptacle-type power and data connectors are hard-mounted on the rear panel of the drawer chassis. 2.5 of this document and SSP 52005. B. Mounting shall be done through the bottom plate ribs.1-1. C. Air inlet and outlet openings are provided on the sides and back of the chassis respectively for use of a rear-mounted payload-provided fan. This panel may be modified or replaced by the PD. The powered ISIS drawer is provided with a blank bottom plate (see Figure 3. Fasteners installed from the outside of the drawer through the bottom plate shall have 100° countersunk heads set flush with the bottom surface of the bottom plate.4. H.4.2-1.4.4. The powered ISIS drawer weighs approximately 26 lbs. The CG of the powered ISIS drawer contents shall comply with the limits given in Table 3. Modifications to the ISIS drawers should be reviewed by the rack integrator prior to incorporation.4.3-1). Page 2) for PD use to attach equipment items.4.2-3. D.2 POWERED ISIS DRAWERS September 2009 The powered ISIS drawer is intended for rigidly attached payloads. Fasteners engaging inserts in the bottom plate shall be sized not to extend beyond the bottom surface of the bottom plate. The maximum total integrated mass (including drawer.4.4. The internal volume available for payload installation is shown in Figure 3.2-2. slides and drawer contents) on any single set of slides shall not exceed 64 lbs. F. 3.4. Modifications to the front panel shall be limited within the area illustrated in Figure 3. A. air inlet and outlet locations.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Drawer Power and Data Connector and Fan Inlet/Exhaust Locations.0.4.4.2-1 POWERED ISIS DRAWER PAYLOAD ENVELOPE 3-43 . Connector part numbers and pin functions are detailed in Section 9. FIGURE 3.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.4.4.2-2 POWERED ISIS DRAWER USER MODIFIABLE INTERFACES (PAGE 1 OF 2) 3-44 .

4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.2-2 POWERED ISIS DRAWER USER MODIFIABLE INTERFACES (PAGE 2 OF 2) 3-45 .4.

4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.4.2-1 DELETED 3-46 .2-3 POWERED ISIS DRAWER POWER AND DATA CONNECTOR AND FAN INLET/EXHAUST LOCATIONS TABLE 3.4.4.

When self-locking features are used. or approved thread-locking compounds.2. an allowable range of running torque.4. or the maximum number of reuses that would still ensure an adequate lock. DELETED. E. 3. DELETED.4.5. as applicable). Safety Wiring and Cotter Pinning. Spring-type or star-type lock washers should not be used.5. B. D.locking features. Redundant threaded fasteners (non-fracture critical) in habitable areas or removable on orbit shall employ self-locking threaded devices or approved locking compounds. 3-47 . C.5 SECURING OF THREADED FASTENERS Threaded fasteners connecting Safety-Critical Structures (SCS) shall use a means of positive locking. Diamond-type serrations should not be used.4.4.6. other than the redundant fasteners covered by Requirement 3. When selflocking devices are used. shall employ safety wire. DELETED.A.2 REDUNDANT THREADED FASTENERS LOCKING REQUIREMENTS A. DELETED. Redundant threaded fasteners (non-fracture critical).4. Reference Paragraph 3.3 for disposition of sharp edges. Note safety wire could be used if on orbit removal is not required. F. built-in self. Information on requirements for PD-provided ISIS drawers can be found in SSP 50320 (ISIS-01) and SSP 50321 (ISIS-02).1 FRACTURE-CRITICAL THREADED FASTENERS Fracture critical threaded fasteners (and threaded fasteners used in an application of retaining a rotating device) shall be safety cabled or cotter pinned. cotter pins. 3.3 ISIS DRAWER REPLACEMENT September 2009 Replacements for ISIS drawers must be discussed with the rack integrator prior to implementation. the screw length should be sufficient to fully engage the locking device with a minimum of two thread protrusion through the locking mechanism. General Practices for. 3. should be specified. or other materials that are susceptible to galling or thread damage. plastics. Adjustable fittings or mounting plates which use oversized holes or slotted holes to provide adjustment should not be dependent upon friction between the fitting or mounting plate and the mounting surface to provide locking. magnesium.4. Design Guidance: Random vibration testing of the as-used configuration may not be used to justify a waiver to this requirement.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3. Design Guidance: Drawings should clearly depict the safety wiring or safety cable method and configuration used (per MIL-STD-MS33540. safety cable. Threaded inserts should be used in applications that require tapped holes in aluminum.5.

Late access is defined as cargo integration during pre-launch activities with the orbiter in the vertical position. Payloads.2.1-1. equipment items. FIGURE 3. samples.1-2.2. 3.1-3.1 GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUND HANDLING Accommodations (e.. samples.5. handles or fixtures) to install and remove payload provided equipment in the Middeck area will be provided by the payload.g.2 MPLM LATE ACCESS REQUIREMENTS The requirements contained in this section define and control the ISS MPLM late access for payloads and associated GSE.5.2. and associated GSE weight shall not exceed 250 lb per individual transfer. and associated GSE requiring MPLM late access shall comply with the hatch envelope defined in Figure 3.1-1 DELETED 3. Additional program-provided late access GSE data is referenced in SSP 50053. MPLM late access payloads.5 3. B. equipment items. ASI Flight Hardware to Launch and Landing Site Interface Control Document.5. C. 3. Late access for stowage of conditioned samples inside the MPLM is completed by L-88 hours.5. 3-48 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Design Guidance: Random vibration testing of the as-used configuration may be used as supporting data to request a waiver to this requirement. and associated GSE requiring MPLM late access shall comply with the late access hoist hook interface defined in Figure 3.5. Payloads.5. and associated GSE requiring MPLM late access shall comply with the late access monorail hook hoist interface defined in Figure 3.1 MPLM LATE ACCESS ENVELOPE (KENNEDY SPACE CENTER) A. equipment items. samples. and is followed by MPLM late access GSE removal.5. samples. Payloads. equipment items.2.

2.5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.1-1 LATE ACCESS PAYLOAD ENVELOPE 3-49 .

5.1-2 LATE ACCESS HOIST HOOK 3-50 .2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.

1 ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS PAYLOAD STATIC ENVELOPES Payload hardware design must not violate the static envelope dimensions shown in the following figures: A.2.6 3.062 (26 .5.1-3 LATE ACCESS MONORAIL HOIST HOOK 3.375 (34 .85) U 1. 4-PU ISIS drawers envelope shall be as shown in Figure 3.975) S 1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Dime nsions (inches and mm ) G 1. 3-51 .687 (42 .3-1 (as applicable).975) V 3 (76 .4.2. FIGURE 3.5.2) W 1.6.2 DELETED 3.925) Not e: H ook and k epp er to a cc ept a 1 inch diam eter ring.062 (26 .

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

B. C.
3.6.2

MDLs or MDL replacement payloads envelope shall be as shown in Figures 3.3.1.2-1, 3.3.1.2-2, 3.3.1.2-3, 3.3.1.2-4, 3.3.2-3, 3.4.2-1, 3.4.3.4-1, and 3.4.3.4-2 (as applicable). MDL replacement item attachment hardware envelope shall be as shown in Figures 3.3.1.2-1, 3.3.1.2-2, 3.3.1.2-3, 3.3.1.2-4, 3.3.2-3, 3.4.3.4-1, and 3.4.3.4-2 (as applicable).
ON-ORBIT PAYLOAD PROTRUSIONS

The requirements in this section apply to installation and operation activities, but not to maintenance activities. Note: The on-orbit protrusion requirements in this section are applicable to when the payload is on orbit and do not apply to other phases of the transportation of the payload (e.g., launch, landing, MPLM installation). A. B. On-orbit protrusions, excluding momentary protrusions, shall not extend laterally across the edges of the rack or pass between racks. The payload hardware, excluding momentary protrusions, shall not prevent attachment of Rack Mobility Aid (RMA) on any seat track attach holes.

Constraints which may be associated with payload protrusions include: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Removal of the protrusion during rack installation, translation, and crew translation Removal of the protrusion if RMA is installed on the rack Removal of the protrusion to prevent interference with microgravity operations Removal or powering off of the rack if the protrusion blocks Portable Fire Extinguisher (PFE) access or the fire indicator Limiting the payload location, e.g., protrusions located in the floor and the ceiling are limited to a total of no more than 12 in.

As is indicated by the constraints above, protrusions have a negative impact on crew operations and are to be minimized.
3.6.2.1 FRONT FACE PROTRUSIONS (PERMANENT)

Permanently attached equipment shall not protrude beyond the plane of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) ISPR front face GSE attachments which are 24.6 in (62.5 cm) from the backplate of the EXPRESS Rack. For payloads that may be installed in the Shuttle Middeck, protrusions of a permanent nature in the XPL-direction exceeding that defined in Paragraph 3.4.3. C (21.062 inches) require prior approval via the Exception process before inclusions into any payload-unique ICD due to differences in capabilities between the Middeck and the EXPRESS Rack. Note: Both the 24.6 inch and the 21.062 dimension include all parts of the payload (i.e., connectors, QDs, switches, etc.).

3-52

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3.6.2.2 ON-ORBIT SEMI-PERMANENT PROTRUSIONS

September 2009

An on-orbit semi-permanent protrusion is defined as a payload hardware item which is typically left in place but can be removed by the crew with hand operations or standard Intravehicular Activity (IVA) tools. A. B.
3.6.2.3

On-orbit semi-permanent protrusions shall be limited to 1.3 in beyond the plane of the NASA ISPR front face GSE attachment points (i.e., GSE plane). All on-orbit semi-permanent protrusions shall be designed to be removable by the crew with hand operations and/or standard IVA tools.
ON-ORBIT TEMPORARY PROTRUSIONS

An on-orbit temporary protrusion is defined as a payload hardware item which is typically located in the aisle for experiment purposes only. These items should be returned to their stowed configuration when not being used. A. On-orbit temporary protrusions shall be limited to 17 in beyond the GSE plane (except for payloads located in the floor or ceiling which are limited to six (6) in each or a total of 12 in for both floor and ceiling). The payload shall be designed so that the crew, with hand operations and/or standard IVA tools, can eliminate or stow all of the payload's on-orbit temporary protrusions in less than 10 minutes. The combination of all on-orbit temporary protrusions for payloads in an integrated rack must be eliminated or returned to their stowed configuration within 10 minutes. 1. PDs should be aware that the further their temporary extensions protrude into the ISS aisle, the greater their placement constraints (both physical and duration) within a specific ISS laboratory. Translation paths are defined as a ““rounded rectangular volume”” centered in the ISS laboratory with dimensions of 72 in (182.9 cm) by 32 in (81.3 cm) and a 50 in (127 cm) square volume centered in the ISS laboratory. Ten minutes is the requirement for eliminating or stowing all on-orbit temporary protrusions for an integrated rack. PDs are encouraged to design for significantly less than ten (10) minutes, because if manifested in an integrated EXPRESS Rack with other payloads requiring temporary on-orbit protrusions, the operation of the individual payload may be restricted to ensure compliance with the integrated rack time constraint.
ON-ORBIT MOMENTARY PROTRUSIONS

B.

Design Guidance:

2.

3.6.2.4

On-orbit momentary protrusions are defined as payload obstructions which typically would protrude for a very short time or could be readily eliminated by the crew at any time. Momentary protrusions include only the following: drawer/door/cover replacement or closure.

3-53

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

On-orbit momentary protrusions shall be designed such that they can be eliminated within 30 seconds.
3.6.2.5 ON-ORBIT PROTRUSIONS FOR KEEP-ALIVE PAYLOADS

On-orbit protrusions for keep-alive payloads are defined as protrusions which support and/or provide the uninterrupted resources necessary to run an experiment. On-orbit protrusions for keep-alive payloads include only power/data cables and thermal hoses. On-orbit protrusions for keep-alive payloads shall be limited to 1.8 in beyond the GSE plane. Design Guidance: On-orbit semi-permanent protrusions and protrusions for keep-alive payloads should be minimized since the sum of these protrusions for the integrated rack is limited to no more than 500 square inches (in2).
3.6.3 SHARP EDGES AND CORNERS

Payload design within a pressurized module shall protect crewmembers from sharp edges and corners during all crew operations in accordance with NSTS 1700.7B, ISS Addendum, Safety Policy and Requirements for Payloads Using the International Space Station, paragraph 222.1.
3.6.3.1 3.6.3.2 DELETED HOLES

Holes that are round or slotted in the range of 0.4 to 1.0 in (10.0 to 25.0 mm) shall be covered to prevent crew exposure to sharp surfaces and to prevent debris from entering the hole.
3.6.3.3 SCREWS/BOLTS ENDS

Threaded ends of screws and bolts accessible by the crew and extending more than 0.12 in (3.0 mm) shall be covered or capped to protect against sharp threads. Materials that flake or create debris if the screw/bolt has to be removed should be avoided.
3.6.3.4 BURRS

Exposed surfaces shall be free of burrs.
3.6.3.5 LATCHES

Latches that pivot, retract, or flex so that a gap of less than 1.4 in (35 mm) exists shall be designed to prevent entrapment of a crewmember’’s fingers or hand. Note: The ISIS drawer latches meet this requirement.

3-54

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3.6.3.6 LEVERS, CRANKS, HOOKS, AND CONTROLS

September 2009

Levers, cranks, hooks, and controls shall not be located or oriented such that they can pinch, snag, or cut the crewmember.
3.6.3.7 SAFETY/LOCKWIRE

Safety wires or lockwire shall not be used on fasteners exposed to the cabin except as required by SSP 52005, Paragraph 5.6. (Also see Paragraph 3.4.3.6.4.)
3.6.3.8 SECURING PINS

Securing pins shall be designed to prevent their inadvertently backing out above the handhold surface.
3.6.4 PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE LOCATION

Subrack payloads shall not have a pressure relief device on the front of the subrack payload.
3.7 3.7.1 MECHANICAL INTERFACES FOR CREW RESTRAINTS AND MOBILITY AIDS HARDWARE DEFINITION

Seat tracks are provided as part of the EXPRESS Rack facility/ISPR and can be used to facilitate on-orbit crew operations. Payloads should not plan to affix things to the rack seat tracks as these are the primary attachment locations for crew restraints and mobility aids which must be moved. Other hardware items must be provided by the PD; however, the ISS may provide some items for standardization (foot restraints, handrails, tethers, etc.). Request for any ISS-provided hardware must be identified in the payload-unique Payload Integration Agreement (PIA).
3.7.2 INTERFACE COMPATIBILITY

PD hardware shall be compatible with (not interfere with nominal installation, use, and removal) crew operational aids, mobility aids, and crew restraints in accordance with ICD SSP 30257:004, Space Station Program Intravehicular Activity Restraints and Mobility Aids Standard Interface Control Document. For convenience some of the items are shown in Figure 3.7.2-1 (Adjustable Tether), Figure 3.7.2-2 (Tether), Figure 3.7.2-3 (Handrail), and Figures 3.7.2-4 and 3.7.2-5 (Seat Tracks).
3.8 IVA TRANSFER PATHWAY

EXPRESS Rack payloads to be transferred to/from ISS laboratories and the orbiter shall be limited to the dimensions in Paragraphs 3.4.3 and 3.6.2 due to IVA transfer pathway limitations. Middeck payloads to be transferred to/from ISS shall be limited to 18.125 in (width) by 21.88 in (depth) by 21.062 in (length) [460.4 mm (width) by 555.6 mm (depth) by 535.0 (length)]

3-55

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

dimensions due to IVA transfer pathway limitations. Payloads requiring handholds for transfer operation will require a unique clearance assessment if they violate the maximum allowable dimensions. Note: 29.5 inches is the largest clean diameter for transfer through the Shuttle/ISS hatches.
3.9 ORBITER OVERHEAD WINDOW INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS

Payloads which require use of the orbiter overhead window(s) shall comply with the requirements of NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK, Paragraph 3.11.

3-56

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

3-57

September 2009

FIGURE 3.7.2-1 ADJUSTABLE TETHER INTERFACE DRAWING (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY)

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

3-58

September 2009

FIGURE 3.7.2-2 TETHER INTERFACE DRAWING (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY)

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

3-59

September 2009

FIGURE 3.7.2-3 HANDRAIL INTERFACE DRAWING (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY)

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

FIGURE 3.7.2-4 SEAT TRACK LOCATIONS FOR RACK ASSEMBLY FRONT FACE (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) (PAGE 1 OF 2)

3-60

2-4 SEAT TRACK LOCATIONS FOR RACK ASSEMBLY FRONT FACE (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) (PAGE 2 OF 2) .7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3-61 September 2009 FIGURE 3.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 3.7.2-5 SEAT TRACK LENGTH CONFIGURATION (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 3-62 .

2 DELETED PAYLOAD LOW FREQUENCY LAUNCH AND LANDING LOADS Low frequency load factors are defined as the total external applied force divided by the corresponding total component weight and carry the sign of the external force in accordance with the chosen load factor coordinate system. on-orbit.1-1 for early design.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4. MDL.1 STRUCTURAL INTERFACES OPERATIONAL LOADS COMPONENT FREQUENCY September 2009 The design load factors presented below incorporate an assumption about the minimum natural frequency of hard mounted payloads.1.1.1.1.2.1 4. 4.1.3 4. 4. 4. These load factors will be superceded by load factors obtained through ISS performed Verification Loads Analysis (except for Middeck launch and landing loads and SPACEHAB ascent. 4.1 EXPRESS PAYLOAD FREQUENCY COMPATIBILITY EXPRESS payload components hard mounted during launch and landing flight events (integrated ISIS drawer.0 4. which do not change). 4-1 .1.1. This assumption must be verified for utilization of the design load factors.2 MIDDECK PAYLOAD FREQUENCY COMPATIBILITY Middeck payload components hard mounted during launch and landing flight events shall have a first primary natural frequency equal to or exceeding 30 Hz with respect to the Orbiter attachment interface. or MDL or ISIS drawer replacement) shall have a first primary natural frequency equal to or exceeding 35 Hertz (Hz) when rigidly constrained at the component to rack interface. The low frequency loads at liftoff must be combined with loads due to the launch random vibration environment as directed in Paragraph 4.1.3.2. and descent loads.1 EXPRESS RACK LOW FREQUENCY LAUNCH AND LANDING LOADS Payload hardware shall be designed to maintain positive margins of safety during liftoff and landing acceleration conditions as defined in Table 4.1.1.1.

Middeck Design Load Factors. The Middeck liftoff and landing accelerations include a steady-state X acceleration of -1.1.1.25 DESIGN LIMIT LOAD FACTORS.1.60 +7.2.1.50 Z-AXIS + 6.0g respectively.70 + 5.2-1 MIDDECK DESIGN LOAD FACTORS FLIGHT EVENT Liftoff Landing + 6. TABLE 4.2-1.40 DESIGN LIMIT LOAD FACTORS.2. G’S X-AXIS Y-AXIS + 11.2-1 CREW MODULE COORDINATE SYSTEM 4-2 . G’S X-AXIS Y-AXIS + 3.2.2.80 ISPR (Paragraph 3.70 Z-AXIS + 9.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE 4-I DELETED September 2009 TABLE 4.1. Middeck launch and landing load factors encompass the maximized transient and random vibration responses at liftoff and transient response at landing.5g and Z acceleration of +1.30 + 12.40 +2.2-1) COORDINATE SYSTEM FIGURE 4.90 + 8.2. Payloads that are stowed in Middeck lockers for ascent and descent are subjected to these loads through the locker and isolating foam.2 MIDDECK LOW FREQUENCY LAUNCH AND LANDING LOADS Middeck mounted payload hardware shall be designed to maintain positive margins of safety during liftoff and landing acceleration conditions as defined in Table 4.2) COORDINATE SYSTEM 4.2.50 Crew Module (Figure 4.00 + 6.1.1-1 EXPRESS RACK DESIGN LOAD FACTORS FLIGHT EVENT Liftoff Landing + 7.

2.1. +Y towards starboard wing.263 NZ ±0.105 ANGULAR ACCELERATION (RAD/SEC2) Note: Maneuver axes are relative to the Orbiter body axis system (+X towards vehicle nose.3-1 DELETED FIGURE 4.4-3 Limit Load Factors for PRCS Translational Maneuvers Without Attitude Control.028 NY ±0.2.2.4-1 PRCS ROTATIONAL MANEUVER LOAD FACTORS LOAD FACTOR (G) NX ±0.2.1. Load factors and angular accelerations are relative to the Orbiter structural system.4-2 Limit Load Factors for PRCS Translational Maneuver With Simultaneous Attitude Control. Middeck payloads that change from their launch configuration on-orbit prior to transfer to the ISS shall maintain positive margins of safety under the Primary Reaction Control System (PRCS) and Orbital Maneuvering System (OMS) maneuver load factors in Table 4.3-1 DELETED 4.159 ±0. and 4. 4.1.4-1 PRCS Rotational Maneuver Load Factors.2.396 ±0.2.176 ±0.1.1.2. 4.1.1.1.3 DELETED FIGURE 4-I DELETED September 2009 TABLE 4. +Z completes right hand system).2. 4-3 .4 MIDDECK LOW FREQUENCY ON-ORBIT LOADS Middeck loads associated with quasi-static flight events after liftoff and before landing are lower than the liftoff and landing loads.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4.2.1. TABLE 4.4-4 Limit Load Factors OMS Maneuver in their altered on-orbit configurations.

003 ±0.251 ±0.1 ±0.004 ±0.080 NY ±0.045 ±0.167 Load Factor (G) Angular Acceleration (Rad/Sec2) NZ ±0.2.01 ±0.027 ±0.010 ±0. +Z completes right hand system).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 4.169 ±0.0005 ±0. TABLE 4.201 ±0.150 ±0.1.482 Note: Maneuver axes are relative to the Orbiter body axis system (+X towards vehicle nose. +Z completes right hand system).4-4 LIMIT LOAD FACTORS OMS MANEUVER Translation Axis NX Two Engine Burn ±0.4-3 LIMIT LOAD FACTORS FOR PRCS TRANSLATION MANEUVER WITHOUT ATTITUDE CONTROL Translation Axis Load Factor (G) Angular Acceleration (Rad/Sec2) NX +Xb -Xb ±Yb +Zb ±0.026 ±0.045 ±0. Load factors and angular accelerations are relative to the Orbiter structural system.2 NY ±0.09 ±0.0005 -Zb ±0.089 ±0.394 ±0.01 ±0.0005 ±0.2.09 Burn Note: Maneuver axes are relative to the Orbiter body axis system (+X towards vehicle nose.01 ±0.0005 ±0.09 ±0.4-2 LIMIT LOAD FACTORS FOR PRCS TRANSLATIONAL MANEUVER WITH SIMULTANEOUS ATTITUDE CONTROL Translation Axis NX +Xb -Xb ±Yb +Zb -Zb ±0.181 ±0. +Z completes right hand system).319 ±0.2.034 NZ ±0.031 ±0.0005 ±0.1 ±0.0005 Note: Maneuver axes are relative to the Orbiter body axis system (+X towards vehicle nose. +Y towards starboard wing.09 ±0.2 ±0.004 ±0.318 ±0.134 ±0.010 ±0.0005 ±0.039 ±0. +Y towards starboard wing.031 ±0.09 ±0. Load factors and angular accelerations are relative to the Orbiter structural system.01 ±0.016 ±0.1 ±0.624 ±0. Load factors and angular accelerations are relative to the Orbiter structural system.006 NZ ±0.271 ±0.173 ±0. 4-4 .2 ±0.09 ±0.0005 ±0.0005 ±0.002 ±0.2 ±0.2 ±0.015 Angular Acceleration (Rad/Sec2) Single Engine ±0.2 ±0. TABLE 4.387 ±0.1.0005 ±0.0005 ±0.1. +Y towards starboard wing.388 ±0.358 ±0.401 Load Factor (G) NY ±0.0005 ±0.002 ±0.252 ±0.582 ±0.188 ±0.

0 Proof Test Factor 1.3.5 in.0 1.25 2.1-1.2 1. Fittings.0 1.1.05.3.1.5 in.1 Ultimate 2.5 1.2 1. 6 The proof test factor determined from fracture mechanics service life analysis must be used if it is greater than the minimum factor of 2.0 1.3.25 Notes: Emergency landing loads are ultimate loads.5 2.1.0.4.54 2.4 1.0 2. 4-5 .4 1. 7 Bonds Other (Analysis and Test) 2. 3 All factors based on Maximum Design Pressure (MDP).5 2.0 3. 5 Acceptance test factor.2 1.3 4.0 2.0 1.2 1.5 2.1 FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN EXPRESS RACK FACTORS OF SAFETY September 2009 The structural factors of safety and proof test factors in Table 4.5 2. diameter Flex Lines Line-Installed Bellow and Heat Pipes Other Components Secondary Volumes Static Test and Analysis Non-Discontinuity Shuttle1 Non-Discontinuity On-Orbit1 Discontinuity Shuttle1 Discontinuity On-Orbit1 Static Test and Analysis (non-pressurized) Static Test and Analysis (pressurized) Analysis Only (non-pressurized) Factor Of Safety Yield Metallic Structures 1.0 1.2 1.25. ““On-orbit”” defines operational activities in the ISS. and Components >1. Factors of Safety for EXPRESS Rack Payload Analysis.25 1. No additional factor of safety is applied. Fittings.0 1.25 1.0 4.0 5. diameter Lines. shall be applied to the EXPRESS Rack load factors during the payload analysis and testing process. 2 Verification by analysis only requires prior approval by the SSP Structures Working Group.0 2.0 2.0 3.1.4 1. TABLE 4. and Components <1. 6 - Pressurized Systems3 Beryllium Structures Composite Structures Ceramics and Glass Structural Bonded to Glass (Analysis and Test) 2.0 4.2 1.0. 7 Qualification test factor = 1. 4 Burst test factor = 2. 1 ““Shuttle”” defines the transportation phases of the mission in the STS.1-1 FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD ANALYSIS Category Untested Shuttle1 (analysis only2) Untested On-Orbit1 (analysis only2) Tested Shuttle1 (analysis and test) Tested On-Orbit1 (analysis and test) Pressure Vessels Lines.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4.

The payload hardware structural design (including all mounting hardware. diameter Pressurized Lines and Fittings >1. TABLE 4.1.5 in.2-1 FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR MIDDECK PAYLOAD ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ITEM ULTIMATE FACTOR OF SAFETY (TESTED)* 1.5 *Payloads which propose to use the ““no test”” approach generally must use larger factors of safety and develop project-specific criteria and rationale for review and approval by JSC Structural Engineering Division (JSC-ES) per NASA-STD-5001.5 in. These load factors act independently. 4. C.) in NSTS 14046.1.1-1 shall apply to payload elements mounted in the Middeck whose failure could result in injury to personnel or prevent egress from the vehicle. Verification by analysis only requires prior approval by the JSC-ES.1 EMERGENCY LANDING LOADS FACTORS MIDDECK EMERGENCY LANDING LOAD FACTORS Emergency landing load factors specified in Table 4. Appendix P.1. Payload Structures Pressurized Lines and Fittings <1.3-1 DELETED 4.3 DELETED TABLE 4-II DELETED TABLE 4-III DELETED TABLE 4. bracketry.3.3. The payload hardware structural design and all components shall comply with the factors of safety that are specified (e.g. or other structure which could be affected by flight loads) shall assure an ultimate combined factor of safety greater than or equal to the values in Table 4. 4-6 .3. pressurized lines and fittings. The combined factor of safety shall be calculated per NSTS 37329.2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4.5 B. Structural Design and Test Factors of Safety for Spaceflight Hardware. pressure vessels. and the X-axis load factor is directed in all aft ward azimuth directions within 20° of the longitudinal axis.1. for materials. etc.2 MIDDECK FACTORS OF SAFETY September 2009 A.0 1. components.3. diameter Pressure Vessels 1.2.1.3.2 4. Payload Verification Requirements and NASA STD 5001.2-1.4 4.

2. The methodology defined in SSP 52005 will be used to determine equivalent random vibration load factors from the random vibration environment based on payload dynamics.1-1 MIDDECK EMERGENCY LANDING LOAD FACTORS ULTIMATE INERTIA LOAD FACTORS X-AXIS +20.5 -4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 4. and may be neglected for analysis using the Table 4.2.1.2.1. Load factors for emergency landing are enveloped by the design load factors defined in Table 4. Payloads utilizing the Verification Loads Analysis (VLA) results shall address the emergency landing loads if they exceed VLA results. 4. 2.2.2.2-1.2. TABLE 4.5 -1.5 Z-AXIS +2.1-1 with the low frequency launch load factors defined in Table 4. Emergency landing load factors are ultimate.1-1 loads. Load factors are defined as opposite in sign from accelerations. Sign convention follows that of the crew module coordinate system shown in Figure 4.3 Z-AXIS +10.2-1 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD DESIGN EMERGENCY LANDING LOAD FACTORS EMERGENCY LANDING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS. 4.2. components hard mounted in the EXPRESS Rack at launch shall combine load factors based on the MPLM ascent random vibration launch environments defined in Table 4.0 -4.1.3 -3. Emergency landing load factors operate independently. G’S X-AXIS +1. 3. Y-AXIS +3.1.3 4.2.5 Y-AXIS +1.2.1.3 Notes: 1.2 EXPRESS RACK EMERGENCY LANDING LOAD FACTORS Design load factors associated with emergency landing events for payload hardware flown in the MPLM are provided in Table 4.0 -4.3.1 DELETED RANDOM VIBRATION LOADS EXPRESS RACK RANDOM VIBRATION LOADS For design analysis purposes.5 Note: Load factors are given in the ISPR coordinate system defined in Paragraph 3.3 4.2.1-1.0 -3.2-1.4 4.1-1. 4-7 .3.

The exposure duration of 7.1.4 grms Integrated ISIS Drawers and Internal ISIS Drawer Mounted Components Legend: grms = root mean square acceleration in g’’s.1-1 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD EQUIPMENT HIGH FREQUENCY RANDOM VIBRATION LAUNCH ENVIRONMENT PAYLOAD LOCATION Backplate Mounted FREQUENCY 20 20-80 80-120 120-2000 2000 Composite 20 20-70 70-200 200-2000 2000 Composite Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz LEVEL 0.9 dB/oct .5 grms .0050 g2/Hz +5. 4-8 .2. Z).2 seconds/flight does not include a fatigue scatter factor. acoustic. EXPRESS Rack mounted payload developers must follow the methodology defined in SSP 52005 for combining low frequency.0. The Table 4.1-1 environment is also appropriate for use in qualification testing of payload components hard mounted in the EXPRESS Rack at launch.04 g2/Hz -4.3. and misalignment loads and evaluating liftoff and landing events.3. 4.040 g2/Hz -3. thermal.0 dB/oct . dB/oct = decibels per octave.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Payload components launched in soft stowage or foam packed in stowage lockers or drawers may neglect the high frequency random vibration loads. high frequency.0020 g2/Hz 4.2-1 is provided for fatigue analysis and vibration testing purposes only. pressure. The Middeck launch loads defined in Paragraph 4.3.3.2 MIDDECK RANDOM VIBRATION LOADS The Middeck random vibration environment shown in Table 4. Criteria are the same for all directions (X.2 include the effects of random vibration.00095 g2/Hz 3.0 dB/oct . Y.001 g2/Hz +3.0 dB/oct . A fatigue scatter factor appropriate for the materials and method of construction is required and must not be less than 4. TABLE 4-IV DELETED TABLE 4.

Once on-orbit. These limits are for launch and landing (i. transportation).4 61. The YCG and ZCG location is measured from the geometric center of the payload interface envelope.5 grms 4. Allowable mass includes mounting hardware and adapter plate mass.1-1 SINGLE MDL MAXIMUM MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY FOR EXPRESS RACK AND MIDDECK XCG INCHES EXPRESS LBM AT 3 IN.3 DELETED TABLE 4.2 53.1 53. LEVEL +6.4.6 11 65 66.4 49.5 Y&Z 14 51 54..1-1. 0.2 49. 2.1 50.3.7 13 55 57.4 57. XCG is measured from the EXPRESS Rack backplate mounting surface or from the Middeck wire tray structural interface.0 dB/oct 6.0 dB/oct .6 57. The 14 inch XCG is the maximum.0 Y&Z + 1.3.5 12 60 61. 4-9 .2 sec/flight in each axis. 5.3 61. ““EXPRESS”” limits apply to both the EXPRESS transportation rack and the flight racks.3.4.3-1 DELETED TABLE 4. but does not include power and data cable mass. 6. these restrictions do not apply.Z).4.e.2 46.3. 4.2-1 HIGH FREQUENCY RANDOM VIBRATION LAUNCH ENVIRONMENT FOR MIDDECK PAYLOAD EQUIPMENT FREQUENCY 20-150 Hz 150-1000 Hz 1000-2000 Hz Composite Legend: grms = root mean square acceleration in g’’s.0 66.8 43.4 Notes: 1. 3. dB/oct = decibels per octave Criteria is the same for all directions (X. 0 + 0.8 57.2 0 to 10 72 70. Radius applies to YCG and ZCG locations.6 53. Environment exposure duration = 7. TABLE 4.1 PAYLOAD MASS PROPERTIES LIMITS SINGLE MDL LOCATION MASS PROPERTIES LIMITS The mass-to-CG relationship for single MDL payloads hard mounted to the EXPRESS Rack backplate or Middeck wire trays shall conform to Table 4.5 Y&Z MIDDECK LBM + 1.3-2 DELETED 4.4 4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 4. RADIUS X.8 46.Y.03 g2/Hz -6.

2 DOUBLE MDL LOCATION MASS PROPERTIES LIMITS September 2009 The mass-to-CG relationship for double MDL payloads hard mounted to the EXPRESS Rack backplate or Middeck wire trays shall conform to Table 4.e.0 Y&Z + 1.3 QUAD MDL MASS PROPERTIES LIMITS The mass-to-CG relationship for quad MDL payloads hard mounted to the EXPRESS Transportation Rack backplate shall conform to Table 4.0 85. 3.3-1.5 Y&Z 81.8 Notes: 1.1 MIDDECK LBM + 1. Radius applies to YCG and ZCG locations. 6. transportation).2 96. These limits are for launch and landing (i. these restrictions do not apply. RADIUS X.5 103.4. TABLE 4.5 85.2-1. 5.5 110.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4.3 118..4. ““EXPRESS" limits apply to both the EXPRESS transportation rack and the flight racks.4.6 96.7 96. 4.5 Y&Z 76.0 110.2 80. 0 14 13 12 11 0 to 10 100 107 116 127 140 92.4.4.3 90. 4.5 90.2-1 DOUBLE MDL MAXIMUM MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY FOR EXPRESS RACK AND MIDDECK XCG INCHES EXPRESS LBM AT 3 IN. XCG is measured from the EXPRESS Rack backplate mounting surface or from the Middeck wire tray structural interface. The YCG and ZCG location is measured from the geometric center of the payload interface envelope. 4-10 . Allowable mass includes mounting hardware and adapter plate mass.5 103. 0. 2.1 97. but does not include power and data cable mass. The 14 inch XCG is the maximum.2 91.2 + 0. Once on-orbit.8 103.1 86.

COTS items mounted to a Bogen Arm or handheld are exempt from this requirement. B.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 4. 4. XCG is measured from the EXPRESS Rack backplate mounting surface or from the Middeck wire tray structural interface. RADIUS 198 211 228 251 276 Notes: 1. 5.4. C. Once on-orbit. The 14 inch XCG is the maximum.5 4. these restrictions do not apply. 3.5. EXPRESS limits apply to both the EXPRESS transportation rack and the flight racks. but does not include power and data cable mass. These limits are for launch and landing (i. transportation). The YCG and ZCG location is measured from the geometric center of the payload interface envelope. 6. DELETED DELETED DELETED FIGURE 4.4. 4-11 .4.4-1 DELETED 4.e. 4..3-1 QUAD MDL MAXIMUM MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY FOR EXPRESS RACK XCG 14 13 12 11 0 to 10 QUAD MDL LBM AT 3 IN.1 ON-ORBIT LOADS CREW-INDUCED LOADING Payload equipment shall be designed to maintain positive margins of safety when exposed to the crew-induced loads defined in Table 4. 2.4 DELETED A.1-1. Allowable mass includes mounting hardware and adapter plate mass.5. Radius applies to YCG and ZCG locations.

It should be noted that this acceleration is a docking load. N = Newton. NSTS/ISS 18798 (including JSC Letter TA94 057.6. limit (556. and ceramic structures. damage to the ISS.2 g’’s acting in any direction. Handles.5.6 N) 125 lbf. and SSP 52005. Controls Small Knobs Exposed Utility Lines (Gas. TABLE 4. m = meter.01 m2) LOAD 50 lbf.2 FRACTURE CONTROL Payload structural components. Fluid. and Vacuum) Subrack payload front panels and any other normally exposed equipment TYPE OF LOAD Push or pull concentrated on most extreme edge Twist (Torsion) Push or Pull Load distributed over an area 4 inches by 4 inches (0. Fracture control documentation of critical structural components shall be processed by the PD in accordance with NSTS 1700. NSTS/ISS 18798B.5.7B and ISS Addendum. NSTS 13830.2 ON-ORBIT LOW FREQUENCY LOADS Payload equipment shall be designed to maintain positive margins of safety when exposed to on orbit loads of 0. limit 14. 4.9 N-M) 50 lbf (222.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 4.4 N) DIRECTION OF LOAD Any direction Either direction Any direction Any direction Legend: ft = foot.6 4.7 and its ISS Addendum. including all pressure vessels. or injury to personnel. including glass. window. These discrepancies must be evaluated for impacts to the structural. feet.6 N) 11 ft-lbf. Operating Wheels.11 ft2) (0. the failure of which would cause damage to the orbiter. The PD shall update these analyses and re-perform these tests as required to reverify the structural integrity if the change warrants. mechanical and dynamic analyses and/or tests. limit (222.1-1 DELETED 4. The rack integrator must be contacted to discuss the impacts of these changes for any analyses updates or retesting.6. shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in NSTS 1700. shall be analyzed to preclude failures caused by propagation of pre existing flaws. lbf = pounds force 4. The PD must ensure that positive margins of safety are maintained for all mission phases. ““Modified 4-12 .1-1 CREW-INDUCED LOADS CREW SYSTEM OR STRUCTURE Levers. An evaluation must be prepared by the PD to document all discrepancies between the design drawings and the as-built flight hardware.6.1 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD STRUCTURAL DESIGN STRUCTURAL DESIGN Express rack payload structural design and verification.

7 ACOUSTICS Equipment and payloads mounted in the EXPRESS Rack must satisfy the acoustic requirements as defined in the following paragraphs.000. DELETED. ASCENT) 1/3 OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (HZ) 31. 4-13 . Ten (10) seconds per mission (time per flight does not include a scatter factor). and SSP 52005 during the payload safety review process.600. Five seconds per mission (time per flight does not include a scatter factor).0 5.0 1250.300.7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Fracture Control Criteria and Guidelines for Payloads””). TABLE 4.0 80. NASA STD 5003.0 250.0 160.150.0 1. 4.000.0 4. 4.0 1.0 8.0 3.0 10.0 200. Fracture Control Requirements for Payloads Using the Space Shuttle.500.0 630.1-1 MIDDECK INTERNAL ACOUSTIC NOISE SPECTRA (LIFT OFF.0 800.0 100.0 315. 2X10-5 N/M2 (20 MICROPASCALS) LIFT-OFF2 AERONOISE3 MIDDECK MIDDECK 99 100 100 100 100 100 100 99 99 99 98 98 97 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 111 Notes: 1.000.0 2. 2. Ascent). 3.5 SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL (DB) REF.0 2.5 40.000.0 50.0 400.7.0 500.0 Overall 107 108 109 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 117.0 63. Middeck Internal Acoustic Noise Spectra (Lift Off.1-1.0 6.000.1 LIFT-OFF AND ASCENT ACOUSTICS Payloads shall maintain a positive margin of safety when exposed to the Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) specified in Table 4.000.0 125.7.

2-1) in any octave band between 63 Hz and 8. FIGURE 4.2.2-1 (PAGE 1 OF 2) DELETED OCTAVE-BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL ASSOCIATED WITH NOISE CURVES NOISE CURVE 63 HZ 125 HZ 250 HZ 500 HZ 1000 HZ 2000 HZ 4000 HZ 8000 HZ O. Figure 4.7. A.7.6 Meter (m)) inboard from the front of the payload rack. measured at a 0.7.2-1 also shows the maximum continuous Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) in the Shuttle crew module for normal on-orbit operations resulting from all Shuttle installed equipment. 4-14 .000 Hz when measured at the loudest location 2 feet (ft) (0.2 PAYLOAD-GENERATED ACOUSTIC NOISE September 2009 The total SPL of the integrated EXPRESS Rack (from all noise sources) will not exceed NC-40 (noise curve shown in Figure 4. NC-40 64 (Integrated Rack) NC-50 71 (Integrated ISS) Middeck (1 Ft)1 Middeck (2 Ft)2 On-Orbit Middeck Environment ERP 64 60 71 56 64 56 52 64 50 58 55 51 65 45 54 51 47 61 41 51 52 48 62 39 49 53 49 63 38 48 48 44 58 37 47 44 40 54 66 62 74 58 54 68 AWTD 58 50 42 38 32 32 32 31 59 42 Notes: 1 This is a 1-ft measurement requirement.6 m distance from the noisiest part of the equipment.1 ACOUSTIC NOISE DEFINITIONS SIGNIFICANT NOISE SOURCE A significant noise source is any individual item of equipment or group of equipment items which collectively functions as an operating system that generates an A weighted SPL equal to or in excess of 37 A weighted decibel (dBA).7. 2 This is an extrapolated 2-ft measurement requirement.7. FIGURE 4.7.2.7.2-1 NOISE CRITERIA CURVES (PAGE 2 OF 2) 4.1.1 4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4.

4.1.3 INTERMITTENT NOISE SOURCE A significant noise source which exists for an accumulative total of less than eight hours in a 24hr period is considered an intermittent noise source.e.7.7. left.6 Meters Distance A B Frequency Band Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 *dB. 4.7. Intermittent Noise Limits.2. These limits apply to measurements taken at the loudest location 0. Actual flight equipment (each serialized unit) will be used for flight acceptance testing. bottom.7.6 m from each payload face.7.2 CONTINUOUS NOISE SOURCE September 2009 A significant noise source which exists for a cumulative total of eight (8) hours or more in any 24 hr period is considered a continuous noise source. TABLE 4.2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4.4 ACOUSTIC REFERENCE All SPLs in decibels are referenced to 20 micropascals. 4.1.2.2.2.2 ACOUSTIC NOISE LIMITS The acoustic limits that EXPRESS Rack payloads must comply with are provided in Table 4.2. and Table 4. even though prototype or qualification units may have been tested earlier. and right.7. re 20 Pa Total Rack (dB)* 64 56 50 45 41 39 38 37 Maximum Design Levels For Active Hardware Items C D E Express Rack Single Item Operated Middeck Payload (dB)* Outside Of The Requirement Rack (dB) At 1 Ft (dB)* 58 59 64 50 42 38 32 32 32 31 52 45 39 35 33 32 31 56 55 51 52 53 48 44 4-15 . top. i.2. during payload setup operations.2-2. rear.2-1 NOISE LIMITS FOR CONTINUOUS PAYLOADS Rack Noise Limits At 0. Noise Limits for Continuous Payloads.7. front..2-1. or during operations where doors/panels are opened or removed. These levels will not be exceeded for the following conditions: when the equipment is operating in the loudest mode of operation that can occur on orbit under nominal crew or hardware operation circumstances.1.

2.2.3). Measured at 0.7.3 4.7.2.2. 4.7.3-m distance from noisiest surface with equipment operating in the mode or condition that produces the maximum acoustic noise.2.7.4 DELETED DELETED DELETED 4-16 .2-2 INTERMITTENT NOISE LIMITS MIDDECK REQUIREMENTS1 ISS REQUIREMENTS 2 A-Weighted SPL Maximum Allowable A-Weighted SPL Maximum Allowable (dBA) Duration2.2. dB re 20 micropascals.2. 4 55-60 8 Hours 41 6 Hours 61-65 4 Hours 46 4 Hours 66-70 2 Hours 53 2 Hours 71-75 1 Hour 59 1 Hour 76-80 5 Minutes 70 5 Minutes 81-85 1 Minute 73 1 Minute 86 & Above Not Allowed 80 Not Allowed Notes: 1 These are for Middeck-located payloads and are for reference only.3 4.2.7.6-m distance from noisiest surface with equipment operating in the mode or condition that produces the maximum acoustic noise. or Column E for Middeck payloads.7.1 CONTINUOUS NOISE LIMITS A.2-1. then the payload shall comply with the limits provided in Table 4.2. This duration is the governing factor in determining the allowable intermittent noise limits. for all octave bands.1.. Column D. Regardless of the number of separate sources and varying duration.2. i. equal to or greater than 37 dBA during a 24-hr time period. Column C. These levels apply to a payload that is operated in the noisiest configuration or operating mode. shall individually comply with the acoustic requirements in Table 4. An EXPRESS Rack payload which generates continuous noise levels shall not exceed the limits provided in Table 4. Any independently operated equipment item stowed within the rack or elsewhere and deployed on-orbit for a separate function other than that of the rack system.7. The duration is the total time that the payload produces significant noise.e.7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 4. 2 A-weighted SPL. this cumulative duration will be used to determine the A weighted SPL limit.2. 4 A-weighted SPL. Round dBA to nearest whole number. 4.7.2-2. dB re 20 micropascals. INTERMITTENT NOISE LIMITS B. Measured at 0.2. Round dBA to nearest whole number.3 (dBA)4 Duration3.2 If a payload is classified as an intermittent noise source (see Paragraph 4.2.2-1.7. 4. 3 Per 24-hr period.

. pressurization) given in Figure 4.4 psi/min (contingency). NSTS/ISS 18798.. and JEM is 2 psi/min (230 Pa/s).1-1..8.8..8...SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4..4 psi/minute PFE DISCHARGE RATE 4.. Payloads located within the Middeck shall be designed to meet the following depressurization requirements in order to insure they will not present a hazard to the crew or to the Orbiter which could jeopardize crew survivability or impede crew egress during emergency bailout procedures: Cabin Pressure Range . and SSP 52005 when exposed to the worstcase depressurization/repressurization environments defined in the following paragraphs...96 psi/min (800 Pa/s) using Figure 4.4 psi/min (contingency).... 4. The PD shall maintain positive margins of safety for Middeck repressurization/depressurization conditions......95 psia Max Depressurization Rate ... 4.. EXPRESS Program Component Venting Characteristics...1 USL.8... COL.3. 4... The maximum repressurization rate for payloads located in the USL.. 4-17 ...8.. Columbus Module (COL).. The PD shall maintain positive margins of safety for these conditions using Figure 4. and Japanese Experiment Module (JEM) is 7...2 MPLM MAXIMUM DEPRESSURIZATION/REPRESSURIZATION RATE The PD shall maintain positive margins of safety for the maximum depressurization rate of 7. COL AND JEM MAXIMUM DEPRESSURIZATION/ REPRESSURIZATION RATES The maximum depressurization rate for payloads located in the United States Laboratory (USL).Initial (Max) 15.. The maximum repressurization rate for payloads located in the Middeck is 2.. The maximum depressurization rate for payloads located in the Middeck is 2.2 pounds per square inch absolute (psia) Final (Min) .1-1 as a guide.8.3 MIDDECK MAXIMUM DEPRESSURIZATION/REPRESSURIZATION RATES A... as a guide...4-1..75 psi/min (890 Pa/s) and the maximum repressurization rate of 6.8...7 and ISS Addendum. B.. Manual Fire Suppression System Performance Characteristics at the Rack Interface...0 psi/min (nominal ops) and 8.e..4 Payload equipment which has a PFE access port shall maintain positive margins of safety when exposed to the PFE discharge rate (i...64 Pounds per Square Inch per Minute (psi/min) (878 Pascal per Second (Pa/s)).8 September 2009 DEPRESSURIZATION/REPRESSURIZATION REQUIREMENTS Payload structures containing trapped volumes must maintain positive margins of safety per NSTS 1700..8.0 psi/min (nominal ops) and 8..

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4-18 September 2009 FIGURE 4.1-1 EXPRESS PROGRAM COMPONENT VENTING CHARACTERISTICS .8.

4-1 MANUAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS AT THE RACK INTERFACE September 2009 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4-19 FIGURE 4.8.

0 0 LATERAL ±2. 5007.5 -2.1-1 LIMIT LOAD FACTORS (G) FOR GROUND HANDLING. TABLE 4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4.9. the vibratory category for frequencies between 0.0 ±2.9.75 ±3. must be analyzed for the applicable ground transportation and handling events in accordance with the following paragraphs 4.1. AIR.5 I I I I I S I LOAD OCCURRENCE1 Notes: 1 S = Loads occur simultaneously in the three directions.5 ±0. These analyses shall evaluate the flight hardware in the shipping container configurations.1-1 (for typical operations). 2 Longitudinal = Along axis of motion. the interface points are the 4-20 .1. in accordance with SSP 52005.1 GROUND HANDLING LOAD FACTORS Payloads which have the potential to create a flight safety hazard if damaged during handling and transportation (including fracture-critical parts or components) shall be analyzed in accordance with SSP 52005 using the transportation limit load factors defined in Table 4.9 GROUND HANDLING ENVIRONMENTS September 2009 Flight hardware.5 +1.1. Test Procedures for Packaging Materials.2 GROUND HANDLING SHOCK CRITERIA Payloads which have the potential to create a flight safety hazard if damaged during handling and transportation (including fracture-critical parts or components) shall be analyzed.0 ±3.5 ±1.5 ±5.10 MICROGRAVITY DISTURBANCES Microgravity requirements are defined to limit the disturbing effects of EXPRESS Rack subrack payloads on the microgravity environment of other payloads during microgravity mode (quiescent) periods. 4. and the transient category.5 -2.0 -1. or 5008. which has the potential to create a flight safety hazard if damaged during ground transportation (including fracture-critical parts or components).9.5 -2. 4. for the drop requirements defined in FED-STD-101. I = Loads occur independently in the three directions (except for gravity).5 ±0.9.5 0 VERTICAL -3.0 -3.01 Hz.0 ±1.01 Hz and 300 Hz. For EXPRESS Rack subrack payloads. ROAD. Methods 5005. These requirements are separated into the quasi-steady category for frequencies below 0. AND BARGE OPERATIONS TRANSPORTATION ENVIRONMENT Truck/Road Barge/Water Dolly/Land Air Freight Fork lifting Hoisting LIMIT LOAD FACTORS (G) LONGITUDINAL2 ±3.

EXPRESS Rack subrack payloads shall limit the force applied to the EXPRESS Rack over any ten (10) second period to an impulse of no greater than ten (10) lb-sec (44. and the connector panels for payload utility connections.01 Hz.10. 4. 4-21 .2 QUIESCENT PERIOD PAYLOAD-INDUCED TRANSIENT ACCELERATIONS A. Non-ARIS EXPRESS Rack Subrack Payload Vibratory Disturbances Allowable. 4. EXPRESS Rack subrack payloads which exceed a quasi-static unbalanced translational average impulse of 2. A. Analysis must not be used for determination of wideband disturbances. and Table 4.01 and 300 Hz. Non-ARIS EXPRESS Subrack Payload Disturbance Allowable. Analysis may be used only to characterize narrowband disturbances such as rotating imbalances or oscillating masses where a clear analytical solution is possible. the ISIS drawer to ISIS liner interface for ISIS drawer payloads.1 QUIESCENT PERIOD PAYLOAD-INDUCED QUASI-STEADY ACCELERATIONS For frequencies below 0.3 QUIESCENT PERIOD PAYLOAD-INDUCED ON-ORBIT VIBRATION EXPRESS Rack subrack payloads must determine compliance with the microgravity vibratory requirement by test or analysis.10.5 lb-sec within any 500 second period may require coordination of activities to prevent the integrated rack from exceeding the quasi-steady requirement of the integrated rack. is not exceeded. then the dynamic effects of the payload structure must be accounted for analytically using finite element analysis or statistical energy analysis models. B.5 Newtons (N)-second (sec)). Non-ARIS EXPRESS Rack Subrack Payloads Between 0.3-1. Test is the preferred method of verification. Note: Verification of compliance with the transient requirements must be by test. 4. Note: Verification of compliance with the quasi-steady requirements must be by test or analysis.10. If disturbance testing is performed at the subassembly level.10.10. EXPRESS Rack subrack payloads shall limit their quasi-static unbalanced translational average impulse to less than 10 lb-sec within any ten (10) to 500 second period. non-ARIS EXPRESS Rack subrack payloads shall limit vibration so that the force limits of Figure 4. EXPRESS Rack subrack payloads shall limit their peak force applied to the EXPRESS Rack to less than 1000 lb (4448 N) for any duration.3-1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 backplate for MDL equivalent payloads.

1.2. ARIS EXPRESS Rack subrack payloads can achieve the predicted ARIS microgravity performance by following design guidelines documented in the ARIS User’’s Handbook. ARIS EXPRESS Subrack Payload On-board to Off-board Based Force Allowable. are not exceeded. Section 8.1. 4-22 .5.1.10.3-2.01 0. 3.1. Paragraph D.01 0. SSP 57006.3-2. ARIS accelerometer saturation limits are documented in Paragraph 8. ARIS EXPRESS Rack Subrack Payloads Between 0. Lbf (RMS) September 2009 1 0. These limits do not incorporate consideration of sway space and accelerometer saturation.1 0.5. with the predicted ISS and rack acceleration levels at that stage shown in Figure D.2. ARIS microgravity performance guidelines are documented in SSP 57006. ARIS operational limitations are documented in SSP 57006.01 and 300 Hz.10.10. Section 9. ARIS payload sway space limits are documented in section 9.3-1 NON-ARIS EXPRESS RACK SUBRACK PAYLOAD VIBRATORY DISTURBANCES ALLOWABLE B.0. subrack payloads mounted in an EXPRESS Rack equipped with ARIS shall limit vibration so that the force limits of Figure 4. Appendix D. 2.0. The predicted ARIS microgravity performance at ISS Assembly Complete is documented in SSP 57006. Hz FIGURE 4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 10 Disturbance. ARIS EXPRESS Subrack Payload On-board to Off-board Based Force Allowable. and Table 4.1 1 10 100 1000 Frequency.

01 0.1 1 Frequency.01 September 2009 Narrow Band Wide Band 0.1 0. Hz 10 100 FIGURE 4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 100 10 1 0.001 0.10.3-2 ARIS EXPRESS SUBRACK PAYLOAD ON-BOARD TO OFF-BOARD BASED FORCE ALLOWABLE 4-23 .

48 35.00891 0.04467 0.0347 0.07079 0.9128 0.4467 0.818 2.79 70.67 56.5623 0.0690 0.4103 6.913 11.4543 1.1778 0.3514 0.0487 0.0218 0.3 177.1149 0.13 112.01122 0.0903 0.2695 4-24 September 2009 .0154 0.913 8.1065 0.0390 0.1122 0.1324 0.0174 0.548 3.0154 0.8 0.0437 0.0138 0.13 17.2647 0.9032 2.01778 0.818 3.623 5.1213 0.1149 0.05623 0.1010 0.0195 0.8913 0.22 11.5690 0.0310 0.03548 0.0872 0.1082 6.3514 0.79 89.03548 0.0487 0.6764 0.548 4.8 354.08913 0.623 7.04467 0.02818 0.5623 0.1566 0.1213 0.0617 0.1309 0.5856 0.2239 0.467 4.4467 0.78 17.0872 0.9 281.6014 0.1778 0.2 141.0218 0.02818 0.0275 0.0690 0.0617 0.6898 1.0390 0.122 1.0467 0.23 56.9032 4.18 35.1758 0.413 1.39 28.8913 1.48 44.5812 1.1566 0.0275 0.1010 0.6764 0.079 8.0775 0.2695 2.1244 0.778 1.3548 0.01413 0.9 223.0550 0.5812 4.0138 0.6898 0.05623 0.0825 2.0245 0.0174 0.9488 0.2 112.0467 0.3-1 NON-ARIS EXPRESS SUBRACK PAYLOAD DISTURBANCE ALLOWABLE OTO BAND BOUNDARY FREQUENCY HZ PAYLOAD DISTURBANCE ALLOWABLE LBF OTO BAND BOUNDARY FREQUENCY HZ PAYLOAD DISTURBANCE ALLOWABLE LBF OTO BAND BOUNDARY FREQUENCY HZ PAYLOAD DISTURBANCE ALLOWABLE LBF OTO BAND BOUNDARY FREQUENCY HZ PAYLOAD DISTURBANCE ALLOWABLE LBF 0.3 141.01122 0.7079 0.1122 0.079 7.1324 0.1413 0.1413 0.0903 0.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE 4.8287 0.9488 0.22 14.8 223.23 70.1309 0.18 0.13 14.07079 0.0245 0.0195 0.5690 28.239 2.7079 0.778 0.02239 0.9128 0.0310 0.122 1.2818 0.78 22.8287 1.8 281.0347 0.5856 0.10.1065 0.413 1.2818 0.02239 0.0825 4.01778 0.67 44.13 89.8 177.4103 2.239 2.2239 0.1244 0.467 5.08913 0.1328 2.0437 0.39 22.1328 0.2647 0.6014 0.1758 0.0550 0.1082 4.4543 0.01413 0.

341 2.913 11.0370 0.4858 2.778 1.0526 0.4858 0.0355 0.0097 0.341 2.0393 0.4467 0.0492 0.0255 0.373 1.22 11.1351 0.026 2.0405 0.0122 0.122 1.192 2.2184 0.0549 0.4273 0.698 2.67 56.2818 0.3548 0.3548 0.0511 0.03 4-25 September 2009 .781 1.0322 0.5073 0.2411 0.0122 0.48 35.026 0.223 1.0085 0.239 2.0095 0.0298 0.855 1.855 3.4069 0.441 1.413 1.3-2 ARIS EXPRESS SUBRACK PAYLOAD ON-BOARD TO OFF-BOARD BASED FORCE ALLOWABLE OTO BAND BOUNDARY FREQUENCY HZ NARROWBAND ALLOWABLE LBF WIDEBAND ALLOWABLE LBF OTO BAND BOUNDARY FREQUENCY HZ NARROWBAND ALLOWABLE LBF WIDEBAND ALLOWABLE LBF OTO BAND BOUNDARY FREQUENCY HZ NARROWBAND ALLOWABLE LBF WIDEBAND ALLOWABLE LBF 0.0089 0.310 1.0327 0.239 2.0511 0.6071 0.870 1.0095 0.39 22.1122 0.0277 0.413 1.0282 0.1707 0.0255 0.0891 0.088 1.1413 0.23 0.781 2.0365 0.0759 0.2818 0.7191 0.0298 0.122 1.4895 0.310 1.1707 0.2411 0.026 1.03 34.0562 0.6576 0.6576 0.0085 0.18 28.0255 0.126 34.1219 0.1778 0.400 1.0766 0.1847 0.1351 0.0526 0.0355 0.818 3.0077 0.0759 0.818 2.0425 0.913 8.1778 0.0562 0.0112 0.7191 3.870 1.4273 0.4937 0.0112 0.67 44.0141 0.0452 0.0518 0.5538 0.0178 0.6527 0.0327 0.781 1.1122 0.0085 0.781 1.4467 0.4895 0.8913 1.0282 0.22 14.373 2.441 1.4155 0.1971 0.78 17.093 1.0370 0.1847 0.0623 0.623 5.548 0.0277 0.0854 0.0452 0.39 28.3079 0.6446 0.0891 0.0518 0.026 1.0447 0.18 35.548 4.223 2.0643 0.6527 0.563 1.4937 0.0224 0.0178 0.5068 0.13 14.0688 0.4155 0.1018 0.48 44.0393 0.13 17.192 2.0549 0.373 1.070 1.7079 0.1018 0.2239 0.0708 0.0177 0.079 7.0141 0.0405 0.1413 0.373 2.0224 0.467 5.0433 0.088 1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE 4.0643 0.0447 0.5068 0.8913 0.0854 0.0343 0.0255 0.400 2.079 8.563 3.0623 0.1219 0.5623 0.0077 0.5073 0.093 1.126 2.5623 0.698 2.0343 0.3079 0.070 1.2184 0.6071 0.10.0708 0.0177 0.0097 0.2239 0.6446 1.1971 0.0085 0.0492 0.4069 0.467 4.5538 0.623 7.0322 0.778 2.7079 0.0433 0.0365 0.0688 0.78 22.0766 0.0425 0.

1 lb-sec (5. 3.10.1 TABLE 4. assuming standard ISPR attachment point separation distances. Shorter duration angular momentum impulse sources are covered by the microgravity transient and vibratory force limits.4.10.4. the disturbance torque due to the disturbance force will be calculated using the moment arm from the point of application of the force to the ISS assembly complete configuration center of mass. If the disturbance source produces forces and moments. 4. as long as all periods of operation are covered in one or more continuous period. A.1 and 4.4 ANGULAR MOMENTUM LIMITS September 2009 This section applies only to payload disturbance forces and moments which generate pure internal angular momentum impulse greater than 100 ft-lb-sec (135 Newton Meter (N-m)-sec) or a maximum impulse greater than 1.1-1 DELETED 4.4.4.2 DELETED 4-26 .10. If the disturbance source produces translational forces. 4. The beginning and end times of continuous periods may be arranged in any order. the disturbance moment due to the disturbance force will be added to the induced pure moments.4. DELETED 2. International Space Station On-Orbit Assembly. The following general items apply to the determination of applicability as stated above and to the evaluation of the ability of payloads to meet the limits of 4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 4. Modeling and Mass Properties Databook. It is not necessary to consider transient or cyclic angular momentum changes that exceed limits over shorter intervals than the specified continuous duration if the cumulative angular momentum impulse limit is not exceeded by the end of the specified continuous duration. Payloads are not required to report angular momentum changes or forces resulting from the use of standard ISS resources such as the Vacuum Resource System (VRS) or Waste Gas System (WGS). The location of the assembly complete configuration center of mass is specified in JSC 26557.2 N-sec) over any continuous period of nine minutes.10. 6.10. This permits start-ups followed by stopping actions within any nine minute window to be considered as cancelled angular impulse.2. The locations of pure moments do not need to be reported. 5. 1.10.

4-27 .2-1 DELETED September 2009 4.11 CONSTRAINTS FOR ARIS EXPRESS RACK ACTIVITY Payloads located in ARIS racks shall not require physical access from the flight crew while the ARIS isolation system is active. latches.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE 4. or any other device that the flight crew must physically contact.10. doors. This includes operation of switches. key pads. The minimum continuous amount of time that the ARIS isolation system will be active is 30 days. dials.4.

1 THERMAL/FLUIDS INTERFACE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXTERNAL SURFACE TOUCH TEMPERATURE September 2009 Payload surfaces that may be exposed to intentional and/or incidental crew contact shall comply with the requirements and constraints of NASA IVA Touch Temperature Safety interpretation letter.2.2. etc. A.1-1 depicts the temperature/humidity envelope defined by these dew points and relative humidity ranges for air (21% oxygen.6 C (40 to 60 F) and a relative humidity of 25% to 75% except when 1) condensation is an intended operation of the payload. 5. some condensation around the periphery of the opening may temporarily occur when payloads (refrigerators.1.0 5. freezers.) that are continually exposed to the cabin air in the ISS and/or Middeck must preclude the formation of condensation by insulation design. that are subject to continuous or incidental contact. however. This also applies to surfaces not normally exposed to the cabin in accordance with the NASA IVA Touch Temperature Safety interpretation letter. Figure 5. MA2-95-048.2 5. are exposed to crewmember's bare skin contact.9% nitrogen) at one 5-1 . coolers. dewars. It is assumed that this condensation will be operationally managed to reasonable and acceptable levels by minimizing those exposure periods in order to preserve the internal environment of the devices. For reference. Also.1 5.) which cools below the dewpoint is opened for insertion or removal of items.1 External surfaces of samples or payloads (refrigerators.1.1. 79. are exposed to crewmember's bare skin contact.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5. payload shall be designed to not cause condensation when exposed to a dewpoint of 4. This also applies to the surfaces not normally exposed to the cabin in accordance with the NASA IVA Touch Temperature Safety interpretation letter.5 to 15. DELETED CONDENSATION PREVENTION C. dewars. both warning labels at the surface site and protective equipment for the crew shall be provided. MA2-95-048. In ISS. when the cold surfaces are exposed to cabin air whenever doors or bags or containers are opened for transferring payloads or samples from/to the Designated Cold Stowage. DELETED When payload metallic surfaces whose temperature exceeds 49 °C (120 degrees Fahrenheit (°F)). it is recognized that condensation will occur. 2) payloads or samples are being transferred from/to Designated Cold Stowage. both warning labels at the surface site and protective equipment for the crew shall be provided. coldbags. B. coldbags. and 3) Designated Cold Stowage is opened to transfer samples or payloads and the interior is exposed to the ISS atmosphere. freezers. coolers. that are subject to continuous or incidental contact.1. A. When payload surfaces below -18 °C (0 °F). etc. MA2-95-048.

1-1 ISS TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY ENVELOPE 15.1.5 Maximum N 2 Partial Pressure (11.2.1.1. All surfaces of the payload elements exposed to the Middeck cabin air shall be maintained above the maximum Middeck dew point temperature of 61 F as listed in Table 5.0 O2 Partial Pressure (psia) FIGURE 5.0 2.5 4.1% O 2) Low Logistics Pressure Contingency 13. Figure 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 atmosphere pressure (14.2.0 2.59 Total Pressure (psia) 14.5 3.5 2.2.5 Total Pressure Control Band 14.1-1 except when 1) payloads or samples are being transferred from/to Designated Cold Stowage. 2) Designated Cold Stowage is opened to transfer samples or payloads and the interior is exposed to the Middeck atmosphere.83 O 2 Partial Pressure Control Band 3.7 psia).0 3.0 Flammability Limit (24. B.1-2 OPERATING LIMITS OF THE ISS ATMOSPHERIC TOTAL PRESSURE. FIGURE 5.2.6 psia) 15. AND NITROGEN AND OXYGEN PARTIAL PRESSURE 5-2 .1.1-2 depicts the operating limits of the ISS atmospheric total pressure.

8 kPa) See Figure 5.8 kPa) max.1.1-2 See Figure 5.1-1) 65 to 86 °F (18.9% at 14.1.1.1 C) 5-3 .203 m/s (10 to 40 ft/min) Less than 1.1-1) 25 to 75 (See Figure 5.2 ±0.2.3 to 50 °C) 0.2 psia .1 of this document. JEM.1 psia –– Maximum –– Ground pressurization test) 10.0% At 8 psia 39 to 61 °F (3.7 +0.1-2 See Figure 5.7 ±0.1-2 15. ±0.8.2.) 16.000 CFU/m3 Average less than 100. and COL Cabin Air Temperature in Node 1 Dewpoint Percent Relative Humidity Mean Radiant Temperature -Cabin -Adjacent Rack(s) -Adjacent Payload(s) Air Velocity (nominal) Airborne Microbes Atmosphere Particulate Level ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS ON MIDDECK Cabin Pressures 63 to 82 °F (17 to 28 °C) 63 to 87 °F (17 to 31 °C) 40 to 60 °F (4. on orbit (Pressure Relief Valve Operation) 18.Normal operations 8.1 psia (124.9 to 16.2 psia (104.0 ±0.5 psia (±0.3 to 40 °C) 65 to 122 °F (18.2.Abort operations (To be considered for Structural Design purposes.6 mmHg CO2 partial pressure during crew changeout with 11 24 hr average exposure 7.1-1 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS (2 PAGES) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS ON ISS Pressure Extremes Nominal Operating Pressure Oxygen Partial Pressure Nitrogen Partial Pressure Cabin Pressure VALUE 0 to 15.1.2.2 psia 32.1. (Ground Pressurization Test) Cabin Rate of Pressure Change Reference Paragraph 4.1.3 to 30 °C) 65 to 104 °F (18.2 psia dynamic operating range.3 mmHg 6 crewmembers plus animals2 Peak exposure 7.6 mmHg crewmembers plus animals2 Peak exposure 10 mmHg Cabin Air Temperature in USL.000 particles/ft3 for particles less than 0.5 microns in size 14.0 psia –– Maximum On-Orbit –– Relief valve operation 18.2 psia (0 to 104.2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 5.3 psia sensor bias error) –– Reduced cabin pressure EVA Procedure Cabin O2 Concentration Contingency Hold In Middeck Cabin (payload required to be powered off) Dew Point 25.051 to .2 psia 30% maximum at 10.8 kPa) max. Payloads required to be powered off. CO2 partial pressure during normal operations with 24 hr average exposure 5.2.2 psia .6 °C) (See Figure 5.4 to 15.

5 °C (60 °F) 10 °C (50°F) 10 °C (50°F) 10 °C (50°F) 15.6 to 111.4 to 109.1. the worstcase of the modules should be enveloped by the payload design.8 °F) 15.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 5.2 to 111. JEM.8 °C (56.2 °F) 14 to 24 °C (57.2 °F) 24 to 44 °C (75.5 to 30 °C (59.2 to 75. the ISS cabin CO2 partial pressure can be reduced to less than 2.8 °C (56.4 to 109.6 °F) Applies to all ISS laboratories (USL.9 to 86 °F) Passive Flights Pre-launch Launch/Ascent On-orbit (Cargo Bay + Deployment) On-orbit (On-Station) On-orbit (Retrieval + Cargo Bay) Descent/Landing Post-Landing Ferry Flight Thermal Conditions USL Module Wall Temperature JEM Module Wall Temperature COL Module Wall Temperature Other Integrated Payload Racks Notes: 13. 2 If required.8 °F) 13.4 °F) 13 to 43 °C (55. COL.9 °C) max.2. (48.). Passive Flights Structure’’s Temperature Exhaust Temperature (air) on Middeck and ISS MPLM Air Temperatures Pre-launch Launch/Ascent On-orbit (Cargo Bay + Deployment) On-orbit (On-Station) On-orbit (Retrieval + Cargo Bay) Descent/Landing Post-Landing Ferry Flight MPLM Maximum Dewpoint Temperatures 15 to 24 °C (59 to 75. If a PD desires to maximize its opportunities for manifesting. 5-4 .2 °F) 23 to 45 °C (73.8 mmHg.4 °F) 15.8 °F) 13.1.4 to 113 °F) 17 to 44 °C (62. 1 DELETED. Additional resources are required to operate the second United States Orbital Segment (USOS) CO2 removal assembly.ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS (2 PAGES) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS ON MIDDECKCONT.2 °F) 13 to 43 °C (55.8 °C (56. Cabin Air Temperature VALUE 65 –– 80 F –– Nominal On-Orbit operation 80 F –– Peak Launch/Ascent 75 F –– Peak entry/Landing 95 F –– Peak Contingency operations 32 –– 120 F –– Ferry flight 120 °F max.5 °C (60 °F) 13 to 43 °C (55 to 109 °F) 13 to 45 °C (55 to 113 °F) 13 to 43 °C (55 to 109 °F) Front surface less than 37 °C (98. etc.9 °C) (all mission phases) 120 °F (48.

and 75 F during 5-5 .1-1 and will be used in the payload design and analyses.4 PRESSURE RELIEF/VENT VALVE SIZING Pressure relief devices. and/or MTL water. payload waste heat must be dissipated to ISS cabin air (restricted capability).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5. fans.1. if cooling is interrupted. Heater Fail ““ON. 5. In Middeck. EVA or EVA Pre-breathe) must design cooling based on 10. Pressure Relief Valves (PRV).1 PAYLOAD ELEMENT COOLING PAYLOAD HEAT DISSIPATION In ISS. and venting areas shall be set or sized such that the pressure differentials of captured volumes in sealed and semi sealed enclosures shall not exceed the MDP. pumps.2. other payloads.5 PRESSURIZED GAS SYSTEMS Pressurized gas systems with a total expanded gas volume exceeding 400 liters at standard conditions shall limit the gas flow after a single failure to less than 240 standard liters per minute (slpm) after 400 liters at standard conditions has been released to the cabin air. Payloads which are required to operate during the low pressure cabin environment periods (e. 80 F during the on-orbit phase.3..3 LOSS OF COOLING September 2009 Payloads using ISS EXPRESS Rack facility or payload provided heat rejection systems (i.) shall have the appropriate failure tolerance to prevent a hazard from occurring based on the type hazard which results from loss of cooling.2. failure of the PRV.. The primary method is the AAA loop or the MTL.) 5.1. water supply/flow. The maximum allowable heat loads are established to constrain cabin air temperature to the crew comfort limits of 80 F during the pre-launch/ascent phase. or ducted (rear breather) air cooling.1-1. or crew. etc.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS The environmental conditions for the ISS laboratories. Middeck and MPLM will be as shown in Table 5.2. other ISS (or Shuttle/Middeck) hardware items. 5. A payload may be cooled with passive cooling.”” etc.1-1. A payload utilizing avionics bay air for cooling must provide internal air circulation capability.3 5.3-kilopascals (kPa)) Middeck cabin pressure as shown in Table 5.1. For purposes of thermal interface requirements. compatibility is defined as operating without producing an unsafe condition and/or resulting in damage to EXPRESS Rack.e.1. 5. AAA avionics air. The payload shall be compatible with the environmental conditions identified in Table 5. payload waste heat must be dissipated to Middeck cabin air or avionics bay air. non-ducted (front breather) air cooling.1.e.2 psia (70. In performing the hazard analysis. the loss of cooling is considered the first failure.1. The MDP is defined as the maximum pressure reached in a contained volume after consideration of any two (2) credible failures (i.g.

mission requirements for the cabin pressure. The maximum heat loads to the Middeck cabin air must include heat loss due to both the convection and the radiation.3. cabin passive cooling is available only when both FPMs are in the interchanger position.4. convective and heat exhausted via a payload fan to the ISS cabin. except for transients up to 95 F during the pre-launch/ascent and entry/post-landing phases. configuration of the Flow Proportioning Modules (FPMs).4. the avionics bay air inlet temperature must not exceed 80 F. A timeline and temperature profile for the passive Middeck payload heat loads is shown in Figure 5. If Aft Flight Deck (AFD) active cooling is required.1. NOTE: It must be the responsibility of the SSP to manifest a complement of compatible payloads in the Middeck. This compatibility will be determined by a mission specific integrated thermal analysis that ensures cabin air and avionics bay inlet temperature requirements are met.3.3.1-2 shows the pre-launch/ascent and entry/post-landing phase’’s avionics bay inlet air temperature profiles. 5-6 .1-1. heat loads at the Cargo heat exchanger.1-1 and 5. The maximum allowable heat load for payload waste heat dissipated to either the cabin or avionics bay cooling systems will be dependent upon the mission payload manifest. Figures 5. During 10. the maximum allowable heat load is reduced.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 the entry phase. may be suballocated and includes radiated. In addition.3. and the maximum allowed electrical power. The cabin dissipation value is for the entire EXPRESS Rack in ISS. This heat load limit is dependent upon ducted and non-ducted cooling payload combinations in the cabin and avionics bays.2 psia operations. Express rack payloads located in the MPLM will not be powered for ascent or descent.1.1. 5. Ascent and On-orbit Cabin Temperature Profile for Maximum Allowable Cabin Passive Payload Heat Load (3 Pages).1 PASSIVE COOLING Real-time constraints will be used to determine payload operating times and allowable cabin heat dissipation.1.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 90 September 2009 <----Pre-launch / Ascent Phase----> T = -10 to 5 Hours <----On-Orbit Phase----> T = 5 to TD .3.1.1-1 ASCENT AND ON-ORBIT CABIN TEMPERATURE PROFILE FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CABIN PASSIVE PAYLOAD HEAT LOAD (PAGE 1 OF 3) 85 80 Cabin Temperature (°F) 75 Wake Period Sleep Period Wake Period Sleep Period Wake Period Sleep Period 70 65 60 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 MET (Hours) 102 108 114 120 126 132 FIGURE 5.3.1-1 ON-ORBIT CABIN TEMPERATURE PROFILE FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CABIN PASSIVE PAYLOAD HEAT LOAD (PAGE 2 OF 3) 5-7 .1.16 Hours 85 80 Cabin Temperature (°F) 75 70 65 Launch 60 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 MET (Hours) FIGURE 5.

2 A.1.2-1.3. B.1. As a design guideline.3.2-2. 5-8 . These limits represent the total cabin air heat load capability when the cabin temperature is at 18° C (65° F).16 to TD + 4 Hours 80 Cabin Temperature (°F) 75 70 65 Touchdown (TD) 60 -20 -18 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 MET (Hours) -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 FIGURE 5.3.2-1 and 5.1 PAYLOAD FRONT SURFACE TEMPERATURE A.3.e. Middeck) stowage locker size payloads generating waste heat and not incorporating in the design a means of rejecting heat to the Middeck cabin air by either a fan or similar means shall not exceed 60 watts (W).3. Cabin Air Sensible Heat Load and Table 5. The values in the ““All racks total in module”” lines of these tables are the total cabin heat load allocation for all ISPRs on a module basis. In ISS. the payload must minimize the sensible and latent heat leaks to the cabin air and stay well below the ““Integrated EXPRESS Rack”” values as shown in Tables 5. the EXPRESS Rack payload shall be designed not to exceed an average front surface temperature limit of 37 °C (98.1.1-1 ENTRY CABIN TEMPERATURE PROFILE FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CABIN PASSIVE PAYLOAD HEAT LOAD (PAGE 3 OF 3) 5.1. The sensible and latent heat loads to the ISS cabin air from the EXPRESS Rack payload either alone or together with other simultaneously active EXPRESS Rack payloads shall not exceed the integrated EXPRESS Rack values as shown in Table 5.1.1. Cabin Air Latent Heat Load.1.1.1.3.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 85 September 2009 <----On-Orbit Phase----> <----Entry Phase----> T = TD ..6 °F) with a maximum temperature limit not to exceed 49 ºC (120 ºF). 5.3.1. external surface temperatures of the payload elements accessible and inaccessible to the crew shall not exceed 120 F. Standard (i.1. CABIN AIR HEAT LEAK B.2-2 to minimize the possibility of operational constraint.1. In Middeck.

2 psia cabin pressures.1.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Note: An integrated rack cabin air heat load analysis must be performed by ISS Payload Engineering Integration (PEI). In Middeck. If the integrated analysis shows that concurrent (simultaneous) payload operation results in a violation of the integrated EXPRESS Rack total heat leak.3.3.17 Btu/hr °F ft2 for 10. payloads will be required to exchange air with the EXPRESS Rack AAA and/or water cooling system and not the cabin air.1.3.17 Btu/hr °F ft2 for 10. to ensure that the integrated EXPRESS Rack along with other ISPRs does not exceed total allocated heat leak. These values must be used in thermal analysis/testing.1.9 °C). TABLE 5. The Middeck design value for the convective heat transfer coefficient from the payload enclosure to the Middeck cabin environment is 0.25 Btu/hr °F ft2 for 14. that internally circulates the air and discharges to the ISS or Middeck cabin air.7 psia or 0. When a payload provides an air circulation fan.1.4 W 5.2-2 CABIN AIR LATENT HEAT LOAD REQUIREMENTS COL Integrated EXPRESS Rack All racks total in module 14 W 70 W 14 W 70 W USL 0. To maximize payload operation flexibility. 5-9 .2 psia cabin pressure. Note: On UF-3 and subsequent USL flights. TABLE 5.20 British Thermal Unit (Btu)/hr °F ft2 for 14.1.3. it is important that the payload design minimizes the sensible and latent heat load to the cabin. usage of the active cabin air cooling (non-ducted air) capability will be dependent upon the maximum electrical power available and on the aft flight deck accommodations.7 psia or 0.2-1 CABIN AIR SENSIBLE HEAT LOAD REQUIREMENTS COL Integrated EXPRESS Rack All racks total in module 100 W* 500 W 100 W* 500 W USL 50 W* 250 W JEM *Includes sensible heat load contribution of 22 W for non-ARIS rack (23 W for ARIS rack).3 CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT The ISS design value for the convective heat transfer coefficient from the payload enclosure to the ISS cabin environment is 0. payload operation may be timelined. the maximum air outlet temperature shall not exceed 120 °F (48.3 W JEM 5. 5. based on the Payload Developer’’s provided thermal analysis.1.2 ACTIVE CABIN AIR COOLING/HEATING INTERFACE An air cooled payload may be cooled with a payload provided fan to internally circulate the ISS or Middeck cabin ambient air and discharge to the cabin.

1.3. A payload must include in its design a circulation fan for internal air circulation for both MDL interface and ISIS drawer interface to draw avionics air through the air inlets from the rear of the rack for payload air cooling purposes. The payload cooling system design shall not contribute to the contamination of the cabin air or Middeck avionics bays.3.3. the payload design must provide protection from this contamination. 1. otherwise. 5.0 in2 material blockage in 16 days in the Middeck). 5-10 . The return air is collected by four return air duct inlets located between each MDLs before returning to the AAA.g. Depending on the amount of air exchange between the cabin air and the ““semi closed”” EXPRESS Rack avionics air.3 EXPRESS RACK AVIONICS AIR COOLING In the EXPRESS Rack the AAA supplied conditioned air is referred to as ““avionics air.1. Figure 5. 5.”” This conditioned air is provided to the payload equipment for heat rejection.1 PHYSICAL INTERFACE In the EXPRESS Rack the AAA supply and return air ducts are not physically connected to the payloads inlet and outlet interface. Note: The Orbiter avionics filters are designed to provide a flow area of 1 to 5 inch2/lbm/hr using 50 by 250 micron pleated filter.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5.3.3.0 gram of lint like material and/or 1.1 PARTICULATE(S) AND FILTERS/DEBRIS TRAPS September 2009 The payload cabin air cooling design will consider the possible ingestion of contamination from the cabin (e.1-1 provides the schematic for the AAA supply and return ducts. filters may be required on payloads and periodic filter cleaning may be required.1.3.1.2..

3.2-3 illustrates the location of the ISIS drawer air inlets and outlets. The payload’’s physical interface must be compatible with this interface.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Lo c ke r 1 an d 5 @ 15 +/-3 C FM @ 65 .1.3.1.3.1.3. The payload’’s physical interface must be compatible with this interface.3.3. NOTE: Due to the warmer air temperatures predicted in the ISIS Drawers locations.2-3. The nearest AAA supply ducts are located near the MDLs 4 and 8 inlets. The avionics air supply and return ducts are not physically connected to the payload’’s air inlet and outlet. 5-11 .1 MDLS The avionics air cooling for EXPRESS Rack mounted payloads in MDL positions will be provided to the backplate as shown in Figure 3. PDs should limit the use of ISIS Drawers to water cooled items.85 deg F @ Ea ch 8 L o cke rs Locker 1 an d 5 L o c k er 2 & 6 Locker 2 & 6 L o c k er 3 & 7 AAA Locker 3 & 7 AAA L o c k er 4 & 8 Locker 4 & 8 I S I S D ra we r 1 & 2 ISIS Dra we r 1 & 2 S up pl y A ir f ro m AA A Return Air to AAA FIGURE 5. passively cooled stowage items or to payload items that are compatible with warmer air temperatures.2 ISIS DRAWERS Figure 3.3.1.3.1-1 AVIONICS AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEMATICS WITHIN THE EXPRESS RACK 5.1-1.4. AAA supplies conditioned air behind the MDL backplate near these air inlets as shown in Figure 5.1. 5.4. The AAA supply duct is neither physically connected nor ducted to the inlets of the ISIS Drawers.3.

3 to 35 C) if it pulls air at a flow rate of 15 +/-3 cfm or less.2 The temperature of the avionics air near the ISIS Drawers inlet will be in the range of 65 to 95 F (18. 5. a payload uses a 25 cfm fan to circulate air from EXPRESS Rack AAA. For example.3.3 to 29.3 to 29. The payload’’s inlet air temperature will be between 65 to 85 F (18.3.1.1.3.3.3 to 29.3.3 FANS September 2009 The payload shall provide its own fan for drawing air from the rear open volume of the EXPRESS Rack and for internal air circulation for both the MDL interface and the ISIS drawer interface. A.1.2. A.1. B.3. 5.1.3.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5.3 to 35 ºC) for ISIS drawers.1.2. A payload that draws more air than what is provided by the EXPRESS Rack AAA (15±3 cubic feet per minute (cfm)) will experience an inlet air temperature greater than the EXPRESS Rack AAA supply air temperature due to the exhaust air recirculation effect. Note: Internal temperature sensors in the payload hardware (even though not required) will enhance the determination of the actual/real-time temperature due to air mixing and configuration changes in the EXPRESS Rack.1. 5-12 .1. ISIS DRAWERS 5.2 DELETED DELETED AIR SUPPLY TEMPERATURE The nominal temperature of the air supplied by the AAA will be in the range of 65 to 85 ºF (18.3. The actual EXPRESS Rack avionics air temperature is driven by the heat load recirculated into the AAA system by the specific EXPRESS subrack payload complement. The payload’’s inlet air temperature depends upon the avionics air temperature (65 to 85 ºF) and the recirculation of its own exhaust air temperature if it pulls air at a flow rate greater than 15 ±3 cfm.3.3 to 35 C).1 MDLS The nominal avionics air temperature near the MDLs inlet will be in the range of 65 to 85 F (18.3.4 C) at the air flow rate of 15 ±3 cfm. The payload’’s average air inlet temperature will result in a combination of air consisting of EXPRESS AAA supply air provided at a flow rate of 15 cfm (nominal) at 85 ºF and the recirculation of payload exhaust air at a flow rate of ten (10) cfm at the payload’’s exhaust air temperature.4 5.5 5.4 C) if it pulls air at a flow rate of 15 ±3 cfm or less. The payload’’s inlet air temperature will be between 65 to 95 F (18.3.4 ºC) for MDLs and 65 to 95 ºF (18.3.

3.200 W for all EXPRESS Rack payloads and will be suballocated to each payload by the ERO.9 °C) for either an ISIS drawer or MDL type payload.3.6 The maximum allowable heat dissipation for the integrated EXPRESS Rack avionics air loop is limited to 1.3. B. 5.5 PAYLOAD INLET DEBRIS TRAPS A.3.3.1.4 C) for MDL and 95 F ( 35 C) for ISIS Drawers.1.1.3.3. 5. The ISIS Drawer's payloads must use their own fan to pull air from the rear open volume of the rack.3.1. 5. Payloads with an air flow requirement greater than 15 cfm must draw air from the rear area of the rack. given AAA supplied Avionics air of 15 cfm at 85 F (29.3.1 MDLS The avionics air is supplied near the MDLs inlets at a flow rate of 15 ±3 cfm per locker location. Payloads interfacing to the EXPRESS Rack avionics air system shall include debris traps at the payload inlet of 280 µ size.3.3. The exhaust air recirculation effect must be considered in determining the payload's inlet air temperature.1.3. The exhaust air recirculation effect must be considered to determine the payload’’s inlet air temperature if the payload pulls more air than what is being provided by the EXPRESS Rack AAA (15±3 cfm). The payload hardware must be compatible with a flow rate of 15 ± cfm. 5. The avionics air is supplied to the nearest MDLs (MDL 4 and 8) at a flow rate of 15±3 cfm.3 The EXPRESS Rack AAA supplies conditioned air near the eight MDLs inlets at a flow rate of 15 ±3 cfm per locker location.4 AIR RETURN TEMPERATURE The maximum exhaust air return temperature from the payload to the EXPRESS Rack avionics air loop shall not exceed 120 °F (48.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 B.2 ISIS DRAWERS The avionics air is not ducted to the ISIS drawers' air inlets. The payload’’s inlet air temperature depends upon the avionics air temperature (65 to 95 ºF) and the recirculation of its own exhaust air temperature if it pulls air at a flow rate greater than 15 +/-3 cfm. 5-13 . MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEAT DISSIPATION 5. Payload filters at the interface with the EXPRESS Rack Avionics Air System shall have provisions for cleaning. AIR FLOW RATE 5.3.1.3.

4 MIDDECK DUCTED AIR COOLING A. Each configuration can have one (1) of three (3) flow conditions specified in Figure 5. 5-14 . The delta T across the payload may be calculated from Tout minus payload inlet temperature.1. cabin ambient air.3.3. Figures 5. then payload air flow recirculation will occur. The orbiter outlet duct will draw in the payload hot exhaust air in order to minimize payload air recirculation.4-1. respectively.4-1 shows the maximum total ducted air cooling capability available at each avionics bays for the payloads. The ducted cooling for Middeck-mounted payloads in avionics bays 1.1.3. Inlet air temperature to the payload must be dependent upon the payload air flow recirculation and payload heat dissipation.3. 2.3.1. the payload flow rates may be up to 54 cfm. For 36 cfm Orbiter flow rate.1. Each Middeck locker location can have 1 of 4 configurations (see Figure 5.3. Payloads should not design to account for conducting payload heat to the rack structure. For single and double locker size payloads.4-3. The maximum Middeck ducted air cooling capability will be 1.3. Payloads do not need to be designed to be thermally isolated from the rack structure.1. B.3.3.4-3) available for the payloads.1.1.4-6 show the effect of air recirculation on the inlet air temperatures for orbiter flow rates of 18 cfm and 36 cfm. Figure 5.1. the air inlet and outlet interfaces are shown in Figure 5. and each flow condition will be dependent upon payload flow rate ranging between nine (9) and 54 cfm. Middeck ducted air cooling payloads shall be required to provide their own circulation fan. A schematic for these ducted payloads is shown in Figure 5. Table 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5. and 3A.4-2 provides a payload cooling interface schematic for a double locker payload. the payload flow rates may be up to 27 cfm. The payload hot exhaust air will be circulated into the soft interface air plenum where the orbiter outlet duct will be attached. Total ducted cooling air flow available to all manifested payloads located in the Middeck will be dependent on the air flow distribution in each of the avionics bays. For 18 cfm Orbiter flow rate. and avionics air cooling circulated through the payload.1. The maximum allowable temperatures for payload heat exhaust air shall not exceed 130 degrees F. and 3A will be provided via a soft interface.7 September 2009 PAYLOAD LIMITATIONS ON HEAT CONDUCTED TO STRUCTURE All payload internal temperature requirements shall be met by heat rejection to only the cooling water loops.1.4-5 and 5. 2. 5.4-4.3.600 W from avionics bays 1.3. If payload air flow is greater than the orbiter-provided air flow.

Maximum capability assumes NO active air cooling required for orbiter Tactical Aircraft Navigation (TACAN) support.3.4-1 DUCTED AIR COOLING SCHEMATIC TABLE 5.7-psia conditions only. 5-15 .4-1 MAXIMUM DUCTED (TOTAL BAY) AIR COOLING CAPABILITY AVAILABILITY VEHICLE OV 103 OV 104 BAY 1 400 W/36 cfm 400 W/36 cfm BAY 2 200 W/18 cfm 200 W/18 cfm BAY 3A 1000 W/180 cfm 1000 W/180 cfm OV 105 400 W/36 cfm 200 W/18 cfm 1000 W/180 cfm Notes: Cooling capability identified at 14.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 5.1.3.1.

1.3. TOP OUTLET DOUBLE PAYLOAD-SYSTEM SCHEMATIC (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) .4-2 PAYLOAD-TO-COOLING SYSTEM INTERFACE TOP INLET.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5-16 September 2009 FIGURE 5.

3.1.4-3 AIR INLET AND OUTLET INTERFACES FOR SINGLE AND DOUBLE MIDDECK LOCKER SIZE PAYLOADS 5-17 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 5.

1.4-4 ORBITER AIR FLOW PATH SCENARIOS INSIDE PAYLOAD AND PLENUM September 2009 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5-18 FIGURE 5.3.

1.4-6 PAYLOAD INLET AIR TEMPERATURE AS A FUNCTION OF PAYLOAD FLOW RECIUCULATION: 36 CFM ORBITER SUPPLY (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 5-19 .1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 5.3.4-5 PAYLOAD INLET AIR TEMPERATURE AS A FUNCTION OF PAYLOAD FLOW RECIRUCULATION: 18 CFM ORBITER SUPPLY (SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY) FIGURE 5.3.

1-2 MAXIMUM BAY 2 DUCTED AIR COOLING CAPABILITY CABIN PRESSURE (PSIA) 14. Average payload delta T shown for reference.1-2.1-1 and 5.4.1-1.3.1-1 and 5.3.3. For current (March 1996) OV-103 and OV-104 orbiter configurations. 2 3 Inlet temperatures of 80 °F assumes no heat transfer from payload to orbiter attach structure and no payload flow recirculation. 2 3 1 COOLING CAPABILITY (W)1 325 225 30 30 FLOW RATE (CFM) AVG DELTA T ACROSS PL (°F)2 35 35 INLET TEMPERATURE (°F)3 65 80 (Normal Operations) 95 Max Peak (Ascent/Descent)4 65 80 (Normal Operations) Average payload delta T shown for reference. DELETED. TABLE 5.3.4.7 Notes: Table shown for reference only.3.1.4. TABLE 5.1.2 Notes: Table shown for reference only.1-2.1. 4 5 Duration and transient profile per Figures 5.4.1.4. Inlet temperatures of 80 °F assumes no heat transfer from payload to orbiter attach structure and no payload flow recirculation. INLET TEMPERATURE (°F)3 65 80 (Normal Operations) 95 Max Peak (Ascent/Descent)4 Maximum capability assumes no active air cooling required for TACAN support.1-3. Maximum capability assumes no active air cooling required for orbiter TACAN support.3.1.4.1.3.1-2 and 5.1.3. reduction of 150 W required for orbiter TACAN support.7 10.4.3.3. For current (March 1996) OV-105 orbiter configuration. 5-20 .1. 4 Duration and transient profile per Figures 5.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5.1. 2 and 3A are shown in Tables 5.1 AVIONICS BAYS AIR COOLING CAPABILITY September 2009 Total air cooling capability of the orbiter avionics bays 1.4.1-1 MAXIMUM BAY 1 DUCTED AIR COOLING CAPABILITY CABIN PRESSURE (PSIA) 14. 5.1. 1 COOLING CAPABILITY (W)1 400 36 FLOW RATE (CFM) AVG DELTA T ACROSS PL (°F)2 35.4. reduction of 150 W required for orbiter TACAN support.

6 DELETED.1.1-1. 1 Capability assumes no active air cooling required for TACAN support.3.3.1.1-1 PAYLOAD INLET TEMPERATURE PROFILE DURING THE PRE-LAUNCH/ASCENT PHASE 5-21 .1.53 INLET TEMPERATURE (°F)4 65 80 (Normal Operations) 95 Max Peak (Ascent/Descent)5 Notes: Table shown for reference only.1. 5 Duration and transient profile per Figure 5.4.1-2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 5.4.3.4. 2 Capability assumes Ultra High Frequency (UHF) communications box installed in bay 3A. 4 Inlet temperature of 80 °F assumes no heat transfer from payload to orbiter attach structure and no payload flow recirculation. Payload Inlet Temperature Profile During the PreLaunch/Ascent Phase.3.1-3 MAXIMUM BAY 3A DUCTED AIR COOLING CAPABILITY CABIN PRESSURE (PSIA) 14. and Figure 5.4. FIGURE 5. Payload Inlet Temperature Profile During the Entry/Landing Phase. 3 Average payload delta T shown for reference.7 COOLING CAPABILITY (W)1 1000 FLOW RATE (CFM)2 1803 AVG DELTA T ACROSS PL (°F)3 17.

4.1. 2.3.1. payloads must use the standard air flow rate allocation of the avionics bays locker location assigned to them.4.1. While operating in the Middeck.4.3.1-1.2.1 BAY 1 STANDARD AIR FLOW CAPABILITY The standard orbiter air flow rate capability for an individual Middeck locker location will be 18 or 36 cfm. The launch and the landing payload’’s Orbiter flow requirements will be identical.2.1.2 AVIONICS BAYS STANDARD AIR FLOW CAPABILITY The locker locations with the ducted cooling interface in the avionics bays 1.2 DELETED DELETED 5.1. 5-22 .1.1 5.1. The amount of air available will be dependent upon the total orbiter payload manifest. 5.3.4. On-orbit flow balancing of avionics bays will not be allowed to change the standard allocation.3. The standard available Orbiter air flow rate/location configurations for avionics bay 1 will be as shown in Table 5.1 DELETED 5.4.3.1-2 PAYLOAD INLET TEMPERATURE PROFILE DURING THE ENTRY/LANDING PHASE 5. Usage of either 18 or 36 cfm Orbiter allocation will be dependent upon mission requirements for launch and landing payloads.3.4.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 5. Bay 1 Standard Orbiter Air flow Rate/Middeck Locations.3.4.1.2. and 3A will have a dedicated air flow rate of either 18 or 36 cfm.1.

2 BAY 2 STANDARD AIR FLOW CAPABILITY The standard orbiter air flow rate capability for an individual Middeck payload will be 18 cfm.4.2. Usage of either 18 or 36 cfm Orbiter allocation will be dependent upon mission requirements for launch and landing payloads.3-1.1.3.2. Payloads should not design to account for conducting payload heat to the orbiter attach structure.1. 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 5.4.3.4. the conductive heat path through the orbiter attach structure will be small. Bay 2 Standard Orbiter Air Flow Rate/Middeck Locations. The standard available Orbiter air flow/location configurations for avionics bay 3A will be as shown in Table 5. Payloads do not need to be designed to be thermally isolated from the orbiter attach structure.3.2.1.3 BAY 3A STANDARD AIR FLOW CAPABILITY The standard orbiter air flow rate capability for an individual Middeck payload will be 18 or 36 cfm.3 PAYLOAD LIMITATIONS ON HEAT CONDUCTED TO STRUCTURE All payload internal temperature requirements shall be met by heat rejection to only the Middeck cabin ambient air and active air cooling circulated through the payload.1.4.2-1.2. 5-23 . The standard available Orbiter air flow rate/location configurations for avionics bay 2 will be as shown in Table 5. Bay 3A Standard Orbiter Air Flow Rate/Middeck Locations.3.2.4.3.2-1 BAY 2 STANDARD ORBITER AIR FLOW RATE/MIDDECK LOCATIONS CONFIGURATION -001 -002 MIDDECK LOCKER LOCATION MF71E MF71E ORBITER AIR FLOW RATE (CFM) 18 18 5.4.1-1 BAY 1 STANDARD ORBITER AIR FLOW RATE/MIDDECK LOCATIONS CONFIGURATION -001 -002 -003 MIDDECK LOCKER LOCATION MF14G MF28E MF14G MF28E MF14G MF28E ORBITER AIR FLOW RATE (CFM) 0 36 18 18 36 0 5.3.4. By design on the orbiter side. TABLE 5.3.2.1.1.1.

6 CFM per Certification 60-22-613801-001A.4.4.3.1.4.3. 5.3.4-1. payloads must use Figures 5.3. 5.6 CFM should be manifested in this location.4 PAYLOAD OUTLET AIR PRESSURE OPTIMIZATION Air pressure at the payload outlet is a function of the payload configuration.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 5.2-2.4.4-1 and defines the delta pressure across the payload required to achieve a particular flow rate.1.4-4 to achieve the expected flow rate for a given deltaP across the ducted cooling interface.4. Page 2) curves are also provided for both 18 and 36 cfm orbiter Middeck flow rates in Figure 5.3.4.2. Configuration 2 payloads (Double size payloads: Figure 3.4.3.4.4.4-2. No payload requiring more than 35.3.3.1.4-3. The configurations 1A and 1B system curve for payloads mounted at a location providing 36 cfm is shown in Figure 5.3.4.3.1.1.4-3 and Figure 5. and 5.4.4-1.4.1.1. payload flow rate as well as orbiter Middeck flow rate.3-1 BAY 3A STANDARD ORBITER AIR FLOW RATE/MIDDECK LOCATIONS CONFIGURATION -001 MIDDECK LOCKER LOCATION MA9D MA9F MA9G MA9J MA16D MA16F MA16G MA16J -002 MA9D MA9F MA9G MA9J MA16D MA16F MA16G ORBITER AIR FLOW RATE (CFM) 36 0 36 36 0 36 0 36 18 18 18 36* 18 18 18 MA16J 36 * This location has a flow rate of 35.1.1.3. Page 1 and Double size payloads: Figure 3.1. To optimize the cooling capability.4-1.3. 5-24 . For configurations 1A and 1B payloads (Single size payloads: Figure 3. 5. the interface system curve is provided in Figure 5. Page 1) installed in a location providing 18 cfm.4-4 respectively.3.4-2.

4-1 CONFIGURATIONS 1A & 1B PAYLOADS FLOW RATE OPTIMIZATION CURVE FOR 18 CFM ORBITER MIDDECK FLOW RATE 5-25 .4. Page 3) is defined as the pressure at 18 or 36 cfm orbiter Middeck flow rates on the respective Configuration 2 system curves.3.4-1.1.4.3. Configuration 1 : 18 cfm : Delta Pressure at Interface 60 55 50 45 40 delta Pressure (in H20*1000) 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 -5 -10 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Payload Flow Rate (scfm) FIGURE 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 The delta pressure across the payload for Configuration 3 payloads (Double size payloads: Figure 3.

4.1.4-2 CONFIGURATIONS 1A & 1B PAYLOADS FLOW RATE OPTIMIZATION CURVE FOR 36 CFM ORBITER MIDDECK FLOW RATE 5-26 .3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Configuration 1 : 36 cfm : Delta Pressure at Interface 120 110 100 90 80 delta Pressure (in H20*1000) 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 Payload Flow Rate (scfm) FIGURE 5.

0 16.0 14.5 13.5 10.5 16.5 15.4-3 CONFIGURATIONS 2 & 3 PAYLOADS FLOW RATE OPTIMIZATION CURVE FOR 18 CFM ORBITER MIDDECK FLOW RATE 5-27 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Configuration 2 : 18 cfm : Delta Pressure at Interface 80 70 60 Expected delta pressure for Configuration 3 50 delta Pressure (in H20*1000) 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 9.0 13.0 9.0 12.4.0 Payload Flow Rate (scfm) FIGURE 5.0 17.0 11.5 14.5 11.3.5 12.0 10.5 17.0 15.5 18.1.

one for single locker size and three for double locker size payloads. Payloads inlet and outlet interfaces must be on the correct side of the plenum baffle to optimize the cooling.1.1.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Configuration 2 : 36 cfm : Delta Pressure at Interface 280 260 240 220 200 180 delta Pressure (in H20*1000) 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 -20 -40 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Payload Flow Rate (scfm) Expected delta pressure for Configuration 3 FIGURE 5.4.22. and 5.4.3.3.5. 5-28 .4-3 show the air inlet and outlet interfaces for single and double locker size payloads. 5.1.2-2.1.4-3 configuration 1A.3.3.4-3.1. Figure 5. Ducted cooling configurations must be limited to four allowable configurations.3.4.3.4-3).4-4 CONFIGURATIONS 2 & 3 PAYLOADS FLOW RATE OPTIMIZATION CURVE FOR 36 CFM ORBITER MIDDECK FLOW RATE 5.3.1.5 DUCTED PAYLOAD AIR COOLING INTERFACE The ducted air cooling functional interface for single and double locker size payloads must be as defined in the following paragraphs.4-1 through 3.4.1 SINGLE MDL SIZE PAYLOAD AIR COOLING INTERFACE For single MDL size payloads (Configuration 1A of Figure 5.4. Figures 3. the air inlet and outlet functional interface shall be on the correct side of the plenum baffle as shown in Figure 3.3.3.1. 3.1. shows the schematics of the single MDL size payload air cooling interface with the orbiter avionics bays.

3.3.7 DUCTED PAYLOAD LIMITATIONS ON HEAT CONVECTED OR RADIATED TO CABIN AIR Rejection of heat from the sides and front of a ““ducted payload”” to the cabin air by convection and radiation shall be limited to ten (10) percent of the payload’’s total heat load. VPMP must be left covered. 5. This configuration does not require a payload-provided internal bypass/ recirculation path.1.3. With this configuration.3.2 DOUBLE MDL SIZE PAYLOAD AIR COOLING INTERFACE September 2009 A. it is the responsibility of the orbiter to prevent mixing of cabin and avionics bay air by mounting an SSP provided cover plate or replacement payload in the vacated location.4-2. the air cooling functional interface will be as shown in Figure 3.1.3. CABIN AND AVIONICS BAY AIR MIXING LIMITATIONS B.4. Figure 5.4. the payload fan air flow rate may be greater than the orbiter outlet flow rate.6 Ducted air-cooled payloads shall be designed to preclude mixing of cabin and avionics bay air.3. To minimize air mixing during payload transfer. When a ducted air cooled payload is removed.4-3).4.4. With this configuration.4-2 or 3.8 MAXIMUM AIR LEAKAGE ACROSS PAYLOAD MOUNTING SURFACE The maximum allowable leakage of cabin air into the payload recirculating air-cooling system at the interface between the VPMP and the payload shall be 6 standard cubic inches per minute (scim) for single sized payloads and 12 scim for double sized payload when the Orbiter cabin air temperature is 70 °F (21.1 °C) and payload internal air cooling pressure is 0.7 psia cabin air pressure.1.4. This path must be part of the payload design.4. 2.4-3 Configuration 1B. For double MDL size payloads with inlet on bottom half and outlet on top half of payload.4-3. This configuration requires the payload fan air flow rate to be less than or equal to the orbiter outlet flow rate.4-2 configuration (Configuration 3 of Figure 5.1.1.4-3).3.4-3 configuration (Configuration 2 of Figure 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5.3. shows the schematics of the double MDL size payload air cooling interface with the Orbiter avionics bays. 5.1. the air cooling functional interface shall be on the correct side of the plenum baffle as shown in Figure 3.3.3.5. payload air flow rate may be greater than the orbiter outlet air flow rate (payload air flow rate can be from 0 to 150% of the Orbiter outlet flow rate).3.1.3. Leakage at the interface between the VPMP and the Orbiter 5-29 .3.1.4. 5. 1.4.4.5 inches of H2O below a 14.3.1.4-3).4-3 and Figure 5. If there is no payload provided internal bypass recirculation path then the air cooling functional interface shall be on the correct side of the plenum baffles as shown in Figure 3.1.4-1 and Figure 5.3. For double MDL size payloads with their air inlets and outlets on the top half of the payload (Configuration 1B of Figure 5. If there is a payload provided internal bypass/recirculation path then the air cooling functional interface shall be on the correct side of the plenum baffles as shown in Figure 3.

1-1.5.3.0 square inch material blockage or provide protection from that contamination (the Orbiter avionics filters are designed to provide a flow area of one (1) of five (5) in2/lbm/hr using 50 by 250 mesh filters). Note: If the PD desires to have a seal at the interface.5 WATER COOLING INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS The EXPRESS Rack provides two interface connections to the ISS moderate temperature water loop.5. The Payload Developer will consider the QD in all of the required design analyses (e. The allowable gap applies to the entire payload mounting surface when measured from a true plane. Standard water lines and QDs will be provided to the Payload Developer from the ERO.1.1.3.010 inch maximum and a surface finish of 125 micro-inches maximum for both the single and the double sized payloads.1.3. the hardware item must still comply with the leakage requirement in this paragraph.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 wire tray/plenum is the responsibility of the Orbiter.1.1. The payload cooling system shall not contribute to further contamination of the cabin or avionics bay.4. 5.. etc. A total of 200 lb/hr is available and will be suballocated to each payload by the rack integrator. 5. Leakage at the interface between the VPMP and the payload is the responsibility of the payload developer. leakage. 5-30 . 5.9 PAYLOAD MOUNTING SURFACE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS The payload surface that mounts directly onto the Orbiter supplied VPMP shall have a surface flatness of 0. EXPRESS Rack payloads are not required to provide a seal at the experiment-to-Rack back plate AAA interface.3.g. however.10 DUCTED PAYLOAD CONTAMINATION PROTECTION The ducted payload design must be compatible with ingestion of up to one (1) gram of lint-like contamination from the cabin and/or 1. P. it may be utilized. Moderate Temperature Water Loop Physical Interface.3. 5. The payload supplier is responsible for selecting a material that is corrosion compatible with the shuttle interface hardware and the environments to which it will be exposed.1 PHYSICAL INTERFACE Payloads requiring EXPRESS Rack-provided water cooling will interface to the EXPRESS Rack-provided QD at the end of the water line as shown in Figure 5.).4.

1-1 MODERATE TEMPERATURE WATER LOOP PHYSICAL INTERFACE 5.2. C.1-2. Space Station Program Fluid Procurement and Use Control Specification.12.3. 5-31 .2 FLUID USE A.5. The subrack payloads connected to the MTL shall be composed of wetted materials that do not include aluminum alloys or alloys with greater than five percent copper. Table 4. Note 10.5.1. DELETED.1.1-1. Payloads which connect to EXPRESS Rack water cooling system shall use fluids that meet the requirements specified in SSP 30573.3. B.9. Table 4.8. D. Payloads which connect to EXPRESS Rack shall meet the fluid system cleanliness levels specified in SSP 30573. The Low Temperature Loop (LTL) and MTL heat transport fluid is designed for use with stainless steel. Table 4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 5. nickel base and titanium alloys. This is in accordance with SSP 30573.8.

3. frequency. If used in a water-cooled payload.12. Moisture and Fungus Resistance. and technique must provide representative samples of liquid or gas being tested to assure that.9 ºC).5. WATER LOOP PRESSURE DROP 5.5. This is in accordance with SSP 30233.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 E. Table 4.5 The pressure drop between the inlet and outlet QDs (including the QDs and connecting hoses) of payloads utilizing the EXPRESS Rack water cooling system interface shall be 2. 5.4 THERMAL EXPANSION A.3.3. Water-cooled payloads shall arrive on-orbit fully charged with water as specified in SSP 30573. C. paragraph 4.1. 5-32 .8.1.3 ± 1. The subrack payloads connected to the MTL nonmetallic wetted surfaces shall be composed of materials that are non-nutrient to fungal growth inside the MTL systems.2. designed with either a suitable containment concept or an expansion device. and SSP 30573. Note 11.15 pounds per square inch differential (psid) (19. with the sampling approach utilized.7 liters.1. the fluid meets the requirements at the interface.80 ± 0. DELETED.67 ºC) to 120 ºF (48. an expansion device shall not actuate at a pressure less than 100 psia (690 kPa) while connected to the EXPRESS Rack or Internal Thermal Control System (ITCS).5.5.6 QD AIR INCLUSION Payload-provided QD air inclusion shall be less than or equal to .1.10. TABLE 5-VI DELETED TABLE 5-VII DELETED 5. The sampling location. 5.03 kPa) at the desired flow rate. (2) Note: Transportation temperature ranges are from 35 ºF (1.3 WATER QUANTITY Payloads shall have a water volume of no greater than 3.3. Space Station Requirements for Materials and Processes. B. (1) Water-cooled payloads shall allow for thermal expansion between 61 °F (16 °C) and 115 °F (46 °C).30 cubic centimeters (cc) maximum per mate/demate cycle.

4.3.9 WATER COOLANT SUPPLY TEMPERATURE Payloads will be compatible with water cooling system water supplied at a non-selectable temperature within the following range: 61 to 73. COL.1.3. The EXPRESS Rack does not provide an interface to the ISS VRS.1. 5.2 5. Paragraph 5. Note: The maximum allowable heat dissipation for the integrated EXPRESS Rack is limited to 2.1. TABLE 5-VIII DELETED (MOVED TO TABLE 5.4 DELETED VACUUM EXHAUST SYSTEM/WASTE GAS SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS (USL.5.3. COL. 5.1.1 to 23 ºC). 5.3.1.1-1. JEM) Payloads requiring ISS provided VES/WGS vacuum exhaust services will interface to the EXPRESS Rack-provided QD at the end of the VES/WGS lines as shown in Figure 5. 5.1.002 cc/hr of H2O at 125 psia +5/ 3 psia at 70 ± 5 °F.4.5.8 WATER COOLANT FLOW RATE Payloads requiring water cooling system shall be designed to a value within the following available range: 50 to 200 lbm/hr.11 MAXIMUM WATER COOLANT SYSTEM PRESSURE Payloads shall be compatible with the water coolant system loop MDP of 121 psia (834 kPa) with safety factors in accordance with SSP 52005.5.5.1.3. 5-33 . The flow rate to the payload cannot be adjusted to a different value once the payload is integrated into the EXPRESS Rack. based on 0.0975 lbm/hr water flow per watt.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5.1 PHYSICAL INTERFACE (USL.4 ºF (16.5.10 WATER COOLANT RETURN TEMPERATURE The maximum return temperature from the payload to the cooling system water loop shall be less than 120 °F (48. This includes any water loss due to mate/demate of the QDs.7 LEAK RATE September 2009 The total allowable leakage by the payload equipment shall be less than 0.9 °C).2-1) 5. JEM) The EXPRESS Rack provides one interface to the ISS VES/WGS. 5.3.1.3.3.000 W for all water cooled and air cooled payload hardware items and will be suballocated to each individual payload by the ISS.

leakage.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Standard vent lines and QDs will be provided to the PD from the ERO. The PD must consider the QD in all of the required design analyses (e. flow. FIGURE 5.1-1 VES/WGS PHYSICAL INTERFACE 5-34 ..). etc. P.g.

1.5A and the EXPRESS Rack wetted materials listed below.4. JEM) The total allowable leakage by the payload equipment including payload provided quick disconnect and hoses shall be less than 5 x 10-4 standard cubic centimeters per second (sccs) of GHe at 40 psia equivalent at 70 ± 5 °F (18 to 23. COL.6.7 ACCEPTABLE EXHAUST GASES (USL.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5.4.5 °C).4.2 INPUT PRESSURE LIMIT (USL. MDP) from the payload to the VES/WGS shall be 40 psia (276 kPa). Note: The EXPRESS Rack provides a pass through for access to the VES/WGS. Paragraph 5.3 INPUT TEMPERATURE LIMIT (USL. 5. as defined in SSP 57000.5 VACUUM EXHAUST SYSTEM (VES)/WASTE GAS SYSTEM (WGS) MDP The MDP of the VES/WGS is 40 psia (276 kPa).e.3) and be two fault tolerant against failure conditions which would exceed VES/WGS MDP.1. PD hardware shall be compatible with this MDP (using the safety factors specified in SSP 52005.6 LEAK RATE (USL. 5.9 °C). COL.4. JEM) Payload gases disposed into the ISS VES/WGS shall be compatible with the vacuum exhaust wetted materials of respective laboratory (ies) in which the payload will operate. JEM) The initial dewpoint of gases disposed into the VES/WGS by the payload shall be 60 °F (15. COL. paragraph 3.4.4 INPUT DEWPOINT LIMIT (USL.. JEM) The initial input temperature of gases disposed into the VES/WGS by the payload shall be 60 to 113 °F (16 to 45 °C). COL.4. 304 CRES 15-5 CRES 316L CRES 321 CRES 347 CRES 6AL-4V Titanium 302 CRES 301 CRES 316 CRES Nedox Chemlock 236A Bonding Agent/Chemlock 205 Primer 5-35 . COL. 5. 5. 5. JEM) September 2009 The maximum interface pressure (i.

5.7.1-1 DELETED B.4. Gases not included in SSP 57000. and molecular deposition on external ISS surfaces.1b.4 of SSP 30426. JEM) A.7. TABLE 5. Payloads venting to the ISS VES/WGS shall remove particulates that are larger than 100 micrometers in size from vent gases.7-1 DELETED 5. particulates.3 DELETED A. concentration. and pressure to the rack integrator. Appendix D will be evaluated for compatibility with the ISS VES/WGS by the ISS Lab integrator. COL. COL. Appendix D.2 EXTERNAL CONTAMINATION CONTROL (USL. storage.7. 5. TABLE 5. Where applicable. Payload exhaust gases vented to the ISS VES/WGS shall be non-reactive with other vent gas mixture constituents created by the respective payload. containment hardware for incompatible exhaust gases must meet the redundant container requirements specified in NSS 1700.4. temperature. DELETED. and transport hardware for gases that are incompatible with the vacuum exhaust or external environment. DELETED. JEM) Payload gases disposed into the VES/WGS shall meet the requirements of Paragraph 3. C. ISS Addendum.7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 EPR (Ethylene Propylene Rubber) Teflon 815Z Braycote Lubricant Note: The payload developer is responsible for providing containment. 5-36 . Payloads venting to the ISS VES/WGS shall provide a means of removing gases that would adhere to the ISS VES/WGS tubing walls at a wall temperature of 40 ºF (4 ºC) and at a pressure of 10-3 torr.4.7. B. initial volume. Gases compatible with the ISS VES/WGS (not including the EXPRESS VES) are listed in SSP 57000.4. for molecular column density. A payload shall submit a list of all proposed vent gas constituents.4. Space Station External Contamination Control Requirements. Paragraph 209. D.1 ACCEPTABLE GASES (USL.

10-1.8 UTILITY CONTROL A. Mtot P 0V B. over any 110-minute period to one of the following limits: 0. Total Mass Venting Limit. Pressure-Volume Venting Limit.2.4. 5-37 .10-2. kg). B. pounds per square inch (psi)) and volume (V. over any nine (9)-minute period to one of the following limits: 0.0344 MolWt 12606 MolWt where MolWt is the average molecular weight of the vented gases. 5.4. the Columbus Module or the JEM Vacuum Systems.8 kg/kg-mole. Mtot P 0V Note: Figure 5. illustrates the application of the equations in subparagraph B for the venting of air with an average molecular weight of 28. or ISS attitude rate limits are not exceeded. Payloads shall limit the total mass of vented gases (Mtot. illustrates the application of the equations in subparagraph A for the venting of air with an average molecular weight of 28. The purpose of these limits is to ensure that the Control Moment Gyros are not saturated.4. psi) and volume (V. 5. due to momentum caused by vent gas impingement upon ISS structures such as arrays and radiators. VACUUM OUTGASSING REQUIREMENTS EXPRESS Rack payloads non-metallic materials.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 5. Figure 5. liters) of their vented gases.8 kg/kg-mol. liters) of their vented gases.0549 MolWt 20107 MolWt where MolWt is the average molecular weight of the vented gases. If a manual isolation valve is used.4. which are exposed to pressures less than one (1) torr via the USL.7 of SSP 30233.4. or the initial pressure (P0. it shall be accessible from the front of the rack.9 The payload design shall incorporate an isolation valve. or the initial pressure (P0.10 LIMIT AMOUNT OF VENTED GASES A. shall meet the vacuum outgassing requirements of Paragraph 4. Payloads shall limit the total mass of vented gases (Mtot. kilogram (kg)).

4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 5.10-1 TOTAL MASS VENTING LIMIT FIGURE 5.10-2 PRESSURE – VOLUME VENTING LIMIT 5-38 .4.

5. P.5. GN2 lines with QDs and mating QD halves will be provided to the PD from the ERO as identified in the EIA. 5. FIGURE 5.1-1 GN2 PHYSICAL INTERFACE 5-39 . The PD must consider the QD in all of the required design analyses (e.1 PHYSICAL INTERFACE Payloads requiring GN2 will interface to the EXPRESS Rack provided QD at the end of the GN2 lines as shown in Figure 5..g.5.5 GASEOUS NITROGEN (GN2) INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS The only standard inert gas available to EXPRESS Rack payloads is GN2.1-1. leakage. etc.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 5. flow.).

5. The payload shall be charged with GN2 Grade C to a pressure no greater than 70 psia (480 kPa). for control of a pressurized gas. 5.7-1.3. 5.4 5. The payload shall meet the fluid system cleanliness requirements specified in SSP 30573. Table 4. C. Operations Fluid.5.1.5.5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 5.3 All PD hardware shall be compatible with an MDP of 200 psia for the GN2 supply with safety factors in accordance with SSP 52005.5. 5.5.6 LEAK RATE The total allowable leakage by the PD equipment including payload provided quick disconnect and hoses shall be less than 5 x 10-4 sccs of GN2 at 200 psia equivalent at 70 ± 5 °F (18 to 23. B. Paragraph 5. 5-40 .5 DELETED TEMPERATURE The payload hardware will be compatible with a GN2 interface temperature range of 60 °F to 120 °F (15 °C to 49 °C).5.9 °C).2 UTILITY CONTROL September 2009 A.43 hr when connected to the nitrogen interface operating pressure range of 75 to 135 psia (517 to 931 kPa). Payload Nitrogen Quality (reference SSP 30573). the valve shall be accessible from the front of the rack. 5. If a manual valve is employed. The payload shall be compatible with the GN2 supplied by the ISS per Table 5.7 GN2 CHARACTERISTICS A.6. The payload shall provide a valve located within the payload volume to turn ON and OFF the flow of nitrogen to the payload. The payload shall provide a valve located within the payload volume to control the flow lbm kg of GN2 to not exceed 12 hr 5.1-1. B. GN2 SYSTEM MDP C.

0 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 5.1 ppm (max) 1.5 5.0 0. ppm Argon. °F.0 5. ppm Water.5 ppm (max) 1. @ 70 °F (21. ppm Dewpoint. ppm Carbon Dioxide. ppm Carbon Monoxide.0 N/A 20. ppm Total Hydrocarbons ppm as CH4 Halogenated Solvents Oxygen. (760 mmHg) Hydrogen.1 °C). ppm Aromatic Hydrocarbons (as Benzene) Halogenated Hydrocarbons Chlorinated Hydrocarbons Nitrous Oxide Odor 99. minimum % by volume Total Impurities.0 5.0 ppm (max) None detectable REQUIREMENTS 5-41 .7-1 PAYLOAD NITROGEN QUALITY CHARACTERISTICS Nitrogen.0 ppm (max) 0.0 2.7 84 0.995 50.5.

15-A MO63P Outlet Characteristics (Controlled in the Middeck IDD). Figure 6.2-1.0 ELECTRICAL POWER INTERFACES September 2009 For purposes of Electrical Power Interface specifications. Middeck DC Power Distribution and 6.2-2. Vac electrical service via various power panels shown in Figures 6.2 ELECTRICAL POWER/ENERGY DELETED POWER AND VOLTAGE – SHUTTLE/MIDDECK The Shuttle Middeck and aft flight deck provide both 28 ± 4 Vdc and 115 ± 5 volts.2-4.2-3. or crew. 20-A MUP Outlet Characteristics (Controlled in the Middeck IDD). 10-A MUP Characteristic (Controlled in the Middeck IDD).2-6. The power characteristics of these interfaces are shown in Figure 6.1.2-7.1. and Figure 6. All power interfacing cables are Shuttle provided. other payloads.1. compatibility is defined as operating without producing an unsafe condition and/or resulting in damage to EXPRESS Rack.1 6. 6. Ceiling DC Outlet Characteristic (Controlled in the Middeck IDD).1. Figure 6. 10-A MO63P Outlet Characteristics (Controlled in the Middeck IDD).1. AC Power Distribution (Middeck and Aft Flight Deck).1 6.1. other ISS (or Shuttle/Middeck) hardware items. Figure 6.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 6.1.2-5.1. 6-1 .

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 MO52J MIDDECK DISTRIBUTION CONTROL ASSEMBLY (MDCA-1) 35A FC1 M 35A MOTOR SWITCH PANEL O14 CB10 PANEL O19 J2 FLIGHT DECK UTILITY MNA 10A S2 PANEL MO52J PANEL R1A1 S10 S1 J1 MIDDECK UTILITY MO13Q MIDDECK DISTRIBUTION CONTROL ASSEMBLY (MDCA-2) 35A FC2 M MOTOR SWITCH 35A MNB PANEL F1 PANEL O15 CB9 10A S1 J3 FLIGHT DECK UTILITY PANEL MO13Q PANEL R1A1 S11 S11 J1 MIDDECK UTILITY FIGURE 6.1.2-1 MIDDECK DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (SHEET 1 OF 4) 6-2 .

1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 MO30F MIDDECK DISTRIBUTION CONTROL ASSEMBLY (MDCA-3) 35A FC3 M MOTOR SWITCH 35A MNC PANEL A11 PANEL O16 CB9 10A S13 J4 FLIGHT DECK UTILITY PANEL MO30F PANEL R1A1 S13 S1 J2 MIDDECK UTILITY PANEL A15A1 J2 FLIGHT DECK UTILITY S2 FIGURE 6.2-1 MIDDECK DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (SHEET 2 OF 4) 6-3 .

1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 MUP (ML85E) CB2 J12 20 AMP 35 AMP 10 AMP CB3 S2 J13 S3 J11 CB4 J22 20 AMP 35 AMP 10 AMP CB5 S4 J23 S5 J21 CB7 3 AMP CB6 S6 J5 M N B U S B NOTE: OUTLETS J11 AND J21 ARE ONLY AVAILABLE WHEN ASSOCIATED 10 AMP OUTLETS ARE NOT USED (J12 & J13. J5 OUTLET RESERVED FOR MAR COOLING PUMP. J22 & J23). FIGURE 6.2-1 MIDDECK DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (SHEET 3 OF 4) 6-4 .

6 ft 16.4 ft P312 1.3 ft FIGURE 6.CB2 (15A) K1 A J2 Xo 576 CB1 (3A) S2 SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H C D (40W12) J11 8 AWG (30W3) P312 A2J7 P1 8 AWG CB3 (10A) J1 BUS 'C' S3 J K J3 F17 (35A) C A 8 AWG A C D CB4 (10A) S1 L F18 (35A) E30 D B P91 S4 J K L J4 29.1.2-1 MIDDECK DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (SHEET 4 OF 4) 6-5 CB5 (15A) MDCA 3 S7 K2 A C J5 S5 CB6 (10A) D S6 J K L J6 MO63P (Expansion Panel) September 2009 .

2-2 AC POWER DISTRIBUTION (MIDDECK AND AFT FLIGHT DECK) 6-6 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 6.1.

5 25 24.2-3 CEILING DC OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 6-7 .5 19 18.5 21 20.1.5 24 23.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 28 27..5 27 26.5 23 22.5 20 19.5 September 2009 Voltage (Vdc) at end of 20 ft.5 18 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 210 225 240 NOTE: WORST CASE REPRESENTATIVE CURVE Power (Watts) FIGURE 6. 16 AWG interface cable 26 25.5 22 21.

5 25 24.5 26 25. 16 AWG interface cable 26.1.5 27 Voltage at end of 20 ft.5 24 Note: Assumes companion outlet has payload drawing 220 Watts 23.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 28 27.2-4 10-A MUP CHARACTERISTICS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 6-8 .5 23 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 210 225 240 Power (Watts) FIGURE 6..

5 23 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 210 225 240 255 Power (Watts) FIGURE 6.5 26 25.2-5 10 AMP MO63P OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS 6-9 .1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 28 27.. 16 AWG interface cable 26.5 24 23.5 27 Voltage at end of 20 ft.5 25 Note: Assumes companion outlet loads of: 340 Watts from 15 Amp outlet & 220 Watts from 10 Amp outlet 24.

5 FIGURE 6.5 24 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 390 420 450 480 Power (Watts) 6-10 . 12 AWG interface cable 27 26.1.2-7 20-A MUP OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) Voltage at end of 20 ft.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 28 September 2009 27..5 Voltage at end of 20 ft.5 25 Note: Assumes companion outlet loads of: 220 Watts from two 10 Amp outlets 24.2-6 15 AMP MO63P OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS 28 27.5 26 25.1..5 26 25.5 24 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 Pow er (Watts) FIGURE 6. 12 AWG interface cable 27 26.5 25 24.

1.1. Payload electrical power distribution circuitry must be designed such that electrical faults do not present a hazard to the Orbiter or crew.0 amps).1 CURRENT LIMITING September 2009 Circuit protection for each middeck ceiling outlet is provided by a 10 amp circuit breaker (derated to 9.25 amps).5 Vdc power to the payloads which are integrated into the rack. Circuit protection for panel MO63P outlets is provided by 10 amp and 15 amp circuit breakers (derated respectively to 9. 6.2. Cargo element circuit protection design shall comply with NASA electrical design criteria for cargo element circuit protection as defined in NSTS 18798. Refer to figure 6.0 A.2 EXPRESS RACK DC POWER CHARACTERISTICS The following paragraphs define all of the ““design to”” requirements for payloads which interface to the EXPRESS electrical power subsystem.1.2.1.2. This figure is applicable at current ranges of 1.2. Circuit protection for ML85E (MUP) outlets is provided by 10 amp and 20 amp circuit breakers (derated respectively to 9.5 and 14. 6.5/-2.5 amps) which in some cases will also protect aft flight deck utility outlets.2-1 for each utility power distribution system.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 6.0 to 20. This includes the worst case interface cable voltage drop.5 and 19. The EXPRESS Rack panels also provide an ““ON/OFF”” toggle switch for manual power control to each EXPRESS Rack payload position (both MDL and ISIS drawer). 6-11 .1 28 VDC POWER AND VOLTAGE The EXPRESS Rack provides 28 + 1. This figure is applicable to turn ““on”” and turn ““off”” events. 6. Circuit protection devices must be incorporated into the payload design when payload power distribution wiring is routed within the crew volume.1 VOLTAGE LEVELS Payloads shall be compatible with the interface voltage levels as shown in Figure 6. The physical connections are either via connections on the EXPRESS Rack upper or lower connector panels for each MDL payload or via ““blind”” self mating connectors in the rear of the EXPRESS Rack for ISIS drawer mounted payloads.1-1.

2-1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 6.1.2.1-1 1-A TO 20-A (PAYLOAD CURRENT DRAW). 6-12 . EXPRESS Rack Power Performance Values.2 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE The output resistance for each of the power outputs of the EXPRESS Rack is defined in Table 6. 28 VDC OUTLET CHARACTERISTICS 6.2.1.1.2.

1.2-1. and 20-A SSPCM settings. 10-A. 6. Each SSPC may be set via software commands to output current ratings of 5 A. This requirement can also be satisfied when the analysis shows the payload’’s input is capacitive and 50 F/A of the Solid State Power Controller (SSPC) rated output current. 10 A. and 20 A. The family of curves is indicated for 5-A.2.2.2-1. 15 A.1. 6.1.2. Refer to Figure 6.2.0 mohms* 600 A 450 A 2A 4 Joules 2 Joules Reverse Energy Capacitive All Ratings Inductive All Ratings Notes: Temperature reference is 25 C.1.4 REVERSE ENERGY Reverse energy is defined as the energy flowing into an SSPCM power output from an external source of energy.2.1.2 OVERLOAD PROTECTION The direct current (DC) power is provided to each payload via software commandable SSPCMs. 6. The reverse current limitation requirements for which each payload connection shall comply are defined in Table 6. 15-A.2. The reverse energy limitation requirements for which each payload connection shall comply are defined in Table 6.2-1 for a simplified schematic of the power distribution subsystem. 6.3 REVERSE CURRENT Reverse current is defined as the current flowing into a Solid State Power Controller Module (SSPCM) power output from an external source of energy.1.2.5 SOFT START/STOP The SSPC provides a soft start/stop of approximately one (1) msec to reach nominal current or to turn ““OFF””. The trip characteristics for the SSPCs are presented in Figure 6.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 6.2-1 EXPRESS RACK POWER PERFORMANCE VALUES POWER PARAMETER LIMITS/RATING VALUE Output Resistance Reverse Current +28 Vdc/20 A Pulse t < 10 sec Peak t < 1 msec/All Ratings Steady-State (t > 1 sec)/All Ratings 30. * Output resistance value does not include EXPRESS Rack cable resistance.2-2.2. 6-13 .2.

2-1 EXPRESS RACK POWER DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM AND SSPCM INTERCONNECTIONS .2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 6-14 September 2009 FIGURE 6.

1.2. except that an operating handle or operating button of a circuit breaker. and similar parts may project outside the enclosure.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 6.1 DEVICE ACCESSIBILITY A payload overload protective device shall not be accessible without opening a door or cover.2.2.2.1 OVERLOAD PROTECTION DEVICE The payload shall provide an overload protection device in the power input lines. 6-15 .2.2-2 SSPCM TRIP CURVE 6. the cap of an extractor type fuse holder. 6.

2 LOCATION September 2009 Payload overload protection devices (fuses and circuit breakers) intended to be manually replaced or physically reset on orbit shall be located where they can be seen and replaced or reset without removing other components.2. Electrical. 6.2-2. Note: The 28 Vdc power and return wire must be sized to carry 24 A to the payload’’s first overload protection device. The payload shall provide isolation (minimum of 1. 6-16 .2. The payload equipment shall be compatible with this specification. The SSPC will activate to a resistive load sized for the rated output current or a capacitive load of 50 µF/A of rated output current.2. Note: 200 °C electrical wiring insulation will be used in the EXPRESS Rack and Shuttle Middeck. and NASA SSP 30312G.2. 6. such that electrical faults do not damage EXPRESS Rack wiring nor present a hazard to the EXPRESS Rack. This maximum current considers two failures (incorrect setting of the SSPCM output to 20 A and a ““Smart Short””). The SSPC is a current limiting device.2.2.5.2. Payload electrical power distribution circuitry shall be designed in accordance with NSTS/ISS 18798.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 6.0 megohm) of the 28 Vdc outputs such that the power and return lines from each 28 Vdc source are isolated from each other. The payload equipment shall be compatible with this specification. D. Each power output of the SSPCM will limit the current within 100.1. B.4 EXTRACTOR TYPE FUSE HOLDER The design of the extractor type fuse holder shall be such that the fuse is extracted when the cap is removed. other ISS hardware items. Paragraph B3. JSC Memo TA-92-038.2.2. Electronic/Electromechanical (EEE) and Mechanical Parts Management and Implementation Plan for Space Station Program. C. or crew.1.3 CURRENT LIMITING A. 6.1.3 OVERLOAD PROTECTION IDENTIFICATION Each payload protector (fuse or circuit breaker) intended to be manually replaced or physically reset on orbit shall be readily identified or keyed for its proper value. other payloads. Protection of Payload Electrical Power Circuits.0 µs of an over current to a value less than the maximum current limit value as depicted in Figure 6. Payloads that require multiple power inputs or more power than can be provided by a single power output may use more than one 28 Vdc output.

3.2 In flight and ground DC power transient spikes appear at the payload interface measured differential mode (line-to-line). 2. 6-17 . during the orbiter hydraulic circulation pump startup (duration <300 milliseconds (ms)).2-1. In-Flight and Ground DC Power Positive Transients (Measured Line-to-Line) At All Cargo Element DC Power Interfaces and Figure 6. 1.28 V peak-to-peak at 70 kHz. thereafter remaining constant to 250 (kHz).3. The payload equipment shall be compatible with in-flight DC power transient spikes described in Figure 6.5V peak-to-peak at 70 kHz. The payload shall be compatible with the Shuttle in-flight DC power bus ripple characteristics in which the momentary coincidence of two or more signals at any one frequency will not exceed the envelope defined as 1.1 IN FLIGHT DC POWER BUS RIPPLE AT THE INTERFACE SHUTTLE/MIDDECK A.6 V peak-to-peak (30 Hz to 7 Kilo (K) Hz). IN-FLIGHT AND GROUND DC POWER TRANSIENT SPIKES (REPETITIVE) SHUTTLE/MIDDECK 6. In-Flight and Ground DC Power Negative Transients At All Cargo Element DC Power Interfaces. The following information is actually controlled in the Middeck IDD. thereafter remaining constant to 250 kHz.2-2.3 RIPPLE AND TRANSIENT SPIKE (REPETITIVE) LIMITS SHUTTLE/MIDDECK September 2009 Ripple and transient spike limits for electrical power provided by the Shuttle/Middeck at the indicated interfaces will not exceed the voltage values specified in the following paragraphs. falling 10 dB per decade to 0. The payload shall be compatible with an on-orbit 28 volt DC power bus sawtooth ripple voltage of 4 V peak-to-peak amplitude at a frequency of 500 to 700 Hz. The payload shall be compatible with the in-flight DC power bus ripple characteristics at the Shuttle interface of 0. B.90 volts (V) peak-to-peak narrowband (30 Hz to 7 kilohertz (kHz)) falling 10 dB per decade to 0.3.3. 6.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 6.

2-1 IN FLIGHT AND GROUND DC POWER POSITIVE TRANSIENTS (MEASURED LINE-TO-LINE) AT ALL CARGO ELEMENT DC POWER INTERFACES 6-18 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 6.3.

hydraulic circulation pump start-up will produce voltage transients on the DC power bus connected to the pump and all sub-buses for that bus. 6-19 ..e.3 GROUND DC POWER . The payload shall be compatible with ground DC power bus voltage transients B. The payload shall be compatible with the Shuttle/Middeck ground DC power (i. prelaunch and/or postlanding) narrowband ripple voltage at the interface not exceeding the envelope limits of 1. thereafter remaining constant to 250 kHz. falling log-linear to 0.5 V peak-to-peak at 70 kHz.e. C.2-2 IN FLIGHT AND GROUND DC POWER NEGATIVE TRANSIENTS AT ALL CARGO ELEMENT DC POWER INTERFACES 6. falling log-linear to 0. thereafter remaining constant to 250 kHz.3.2 V peak-to-peak (30 Hz to 7 kHz). D. prelaunch and/or postlanding) in which the momentary coincidence of two or more signals at any one frequency will not exceed an envelope with limits of 2 V peak-to-peak (30 Hz to 7 kHz). The payload shall be compatible with the Shuttle/Middeck ground DC power (i. DELETED When the orbiter is on ground power.SHUTTLE/MIDDECK A.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 6.3.28 V peak-to-peak at 70 kHz..

3. 6.1-1 MIDDECK UTILITY POWER PROVISIONS (SHEET 1 OF 5) 6-20 . for connector panel layouts). The AC power available from any panel will be limited to 300 volt amps (VA).3. Payload AC loads greater than 100 VA shall be balanced three (3) phase loads.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 produced by hydraulic pump start-up that have a base frequency between 500 to 700 Hz with duration of approximately 250 to 300 milliseconds and amplitude of 14 volts. Middeck Utility Power Provisions.3.1 AC POWER CHARACTERISTICS SHUTTLE/MIDDECK MIDDECK POWER AND VOLTAGE Orbiter AC power is available as an optional service to payloads via outlet panels M013Q and Middeck Utility Panel (MUP) (refer to Figure 6.4. Forward Avionics Bay 1 Avionics Bay 2 Port Side ML85E (MUP) Bay 1 MO30F Bay 2 Starboard Side * Not available to payloads during ascent or descent (Crew Suit Cooling Units) MO52J * Not available to payloads during ascent or descent (Crew Suit Cooling Units) Middeck Payload Locker Locations External Hatch MO13Q MO63P Bay 3A WCS Avionics Bay 3B Airlock removed from this area. Avionics Bay 3A FIGURE 6.3.1-1. AC power is not available during pre-launch and ascent/descent mission phases.4.4 6.

4.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 DC UTILITY POWER MN C FIRE HOLE (S1) ON (J2) OFF MO30F (8OV73A123) DC UTILITY POWER MN A ON (S1) (J1) OFF MASTER ALARM (S3) (R) AC UTILITY POWER AC 1 ON (S2) FIRE HOLE (J2) OFF MO52J (8OV73A124) FIGURE 6.1-1 MIDDECK UTILITY POWER PROVISIONS(SHEET 2 OF 5) 6-21 .

1-1 MIDDECK UTILITY POWER PROVISIONS 6-22 (SHEET 3 OF 5) September 2009 .4.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H MID DECK FLOODS LTG MO13Q 3 ON 6 ON ON 1 ON OFF 4 ON OFF 2 ON OFF 5 ON OFF OFF OFF 8 ON OFF OFF OFF 7 ON OFF AIRLOCK 2 ON/OFF TUNNEL ADAPTER 1 ON/OFF DC UTILITY POWER MN B ON AC3 OFF S11 J1 AC UTILITY POWER ON OFF OFF M013Q J2 S12 FIRE HOLE FIGURE 6.

3.4.1-1 MIDDECK UTILITY POWER PROVISIONS(SHEET 4 OF 5) 6-23 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 ML85E PUMPS DC AC DC 10 AMP MN B PUMPS ON OFF DC 20 AMP J3 J21 20 AMP J2 J11 J5 J31 ON J12 ON J13 ON J22 ON J23 ON S6 3 P U 2 M P OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF S1 J7 1 S2 10 S3 10 S4 10 S5 10 CB7 3 P U 1 M P CB1 CB2 CB3 CB4 CB5 CB6 FIGURE 6.

1.3. 6.5 percent.3. 6-24 .1-1 MIDDECK UTILITY POWER PROVISIONS(SHEET 5 OF 5) 6.1 OVERLOAD PROTECTION Circuit protection for the Middeck ceiling outlets and MUP is provided by three (3) amp. Shuttle/Middeck AC Power Bus Voltage Characteristics.4. In addition.1. Refer to Figure 6.85 amps).2-1.1. circuit breakers (derated 2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 CB4/J4 ON ON ON ON ON CB5/J5 CB3/J3 OFF J2 OFF J3 POWER SELECT 15A 10A OFF J4 OFF J5 POWER SELECT 15A 10A OFF J6 CB6/J6 CB2/J2 RLY PWR MO63 FIGURE 6. The circuit breaker for the Middeck ceiling outlets also protects the aft flight deck utility outlets.2-2 for each utility power distribution system.2 VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS The design of payloads that will use Shuttle Middeck AC power shall be compatible with the AC power bus voltage characteristics defined in Table 6.4.3.1. Inverter losses in supplying AC power to the cargo must be included in calcuation of Cargo changeable energy.3. per phase.4.4. the average Orbiter Inverter efficiency is 76.

2-1 SHUTTLE/MIDDECK AC POWER BUS VOTAGE CHARACTERISTICS VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION Voltage System: 115 volts RMS Steady-state: 115 ±5 volts RMS Modulation: 3.1.4.3.15 Total Harmonic: five (5) percent of the fundamental Individual Harmonic: four (4) percent of the fundamental RMS when measured with a harmonic analyzer.3.3.4. The fully loaded equipment loads must present a power factor on the worst phase within the limits defined in Figure 6.5 volts maximum when measured as the peak-to-valley difference between the maximum and minimum voltages reached over a period of at least one second.1. Spikes: -600 volts to +600 volts (refer to paragraph 6.3) Frequency Limits: 400 ±7 Modulation: ±1 Hz Waveform Sine with crest factor of 1.1. Phase Sequence: A-B-C Displacement: 120 ± 2° Power Factor Equipment must present as near unity power factor as practicable. 6-25 . Power Factor Limits for Utilization Equipment.41 + 0.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 6. Transient Limits: 115 ±15 volts RMS –– with 5 to 10 msec recovery to steadystate limits.2-1.

3.4.2-1 POWER FACTOR LIMITS FOR UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT 6-26 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 6.1.

5 volts RMS from 30 Hz to 1.3. B. but rather to define stress levels for design purposes. Payload equipment shall be compatible with orbiter AC power bus ripple voltage not exceeding 1.3. are not controlled.1.1. Therefore. the transient spikes measured on the three phases will not exceed the levels defined in Figure 6.3-1 is not intended to represent actual spikes. With the AC neutral line grounded to Orbiter structure. Payloads shall not use AC powered electronic loads to control safety critical functions.4.5 kHz falling to 0.1.4. Envelope of Shuttle-Produced spikes on the AC Power Bus for AC system operation.4.3-1. 6-27 .6 volts RMS at 50kHz.3. of less than one millisecond duration. thereafter. Shuttle produced transients on the AC power buses. the use of electronic loads on the Orbiter AC power busses is strongly discouraged.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 6. Figure 6. except that the ripple will not exceed 4 percent RMS of the AC line voltage at inverter harmonic frequencies. remaining constant to 250 kHz.3 AC POWER RIPPLE AND TRANSIENTS September 2009 A. The impedance into which the spikes are generated will be 50 ohms minimum for significant frequency components of the spikes.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 6.3-1 ENVELOPE OF SHUTTLE-PRODUCED SPIKES ON THE AC POWER BUS 6-28 .1.3.4.

0.1 STARTUP CONDITION SPIKES Startup condition spikes for electrical power provided by the EXPRESS Rack SSPCM will not exceed the envelope shown in Figure 6.4.1 0.4 September 2009 RIPPLE AND TRANSIENT SPIKES (REPETITIVE) LIMITS ISS Ripple limits for electrical power provided by the EXPRESS Rack SSPCM at the indicated interfaces will not exceed the voltage values shown in Figure 6.4 10 Hz. 6.0 volt peak-topeak composite value for no load to full load over a measurable bandwidth from DC to 20 MHz.1-1.4-1 MAXIMUM RIPPLE VOLTAGE SPECTRAL COMPONENTS FOR 28 VDC INTERFACE (SSPCM OUTPUT) 6.2 (50 kHz. The payload will be compatible with these characteristics.14 Vrms) 0.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 6.4-1.35 Vrms) (2 kHz) 0.3 Volts (rms) 0. 6-29 .4. 0.2 DIFFERENTIAL MODE PARD (NOISE/RIPPLE) The differential mode Periodic and Random Deviation (PARD) will not exceed 1. 0. Payloads will be compatible with these characteristics.5 0. Payloads will be compatible with these characteristics.1.2.0 10 100 1K 10 K 100 K 1M 10 M 100 M FREQUENCY (Hz) FIGURE 6.

DELETED B. and NSTS 1700. EXPRESS Rack payload safety-critical circuits controlling catastrophic hazards shall meet the margins defined in ““C”” below.2.2. and the radiated susceptibility limits specified in SSP 30237. D.1 LIMITATIONS ON PAYLOAD UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER ON ORBIT TRANSFER Payloads requiring on orbit transfer shall be designed to withstand up to 30 minutes without Orbiter supplied power. 6. DELETED. 6. For EXPRESS Rack payloads with safety-critical circuits.5.5 6.2. Paragraph 3. Conducted Susceptibility.4. E. ET12-90-115.7 Addendum. DELETED.3 A.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Note: No verification is needed. This requirement is covered in SSP 52000-IDD-ERP. DELETED. as specified in JSC 20793. DELETED. memorandum JSC. EMI safety margins for firing circuits of critical electroexplosive devices shall be demonstrated to be 20 dB by test or 34 dB by analysis.3.5.2 6. 6-30 . Crewed Space Vehicle Battery Safety Handbook. All EXPRESS Rack payload safety-critical circuits shall meet the redundancy requirements defined in NSTS/ISS 18798.4.2 SAFETY CRITICAL CIRCUITS Safety-critical circuits are any electrical circuits that are used to control a hazard.3.1 PAYLOAD ELECTRICAL SAFETY/HAZARDS BATTERIES Payloads shall meet the requirements for batteries. Circuits implementing critical functions such that incorrect operations due to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) could result in loss of life or loss of ISS shall be demonstrated to have an EMI safety margin of 6 dB by test or 20 dB by analysis.5.1. 6. C. for the conducted susceptibility limits specified in Paragraph 7. Separation of Redundant Safety-Critical Circuits. DELETED.1.5. C. the following specific requirements will apply: A. Space Station Electromagnetic Emission and Susceptibility Requirements. Paragraph 7. B.2.5. 6.

6.3. 6.5.4 6. MA2-99-170.5. A.3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR MATING/DEMATING (POWERED) If paragraph 6.6 6.5. the payload shall comply with the requirements for mating/demating of powered connectors specified in NSTS/ISS 18798.6. Connector interfaces categorized as high-power connectors shall meet the following requirements (high-power connector interfaces are those that do not limit the short circuit B. 6. or connectors must not be mated or demated until voltages have been removed (dead-faced) from the powered side(s) of the connectors.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE 6-II DELETED 6. Payload connectors shall be specifically designed and approved for mating and demating in the existing environment under the loads being carried. 6.6.5.6.1 ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS CONNECTOR PINS/SOCKETS The powered side of a connector pair shall be terminated in sockets rather than pins.2 is not feasible. Orbiter or EXPRESS Rack supplied power to the payload during on-orbit operation shall not result in the payload producing an unsafe or hazardous condition.1 AUTOMATIC STARTING AFTER POWER LOSS Switches/controls shall be employed that prevent automatic starting after an overload initiated shutdown. 6-31 . 6. Crew Mating/Demating of Powered Connectors. This could be done by utilizing a switch or circuit breaker which can be activated either remotely (via ground command or laptop) or manually.2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR MATING/DEMATING (UNPOWERED) Payload connectors shall not be mated or demated until voltages have been removed (dead faced) from the powered side(s) of the connectors.5 DELETED PAYLOAD ELEMENT ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION AND ISOLATION The payload shall provide means for its power activation/deactivation via crew control.3 POWER LOSS/EMERGENCY OPERATIONAL MODES September 2009 Permanent or temporary loss of ISS. 6.

removal. and equipment test and checkout procedures shall be employed. the use of identification alone is not sufficient to preclude mismating. a design feature for the grounding of the case shall be maintained while mating/demating the connector.6. Although required. or maintenance on orbit unless the design includes scoop proof connectors or other protective features that prevent pin damage and/or inadvertent pin connections due to misalignment. either individually or in combination to minimize equipment risk while maximizing on-orbit operability. The design shall provide for verification of the inhibit status at the time the inhibit is inserted. The power and data connections at the rear of the ISIS drawers meet the second part of this requirement (NSTS 1700.5 Payload connectors shall be selected and applied such that they have sufficient mechanical protection to minimize inadvertent crewmember contact with exposed electrical contacts. For all other payload connections. 3.. A. (Items (2). keying and clocking. 6. connectors attached to equipment that will be remote from the crew such as back-of-the-rack when the connectors are mated/demated). and (4) apply only to payloads that generate voltages greater than 32 V): 1. 6. the use of identification.g. Each powered circuit shall have one verifiable upstream inhibit which removes voltage from the connector. Plugs and receptacles (connectors) shall be selected and applied such that they cannot be mismated or cross-connected in the intended system as well as adjacent systems. shall require either redundant fault bonds to grounded structure or a post-installation test to verify a good fault bond has been established prior to payload power activation. Paragraph 221). DELETED. When mating/demating recessed connectors (e. 6. The powered side (upstream) connector shall have a grounded backshell. and connectors shall be designed such that no blind connections or disconnections must be made during payload installation. wire harnesses.4 The design of electrical connectors shall make it physically incompatible to inadvertently reverse a connection or mate the wrong connectors if a hazardous condition can be created. ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR MISMATING PREVENTION 2.7 Addendum. C. (3).6. D. MECHANICAL PROTECTION B. Payloads that are reconfigured such that their fault bond is disturbed during mate/demate operations.6. operation.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 outputs to 16 W or less or have an open-circuit output voltage of greater than 32 V). Payloads and on-orbit support equipment. 4.6 DELETED TABLE 6-III DELETED 6-32 .

3. In any event. Electric fields are defined in Figure 7. E. other ISS (or Shuttle/Middeck) hardware items. As a design goal. DELETED. radio transmission.2-3. 7. The rise to peak value is 2 µs. or utilize equivalent shielding to minimize EMI affects. The generated AC magnetic fields will be limited to less than 140 dB above 1 picotesla (pT) (30 Hz to 2 kHz). ShuttleProduced Radiated Narrowband Emissions. EXPRESS Rack Facility. B.2. 7. the peak level will be limited to 5 A/m. Shuttle-Produced Radiated Narrowband Emissions. The lightning-produced magnetic fields in the crew compartment for vehicles in flight will be limited to a peak level of 3 Amperes per Meter (A/m).2 7. Unintentional (Controlled in the Middeck IDD).2.. The design of the Shuttle will preclude any Electrostatic Discharges (ESD). and for vehicles on the ground not protected by facility or other structures. Shuttle-Produced Radiated Broadband Emissions. DELETED. EXPRESS Rack Payloads Edge-To-Edge Bundle Separation Requirements. (e. for vehicles on the ground protected by facility or other structures.g. 7-1 . C. and other payloads. Intentional (Controlled in the Middeck IDD). the peak level will be limited to 10 A/m.1-1. Payload hardware transported in the Shuttle Middeck shall be compatible with the above stated environment for operating radio frequency receiving equipment and electronic field sensing equipment. D. other payloads. or crew.2. falling 40 dB per decade to 50 kHz. the EXPRESS Rack payload must comply with the radiated and conducted EMC interference requirements of Paragraph 7. and the fall to zero value is 100 µs.1 CIRCUIT EMC CLASSIFICATIONS Circuit EMC classifications are defined in Table 7.2. Payload hardware transported in the Shuttle Middeck or MPLM shall be designed so that a failure due to a lightning strike will not propagate to the Shuttle.0 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) September 2009 For purposes of Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) specifications.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7. Unintentional (Controlled in the Middeck IDD) and Figure 7. EXPRESS Rack payload wiring on the payload side of the interface should meet the requirements of Table 7.1-2.2-1.1 7.).2-2.2 SHUTTLE PRODUCED INTERFERENCE ENVIRONMENT DELETED RADIATED INTERFERENCE The Shuttle produced radiated fields’’ environment is as follows: A.2. etc. compatibility is defined as operating without producing an unsafe condition and/or resulting in damage to EXPRESS Rack. Figure 7.

differential.Extremely High Voltage . 4 TWDS may be utilized as required. 3 If circuit is balanced by transformer.200 0 –– 200 100 . or optical isolation.High voltage .Medium or Low Voltage Kilohertz Megahertz Multiple Point Ground Radio Frequency Single Point Ground TSP TW TWDS TWS V - Twisted Shielded Pair Twisted Twisted Double Shielded Twisted Shielded Volts (DC) mV s - Millivolts microseconds less than less than or equal to greater than greater than or equal to Notes: 1 This table does not describe those wire types that are permitted to use structure for the circuit return.200 0 –– 200 100 .5 k <100 <100 50 kHz or Rise and Fall Time 10 s <2. controlled-impedance wiring should be used.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE 7.024 MHz Video Symbols Used EO HO ML kHz MHz MPG RF SPG All All . 7-2 .024 MHZ or Rise and Fall Time 10 s >1.5 k 200 >50 kHz and All 1.600 k >600 k >200 >200 >200 All All <1000 1000 All All >100 Mv to 6 V >6 V to 40 V >40 V 100 mV 100 mV to 6 V >6 V to 40 V >40 V 6V >6 V to 40 >40 V 100 mV >100 mV to 6 V >6 V to 40 V >40 V 100 mV >100 mV to 6 V >6 V All All ML HO EO ML ML HO EO ML HO EO ML ML HO EO RF RF RF RF RF TWS TW TW TWS TWS+ TWS TW TW TWS TW TW TWS TWS+ TWS TW TW TWS+2 TWS2 TWS2 TWS+ COAX TWS 2 SPG3 None None SPG SPG3 SPG None None SPG3 None None SPG SPG3 MPG None None MPG MPG MPG MPG MPG MPG 2. 2 If the capacitance per foot is critical.600 k 0 . the shield must be multipoint grounded to structure.1-1 CIRCUIT EMC CLASSIFICATIONS Frequency or Rise Fall Time Source Impedance (Ohms) Load Impedance (Ohms) Voltage Circuit Class4 September 2009 Wire Type Shield Grounding <100 Analog Alternating or Direct Current 100 .600 k >600 k 200 200 200 10 k 0 .

0 2.2-1 SHUTTLE-PRODUCED RADIATED BROADBAND EMISSIONS.0 This table is applicable to both Shuttle-located and ISS-located hardware items.0 10.0 6.0 4.2. 2.5 1. Design goal to keep 3 inches of separation.0 1.5 2.5 1. 1.2 [In Inches For Parallel Runs Of D (Feet)] 1 D 3 3 D 5 D 5 HO ML EO RF EO HO EO Notes: RF RF 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 4. FIGURE 7.0 6.5 0.1-2 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS EDGE-TO-EDGE BUNDLE SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS Bundle Routed Parallel To Bundle 1 D Separation1. Separation values are in inches. UNINTENTIONAL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 7-3 .0 3.0 2.0 1.0 3. "HO" and "EO" referred to switched (on and off) power lines.0 5.0 2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 7.

2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 7.2-3 SHUTTLE-PRODUCED RADIATED NARROWBAND EMISSIONS. UNINTENTIONAL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) FIGURE 7.2.2-2 SHUTTLE-PRODUCED RADIATED NARROWBAND EMISSIONS. INTENTIONAL (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 7-4 .

3).2. The data is for complement-level payload risk evaluation purposes.2. Conducted and radiated susceptibility test data shall be evaluated against the limits of this document. Payloads that do not meet the conductive and radiated susceptibility test limits shall not produce an unsafe condition or one that could result in damage to ISS equipment or payload hardware.0 volts per meter (V/m) at 1. electromechanical equipment.1. The maximum radiated field intensity for the WCCS is 1.1 September 2009 SHUTTLE-PRODUCED WIRELESS CREW COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (WCCS) RADIATED ELECTRIC FIELDS The WCCS is used on Shuttle flights and is primarily located in the Shuttle flight deck and Middeck. Paragraphs 7.2.0 MHz and 392.3. The threshold of susceptibility shall be determined for equipment unable to meet the susceptibility test limits.0 MHz in the crew compartment.2 APPLICABILITY These requirements are designed to provide complete EMC/EMI design requirements for payload equipment requiring a +28 Vdc source. Space Station Electromagnetic Techniques. and as amended in SSP 52000-PVP-ERP. 7. EMC requirements for ISS compatibility are as follows. 7.1. Compliance with the susceptibility limits is not required by the ERO. electrical. designed in accordance with the EMC requirements. 7. and subsystems emissions and susceptibilities. Tests shall be performed and data submitted for conducted and radiated susceptibility.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7. and performance shall not be degraded during conductive and radiated emission EMI testing. shall not malfunction. WCCS operational frequencies are between 338. 7-5 . (Also reference NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.2 and 7.3 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY Payloads that are powered during transportation on board the Shuttle must meet the EMC requirements of Paragraphs 7. 7.0 m away from the source.4. EXPRESS Rack payloads when exposed to this environment shall not result in a hazardous condition.2 and 7.3.3. Approval of design procedures and techniques does not relieve the payload of the responsibility of meeting the emission test limits.3.1. Testing of the equipment to ensure compliance to the requirements of this document shall be performed using the test methods given in SSP 30238.1 EMISSION AND SUSCEPTIBILITY LIMITS AND TEST METHODS These requirements apply to payload electronic. each PD should consult the Research Program Office for additional guidance regarding compliance for susceptibility.1 COMPATIBILITY The payload. however.

2 CE01 LIMITS Payload narrowband conducted emissions in excess of the values shown below shall not appear on DC input power leads.2-1 CE01 LIMITS FREQUENCY EMISSIONS 30 Hz . 7. shall not appear on DC input power leads.3. the limit. 7-6 .3.1. in decibels shown below shall be raised by 20 log I. 7.200 Hz 200 Hz .3.1.15 kHz 110 dB above 1 µA Decreasing log-linearly with increasing frequency from 110 dB to 74 dB above 1 µA 7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7.1.3 CONDUCTED EMISSIONS September 2009 Wiring between two or more Orbital Replacement Units (ORU) is exempt from the conducted emissions test requirements provided the specific ORUs are tested as a single unit.1.3.3.4-1 shall be raised 20 log I. or subsystems. is for equipment drawing 1 A or less. The limit shown in Table 7.2-1.3.4-1. CE01 is applicable only for narrowband emissions between 30 Hz and 15 kHz on DC leads which obtain power from or provide power to other equipment. For equipment drawing more than one (1) A.1 CE01.3. the limit shown in Table 7. where I equals the total DC current used by the EUT.3. or subsystems.1. CONDUCTED EMISSIONS CE03 applies to DC input power leads. For equipment drawing more than 1 A. 30 Hz to 15 kHz. distribution panels.1.1.3. CE01 Limits.3.1.3 CE03. TABLE 7.3. Wiring external to the group of ORUs tested as a unit shall meet the test limit requirements of this document.3. CE03 is applicable only for narrowband emissions between 15 kHz and 50 MHz on DC leads which obtain power from other sources or provide power to other equipment. 7.4 CE03 LIMITS Payload narrowband conducted emissions in excess of the values shown in Table 7.3.3. distribution panels.3.1. where I equals the total DC current used by the Equipment Under Test (EUT). CE03 Limits.3.3. CONDUCTED EMISSIONS CE01 applies to DC input power leads.4-1 is for equipment drawing 1 A or less.1. The emissions limit shown in Table 7.3.3.

Repetitive on/off and mode switching transients shall not occur more frequently than every 100 ms.3. and time domain transients. CE07 Limits.6 CE07 LIMITS Payload CE07 on/off and operating mode switching transients shall not exceed the envelope defined by the values listed in Table 7.1 10 10 50 50 1000 ±50 percent Decreasing log linearly with increasing time from ±50 percent to ±20 percent Decreasing log linearly with increasing time from ±20 percent to ±5 percent FIGURE 7.3. The payload shall use the Line Impedance Simulation Network (LISN) shown in Figure 7.3. 7.5 CE07. TABLE 7.4-1 CE03 LIMITS FREQUENCY EMISSIONS 15 kHz 500 kHz 500 kHz 50 MHz Decreasing log linearly with increasing frequency from 74 dB to 45 dB above 1 µA 45 dB above 1 µA 7.1.1. CONDUCTED EMISSIONS CE07 applies to DC input power leads.6-1 CE07 LIMITS TIME (µSEC) PERCENTAGE OF NOMINAL LINE VOLTAGE 0.3. spikes.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 7.3.1.3.3.1.3.3.3.3.6-1.1.6-1 CE07 LISN 7-7 .3. CE07 is applicable for all 28 Vdc input power leads.1.1.3.6-1 for CE07 testing.3.

The requirement is also considered met when the audio power source specified in SSP 30238 adjusted to dissipate 50 W in a 0.3.28 volts. CS01 is applicable to payload equipment using 28 Vdc input power.3.1.3.4.4. CS06 is applicable to all payload equipment using 28 Vdc power.4.4. CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY CS06 defines transients to be applied to 28 Vdc power leads for test purposes.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7.1.2 CS01 LIMITS Payloads shall not produce an unsafe condition or one that could result in damage to ISS equipment or payload hardware when subjected to electromagnetic energy injected onto its power leads less than or equal to the values as shown in Table 7.1.4. and the EUT is not susceptible to the output of the signal source. TABLE 7.1.1 CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY CS01.7 Vrms at 2 kHz to 0. 7.1. The test signal shall be applied to the equipment power line near the equipment input terminals. CS06 and RS02 Payload Equipment Limit. each having the waveform shown on Figure 7. The requirement is also considered met under the following condition: when a 1-W source of 50-ohm impedance cannot develop the required voltage at the EUT power input terminals. 7.6-1.3. 7. Root Mean Square (Vrms) from a 50-ohm source.4.4 CS02 LIMITS Payloads shall not produce an unsafe condition or one that could result in damage to ISS equipment or payload hardware when subjected to 0.4 7.3.1.3 CS02.28 Vrms at 50 kHz 7. and the EUT is not susceptible to the output of the signal source.3.6 CS06 LIMITS Payloads shall not produce an unsafe condition or one that could result in damage to ISS equipment or payload hardware when the test spikes.1.3.1.3.2-1.5-ohm load cannot develop the required voltage at the EUT power input terminals.5 CS06. CS01 Limits. 7. CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY September 2009 CS01 applies to DC input power leads in the frequency range of 30 Hz to 50 kHz.2-1 CS01 LIMITS FREQUENCY VOLTAGE 30 Hz 2 kHz 2 kHz 50 kHz 0.1.3.4. CS02 is applicable to payload equipment using 28 Vdc input power. are applied sequentially to the DC 7-8 .3.4.7 Vrms Decreasing log linearly from 0. CONDUCTED SUSCEPTIBILITY CS02 applies to DC power leads in the frequency range of 50 kHz to 50 MHz.4.1.

t = 10 microseconds ± 20 percent Spike #2 E = ± one times the nominal line voltage.1. power and antenna transmission lines) and interconnecting wiring of the EUT. for narrowband emissions.6-1 CS06 AND RS02 PAYLOAD EQUIPMENT LIMIT 7.1. 7.5 GHz.5 7.3. t = 0. it applies at the fundamental frequencies and all spurious emissions including harmonics.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 power input leads.5 to 15.5 to 15. This requirement is applicable for narrowband emissions from 14 kHz to 10 GHz.1. Interface (I/F).5.3. 7-9 . 13.3.15 microseconds ± 20 percent FIGURE 7. Spike #1 E = ± one times the nominal line voltage. The values of E and t are given below. A.1 RADIATED EMISSIONS RE02.3.4. B. but does not apply for radiation from antennas. Each spike shall be superimposed on the power line voltage waveform. RADIATED EMISSIONS Electric field. cables (including control. pulse.5 GHz (narrowband).5.1. 14 kHz to 10 Gigahertz (GHz). 13.2 APPLICABILITY RE02 is applicable for radiated emissions from equipment and subsystems.

Approval/certification can be obtained via electronic submittal through the JSC Frequency Management Home Page.6.1. 7-10 . 7.5.3.nasa.1.3.6 7.3.1. the limits shall be met for both horizontally and vertically polarized waves.3.1.2 APPLICABILITY RS02 is applicable for all equipment and subsystems.1. Above 30 MHz.3.5 INTENTIONAL RADIATING AND RECEIVING CERTIFICATION A payload that has intentional radio frequency (RF) radiating and/or receiving devices shall be approved and certified by the NASA JSC Frequency Spectrum Manager for the use of a specified frequency band. These susceptibility signals are electromagnetically coupled into the equipment and/or subsystem wiring. RE02 Limits.4-1.6.5.5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7. 1 m.5 GHz 15.3.3 RE02 LIMITS September 2009 Payload E-field emissions shall not be radiated in excess of those specified in the following paragraph.5.5 GHz 56 dB µV per meter Increasing log linearly with increasing frequency from 56 to 86 dB µV per meter (16 dB per decade) Increasing log linearly with increasing frequency from 46 to 72 dB µV per meter (16 dB per decade) 76 dB µV per meter 7.asp. RADIATED SUSCEPTIBILITY Magnetic induction field.1.4-1 RE02 LIMITS FREQUENCY EMISSIONS 14 kHz 10 MHz 10 MHz 259 MHz 259 MHz 10 GHz 13.gov/webapp/fmdb/login. Measurement shall be made in the peak detector mode. TABLE 7.5. at the required test distance.1 RADIATED SUSCEPTIBILITY RS02.1.jsc. http://ea.3. Note: It is recommended that the intentional radiating and receiving certification be approved prior to PDR. 7.4 NARROWBAND ELECTRIC FIELD EMISSIONS Payload narrowband E-field emissions shall not be radiated in excess of the following values as shown in Table 7.1.3. 7.

apply at either the specific frequencies stated or across the ranges stated: TABLE 7. Below 10 GHz.7. 14 kHz to 20 GHz.6-1.1. As a minimum.1. 7.7.1.7.1.400 MHz 400 MHz –– 450 MHz 450 MHz .15 microseconds ±20 percent.4. the levels in Table 7.3.7. this requirement applies only at specific frequencies and magnitudes known to be present at the ISS.7 RS03.1 GHz 1 GHz . the requirement shall be met for both horizontally and vertically polarized waves.3 RS02 LIMITS September 2009 Payloads shall not produce an unsafe condition or one that could result in damage to ISS equipment or payload hardware when subjected sequentially to the test spikes.7 GHz .5 GHz 5 GHz . B. Module shielding effectiveness can be used to limit the levels applied.1.2 GHz 5 V/m 30 V/m 5 V/m 25 V/m 60 V/m 20 V/m 25 V/m 7-11 . with the values of E and t as given below: A.3.3.1.1 APPLICABILITY RS03 is applicable for all equipment and subsystems between 14 kHz and 20 GHz. RADIATED SUSCEPTIBILITY Electric field.3.3. Spike #1 E = ± one times the nominal line voltage.2 RS03 LIMITS Payloads shall not produce an unsafe condition or one that could result in damage to ISS equipment or payload hardware when subjected to the radiated electric fields less than or equal to those specified herein. 7.1.2-1 RS03 LIMITS FREQUENCY/RANGE RADIATED ELECTRIC FIELD LEVEL 14 kHz . Above ten (10) GHz. RS03 Limits. 7. Power input and output leads are exempt from this test.6 GHz 6 GHz –– 10 GHz 13. each having the waveform shown in Figure 7.6. t = 0. Spike #2 E = ± one times the nominal line voltage.3.2-1.3. this requirement is increased only at specific frequencies and amplitudes known to be present at the ISS. Above 30 MHz.15.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7. t = 10 microseconds ±20 percent.

3.3. handling procedures and ESD sensitive identification labels.2 ESD LABELING PD electrical equipment that may be damaged by ESD between 4. is as follows: A. provided all operations can be verified at ground level.2.3.4. and Equipment (Excluding Electrically Initiated Explosive Devices).1 ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE ESD COMPATIBILITY September 2009 Unpowered PD electrical equipment and components shall either fail safe or not be damaged by ESD equal to or less than 4. and systems shall be designed to preclude damaging or destructive corona in its operating environment. For payloads operating in a pressurized module. starting at approximately 1 sec after the transient.3.45 V or drop below 27. The cargo-generated transients produced on DC power lines by switching or other operations shall not exceed the limits defined in Figure 7.4. If any payload operates in an unpressurized environment during ascent or descent. equipment.2.1-2. 7.1-1.4 7.2.2. and the steady-state ripple voltage in the time domain shall not exceed 28. The power line conducted emissions in the frequency domain shall be limited to the levels indicated in Figure 7. 7.3. 7. further evaluation is required. or incorporate adequate protection measures into the hardware design to ensure the unpowered PD electrical equipment is not damaged during ground and on-orbit installation activities. Allowable Cargo 7-12 . Electrostatic Discharge Control Program for Protection of Electrical and Electronic Parts.4. Assemblies. Guidance for meeting the corona requirement is found in MSFC STD 531. this requirement can be verified by the absence of corona during functional testing.1 The payload generated conducted emission limits. High Voltage Design Criteria. Cargo Allowable Conducted Emissions (Controlled in the Middeck IDD).000 V shall have a label affixed to the case in a location clearly visible in the installed position and shall be in accordance with MIL STD 1686A. These voltages are the result of charges accumulated and discharged from ground personnel or crewmembers during equipment installation or removal. Protection measures will include at a minimum protective caps/covers.000 and 15. B.55 V. applicable to all DC power interfaces.2 7.SHUTTLE 7.3 CORONA Electrical and electronic subsystems.4 DELETED ALLOWABLE PAYLOAD-PRODUCED INTERFERENCE ENVIRONMENT SHUTTLE CONDUCTED NOISE .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7.000 V to the case or any pin-on external connectors.

DELETED The AC power-line-conducted emissions of the Cargo AFD equipment shall not exceed the limits defined in Figure 7. All payloads operating on AC power shall comply with the limits in Figure 7. Each non-overlapping transient is considered independent of prior or post-transients. the use of electronic loads on the orbiter AC power busses is strongly discouraged.1-3.4.4.4. of less than one millisecond duration. Orbiter DC Power Source Impedance (Ground Power). Therefore. but not less than. when fed from a source impedance close to. Orbiter DC Power Source Impedance (In-Flight). Generated DC Power Transient Limits (Controlled in the Middeck IDD).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 C. E. (The use of a battery cart is preferable to regulated DC power supplies). the values defined in Figures 7. Envelope of Cargo Allowed Spikes on the AC Power Bus. are not controlled.4.1-5. 7-13 . D. F.1-1. Shuttle produced transients on the AC power buses. and 7.1-4. Payloads shall not use AC powered electronic loads to control safety critical functions.

4.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 7.1-2 ALLOWABLE CARGO GENERATED DC POWER TRANSIENT LIMITS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) 7-14 .1-1 CARGO ALLOWABLE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) FIGURE 7.

4.1-3 ORBITER DC POWER SOURCE IMPEDANCE (IN-FLIGHT) 7-15 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 7.

1-4 ORBITER DC POWER SOURCE IMPEDANCE (GROUND POWER) 7-16 .4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 7.

This limit applies to electromagnetic and permanent magnetic devices. The equipment is not permanently manifested. 3. 4.4. 2. 7-17 . 1.2-1.4.4. Equipment located internal to the Space Shuttle Vehicle (SSV) shall meet the limit depicted in Figure 7. The generated DC magnetic fields shall not exceed 170 dBpT at 7 cm from the payload envelope.2-2. Internal Radiated Emission Limits that Complies with All Criteria. The equipment is not operated on the flight deck during launch and entry operational phases. Equipment that meets all of the following criteria may use the limit depicted in Figure 7.4. The generated AC magnetic fields (applies at a distance of 7 cm from any payload equipment) shall not exceed 140 dB above 1 picotesla (30 Hz to 2 kHz) falling 40 dB per decade to 50 kHz. B. The equipment is designated as Criticality 3 or non-critical allowing it to be turned off if interference arises from its operation.2 PAYLOAD PRODUCED RADIATED FIELDS SHUTTLE The payload produced radiated fields must be limited as follows: A.1-5 ENVELOPE OF CARGO ALLOWED SPIKES ON THE AC POWER BUS 7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 7. The equipment is located internal to the SSV. Internal Radiated Emission Limits.

7-18 . Other antenna mounting location will be negotiated with the SSP.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 C. Allowable Intentional Electric Field Strength in the Shuttle Crew Compartment (Controlled in the Middeck).4. Electrostatic discharges shall not occur within the Orbiter other than those isolated from the gaseous environment (hydrogen-oxygen mixture) and shielded by the payload to satisfy the requirements of subparagraph ““A”” above. These limits apply at 1 m from window-mounted antennas. Allowable levels of radiation from cabin payload or experiment transmitter systems shall be limited as shown in Figure 7.2-3. D.

2-1 INTERNAL RADIATED BROADBAND EMISSION LIMITS (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK IDD) FIGURE 7.2-2 INTERNAL RADIATED EMISSION LIMITS THAT COMPLIES WITH ALL CRITERIA (CONTROLLED IN MIDDECK IDD) 7-19 .4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 7.4.

4.2-3 ALLOWABLE INTENTIONAL ELECTRIC FIELD STRENGTH IN THE SHUTTLE CREW COMPARTMENT (CONTROLLED IN THE MIDDECK) 7-20 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 7.

4.3.5 kHz to 50 kHz 140 Falling 26. RE101 method as modified in SSP 52000-PVP-ERP.4. solenoid relays. Note: Requirements are not applicable to solenoid valves. The composite testing for the integrated rack is not required if the EPCE or sub-rack payloads meet the requirements.4. Requirements are not applicable to solenoid valves.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7. and electric motors with power consumption of less than 120 Watts.5 dB/decade from 140 to 85 85 Note: 1. Test shall be performed using the MIL-STD-462D. 2. solenoid relays. 7.1 September 2009 MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS IN THE ISS AC MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS IN THE ISS Payloads containing devices that intentionally generate magnetic fields (electromagnets) shall not generate ac magnetic fields that exceed the levels in the table below. Electromagnetic Interference Characteristics. The composite testing for the integrated rack is not required if the Electrical Power Consuming Equipment (EPCE) or sub-rack payloads meet the requirements. and electric motors with current of less than 1 Amp. FREQUENCY MAGNITUDE (DBPT) 30 Hz 30 Hz to 3. Measurement of. 7-21 .2 DC MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS IN THE ISS Payloads containing devices that intentionally generate magnetic fields (electromagnets and permanent magnets) shall not generate dc magnetic fields that exceed 170 dB above a picotesla (dBpT). This requirement applies at a distance of 7 centimeters (cm) from a point on the enclosure of the rack or equipment case nearest the source of the field.3.5 kHz 3. The requirement applies at a distance of 7 centimeters (cm) from a point on the enclosure of the rack or equipment case nearest to source of the field.3 7.

The resistance of this connection shall be less than one (1) ohm for each joint. If inserts meet their EMI/EMC requirements bonded solely through their interface cables.Class S All conducting items subject to triboelectric (frictional) or any other charging mechanism shall have a mechanically secure electrical connection to the payload element structure. EXPRESS Rack.1 ELECTRICAL BONDING OF PAYLOAD HARDWARE Equipment which generates and/or is susceptible to RF interference shall have a Class R bond (see note below).5.5 7. All electrical and mechanical elements shall be securely bonded to structure in accordance with SSP 30245. These bond classes are defined in the following paragraphs. a ground connection to the terminal or pin shall be provided. The DC resistance of the Class R bond between the payload and the EXPRESS Rack interface shall be less than 2. Radio Frequency Bond . B.5 milliohms per joint.Class H Exposed conducting frames or parts of electrical or electronic equipment shall have a low resistance bond of less than 0. or both: Classes C. Note: Insert payloads are inserted into lockers (either ISS or Middeck) without provisions for a mated surface bond. Space Station Electrical Bonding Requirements.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7. H. and S. C. 7-22 . These definitions will be used in further discussion on bonding requirements.5 milliohms for each joint. In addition.2.SHUTTLE AND ISS ELECTRICAL BONDING The payload-to-EXPRESS Rack electrical bonding interface shall be electrically bonded to provide homogeneous electrical characteristics. Four classes of bonds are applicable to either Middeck. Static Bond .3 (Current Limiting)]. R. A.Class C All payload elements using EXPRESS Rack facility power shall have mechanically secure electrical connections to the EXPRESS Rack structure capable of carrying the maximum return fault current [see paragraph 6.1 September 2009 AVIONICS ELECTRICAL COMPATIBILITY . Fault Current Bond . Shock Hazard . the metallic shells of all external electrical connectors shall be electrically bonded to the payload equipment case or the payload equipment bulkhead mount with a DC resistance of less than 2. If the equipment design includes a ground terminal or pin which is internally connected to exposed parts. the Class H bond generated by the interface cables will be acceptable in place of the Class R bond.1. D.1 ohm to conducting structure. 7.5.Class R Payload elements containing electrical circuits which generate radio frequencies or circuits which are susceptible to radio frequency interference may require a low impedance path to structure in order to comply with EMC requirements.

H. ““Electrical Bonding.5.2. the payload-to-EXPRESS Rack bond strap shall be payload provided and shall be designed to be connected between EXPRESS Rack structure and the payload’’s ground attachment provisions.5. EXPRESS Rack payload bonds shall meet the appropriate bond class requirements of paragraph 7.5. The bond path shall be accomplished by a single 12-American Wire Gauge (AWG) wire in the power connector capable of carrying a current of 24 A.2. shall have provisions for grounding the shields to the payload equipment through the harness connector backshell or for carrying single point grounded shields through the connector pins. Note: The data cable shield may serve as the second return path for insert payloads.1. the payload may use a RF bond strap as described below.”” and EXPRESS Rack payloads and shall have less than or equal to 2.1.1. 7.1.1. For payloads requiring Shuttle Middeck power. and S bond path when the payload’’s power connector ground pin is bonded to the payload chassis.5.5. at each junction of the fault bond interface.1. This bond shall meet the requirements of paragraph 7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Wire harness shields external to equipment. The primary power connector bond provides a class C.5.2.1 REDUNDANT BOND PATHS Payloads that have voltages greater than 32 Vrms or 32 Vdc shall have redundant bond paths (see note below) as specified in NSTS/ISS 18798. When this is not possible. 7. 7. 7-23 .2 7.1. The preferred method for RF bonding (Class R) is the mated/faying surface bond. There are only certain places to attach this strap on the EXPRESS Rack (on each of the ISPR front posts with #10 inserts). ““Electrical Bonding. 7.1 ELECTRICAL BONDING OF PAYLOAD STRUCTURES PAYLOAD-TO-EXPRESS RACK MAIN BOND Accommodations available within the EXPRESS Rack to provide bonding surfaces/ paths for the payload user are detailed below. a 12 AWG wire/pin capable of carrying a maximum current of 33 A is required when interfacing with the Middeck 20-A service connectors.1.5 milliohms. The DC resistance from the payload’’s power connector ground pin (pin D for MDLs or pin 12 for ISIS drawers) to the payload’’s external conductive chassis shall not exceed 50 milliohms.1.2 PAYLOAD-TO-EXPRESS RACK BOND STRAP If this method is chosen.1 PRIMARY PAYLOAD POWER CONNECTOR BOND The primary payload bond path is through the EXPRESS Rack to payload power connector interface. requiring grounding at the payload equipment.1.5 milliohms (Class R) at each junction of the fault current interface.5. letter MA2-99-142. so to properly utilize this connection the rack integrator must be contacted.”” and shall have less than or equal to 2.

2 CIRCUIT REFERENCE SYMBOLS The circuit reference symbols for use on the EXPRESS Rack payload will be as illustrated and defined as follows: Structure reference .5.2.) will meet a Class S bond. Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys.0 megohm with a parallel capacitance of 10 µF measured at the payload interface connector contacts.a connection to EXPRESS rack structure. water. Electroless Nickel Requirements for. or when applicable..1 POWER CIRCUIT ISOLATION AND GROUNDING EXPRESS RACK 28 VDC PRIMARY POWER BUS ISOLATION Payload input power and return lines shall be isolated from structure by at least 1.1.6 7. Class 3 (gold alodine 1200LN9368 or equivalent) or nickel plated using methods in MIL-C-26074.5.5. Class 4.2.1. 7. These lines are EXPRESS Rack facility provided. Payload Isolation. GN2. waste gas. or MDL surface that attaches to the EXPRESS Rack backplate) is a removable bond and shall be nickel or nickel plated per SSP 30245.6.2 PAYLOAD TO EXPRESS RACK AND FLUID LINE BONDING All metallic fluid lines used to connect the payload-to-EXPRESS Rack facility environmental control system (i. 7.3 PAYLOAD-TO-EXPRESS RACK MATED SURFACE BOND September 2009 Removable bonds are those that are expected to be mated or demated as part of the Shuttle or EXPRESS Rack interface.5. etc. The attachment hardware and methodology to support these fluid lines and routing are specified by the rack integrator. adapter plate. 7-24 .5. 7. 7. All aluminum surfaces used for permanent bonding in the payload shall be originally cleaned to bare metal.e.1 D of this IDD. shall be Class-S electrically bonded as described in Paragraph 7. Primary power reference .a connection to the EXPRESS Rack primary DC power return.2. The maximum resistance between the mated surfaces of the bond connection (connector to mounting base. Grade A. mounting base to EXPRESS Rack.1.1-1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7. then chemically filmed per MIL-C-5541C.6. The payload-to-EXPRESS Rack mated surface bond (defined as the payload.5 milliohms (Class R) at each junction of the fault current bond interface. Coatings.1. Isolation and grounding requirements for the payload power and signal interfaces shall be per Figure 7. mounting base to payload) shall be less than or equal to 2.3 PAYLOAD-TO-ORBITER AND FLUID LINE BONDING – SHUTTLE/MIDDECK All metallic pipes (hardlines) used to connect the Cargo environmental control system to the Orbiter.

6. differential) circuits are used. provided their interface with other payload or systems does not propagate that ground to circuits that are already referenced to ground at some other point. The EXPRESS Rack primary DC power return system is a combination of a hardwired return system and a structure return system. each side of the circuit shall be balanced to ground by no less than 4 kilohm. with their inherent grounding of the signal return to structure. Secondary power return lines shall be connected to the chassis at no more than one point when termination to chassis is desired. 7. the return line is to be grounded to the chassis at the source.3 PAYLOAD SECONDARY POWER ISOLATION AND GROUNDING EXPRESS Rack 28 Vdc primary power bus and payload secondary power shall be isolated by a minimum of 1 megohm.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 7. In the case of balanced (i. are permitted.e.e.4 GSE ISOLATION AND GROUNDING GSE interfacing with payloads installed in the EXPRESS Rack/Shuttle shall have power returns isolated from payload structures by a minimum of 1 megohm.6. 7-25 .6.2 DC POWER GROUND REFERENCE EXPRESS Rack DC power supplied to a payload is structure referenced in the EXPRESS Rack and DC isolated from structure ground at the payload by greater than 1 megohm with a parallel capacitance of 10 µF. Coax cables... If payload secondary power is distributed to equipment outside the box. with the use of the wire return restricted to specific load sensitive areas. differential) circuits. 7. except where balanced (i.

1-1 PAYLOAD ISOLATION .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 7-26 FIGURE 7.6.

6. DC AND AC.3. DC primary power.6. FIGURE 7. 7-27 .5 AC POWER GROUND REFERENCE – SHUTTLE/MIDDECK September 2009 Orbiter AC power supplied to a cargo element is structure referenced in the Orbiter and DC isolated by 1 megohm in the cargo element from the other AC buses. The Orbiter AC neutral is a wire-return system grounded at a single point at Station Xo 576 for each AC bus.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7. signal/secondary power and stucture references.5-1 SHUTTLE PRIMARY POWER.1 ETHERNET Isolation and grounding for received and transmitted signals shall be per IEEE-STD-802.6.7 SIGNAL ISOLATION AND GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS The payload isolation and grounding requirements for received and transmitted signals are as follows: 7. Grounding System (Controlled by the Middeck IDD).7. Structure and DC power returns by one megohm DC resistance in AFD cargo equipment. GROUNDING SYSTEM (CONTROLLED BY THE MIDDECK IDD) 7. Shuttle Primary Power. Telecommunications and information exchange between Systems-Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Specific Requirements-Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Corrigendum 1. DC and AC. as shown in Figure 7.5-1.

”” 7.4 SSPCM DISCRETE Received signal and return lines shall be isolated from chassis ground by a minimum of 10 k shunted by equal to or less than one (1) nF. Electrical Characteristics of Balanced Voltage Digital Interface Circuits.2.1-1.7. Transmitting signal lines shall be referenced to signal ground at the source. ““Video.3 SSPCM ANALOG GROUNDING Transmitting signal lines shall be referenced to signal ground at the source.6 SHIELD REFERENCES The design criteria for wire shield references shall be per the data given in Table 7.3. See Paragraph 9. See Paragraph 9. 7-28 .7.7.”” 7.2 RS-422 September 2009 Isolation and grounding for received and transmitted signals shall be per ANSI/TIA/EIA RS422B.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 7. ““Discrete Driver and Receiver Characteristics. ““Analog Driver Characteristics.2.7.4.7. 7. See Paragraph 9.7.”” 7.5 VIDEO Transmitting signal return lines shall be referenced to signal ground.

1.1. The mating connectors will also be supplied to the payload by the EXPRESS Rack facility.1.1.1. 8-1 .1.0 8. 8.1. Figures 3-4 and 3-5.1.1 ELECTRICAL WIRING INTERFACE GENERAL September 2009 Power provisions will be available through rack connector panels at the locations as shown in the PAH.1-1.1.1 PREVIOUSLY FLOWN (SHUTTLE) MDLs/MDL REPLACEMENT Payloads previously flown on the Shuttle that do not use the power interface connector in Table 8. to interface with the EXPRESS rack.1 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACES Refer to NSTS 21000 IDD MDK. 8.1. Twelve AWG power cables and data cables will be supplied by the EXPRESS Rack facility and installed from the outlet locations to the payload interface.1.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 8.1. The rack integrator is responsible for routing and specifying the attachment hardware and methodology to support these interfacing cables. Power Interface Connector For MDL Or MDL Replacements.1-1 POWER INTERFACE CONNECTOR FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENTS EXPRESS CABLE CONNECTOR: NB6GE14-4SNT PIN FUNCTION AWG MATING CONNECTOR: NB0E14-4PNT SIGNAL NAME COMMENT A B C D +28 V Power Not Used 28 V Return Ground 12 12 12 12 Power N/A Power Return Ground 8.1-1 shall use the mating connector and pin functions called out in Table 8.0 and 7. Any EXPRESS Rack payload-provided cables are considered part of the payload and must meet the design requirements of Sections 6.0. SSP 52000 PAH ERP. Cable routing will not impede removal or installation of other payload hardware items.1-1.1.1. Alternate Power Interface Connector For MDL Or MDL Replacements.1 MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENT Connector pin functions for MDL or MDL replacement payloads shall be as shown in Table 8. for connector and pin interface information in the Shuttle Middeck. The payload is responsible for the interface cable and mating connector. Any routing of cables by the payload external to the payload envelope will be reviewed and approved by the rack integrator. Paragraph 9.1. TABLE 8.

using a power connector with 16 AWG contacts.1. Power Interface Connector Definition For ISIS Drawers. 8-2 .1.1. may use 16 AWG wire in their interface cable with an inline protective device (such as a fuse rated at 15 A or less) to transition from 12 AWG wire to 16 AWG wire (see paragraph 8.1-1 ALTERNATE POWER INTERFACE CONNECTOR FOR MDL OR MDL REPLACEMENTS EXPRESS CONNECTOR: MS27468T17F6SN PIN FUNCTION AWG MATING CONNECTOR: MS27467T17F6PN SIGNAL NAME COMMENT A B C D E F * +28 V Power 28 V Return Ground Reserved Reserved Reserved 12* 12 12 * * Power Power Return Ground N/A N/A N/A 12 12 12 Previously flown (Shuttle) payloads. 8.1.1.1.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 8.2).1.2-1.2 ISIS DRAWERS Connector pin functions for ISIS drawer payloads shall be as shown in Table 8.

2-1. If an EXPRESS Rack payload element chooses to supply electrical connectors and connector contacts that interface with the EXPRESS Rack. Connectors that interface between payload equipments should be selected by the PD.1-1.1.2-2.1-1.1.1.2-1 POWER INTERFACE CONNECTOR DEFINITION FOR ISIS DRAWERS EXPRESS CONNECTOR: M83733/2RA018 PIN FUNCTION AWG MATING CONNECTOR: M83733/3RA018 SIGNAL NAME COMMENT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 +28 V Power +28 V Return Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Ground Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Power Power Return N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Ground N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 20 A 8.1. or 8.1.2-1.1.2 APPROVED CONNECTORS FOR EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD USE It is the intent that all electrical (power (12 AWG)) interface connectors be supplied by the EXPRESS Rack facility.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 8. they shall be compatible MIL SPEC connectors per Tables 8. 8.2 CABLE SCHEMATICS Power cables and interface receptacle/plug assignments are shown schematically in Figure 8. 8-3 .1.1. 8.1. Data cables and interface receptacle/plug assignments are shown schematically in Figure 8. Typical EXPRESS Rack Data Interface Cable(s) For EXPRESS Rack Use Only (MDL/MDL Replacement).1. Typical Electrical Power Cable For EXPRESS Rack Use Only (MDL/MDL Replacement).

1. 3.2-1 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL POWER CABLE FOR EXPRESS RACK USE ONLY (MDL/MDL REPLACEMENT) 8-4 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Notes: Previously flown (Shuttle) payloads see (Table 8. 1.1.1-1). FIGURE 8. DELETED DELETED These items are supplied by the EXPRESS Rack Program.1. ISIS Drawers do not have the cable interfaces at rear. The Middeck power interfaces (Middeck Utility Power (MUP) and ceiling outlets) are 16 AWG for all connectors except J11 and J21 which are 12 AWG. Interfaces are made via blind mate connectors. 2. Cable lengths to be determined by the rack integrator after payloads are manifested in the rack.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Notes: Cable lengths to be determined by the rack integrator after payloads are manifested in the rack. Interfaces are made via blind mate connectors. Refer to Tables 9. ISIS Drawers do not have the cable interfaces at rear. DELETED These items are supplied by the EXPRESS Rack Program.2-1.1. 3. FIGURE 8.2-2 TYPICAL EXPRESS RACK DATA INTERFACE CABLE(S) FOR EXPRESS RACK USE ONLY (MDL/MDL REPLACEMENT) 8-5 .5. 2. For pin/plug assignments.5.1-1 and 9. 1.1.

Figure 9. or 38400 baud. 4800.1 RS 422 COMMUNICATIONS SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS Payloads using an RS-422 serial channel shall meet the interface and signal characteristics requirements of the specification ANSI/TIA/EIA 422B.0. There are no audio interfaces available in the EXPRESS Rack. or ISIS drawers.1 9. The baud rate is payload selectable and will be 1200.1. and no parity. one stop bit. 9600.0-1 EXPRESS PAYLOAD C&DH INTERFACES 9.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 9. The EXPRESS laptop and software are defined in Section 11.0-1 illustrates the payload to EXPRESS Rack C&DH interfaces. FIGURE 9. Electrical Characteristics of Balance Voltage Digital Interface Circuits.0 COMMAND AND DATA HANDLING (C&DH) INTERFACES September 2009 There are various Command and Data Handling (C&DH) interfaces available for EXPRESS Rack payloads which utilize MDLs. 9-1 . 2400. A message must never have an idle time of more than two contiguous characters between the sync word and the message checksum word. Messages must be separated by at least a five-character idle time. Each of these interfaces is defined in the following paragraphs. MDL replacement. The RS-422 will use eight data bits as one character. 19200.

3.2 9.5. including second.1.1-1 and up to 49 command data words shown in Figure 11.7-1.2.3 DELETED REQUEST/COMMAND FORMAT September 2009 All commands from the RIC to the payload and requests from the payload to the RIC will be packetized.1.1-1 and Figure 11. 9. and fourth EXPRESS header words shown in Table 11.2 9.2 ISIS DRAWERS Connector pin functions for ISIS drawer payloads shall be as shown in Table 9.1.5 9.2. The payload shall be capable of receiving.2.2-1. 9.1 ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS Payloads interfacing with the EXPRESS Rack Payload Ethernet Hub Bridge (PEHB) shall meet the requirements and signal characteristics of ANSI/IEEE 802. 9-2 . 9.1.3. Command/Telemetry connector Pin Assignments for Middeck Locker/Middeck Locker Replacement Payloads. third.3.1. The S-band can uplink up to eight command packets per second.2. Command/Telemetry connector Pin Assignments for ISIS Drawer Payloads. including Consultative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS) overhead (11 words) and EXPRESS Header (four words).1.5.5.5. verifying and processing commands of the size as described in the Message Byte Count in the EXPRESS Header for up to a maximum of 52 l6-bit words. with up to 64 16-bit word packets.1.4 COMMAND PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS The RIC is capable of processing up to 10 payload command packets per second. Request/command format shall be as shown in Table 11.1 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENTS Connector pin functions for MDL or MDL replacement payloads shall be as shown in Table 9.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 9.7-1.5.3. The Payload Executive Processor (PEP) timeline will not send more than 10 command packets per second.1. 9.1-1.3 (10BASE T section).2.

1-1 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR MIDDECK LOCKER/MIDDECK LOCKER REPLACEMENT PAYLOADS CONNECTOR P/N: MS27467T15F35S RACK CABLEEND CONNECTOR FUNCTION PIN RS170 (+) 1 RS170 ( ) 2 Spare 3 Analog 1 (+) 4 Analog 1 ( ) 5 Analog 2 (+) 6 Analog 2 ( ) 7 Discrete #1 (+) 8 Discrete #1 ( ) 9 Discrete #2 (+) 10 Discrete #2 ( ) 11 Discrete #3 (+) 12 Discrete #3 ( ) 13 Ethernet RX (+) IN 14 Ethernet RX ( ) IN 15 Ethernet TX (+) OUT 16 Ethernet TX ( ) OUT 17 Spare 18 Spare 19 Spare 20 Spare 21 Spare 22 Spare 23 PPCB 01 (+) 24 PPCB 01 ( ) 25 PPCB 02 (+) 26 PPCB 02 ( ) 27 Spare 28 PPCB 03 (+) 29 PPCB 03 ( ) 30 PPCB 04 (+) 31 PPCB 04 ( ) 32 Spare 33 RS422 RX (+) 34 RS422 RX ( ) 35 RS422 TX (+) 36 RS422 TX ( ) 37 DATA DIRECTION PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 CONNECTOR P/N: MS27468T15F35P PAYLOAD CONNECTOR FUNCTION RS170 (+) RS170 ( ) Spare Analog 1 (+) Analog 1 ( ) Analog 2 (+) Analog 2 ( ) Discrete #1 (+) Discrete #1 ( ) Discrete #2 (+) Discrete #2 ( ) Discrete #3 (+) Discrete #3 ( ) Ethernet TX (+) OUT Ethernet TX ( ) OUT Ethernet RX (+) IN Ethernet RX ( ) IN Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare Spare PPCB 01 (+) PPCB 01 ( ) PPCB 02 (+) PPCB 02 ( ) Spare PPCB 03 (+) PPCB 03 ( ) PPCB 04 (+) PPCB 04 ( ) Spare RS422 TX (+) RS422 TX ( ) RS422 RX (+) RS422 RX ( ) or or or or or or 9-3 .5.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 9.

1.2-1 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR ISIS DRAWER PAYLOADS (PAGE 1 OF 4) CONNECTOR P/N: M83733/2RA131 RACK CONNECTOR FUNCTION Reserved Reserved Spare Discrete #1 (+) Discrete #2 (+) Reserved Reserved Reserved Continuity Discrete (+) Reserved Spare Spare Discrete #1 ( ) Discrete #2 ( ) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Spare Spare Spare Analog #1 (+) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Spare Spare Reserved Reserved PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 DATA DIRECTION CONNECTOR P/N: M83733/3RA131 PAYLOAD CONNECTOR PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 FUNCTION Reserved Reserved Spare Discrete #1 (+) Discrete #2 (+) Reserved Reserved Reserved Continuity Discrete (+) Reserved Spare Spare Discrete #1 ( ) Discrete #2 ( ) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Spare Spare Spare Analog #1 (+) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Spare Spare Reserved Reserved or or or or 9-4 .5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 9.

2-1 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR ISIS DRAWER PAYLOADS (PAGE 2 OF 4) CONNECTOR P/N: M83733/2RA131 RACK CONNECTOR FUNCTION DATA DIRECTION CONNECTOR P/N: M83733/3RA131 PAYLOAD CONNECTOR PIN 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 FUNCTION Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Spare Spare Analog #1 ( ) Reserved Reserved RS170 (+) Reserved Reserved Reserved PPCB 01 (+) Reserved Spare Spare Not used Reserved Spare Reserved Reserved Reserved PPCB 01 ( ) PPCB 02 (-) Spare Spare Spare Reserved RS 422 TX (+) RS170 (-) Reserved Reserved PIN 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Spare Spare Analog #1 ( ) Reserved Reserved RS170 (+) Reserved Reserved Reserved PPCB 01 (+) Reserved Spare Spare Not used Reserved Spare Reserved Reserved Reserved PPCB 01 ( ) PPCB 02 (-) Spare Spare Spare Reserved RS 422 RX (+) RS170 (-) Reserved Reserved 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 deleted deleted 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 9-5 .5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 9.1.

1.2-1 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR ISIS DRAWER PAYLOADS (PAGE 3 OF 4) CONNECTOR P/N: M83733/2RA131 RACK CONNECTOR FUNCTION DATA DIRECTION CONNECTOR P/N: M83733/3RA131 PAYLOAD CONNECTOR PIN 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 FUNCTION Spare Reserved Spare Spare Spare Reserved Spare RS 422 RX (+) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved PPCB 02 (+) Spare Spare Spare Reserved RS 422 TX ( ) Spare Reserved Reserved Spare PPCB 03 (+) Reserved Reserved Spare Reserved Spare RS 422 RX ( ) Reserved Reserved Spare PPCB 03 ( ) Reserved Ethernet RX (+) PIN 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 Spare Reserved Spare Spare Spare Reserved Spare RS 422 TX (+) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved PPCB 02 (+) Spare Spare Spare Reserved RS 422 RX ( ) Spare Reserved Reserved Spare PPCB 03 (+) Reserved Reserved Spare Reserved Spare RS 422 TX ( ) Reserved Reserved Spare PPCB 03 ( ) Reserved Ethernet TX (+) 9-6 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 9.5.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 9.2-1 COMMAND/TELEMETRY CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR ISIS DRAWER PAYLOADS (PAGE 4 OF 4) CONNECTOR P/N: M83733/2RA131 RACK CONNECTOR DIRECTION PIN 106 DATA DIRECTION PIN 106 CONNECTOR P/N: M83733/3RA131 PAYLOAD CONNECTOR FUNCTION Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Spare Spare PPCB 04 (+) Spare Reserved Ethernet RX ( ) Reserved Spare Reserved Reserved Continuity Discrete ( ) Spare Spare PPCB 04 ( ) Reserved Spare Reserved Ethernet TX (+) Ethernet TX ( ) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Spare Spare PPCB 04 (+) Spare Reserved Ethernet TX ( ) Reserved Spare Reserved Reserved Continuity Discrete ( ) Spare Spare PPCB 04 ( ) Reserved Spare Reserved Ethernet RX (+) Ethernet RX ( ) Reserved Reserved 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 9-7 .1.5.

9-8 .2.2.5. 11.2.3. and Figure 11.2. FIGURE 9.1-1 and up to 49 command data words shown in Figure 11.4 DELETED REQUEST/COMMAND FORMAT All commands to the payload from the RIC and requests from the payload to the RIC shall be packetized in accordance with the packet format shown in Paragraph 11.2-1.3.2.2.2. Tables 11. 16-bit words.2-1 TCP/IP FORMAT DEFINITION FOR ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS 9.2. 9. 11.2 COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL September 2009 Payloads communicating with the RIC and/or.5.7-1.2.5.5.2. including second.5.5. and fourth EXPRESS header words shown in Table 11.1-2.2.3. third.2.3.5. 11.2.11.5. 11.2.3.3.3.2.2.5.4-1.2.3-2.3. 11.3.2-1.5.7-1.5. including CCSDS overhead (11 words) and EXPRESS header (four words). The payload PEP timeline will not send more than ten (10) command packets per second. 11.5.2.3.3.3. the laptop via the Ethernet PEHB shall use software protocol Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). 11.3.4-2.5.3-1.2-1. The TCP/IP format is shown in Figure 9. 11. The S-band can uplink up to eight command packets per second.2.5.5 COMMAND PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS The RIC is capable of processing up to 10 payload command packets per second with up to 64 16-bit words per packet.3.2. 11.3 9. verifying and processing commands of the size as described in the Message Byte Count in the EXPRESS header for up to a maximum of 52.4-3.1-1. The payload shall be capable of receiving.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 9.

3 ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS It should be noted that all analog communications are via the SSPCM.5. The resolution/accuracy of the payload data by the SSPCM will be 12 bits analog to digital conversion with a ±1 percent of full scale accuracy.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 9.1-1.3. The SSPCM samples at 1 kHz.2.2.e.1-1.1.3. 9. 9. 9.2 ANALOG DRIVER CHARACTERISTICS The electrical characteristics of the payload analog driver circuit (output from the payload) shall be compatible with the SSPCM receiver circuit illustrated in Figure 9.6.6 9. 9.7 COMMUNICATIONS TO LAPTOP Ethernet communication with the EXPRESS Rack laptop computer is via the EXPRESS Rack PEHB.1. 9. All analogs for a single payload location must be sampled at the same rate.2-1. differential input to the SSPCM).3.1. Input Amplifier for Analog Signals to be Digitized (SSPCM Analog Receiver Circuit).1 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENT Connector pin functions for MDL or MDL replacement payloads shall be as shown in Table 9.3. 9.5. 9-9 . The sampling rate of the payload data by the RIC from the SSPCM will be 1..3.6. or 100 Hz.5. 10 Hz.3 9.1 CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENTS September 2009 Connector pin functions for MDL or MDL replacement payloads shall be as shown in Table 9.2.0 Hz.2.1 SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS An analog signal input to the EXPRESS Rack shall be a 5 Vdc to +5 Vdc output signal (i.3.2 ISIS DRAWERS Connector pin functions for ISIS drawer payloads shall be as shown in Table 9.2-1.

e.4. All discrete communication by the same payload (MDL or ISIS drawer) is sampled at the same rate.5. 9.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 9.2-1 INPUT AMPLIFIER FOR ANALOG SIGNALS TO BE DIGITIZED (SSPCM ANALOG RECEIVER CIRCUIT) 9.1 DISCRETE OUTPUT LOW LEVEL The PD hardware shall be compatible with a digital ““zero”” level output of 3.3.2-1. The SSPCM samples at 1 kHz. The sampling rate of the payload data by the RIC from the SSPCM will be 10 Hz.. The following paragraphs are written with the SSPCM as the reference (i.3.4. and the discrete input (to the SSPCM) is a differential signal.1. and inputs are to the SSPCM).1. 9.1 DISCRETE SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS The discrete output (from the SSPCM) signal is a differential signal. 9.2 ISIS DRAWERS Connector pin functions for ISIS drawer payloads shall be as shown in Table 9.3. The sample rate between payloads can be different.5 Vdc line to line.4 DISCRETE COMMUNICATIONS All discrete communications are via the SSPCM. 9-10 . outputs are from the SSPCM. Discretes are bi directional and programmed at the SSPCM.

4.1.5 Vdc line to line.2-1.4.1.1.1. Output current under these conditions will be limited to 27 milliAmperes (mA) continuous and up to 150 mA for duration of up to (one) 1 sec.4.4.3.4. The electrical characteristics of the payload discrete driver circuit shall be compatible with the SSPCM receiver circuit illustrated in Figure 9.2-1.2-1.2 ISIS DRAWERS Connector pin functions for ISIS drawer payloads shall be as shown in Table 9. 9.1.3 DISCRETE OUTPUT MAXIMUM FAULT CURRENT The PD hardware shall be compatible with and not be damaged by indefinite exposure to a misconnection to 27 to 32 Vdc source or sustained short. CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE MDLS/MDL REPLACEMENT B. 9.4.5 Vdc to +6.4. 9.6 DISCRETE INPUT MAXIMUM FAULT VOLTAGE The PD hardware shall not output any voltage outside the range of 27 to +32 Vdc indefinitely due to any fault condition.4. 9.0 Vdc. 9.1-1.3.2 DISCRETE OUTPUT HIGH LEVEL September 2009 The PD hardware shall be compatible with a digital ““one”” level output of +3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 9.2 DISCRETE DRIVER AND RECEIVER CHARACTERISTICS A.4.3 9.1.0 Vdc.5.5 Vdc to +2. SSPCM Discrete Receiver Circuit and Driver Circuit for Discrete Communications. 9.5 DISCRETE INPUT HIGH LEVEL The PD hardware shall be compatible with a high level input (logic high level) when the input is +2.1 Connector pin functions for MDL or MDL replacement payloads shall be as shown in Table 9. 9-11 .4.4 DISCRETE INPUT LOW LEVEL The PD hardware shall be compatible with a low level input (logic low level) when the input is 0.1.5. The electrical characteristics of the payload discrete receiver circuit shall be compatible with the SSPCM driver circuit illustrated in Figure 9. 9.4.

PPCB hardwired connectivity is as follows: M1 to M2 and M5.5.1-1 and 9.1.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 9.2-1.5 CONTINUITY DISCRETE JUMPER ISIS drawer payloads shall jumper the Command/Telemetry connector (P2) pin contact 9 to pin contact 121 per Table 9. M8 to S2 and M7. 9.1. When differentially terminated in 75 ohms. Television –– Composite Analog Video Signal –– NTSC for Studio Applications. M2 to M1 and M3.4. The pin functions required for the PPCB shall be as defined in Tables 9.2-1. 9. M7 to M6 and M8.5. the differential signal shall have the same color encoding.5. Payload shall provide an analog balanced differential video output signal which is derived from the single-ended video signal specified by SMPTE 170M. B. This is to allow software to verify that the connector is mated when the ISIS drawer is in the installed position.7 VIDEO A. and M5 to M1 and M6. S2 to S1 and M8. 9-12 . timing.2-1 SSPCM DISCRETE RECEIVER CIRCUIT AND DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR DISCRETE COMMUNICATIONS 9. M6 to M5 and M7. and relative signal levels as defined by ANSI/SMPTE 170M.6 POINT-TO-POINT COMMUNICATIONS BUS (PPCB) The Point-to-Point Communications Bus (PPCB) provides hardwired communication between adjacent payloads (ISIS drawers or MDLs) within the same EXPRESS Rack. M4 to M3 and S1. M3 to M2 and M4. S1 to M4 and S2.

5 ohm resistance across each of the differential legs. B. which contains no color burst.5 V. The video source may provide a color video signal in which the frequency of color subcarrier deviates from nominal as specified in ANSI/SMPTE 170M by up to 100 9-13 . The actual video performance requirements for a payload source will be determined by the intended use by that individual payload.7. The video source may provide a color video signal in which the phase of color burst is not defined with respect to the leading edge of horizontal sync.143 V at the positive pin and a nominal .143 V at the negative pin. and ensures the payload output circuit impedance is matched with the transmit line.1.3 BLANKING LEVEL The standard blanking level value is (0 IRE in SMPTE 170M) 0.7.1.1 9. 9.7.4 COMMON VOLTAGE MODE The balanced differential output shall have no more than a measured with respect to the input ground reference pin.5 V peak to peak signal.1. with sync tip (-40 IRE in SMPTE 170M) at a nominal 0 V and peak white (100 IRE in SMPTE 170M) at a negative 0.7. B.7. Each payload differential video signal is terminated at the receiver (EXPRESS Rack) end of the transmission line with a 75 5 ohm resistor across the differential lines. The positive pin of the balanced differential output shall provide a nominal 0.2 SYNC TIP AND WHITE REFERENCE A.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 9. 9. C. the following deviations are permitted to relax required video tolerances: A.1 Vdc common mode component SMPTE 170M specifies very tight tolerances on video timing and signal levels. Where individual payload video performance requirements are less stringent.5 V.7.2 DEVIATIONS TO VIDEO STANDARD 0.0. 9. (Note: As specified in ANSI/SMPTE 170M for color video signals. The video source may provide a monochrome video signal.1 PAYLOAD VIDEO CHARACTERISTICS INPUT IMPEDANCE September 2009 The payload video balanced differential output shall be designed with a 75-ohm source impedance. The negative pin of the balanced differential output shall provide a nominal 0. in phase quadrature (inverted) to the positive output. the encoded subcarrier may exceed peak white levels). 9.5 volt peak to peak signal with sync tip (-40 IRE in SMPTE 170M) at 0 V and peak white (100 IRE in SMPTE 170M) at 0. which is equivalent to a single 37.

provided that the rate of change of horizontal or vertical timing does not exceed 0. CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACE E. Connector and pin functions for ISIS drawer payloads shall be as shown in Table 9. Connector and pin functions for the MDL or MDL replacement payloads shall be as shown in Table 9. provided that the rate of change of subcarrier frequency does not exceed 0.3 A. The video source may relax the tolerance specified in ANSI/SMPTE 170M on the relative amplitudes of sync tip and peak white to -40 4 IRE and 100 10 IRE respectively. The video source may provide a video signal in which the timing of horizontal and vertical synchronization pulses deviates from nominal as specified in ANSI/SMPTE 170M by up to 100 parts per million.1. 9.1-1. 9-14 .3 parts per million per second.2-1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 parts per million.5.5.1. B.1 Hz per second. D.7.

10-1 . demineralized water etc).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 10.2 LEVEL Payloads shall provide supplemental lighting at worksites to meet the illumination levels in Table 10.2. or inspections which must be conducted during the payload development process.2. Colors listed in Table 12. This section contains only those environmental requirements which are not covered in the specific discipline sections (i. This illumination will be sufficient for ordinary payload operations performed in the aisle.5. Thermal..1 SPECULARITY Payload work surface specularity shall not exceed 20 percent. etc.1 PAYLOAD EQUIPMENT SURFACE CLEANLINESS A. Payload Required Illumination Levels. Limitations for Non-Flight Materials and Equipment Used In and Around Space Shuttle Orbiter Vehicles. Cleaning fluids will be per NSTS 08242. 10. Payloads must meet all of the following requirements: TABLE 10-I DELETED 10. Electrical.2. Payloads shall be delivered clean (external and accessible surfaces) and protected to visibly clean ““SENSITIVE”” or better as negotiated and as prescribed in JSC SN-C-0005. tests. Design shall allow external surfaces to be cleaned with solvents and equipment available at the launch site (lint free cloths/swabs. EMC/EMI.).2. Structures. ILLUMINATION REQUIREMENTS LIGHTING DESIGN B. The environments defined in the following paragraphs should be considered design to requirements and should provide a basis for any applicable analyses.3 DIMMABLE Light sources shall be dimmable.1-1 meet this requirement. Visibly clean ““SENSITIVE”” is the baseline level for all payloads.0 ENVIRONMENTAL INTERFACES September 2009 This section defines the environments for which the EXPRESS Rack payload must be compatible. 10.2-1. isopropyl alcohol. Space Shuttle Contamination Control Requirements.e.2 The general illumination of the Space Station in the aisle will be a minimum of 108 lux ten (10) foot candles) of white light. 10. 10.

paragraph 212.7B Addendum.3. Successful implementation and verification will be accomplished through the payload safety review process.3.3 10. laser.4 GLOVEBOX September 2009 Lighting in gloveboxes.3..1 for RF. excluding spot illumination. 10-2 . shall not exceed a brightness ratio of 3:1. 10.7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 10.5 10.3.g. and ultraviolet exposure.2..g. experiment setup) Fine glovebox operations (e.3. 10.2.3 SAFE OPERATION Procedures for the safe operation of laser and optical radiation sources shall be provided by the PD.g.2-1 PAYLOAD REQUIRED ILLUMINATION LEVELS TYPE OF TASK REQUIRED LUX (FOOT CANDLES)* Medium payload operations (not performed in the aisle) (e.2. instrument repair) Medium glovebox operations (e. 5. TABLE 10. Note: Above values are under review. Lasers.2.4 ACCIDENTAL EXPOSURES Payload procedures and equipment shall be provided to enable positive protective measures to be taken to prevent accidental exposures from laser and optical radiation. detailed operations.3. general operations.2 NON-IONIZING RADIATION Payload non ionizing emissions shall not exceed the exposure limits for personnel radiation as specified in SSP 50005. surgery/dissection) *As measured at the task site.1 DELETED LASER REQUIREMENTS LASERS Payloads requiring the use of lasers must meet the safety requirements defined in NSTS/ISS 1700. 10.g. Payload changeout and maintenance) Fine payload operations (e. 325 (30) 1075 (100) 975 (90) 1450 (135) 10... protein crystal growth.

Successful implementation and verification will be accomplished through the payload safety review process.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 10. Optical Equipment.3.4 RADIATION REQUIREMENTS Payloads are required to meet the radiation emission requirements specified in Section 7. Design Guidance: SEE is a generalized category of anomalies that result from a single ionizing particle.7. Addendum 212. Major radioactive sources require approval by the Interagency Nuclear Safety Review Panel through the NASA coordinator for the panel (NSTS 1700.7B Addendum.5 OPTICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS September 2009 Payloads requiring the use of optical equipment must meet the safety requirements defined in NSTS/ISS 1700.4.2. or other payloads as a result of exposure to Single Event Effect (SEE) ionizing radiation assuming exposure levels specified in SSP 30512. 10. The SSP 52000 PAH ERP provides design guidelines and reference material addressing this subject including a radiation dose requirement of 30 rad (Si) per year. latchup. 10-3 . Radioactive materials shall comply with appropriate license requirements at the planned launch and landing sites as well as the ISS program.4. Design Guidance: Descriptive data is to be provided in accordance with NSTS 13830 (each radiation source is to be documented using a completed JSC Form-44. ““Ionizing Radiation Source Data Sheet Space Flight Hardware and Applications””). with a shielding thickness of 25. EXPRESS Rack.1). This term includes such effects as single event upsets. clothing) shall be established and the requisite personnel equipment shall be provided by the PD.1.6 PERSONNEL PROTECTION DEVICES Based on the safety requirements and results for the electromagnetic hazards analysis. paragraph 212. transients.4. 10.0 of this IDD.4 mm (1000 mils). 10. Space Station Ionizing Radiation Design Environment. personnel protective device requirements (eyewear.1 PAYLOAD CONTAINED OR GENERATED IONIZING RADIATION Payloads containing or using radioactive materials or materials that generate ionizing radiation must be identified and approval obtained for their use by the ISS. Paragraph 3. permanent upset.3.2 SINGLE EVENT EFFECT (SEE) IONIZING RADIATION Materials and equipment shall not produce an unsafe condition or one that could cause damage to the ISS. and device burnout effects. Payloads on board the ISS are exposed to natural and induced radiation environments. 10.

10.5. The Payload shall provide for safe containment of any by-product of payload experimentgaseous. for all hardware containing such compounds.3 RADIATION DOSE REQUIREMENTS September 2009 Payloads should expect a total dose (including trapped protons and electrons) of 30 Rads (Si) per year of ionizing radiation. D. ethanol.4.2 HAZARDOUS RELEASES A.1a. Hazardous releases to the cabin air shall be in accordance with Paragraphs 209. Paragraph 3.1 OXYGEN CONSUMPTION The EXPRESS Rack payload consumption of atmospheric oxygen shall not exceed 0. C. ethylene glycol. if the intended location of the payload in the ISS is known. The release of the following water soluble volatile organic compounds into the ISS habitable environment is prohibited: Methanol.7 Addendum.1-1. 10.10 kg per day (0. n-butyl alcohol. liquid or solid. n-propyl alcohol. Payloads shall comply with this prohibition. 209.5. with the following exceptions: The release of these compounds by normal materials offgassing.1c in NSTS 1700.1. 10-4 . 10.24 lbm per day). A Volatile Organic Compound Usage Agreement (VUA) must be processed in accordance with SSP 30233. isopropyl alcohol.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 10.2.1b and 209. A review of the dose estimates in the ISS (SAIC-TN-9550) may show ionizing radiation exposure to be different than 30 Rads (Si) per year. while in the Shuttle Middeck.1. acetone. propylene glycol.5.5 ATMOSPHERE REQUIREMENTS See Table 5. The water soluble volatile organic compound is properly contained and released to the habitable environment only as a result of a single barrier failure (redundant containment is not required). B. The Payload shall not discharge toxic or any other experiment gases into the Middeck environment.

Data transmitted by the RIC to the ISS via LRDL must consist of an even number of bytes. and Pulse Frequency Modulated (PFM) video. The important portions in the CCSDS header are the packet length and the APID. For uplink commands. The SSPCM provides power to the EXPRESS Rack payloads and subsystem and provides an interface for analog/discrete data collection and an interface for discrete output commands.3. the EXPRESS Header will be kept.1-1). The RIC. From the prospective of EXPRESS payloads the PEP and the PL MDM are the same.2. including. SSPCM. When the RIC forwards each message to the desired destination. Messages between the RIC and payload or laptop are in EXPRESS packet format with sync word (55AA) and EXPRESS Header (Table 11. The SSPCM and the RIC communicate via MIL-STD-1553B interfaces and various discrete signals. the Huntsville Operations Support Center (HOSC) will generate the CCSDS header. data multiplexing. and command distribution and serves as an interface buffer between EXPRESS and the ISS C&DH. except the RIC will remove the EXPRESS Header from the Health and Status data before sending it to the PL MDM. The payload will not see the CCSDS header except for broadcast ancillary data where the CCSDS header is included as part of the packet that is sent to the payload from the RIC. but not limited to. Ethernet via the PEHB as Medium Rate Data Link (MRDL). 11-1 . payload file downlink and low rate telemetry data. If the payload generates an odd number of data bytes. fiber optical as High Rate Data Link (HRDL). Health and Status data (H&S). The RIC provides digital and analog data management services. PEP service requests and responses. File transfer downlink of payload data files via Payload Multiplexer/Demultiplexer (PL MDM) is limited due to operations constraints. Ancillary Data (payload Unique and Broadcast). to other payloads in the same EXPRESS Rack. the EXPRESS RIC. uplink files. The low rate link to the PL MDM is for commands. All messages (other than video) between the RIC and ISS are in CCSDS format. data formatting. The RIC builds the CCSDS header per the assigned Application Process Identifier (APID) in the RIC table. The MRDL to the Payload Ethernet Hub Gateway (PEHG) is for payload-to-payload communication between racks and medium rate telemetry downlink.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11.0 LAPTOP COMPUTERS AND SOFTWARE September 2009 The EXPRESS Rack provides C&DH interfaces for payload use. and PEHB provide direct interfaces to the EXPRESS payloads. The PEP is the part of the PL MDM that serves as a single point of control for payload data and commands in the ISS C&DH system. The Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) located within the EXPRESS Rack allows payloads to communicate to the EXPRESS laptop. time. The RIC inserts the primary and the secondary CCSDS headers to each telemetry packet for downlink to the PL MDM or the PEHG or the Automated Payload Switch (APS). The RIC interfaces to the ISS via the MIL-STD-1553B bus as Low Rate Data Link (LRDL). the RIC will fill the message to an even number of bytes. The HRDL is for high rate telemetry downlink. or to other equipment/payloads outside the rack via the PEHB. Bidirectional communication with equipment on board ISS and to ground facilities is through these equipment items.

Shuttle/Payload Interface Definition Document for the Payload and General Support Computer (PGSC).4 of NSTS 21000-IDD-760XD. They are described in the following paragraphs.1 LAPTOP COMPUTERS September 2009 There are three laptop computers available for an EXPRESS subrack payload to use. operations. Payloads using the PGSC will comply with the applicable requirements in NSTS 21000-IDD-760XD. 11-2 . is the primary laptop that interfaces with the EXPRESS Rack RIC and the subrack payloads within the EXPRESS Rack. The RS-232C cables are provided for experiments located in the orbiter cabin.1.1. 11.1 PAYLOAD AND GENERAL SUPPORT COMPUTER PGSC utilization.1.1. and constraints are defined in NSTS 21000-IDD-760XD.2 11.1. connectors.2 ORBITER-POWERED PGSC The PGSC may obtain electrical power through available Shuttle Middeck outlets as specified in paragraph 9.1.1 PGSC ELECTRICAL POWER CHARACTERISTICS PAYLOAD-POWERED PGSC The PGSC may be powered through the payload which is specified in Paragraph 5.2. The PCS does not physically interface with the EXPRESS Rack or EXPRESS subrack payload nominally.1. Subrack payloads are not allowed to utilize/manifest their own laptop. The Payload and General Support Computer (PGSC) is used in the Shuttle (Middeck or flight deck).1.1.1.1 of NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK. 11.1.1 11.2. 11.1 of NSTS 21000-IDD-760XD. The software which interfaces to the subrack payload is also identified in the subsequent paragraphs.1 PGSC COMMUNICATION/POWER INTERFACES CABLES RS-232 COMMUNICATION CABLES (ORBITER PGSC) The RS-232 cables.1.1 of NSTS 21000-IDD-760XD. The Portable Computer System (PCS) is the primary laptop interface with the ISS subsystems.1-2 of the payload specific ICD.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11. The EXPRESS Rack Laptop (LAP) .1. Note: Payloads requiring this service should include the PGSC power as part of payload power allocation listed in Table 6. and pin functions for payload usage are defined in paragraph 7. which is also called the EXPRESS Laptop Computer (ELC). Electrical power requirements and interface characteristics for the PGSC are specified in Paragraph 5. 11.

2. 11.1. but this is dependent on the exact PGSC model available in inventory at the time of request.1 of NSTS 21000-IDD760XD. I.2 RS-422 COMMUNICATION CABLES (ORBITER PGSC) September 2009 The RS-422 cables.1. 11. display EXPRESS Rack facility subsystem status.2 of NSTS 21000-IDD-760XD. and pin functions for payload usage are defined in paragraph 7. C.1) ports ATI Mobility Fire GL 7800 Video Card 15-inch active matrix Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) display Built-in 10/100 BaseT Ethernet port 11-3 . The primary components include: A.1.3 SOFTWARE (ORBITER PGSC) All unique payload software and applications used on the PGSC will be payload provided. F.2. The PD shall show compatibility of these user accessories with the PGSC model to be used. G. 11.5 in floppy diskettes.1.2 EXPRESS RACK LAPTOP (LAP)/EXPRESS LAPTOP COMPUTER (ELC) The LAP/ELC (IBM A31p model number 2653-NU1 Part number SEG33115360) is provided by the ISS Program.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11.1.1. The payload may use standard 3. E.0 GByte System Memory (SDRAM) 8x-4x-24x/8x Speed CD-RW/DVD Optical Drive One RS-232C port 2-Type II PC-Card (PCMCIA) Slots Firewire (IEEE-1394A) port Dual USB (Version 1. and pin functions are per Paragraph 7. 60. replaceable hard drives. K.5-inch Removable Floppy Drive 1. The RS-422 cable provides a communication link between the PGSC and payload in the payload bay.0 GByte Removable Hard Drive 1. H. D.44 MByte 3. The EXPRESS Project (EP) provides the software to operate the rack. communicate with subrack payload elements within the EXPRESS Rack and display video.8 GHz Pentium 4M Processor 1. connectors. connectors. J.1. or Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) cards. L.2. B. The ELC also provides a total of 50 Gigabytes (GBytes) of hard drive space that is divided into 13 partitions for subrack payload use.3 POWER CABLES (ORBITER PGSC) DC power cables. It is recommended that the payload make arrangement to allow for testing the experiment hardware with the intended software installed in the PGSC.

There are no direct physical interfaces between the subrack payload and the ELC. however. send messages.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 The ELC utilizes Windows 2000 Professional SP3 Edition and the EP provides Common Express Laptop Software Executable software. the computer can communicate with the subrack payload via the RIC to monitor the subrack payload. Figure 11. Note: Direct physical contact with the ELC attached to an ARIS rack during ARIS operations is prohibited. and display video.2-1 illustrates at a high level the end-to-end description of command flows from the EXPRESS Rack laptop using PD applications resident in the laptop to a payload via SndRic Pipe. etc.. FIGURE 11. however.2-1 EXPRESS LAPTOP PAYLOAD COMMAND FLOW 11-4 . The built-in Ethernet port is compatible with either 10BaseT or 100BaseT Ethernet. Commanding to the payload during ARIS operations must be done remotely. all of which are subject to operational and hardware-sharing constraints.1. Note: Subrack payloads previously verified for flight with IBM 760XD that can not operate under the IBM A31p configuration will require an approved exception.1. the EXPRESS Rack only uses 10BaseT.

2.2-4 illustrates at a high level the end-to- 11-5 . summarizes the EXPRESS Rack RIC CSCI direct interfaces to the payload item. 11.g. There are other services available to payloads shown in Figure 11. Figure 11. Communication between the ISS PCS and the PL MDM takes place at 1 Hz over the MIL-STD-1553B local bus. At the beginning. Payload displays developed for the ISS PCS can send any command the developer has defined in the PDL and display any data parameter for Health and Status. The ISS PCS must connect to the Utility Outlet Panel (UOP) for interface with the PL MDM which will provide the payload information to the ISS PCS. however. EXPRESS RIC CSCI Interface Diagram for RIC-to-Payloads and Other Rack Hardware Items.2-2 for Health and Status data. each telemetry packet should include the four word EXPRESS header. Payload displays can also display any other parameter that the PL MDM has resident in its Current Value Table (e.2 EXPRESS RACK SOFTWARE Figure 11. depicts the EXPRESS Rack RIC Computer Software Configuration Item (CSCI) interfaces to the payloads and other items within the EXPRESS Rack.2-1. timeline.8 Mbps (in a rack with or without ARIS) and for HRDL is 1. it is recommended that the payload be designed with a commandable variable downlink rate. Portable Computer System (PCS) Interface Definition Document. The ISS PCS does not have an Ethernet interface. USL cabin temperature and pressure). Caution and Warning (ECW) limit check response command) to a payload. as shown in Table 11. The requirements for these payload displays must be documented in a Software Requirements Specification (SRS) that is jointly developed with the Payload Developer and Payload Software Integration.”” and messages sent from the payload will be referred to as ““data/requests.3 ISS PORTABLE COMPUTER SYSTEM September 2009 Reference SSP 52052.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11. EXPRESS Rack Payload Related RIC CSCI External Interface Identification. Figure 11.”” Science and/or Health and Status information sent from the payload will be referred to as either ““data”” or ““telemetry. An EXPRESS rack payload must plan to utilize the ELC before attempting to use the ISS PCS. Table 11. which for the MRDL is 1.-2 for the telemetry packet and Figure 11. the Payload Software Integration and Verification Facility (PSIVF) will work with the payload for payload ISS PCS displays. Displays developed for the ISS PCS must conform to the interface requirements defined in the ISS PCS IDD.2-3 illustrates at a high level the end-to-end description of command flow from the PEP (such as a ground.2-1.e. For payloads requiring large amounts of data to be downlinked in a short period of time. Payload Developer use of a payload display on the ISS PCS must be documented and agreed to in the Payload Developer’’s PIA. for design requirements and information regarding the ISS PCS.2-1. and the Emergency. the CSCI interfaces between the Ethernet payload and the ISS MRDL must go through the PEHB (i. indirect interface).”” Telemetry from all payloads is limited by the RIC's throughput capability.1. The operating system on the ISS PCS is Linux. Payloads planning to use the ISS PCS memory and hard drive for payload software and displays must negotiate the use of the ISS PCS with the Payload Software Control Panel (PSCP). messages sent to the payload will be referred to as ““commands/response. In this section. The ISS PCS is not dedicated to any one rack or payload.. As a service to the Payload Developer.9 Mbps (with or without ARIS).

The following paragraph provides information on each interface for the payloads (Ethernet. Software Software Software 11-6 . service requests. Request and data sent to a payload via TIA/EIA-422.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 end description of the request flows from a payload to the PEP.2-1 EXPRESS RIC CSCI INTERFACE DIAGRAM FOR RIC-TO-PAYLOADS AND OTHER RACK HARDWARE ITEMS TABLE 11. and data sent from payload and laptop via Ethernet to the RIC. Request and data sent to a payload and laptop via Ethernet.2-1 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD RELATED RIC CSCI EXTERNAL INTERFACE IDENTIFICATION NAME DESCRIPTION INTERFACE TYPE RS-422 PLD to RIC CSCI RIC CSCI to RS-422 PLD RIC CSCI to Ethernet PEHB Domain ““0”” Ethernet PEHB Domain ““0”” to RIC CSCI Status.Software 422. EIA/RS-422. service requests. Status. EXPRESS laptop/Payload Application Software (PAS)). and data sent from payload via TIA/EIA. FIGURE 11.

FIGURE 11.2-2 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS 11-7 .2-2 EXPRESS TELEMETRY PACKET FORMAT (118) MSB LSB SYNC (55AA) EXPRESS Header EXPRESS Telemetry Secondary Header Data Byte 1 Data Byte 3 Data Byte n-1 Data Byte 2 Data Byte 4 Data Byte n (maximum Ethernet n = 1248 Data Bytes maximum TIA/EIA-422 n = 1248 Data Bytes) EXPRESS serial checksum word (only applicable for TIA/EIA-422 messages between the RIC and payloads. Consists of the sum. of all message bytes. including Sync Word. with no carry. prior to the EXPRESS Serial Checksum word).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 11.

Request Response received by the Ground Station and processed D. by RIC CSCI to send to a payload C.2-3 PAYLOAD PEP COMMAND 11-8 . Scheduled Telemetry Invalid command response. B. Valid command is reformatted as required. Ethernet via PEHB Request Response received by the EXPRESS Laptop and processed D. will be sent to the Ground Station and EXPRESS Laptop C. as required. FIGURE 11.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 PL MDM 1553B Local Bus Payload command issued by PEP to the RIC CSCI A. Command received by RIC CSCI and validated. as required. < OR > Command received by the payload Ethernet via PEHB or RS-422 D.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 11.2-4 END-TO-END SERVICE REQUEST FOR PAYLOAD FLOW 11-9 .

The RIC will not be involved with payload-to-payload communications within the same rack or between different racks. An invalid command status will be sent to the EXPRESS laptop for commands with an incorrect header format. The EXPRESS RIC expects data with the most significant byte first and least significant byte last and a word order with the most significant word first and least significant word last. part of the first word of the EXPRESS Header.3 Ethernet. The Message Type is used by the RIC to identify the command/data/status contained in the message. For each message from the RIC to the payload.1 EXPRESS RACK PEHB INTERFACE (ETHERNET) The Ethernet connection for which the payload shall be compatible is ANSI/IEEE-STD-802. The Function Code (source or destination) is used by the RIC to route each message for each interface in the rack.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 The EXPRESS RIC uses eight (8) bits as one byte and 16 bits as one (1) word (two (2) bytes).2-1). For data/messages the RIC checks the EXPRESS Header format. The RIC CSCI interfaces to the PEHB (Figure 11. 11. the RIC removes the sync word prior to further processing. Payload-to-payload communication can use any type of protocol compatible with Ethernet 802. Once the sync word is identified. Payloads requiring a HRDL can access this interface via the PEHB to the RIC and then to the ISS APS. in accordance with ANSI/IEEE-STD-802. the RIC will discard the packet and search again for a sync word and packet size that correctly matches the Message Byte Count in the EXPRESS Header. required for every packet between the RIC and payload for both RS-422 and Ethernet interface.3 Type 10BASE-T TCP/IP protocol format compliant. If the header format is incorrect.3 10Base-T.2. The RIC processes each message based on the Function Code and the Message Type in the EXPRESS Header. the RIC adds the sync word prior to sending the message. and communications with the payloads. 11-10 . are for downlink of payload medium rate telemetry. The EXPRESS Header (words two (2) to four (4)) and the EXPRESS telemetry secondary header are in 16-bit integer format. A sync word. The Message Byte Count is calculated by summing the number of bytes from the Message Type to the last message data byte but not including the RS-422 serial checksum word. The RIC passes the data packet when the sync word and packet size are verified correct. is "0000" for the current version. Upon receipt of a payload message by the RIC. If the next sync word is not found in the appropriate location. communications with the EXPRESS Rack laptop CSCI. as long as the other payload can accept the information. the RIC uses the Message Byte Count in the EXPRESS Header to verify the size of each packet. Ethernet-to-Ethernet or RS-422-to-Ethernet communication in the same or different racks is via the PEHB. is used to identify the beginning of a new packet. the message will be discarded and no retransmission will be requested. The value of the Header Version. other than to store the payload Ethernet Medium Access Control (MAC) address within the PEHB Content Addressable Memory.

A logical connection also exists between the Ethernet payloads and ISS LAN 1 and ISS LAN 2 through the PEHB. Laptop Ethernet Interface There is no direct physical interface between the RIC CSCI and the EXPRESS Rack laptop CSCI. Payload Ethernet Interface There is no direct physical Ethernet interface between the RIC CSCI and the payloads. The length/type field of the MAC portion of TCP/IP protocol should indicate a MAC client protocol (type interpretation) using the value 0800 h within the 2 bytes between the Ethernet source address and IP header. through the PEHB bridging function. there is an ANSI/IEEE-STD-802.2-1). which provides a logical Ethernet communications interface between: 1. The VxWorks network supports the associated Internet. Payload Ethernet External Interface Data Element (8). which provides a logical Ethernet communications interface between: 1. which provides a logical Ethernet communications interface between the RIC CSCI and the ISS LAN 1 and 2 through the PEHB. that is used for downlink of medium rate telemetry and rack-to-rack communications (see Figure 11.1-1. C. Version 5. The data and files elements for the payload Ethernet interfaces with which payload shall comply are shown in Table 11. to be used for payload data transfers to PAS running on the laptop.3 Ethernet connection between the PEHB and the EXPRESS Rack laptop. ISS Payload Ethernet Hub/Gateway Interfaces There is no direct physical interface between the RIC CSCI and the ISS LAN 1 and ISS LAN 2. 2. for normal operations. 3.3 Ethernet connection between the PEHB and the ISS LAN 1 and 2. there is an ANSI/IEEE-STD-802. The RIC CSCI and the EXPRESS Rack laptop CSCI through the PEHB. The payloads and the ISS LAN Payload Ethernet Hub Gateway 1 (PEHG1) and PEHG2. 4. B. The RIC CSCI and the payloads through the PEHB. there is an ANSI/IEEE-STD-802.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 PEHB Ethernet interfaces for software are listed below: A. 2. with communication in accordance with TCP/IP.2. however. with communication in accordance with TCP/IP Ethernet transmission protocol. The payloads and the EXPRESS Rack laptop CSCI through the PEHB. The payloads and the EXPRESS Rack laptop CSCI through the PEHB to be used for payload data transfers to/from PAS running on the laptop.3. however. 11-11 . The TCP/IP is supported by the RIC embedded VxWorks.3 Ethernet connection between the PEHB and the payloads. to be used for payload to payload and rack-to-rack communications. however.

1 Hz 10 Hz Async Async Async Async Async Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC 1 Hz Async Async Async Async Async Async Async Async Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Control Message Protocol and the Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol as implemented in UNIX Berkeley Software Distribution (BSD). EXPRESS sync word.3 (UNIX is a trademark of X/Open Ltd. well-formed EXPRESS messages (that is. payloads should be sure to send only complete. If a payload must send its data piecemeal (for example.1. then multiple EXPRESS messages should be used.2. Version 5.3 with five (5) 32-bit TCP header words and five (5) 32-bit IP header words. (Otherwise. and more data in yet another message). When sending data to the RIC via a network connection. Version 5. resulting in data loss and a broken network connection). The Ethernet is ANSI/IEEE-STD-802.3 10 BASE-T format. The TCP/IP header structure as described in Figure 9. the EXPRESS message cannot be assembled correctly. then all the pieces that comprise a complete EXPRESS message must be received in order by the RIC before any other data from that payload is received. and data bytes all in a single unit). 11-12 . Version 4.2-1 is standard Berkley 4. EXPRESS header.2. VxWorks Reference Manual..) VxWorks Programmers Guide. some data in another message. If the payload’’s data cannot fit into a single EXPRESS message.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 11.1-1 PAYLOAD ETHERNET EXTERNAL INTERFACE DATA ELEMENT (8) DESCRIPTION SOURCE DESTINATION FREQUENCY DATA FORMAT Ethernet PLD to RIC Payload Health and Status PEP Bundle Request PEP Procedure Execution Request Rack Time Request Ancillary Data Config Control Payload Telemetry Downlink Data EMU File Transfer Request PLD File Transfer Data Block PLD File Transfer Request RIC to Ethernet Payload Ancillary Data Set Broadcast Ancillary Data Packet Rack Request Response Rack Time Response EMU File Transfer Request PLD File Transfer Request PLD File Transfer Data Block RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD Async.1. sync word and the EXPRESS header in one message. The PEHB provides the isolation between the ISS network and the RIC/payloads.

Packets shall be separated by a minimum idle time equivalent to 5 data characters. the EXPRESS laptop is the client and the RIC or payload is the server.2-1. Once assigned. When a payload command. Note: The RS-422 checksum word is the summation of all bytes. payload telemetry. The payload interface to the RIC by RS-422 format must have a serial checksum at the end of each data message. The RIC does not use the Ethernet address in processing.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 The IP address is assigned by PEI in the C&DH Data Set within the PDL after the PD promotes the C&DH data set to the Submitted level. A. The data elements for this interface with which payloads must comply are shown in Table 11. The EXPRESS serial checksum word is used only by the RIC and is computed as the sum. The Ethernet address of the payload is used to configure the PEHB Content Addressable Memory for communication to another payload outside the rack. The server will need to reset the connection when this occurs. B. or payload files. starting with and including the sync word (55AA) but not including the checksum.2.2. The PD will input to the payload Ethernet address to the PDL C&DH data set. If the connection is lost. Time response. of all message bytes including the sync word but excluding the checksum word itself. The sync word in front of the EXPRESS Header is used in the communication protocol for RS-422 to indicate the beginning of a new message. Request Response. 11-13 . The messages shall be complete and contiguous (must never have idle time of more than two contiguous characters between sync word and message checksum word). The request response will be returned within 1 sec of validation of the request except for requests to the PEP. The content from the first word of EXPRESS Header through the word before the serial checksum word is the payload message. 11. For communication between the EXPRESS laptop and the RIC or payload. with no carry (over the word boundary). Idle time consists of a period of time when no data is present on the interface. Note: Only if a request is invalid will a response be sent to the payload making the request. Payload RS-422 External Interface Data Element (7). The client establishes communication and afterwards maintains an open connection. the client deletes the current socket and creates a new socket.2 EXPRESS RACK RIC SERIAL INTERFACE (RS-422) The RIC CSCI interfaces to payloads requiring a serial interface as described in ANSI/TIA/EIA422-B-1994. with no carry. the RIC adds the sync word at the beginning and the serial checksum word at the end before sending it to the payload. the IP address remains with the payload even if the payload is moved to another EXPRESS rack location. The RIC is the client and the payload is the server for all communication between the RIC and the payload. The valid TCP/IP port number range is 6212 to 6999 and is assigned by PEI. or file comes from the PEP. Communication between the RIC and the payload or between the EXPRESS laptop and a payload is a two (2)-way transfer. No flow control is used in the RS-422 interface. Ancillary data. the RIC removes the sync word and the serial checksum word prior to further processing. When the RIC receives Health and Status.

. laptop.2. during communications between the payload and the RIC CSCI across the physical TIA/EIA-422 interface or across the logical Ethernet interface through the PEHB.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 11.1-1.1.3.2. 55AA 0006 004D 0100 0001 0154 11.1 = = = = = = Sync word Version and Byte Count Message Type Source Function Code (Payload) Destination Function Code (RIC) Checksum word (Sum of bytes from 55 + AA + 00 + 06 + 00 + 4D + 01 + 00 + 00 + 01) PAYLOAD INTERFACE DATA ELEMENTS EXPRESS HEADER The payload shall use the header word format defined in Table 11.2.3.2.2-1 PAYLOAD RS-422 EXTERNAL INTERFACE DATA ELEMENT (7) DESCRIPTION SOURCE DESTINATION FREQUENCY DATA FORMAT RS-422 Payload to RIC PEP Bundle Request PEP Procedure Execution Request Payload Health and Status EXPRESS Telemetry Downlink Data Rack Time Request Ancillary Data Config Control EMU File Transfer Request PLD File Transfer Request PLD File Transfer Data Block RIC to RS-422 Payload Ancillary Data Set Broadcast Ancillary Data Packet Payload Command Payload Request Response Rack Time Response EMU File Transfer Request PLD File Transfer Request PLD File Transfer Data Block RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD Async. or in a very few 11-14 . EXPRESS Header (110). 1 Hz 10 Hz Async Async Async Async Async Async RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD PLD RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC Async Async 1 Hz Async Async Async Async Async Async RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 As an example. Requests to the RIC can originate from the PEP (Command from Ground Station).3 11. a payload with Function Code ““100”” requesting time from the RIC would send the message ““55AA 0006 004D 0100 0001 0154”” with a checksum of ““0154 h””.

3.1-1 EXPRESS HEADER (110) MSB LSB Header Version (4 bits) Function Code (Source) Function Code (Destination) Message Byte Count (12 bits) Command Message Type/Measurement Message Type Message Byte Count = Total Remaining Bytes in associated message.3. Payloads using the Ethernet interface use a subnet mask of 255. and Function Code (source or destination) Function codes are unique for each interface. a payload. The telemetry APID and Subset Identifier (ID) are assigned in PDL by Payload Software Integration (PSI). Table 11. Message Byte Count (sum of the bytes from Message Type to the last message data byte in Hex.2. but not including the RS-422 checksum word). A unique Function Code is assigned to each PAS and payload interface and is used by the RIC for communication with the payload application and payload. only one interface will be accessed by the RIC at a time. it is possible to interface to an RS-422 interface in one locker/drawer and an Ethernet interface in another locker/drawer. TABLE 11.255. The only exception is that the first word (16-bit integer) of the EXPRESS Header will be divided to one 4-bit integer (Header Version) and one 12-bit integer (Message Byte Count).3. Payloads application resident on the EXPRESS Rack laptop will use the specific EXPRESS Rack laptop’’s IP address (obtained from PEI) with unique port number (assigned within the C&DH data set in PDL). The data types for the parameters in the EXPRESS Header are 16-bit integer. and Function Code which are assigned in PDL by PEI after the PD promotes the C&DH Data Set. For a multiple locker or drawer payload. For a payload with both RS-422 and Ethernet interfaces in a single MDL or ISIS location.2-1 defines Function Codes for payloads. excluding Serial Checksum Words where applicable 11.3.2-1 FUNCTION CODE ASSIGNMENTS (111) RACK LOCATION/FUNCTION ASSIGNMENT RIC Ground Station Individual PLD/PA RIC Reserved 0001 h 000F h 0010 h . and Ground Station.2. TABLE 11. EXPRESS header including Version (0 h).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 cases.FFFE h 0000 h. The payload’’s Ethernet port number is 6215.0. and FFFF h 11-15 . 0002 h –– 000E h.0. Switching between the interfaces requires an update to the Payload Configuration File Format table in the RIC which involves shutdown of the payload.2 UNIQUE IDENTIFIER NUMBERS The payload shall use the TCP port number. IP Address for TCP/IP. Message Type (RIC unique identifier for the command/data/status contained in the message).2.2. RIC. An additional Function Code would be assigned for the second interface.

More than one telemetry APID may be assigned to a single payload. The maximum size of each packet is 1. The first word of the EXPRESS telemetry secondary header (telemetry Data Type) along with the source Function Code in the EXPRESS Header is used by the RIC to identify the telemetry PLD APID on Telemetry Configuration File Format for use in construction of the CCSDS header. the destination Function Code is the RIC (0001h). The Sequence Count and Time Tag (two (2) words) in the EXPRESS telemetry secondary header are recommended but are optional. TABLE 11. depending on requirements. and payload telemetry data. The RIC can handle up to six data types per payload: one (1) for the default pass (FFFF) and five (5) for exception passes based on the telemetry Data Type.3. To select the telemetry downlink channel via either low rate.2-2. and the EXPRESS telemetry secondary header. All telemetry data sent while the link is not available is discarded. The RIC simply collects and forwards the data for downlink during the periods of time when the telemetry link is available.2. EXPRESS telemetry secondary header.248 data bytes plus the sync word. LSB = 1 second)* *RIC generated telemetry will use as shown. medium rate. The RIC does not send a response if telemetry data is sent while the link is not available.3.3-1 for telemetry data downlink. and optionally. and time tag. The sync word will be in front of the EXPRESS Header. For an RS-422 payload. or the high rate.3-1 EXPRESS TELEMETRY SECONDARY HEADER (115) MSB LSB Telemetry Data Type Sequence Count (Per Telemetry Data Type)* Time Tag (Most Significant Bit (MSB) of Coarse Time)* Time Tag (Least Significant Bit (LSB) of Coarse Time.3.2. For a downlink telemetry packet. The HOSC uses the Data Type as the Format ID. This header identifies the type of telemetry.4 PAYLOAD TELEMETRY PACKET All payload telemetry from the payload to the RIC shall be packetized in accordance with the packet format shown in Table 11.2. The telemetry Data Type can be any value between 0001 h and FFFF h (default). the EXPRESS Header. The payload downlink telemetry packet must include the EXPRESS Header.2. 11.3. the PD submits the selection in the PDL C&DH Data Set Downlink Telemetry Data Packets form which will be incorporated into the Telemetry Configuration File Form. Telemetry can be of variable length. but is not part of the telemetry message. The payload telemetry packet will always be in an even number of bytes. sequence count. Payload usage is optional. The payload shall use the format of the EXPRESS telemetry secondary header presented in Table 11. it is suggested this format be used for PLDs needing to rebuild messages on the ground. however. the serial checksum word will be at the end of the packet. and the Message Type is 009Ch in the EXPRESS Header.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11. 11-16 .3 EXPRESS TELEMETRY SECONDARY HEADER September 2009 The EXPRESS telemetry secondary header is contained within the data field of the EXPRESS packet and subsequently the CCSDS user data field when downlinked.

well-formed EXPRESS messages (that is. For an Ethernet telemetry packet. Figure 11. PEP Procedure Execution Request. adds the CCSDS header in front of the EXPRESS Header. the EXPRESS message cannot be assembled correctly. then all the pieces that comprise a complete EXPRESS message must be received. EXPRESS sync word. sync word and the EXPRESS header in one message. When a valid payload message is received but the telemetry path designated in the Telemetry Configuration tables has not been activated using the Downlink Configuration Control command to the RIC. EXPRESS laptop.2. the RIC removes the sync word and the serial checksum word and adds the CCSDS header before sending the message out. EXPRESS header. prolonged periods of excessive RS-422 traffic can cause RIC problems that may result in a RIC reboot. Payload telemetry received from a payload that exceeds the RIC resources to downlink or comes from a payload that does not have an entry in the Telemetry Configuration table will be discarded. by the RIC before any other data from that payload is received. Excessive Ethernet traffic will be throttled by the RIC and could cause the data to be backed up on the payload side. payloads should be sure to send only complete. and EXPRESS Memory Unit (EMU) Payload File Transfer Request.2. The EXPRESS laptop and Ground Station are notified of data loss through an increase in the data lost count in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status data. Payload File Transfer Request. the RIC verifies the EXPRESS Header and the telemetry Data Type in the EXPRESS telemetry secondary header. 11-17 . or the payload are sent to the PL MDM via the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status data. a Payload Response will be sent to the payload. and sends the message to the designated channel per the Telemetry Configuration File in the RIC. If the payload’’s data cannot fit into a single EXPRESS message. The request response from the PEP will be forwarded to the payload by the RIC when the response arrives from the PEP. normally within 1 to 20 seconds depending upon how many other commands/request responses are already in the queue. However. Ancillary Data Configuration Control. 11.-2 defines the telemetry data packet format which should be used by the payload.2-4 defines the end-to-end flow of the payload service request. For an RS422 payload telemetry packet.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 The payload telemetry rate is entirely dependent on the rate the payload transmits the telemetry to the RIC and the downlink resources available to the RIC. For a payload telemetry packet. originating from the Ground Station. and more data in yet another message). Rack Time Request. some data in another message.5 EXPRESS RIC INTERFACE REQUESTS AND RESPONSES Six types of request for RIC or PEP services that can be made by payloads are PEP Bundle Request. The invalid response will be reported to the Ground Station and the EXPRESS laptop. PEP-related requests. the RIC removes the sync word. resulting in data loss and broken network connection). If a payload must send its data piecemeal (for example. Table 11. (Otherwise. When the payload input is less than the minimum telemetry data size. and data bytes all in a single unit). The Downlink Configuration Control table is used to notify the RIC to start or stop the telemetry service.3. in order. then multiple EXPRESS messages should be used. When sending data to the RIC via a network connection. the RIC will fill at the end of the packet to meet the minimum length requirement.

5.2.5-2. Status Message Type Assignments/Location (121). PLD. PLD PLD PA PLD.5.2-1. The request header/message/word definitions used by the payload will be in accordance with request Tables 11.3. 11. RIC GS. RIC LAP* LAP.5.1-1.2-1.3.3. PLD RIC RIC 004C h 004D h 0020 h 0041 h 0042 h 0020 h TABLE 11.5. The requests and messages initiated by the payload when communicating with the RIC CSCI shall be in accordance with Table 11. 11.5-2 STATUS MESSAGE TYPE ASSIGNMENTS/LOCATION (121) MESSAGE TYPE DESCRIPTION ASSIGNMENT RACK RESPONSES 0080 h FUNCTION CODE SOURCE DESTINATION Rack Time Response PLD Request Response PA Request Response Data Packet Ancillary Data Set Broadcast Ancillary Data Set Payload Health and Status EXPRESS Telemetry Packet PLD File Transfer Data Block Rack Analog and Discrete Data RIC RIC LAP RIC RIC PLD PLD PLD. PA PLD. PA PLD. LAP.2.5-1 REQUEST MESSAGE TYPE ASSIGNMENTS/LOCATION (120) MESSAGE TYPE DESCRIPTION ASSIGNMENT REQUEST MESSAGES 0049 h FUNCTION CODE SOURCE DESTINATION B. 11. TABLE 11. PLD LAP. LAP.3. PLD GS. LAP. PLD PA 0082 h 0082 h 0098 h 0099 h 009B h 009C h 00A4 h 00B0 h *In this instance. PA RIC RIC RIC RIC RIC.1-1. 11-18 .5.5-1. and Table 11. Request Message Type Assignments/Location (120).5. & 11.2.2.3. Reference specific message type definition for source or destination function code. PLD GS. PLD GS.3-1. LAP refers to the LAP Named Pipe interface to a PA and not the LAP function code. LAP.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 A.5.2.2.3.2.2.2.5. PEP Bundle Request PEP Procedure Execution Request Rack Time Request Ancillary Data Configuration Control PLD File Transfer Request EMU File Transfer Request Configuration Control Messages Ancillary Data Configuration Control GS.3.4-1.3. LAP.3. PA RIC RIC RIC.3. PLD. 11.2.

2. Table 11.3. The procedures are compiled into the bundles using the compiler for Timeliner.1-1 defines the format for the PEP Bundle Request. TABLE 11.). 19= Stop. issuing commands (at a specific time.2.1-1 PEP BUNDLE REQUEST (191) MSB SYNC (55AA) LSB EXPRESS Header (Message Type = 0049 h) PEP Request Identifier: (Integer value) 21 = Install. Table 11.2-1 defines the format for the PEP Procedure Execution Request.2 PEP PROCEDURE EXECUTION REQUEST The purpose of the PEP Procedure Execution Request is to request a Timeliner sequence on the PEP to be started. Once the appropriate Timeliner files are on the PL MDM. or removed. or resumed. stopped. 20 = Resume Payload Dependent Sequence Identifier: (Unique integer value relating to the sequence assigned by PEP) 11-19 .5.2.5. assigned by the PEP.3.2.5. issuing messages.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11. etc. TABLE 11.2. The purpose of the PEP Bundle Request is to request a bundle of Timeliner commands on the PEP to be installed. or after a specific time delay if desired.3. commands may be issued to the Timeliner (or requested of the PL MDM by a payload) for the execution of those procedures.2-1 PEP PROCEDURE EXECUTION REQUEST (194) MSB SYNC (55AA) LSB EXPRESS Header (Message Type = 004C h) Request Identifier: (Integer value) 18 = Start. halted.5.3. 23 = Remove Bundle Identifier Parameter: (Unique value relating to a User Interface Language (UIL) Bundle assigned by PEP) 11. It could consist of monitoring parameters.2. The Bundle Identifier Parameter is a unique integer value assigned by the PEP relating to the bundle of Timeliner commands stored on the PL MDM.5.1 PEP BUNDLE REQUEST September 2009 The PEP bundles contain groups of Timeliner Procedures (Sequences) that are to be automatically executed on the PL MDM. relating to the Timeliner sequence stored on the PL MDM. 22 = Halt.5. The Payload Dependent Sequence Identifier is a unique integer value.3.

5. the payload will receive the time every 90 seconds.2.3. The rack time request format is defined in Table 11.2. than once every 30 seconds.3-1 RACK TIME REQUEST (134) MSB SYNC (55AA) LSB EXPRESS Header (Ref.2. the payload can send the rack time request to the RIC and the RIC will respond within a few seconds after the request has been processed. For example.2. Note this data is contained in Broadcast Ancillary Data Non-CCSDS Seconds/sub-seconds (0-65535) The one’’s portion of the seconds plus the sub-seconds information of the CCSDS time converted to a straight binary count rounded to the nearest 256 microsecond (LSB = 256 microsec) * Combining sub-second high and sub-second low.3.2.3.5. The RIC time response will be based on the last broadcast time received from the PL MDM.1-1) (Message Type = 004D h) TABLE 11. The predefined rate will be in the Payload Configuration Control File (PEI generated based on payload input information in the PDL). The time increment is every 30 seconds.1048560 at one microsecond per count.3.000 h Binary Sub-seconds Low (0-65535)* BCD Month Field (1-12) BCD Hour Field (0-23) BCD Seconds Field (0-59) Binary Sub-seconds high (0-15)* Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) Time Conversion Parameter (0-65535) Always set to zero.5. the payload will receive the time every 30 seconds. TABLE 11. 11-20 .3-2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11.3-1. In response to the Rack Time Request the RIC distributes the PEP Broadcast time in the format described in the Rack Time Response Table 11. If the request rate is ““1””. if the time request rate on the PDL is ““0””.5. or by periodic request from the payload. The requesting source is identified by the source Function Code in the EXPRESS Header. Table 112. the total range is 0 . If the request rate is ““2””.3.3.5.3-2 RACK TIME RESPONSE (137) MSB SYNC (55AA) EXPRESS HEADER (MESSAGE TYPE = 0080 H) CCSDS Preamble Field =‘‘01010000’’B MSB of BCD Year Field (19-20) LSB LSB of BCD Year Field (0-99) BCD Day of Month Field (1-31) BCD Minutes Field (0-59) Spare .3 RACK TIME REQUEST September 2009 The payload will receive broadcast time either with the predefined rate as specified by the payload input on the PDL C&DH section. If the payload requires updates more frequently. the payload will receive the time every 60 seconds.

Unique Ancillary Data Sets Interface Definition Document. PAS. PAS. For de-coding UAD set word messages.3. reference D684-11300-01. If a UAD set has been requested.64 h = 1 thru 100 Ancillary Data Sets ID for Ancillary Data 80 h . a service request is then sent to the PEP to acquire the requested ancillary data set.3.2.2.2. If the Request ID is an Aperiodic Request. the ancillary data set will be requested once (one shot) and the Ancillary Data Configuration file will not be changed.5.4-2. EXPRESS laptop. 11 b = Delete Entry 01 h .E3 h = 0 thru 99 Frame Number for Broadcast Ancillary Data E4 h all frames of Broadcast Ancillary Data to PLD FF h = Unused Data Set Identifier or Frame Number 2 Data Set Identifier: Frame Number: 11-21 . or payload in response to command (request) validation.3. The Ancillary Data Configuration Control can come from the Ground Station. The ancillary data configuration table is not updated after a periodic ancillary data set routing request has been validated.4-1 ANCILLARY DATA CONFIGURATION CONTROL (140) MSB SYNC (55AA) EXPRESS HEADER (MESSAGE TYPE = 0020 H) LSB Destination Function Code (Destination of the Ancillary Data) Spare (00 b) (2 bits) Notes 1 Request Identifier1 (2 bits) Spare (0 h) (4 bit) Data Set Identifier/Frame Number2 (8 bits) Request Identifier: 00 b = Aperiodic (One shot) Request (no change to Ancillary Configuration Table and does not apply to Broadcast Ancillary Data Frame) 01 b = Add Entry.5. TABLE 11. The RIC can deliver up to 10 messages with a combination of UAD sets or Broadcast Ancillary data frames per second. After a UAD set or BAD frame routing request is validated.4-1. or payload. The Request ID specifies whether to add or delete the ancillary data configuration entry associated with the Data Set ID and Function Code in the request from the Ancillary Data Configuration Control. the ancillary data configuration table is updated.5.4 ANCILLARY DATA CONFIGURATION CONTROL September 2009 The purpose of this command is to request Unique Ancillary Data (UAD) set or Broadcast Ancillary Data (BAD) frame routing or to request a periodic ancillary data set routing.2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11. The Ancillary Data Configuration Control only consists of cyclically required Ancillary data sets shown in Table 11.5. The PEP can deliver up to 10 UAD sets per second. Invalid responses will be reported to the Ground Station. EXPRESS laptop. Table 11.3.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

TABLE 11.2.3.5.4-2 ANCILLARY DATA SET (144)
MSB SYNC (55AA) EXPRESS HEADER (MESSAGE TYPE = 0098 H) Data Set Identifier* (8 bits) LSB

Spare (0 h) (8 bits) Ancillary Data Set Word* Ancillary Data Word n (Maximum of 23)

*Data Set Identifier: 01 h - 64 h = 1 thru 100 Ancillary Data Sets

The Data Set ID/Frame Number specifies the UAD set or Broadcast ancillary data frame to be acquired for the Function Code. The payload will receive the Broadcast Ancillary data with 64 words per packet shown in Table 11.2.3.5.4-3. Each packet includes a CCSDS header (the first eight (8) words), 36 words of one (1)-Hz data, and 20 words of 0.1-Hz data. It takes ten (10) seconds to complete the transmission of the Broadcast Ancillary Data Set. For de-coding Broadcast Ancillary data set word messages, reference SSP 50540. It is recommended that payloads receiving Broadcast Ancillary data frames check the Frame ID (least 7 significant bits of the CCSDS header word eight (8)) before further processing.

11-22

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

TABLE 11.2.3.5.4-3 BROADCAST ANCILLARY DATA SET (145)
FIELD ID WORD MSB # LSB SYNC (55AA) Message Byte Count

1
EXPRESS 2 HEADER 3

Header Version

Message Type = 0099 h Function Code (source) Function Code (destination) Version # Type Sec Hdr APID (11 bit field) Flag

4 1 PRIMARY CCSDS HEADER 2 3 4 5 SEC 6 CCSDS HEADER 7 8
1 HZ AREA 9 to 44 0.1 HZ AREA

Seq Flags Packet Sequence Count (14 bits) Packet Length (# octets - 1 following this field) Time (MSBs of Course time) Time (LSBs of Course Time, LSB = 1 second) Fine Time Spare Element ID Spare 9 bit Field Broadcast Ancillary Data Word 1 Time ID Version ID Check word Spare Format ID Frame ID (7 bit field) Packet Type

45 to 64 Broadcast Ancillary Data Word

11.2.3.5.5

FILE TRANSFER REQUEST

A payload can send a request for file transfer service to the RIC. The File Transfer ID in the Payload File Transfer Request (Table 11.2.3.5.5.1-1) is either payload to EMU or EMU to payload. The File Transfer ID in the EMU File Transfer Request (Table 11.2.3.5.5.2-1) is EMU to ground station. The request should include the EXPRESS Header, request type, File Transfer ID, File name and Block Number to restart (if required) as described in Table 11.2.3.5.5.1-1 and Table 11.2.3.5.5.2-1. The Block Number to restart is used to restart a file transfer either for read or write at specified block numbers, and that must be between one and the maximum block number of the file.
11.2.3.5.5.1 PAYLOAD FILE TRANSFER

The Payload File Transfer Request command provides the capability for a payload to request a file transfer between the payload and the RIC EMU. The format for the Payload File Transfer Request is shown in Table 11.2.3.5.5.1-1.

11-23

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

TABLE 11.2.3.5.5.1-1 PAYLOAD FILE TRANSFER REQUEST
MSB SYNC (55AA) EXPRESS HEADER (MESSAGE TYPE = 0041 H)
1 2

LSB

RESERVED FOR RIC

Filename3 (character #1) Filename (character #3) Filename (character #5) FILENAME (CHARACTER #7) Filename (character #9) Filename (character #11) Block Number to Restart
1

Filename (character #2) Filename (character #4) Filename (character #6) Filename (character #8) Filename (character #10) Filename (character #12)

Transfer Request Type :-----------------00 b = File Transfer Start, 01 b = File Transfer Stop, 10 b = File Transfer Restart-------------11 b = File Transfer Complete File Transfer ID:-------00 b = payload to EMU------------------------------01 b = EMU to payload The Filename is NUL (00 h) ASCII character byte filled on the end for any Filename plus extension less than 12 characters.

2 3

The source Function Code in the EXPRESS Header identifies the payload making the Payload File Transfer Request. The Transfer Request Type identifies the type of RIC File Transfer Service requested. The available requests are File Transfer Start, File Transfer Stop, File Transfer Restart, and File Transfer Complete. The File Transfer ID identifies the direction of the Payload File Transfer Request, either ““payload to EMU”” or ““EMU to payload.”” Only one (1) file transfer in each direction (EMU to payload or payload to EMU) will be allowed to take place at any one time. The Payload (““PLD””) directory will be used in all payload file transfer transactions. The Filename is the name of the file being stored to or retrieved from the EMU. When the incoming Filename is new, the RIC commands the EMU to create a new Filename and store the data. When the Filename already exists on the EMU, the file will be overwritten by the new file of the same name. A valid Filename consists of 12 ASCII character bytes configured as follows: A Filename of zero (0) to eight (8) case sensitive ASCII character bytes optionally followed by NUL (00 h) ASCII character bytes (0 ASCII characters in the filename prefix is only valid if there is at least one (1) ASCII character in the file extension.), or the period (2E h) delimiter ASCII character byte optionally followed by NUL ASCII character bytes, or an extension of zero (0) to three (3) case sensitive ASCII character bytes followed by NUL ASCII character bytes (zero (0) ASCII characters in the file extension is only valid if there is at least one (1) ASCII character in the file prefix). All payload files will be stored in the ““PLD”” directory on the EMU.

11-24

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

In all cases, the 12 ASCII character fields will have a contiguous set of characters forming a valid Filename and will be (if required) end-filled with NUL ASCII character bytes. Valid Filename examples would include: filename.ext, f.e, file, .ex The Payload File Transfer Request can only come from the payloads. Once validated and initiated, until the file transfer transaction has been terminated, ONLY the requesting payload is allowed to send further Payload File Transfer Requests of that specific File Transfer ID type (EMU to payload or payload to EMU). After successful validation: For a ““payload to EMU”” transfer: The RIC will set ““payload-to-EMU File Transfer”” status bit in EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““In Progress.”” If upon file transfer transaction startup an error occurs in storing data to the EMU: A. B. C. The RIC will send the originating Payload File Transfer Request back to that payload except the RIC will set the Transfer Request Type to ““File Transfer Stop.”” The RIC will send an ““EMU File Access Error”” Rack Request Response to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations, via telemetry. The RIC will set the ““payload-to-EMU File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.””

The RIC will expect valid, contiguous Payload File Transfer Data Blocks to begin arriving from the requesting payload (Source Function code of the Payload File Transfer Request). Upon receipt of a Payload File Transfer Data Block with the Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number: A. B. The RIC will send the originating Payload File Transfer Request back to that payload except the RIC will set the Transfer Request Type to ““File Transfer Complete.”” The RIC will set the ““payload to EMU File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.””

Upon receipt of a Payload File Transfer Data Block with a noncontiguous Current Block Number, the RIC will send the originating Payload File Transfer Request back to that payload except the RIC will set the Transfer Request Type to ““File Transfer Restart”” and the ‘‘Block Number to Restart’’ will be set to the correct contiguous Current Block expected. The following conditions will cause the RIC to terminate the payload file transfer of ““payload to EMU”” ID at any time prior to receiving a Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number: If an error occurs in storing data to the EMU: A. The RIC will send the originating Payload File Transfer Request back to that payload except the RIC will set the payload Request Type to ““File Transfer Stop.””

11-25

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

B. C. D.

The RIC will send an ““EMU File Access Error”” Rack Request Response to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations, via telemetry. The RIC will attempt to delete the portion of the payload file that has been stored on the EMU. The RIC will set the ““payload to EMU File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.””

If a contiguous period of 10 seconds passes by without the receipt of a valid Payload File Transfer Data Block from the valid payload source: A. B. C. D. The RIC will send the originating Payload File Transfer Request back to that payload except the RIC will set the Transfer Request Type to ““File Transfer Stop.”” The RIC will send a ““Payload to EMU File Transfer Terminated”” Rack Request Response to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations, via telemetry. The RIC will delete the portion of the payload file that has been stored on the EMU. The RIC will set the ““Payload to EMU File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress””.

If the RIC receives a Payload File Transfer Request with an ID of ““Payload to EMU”” and a Transfer Request Type of ““File Transfer Stop””: A. B. C. The RIC will delete the portion of the payload file that has been stored on the EMU. The RIC will send a ““Payload to EMU File Transfer Terminated”” Rack Request Response to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations, via telemetry. The RIC will set the ““Payload to EMU File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress”” at any time prior to receiving a Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number.

At any time prior to receiving a Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number, if the RIC receives a valid Payload File Transfer Request with an ID of ““Payload to EMU”” and a Transfer Request Type of ““File Transfer Restart”” or ““File Transfer Complete,”” the RIC will ignore the request. For an ““EMU to Payload”” transfer and a Transfer Request Type of ““File Transfer Start”” or a ““File Transfer Restart”” with a ““Block Number to Restart””: The RIC will set ““EMU to Payload File Transfer”” status bit in EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““In Progress.”” Upon file transfer transaction startup an error in retrieving data from the EMU: A. B. The RIC will send the originating Payload File Transfer Request back to that payload except the RIC will set the Transfer Request Type to ““File Transfer Stop.”” The RIC will send an ““EMU File Access Error”” Rack Request Response to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations, via telemetry.

11-26

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

C.

The RIC will set the ““EMU to Payload File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.””

The RIC will start sending Payload File Transfer Data Blocks, reference Table 11.2.3.5.5.1-2, to the requesting payload (Source Function code of the Payload File Transfer Request). Upon sending the Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number, the RIC will set the ““EMU to Payload File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.””
TABLE 11.2.3.5.5.1-2 PAYLOAD FILE TRANSFER DATA BLOCK
MSB SYNC (55AA) EXPRESS HEADER (MESSAGE TYPE = 00A4 H) LSB

Current Block Number Total Block Number Data Byte #1 Data Byte #n-1 Data Byte #2 Data Byte #n (where n <= 1248 bytes per block)

At any time prior to sending a Current Block number equal to the Total Block Number. If the RIC receives a valid Payload File Transfer Request with an ID of ““EMU to Payload”” and a Transfer File Type of ““File Transfer Restart,”” the RIC will find the correct ““Block Number to Restart”” of data and continue the file transfer transaction with the next block being sent having a Current Block Number equal to the ““Block Number to Restart.”” The following conditions will cause the RIC to terminate the payload file transfer of ““EMU to Payload”” File Transfer ID at any time prior to sending a Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number: If an error occurs in retrieving data from the EMU: A. B. C. The RIC sends the valid payload a Payload File Transfer Request with an ID ““EMU to Payload”” and a Transfer Request Type of ““File Transfer Stop.”” The RIC will also issue a Rack Request Response of ““EMU to Payload File Transfer Terminated”” to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations, via telemetry. The RIC will set the ““EMU to Payload File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.””

11-27

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

The RIC receives a Payload File Transfer Request with an ID ““EMU to Payload”” and a Transfer Request Type of ““File Transfer Stop””: A. B. The RIC will also issue a Rack Request Response of ““EMU to Payload File Transfer Terminated”” to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations, via telemetry. The RIC will set the ““EMU to Payload File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.””

At any time prior to sending a Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number, if the RIC receives a valid Payload File Transfer Request with an ID of ““EMU to Payload”” and a Transfer Request Type of ““File Transfer Complete,”” the RIC will ignore the request. The following invalid responses will be reported, in response to EXPRESS command validation: The Request Responses will be sent to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations via telemetry and to the requesting payload. The Payload Response error codes are defined in Table 11.2.3.5.5.1-3. The Payload File Transfer Data Block is the mechanism to transfer data between the RIC and payloads. The Table 11.2.3.5.5.1-2 defines the format for the Payload File Transfer Data Block. All file transfers to and from the RIC will be staged on the EMU. The Payload File Transfer Data Block command allows the user to control these file transfers. File transfers between the EMU and the EXPRESS laptop will be accomplished under the EXPRESS laptop control using a standard File Transfer Protocol (FTP) mechanism. The RIC CSCI will not take part in this FTP file transfer. The Current Block Number gives the block number of the Payload File Transfer Data Block. The maximum size of a Payload File Transfer Data Block is 1,248 data bytes. When the Payload File Transfer to be sent or received is larger than 1,248 data bytes, it will take multiple data blocks to complete the message.
TABLE 11.2.3.5.5.1-3 REQUEST/PAYLOAD RESPONSE CODE (PAGE 1 OF 3) (28)
ERROR CODE REQUEST RESPONSE ERROR CODE (INTEGER) REQUEST ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION

No Error

0

Possible response to Procedure Execution Start, Procedure Execution Stop, Procedure Execution Resume, Install Bundle, Halt Bundle or Remove Bundle. Possible response to Ancillary Data Start request Possible response to Ancillary Data Start request Possible response to Ancillary Data Start request

Invalid Ancillary Data Set Requested Undefined Ancillary Data Set Requested Request Ancillary Data Set Already Being Provided

1 2 3

11-28

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

TABLE 11.2.3.5.5.1-3 REQUEST/PAYLOAD RESPONSE CODE (PAGE 1 OF 3) (28)
ERROR CODE REQUEST RESPONSE ERROR CODE (INTEGER) REQUEST ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION

Request Ancillary Data Set Not Being Provided Invalid Cycle Flag Invalid File ID PEP Command Buffer Full Queue Full Invalid Payload Request Invalid Payload Index Invalid Sequence ID Invalid Bundle ID Sequence ID Not Found Bundle ID Not Found Unauthorized Sequence Execution Request Unauthorized Bundle Execution Request Timeliner Cmd Queue Full

4 5 15 20 21 23 24 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

Possible response to Ancillary Data Stop request Possible response to Ancillary Data Start request Possible response to payload File Read or File Write request Possible response to any payload request Possible response to any payload request Possible response to any payload request Possible response to any payload request or CCSDS command Possible response to Procedure Start, Procedure Stop, or Procedure Resume request Possible response to Install Bundle, Halt Bundle, or Remove Bundle request Possible response to Procedure Start, Procedure Stop, or Procedure Resume request Possible response to Install Bundle, Halt Bundle, or Remove Bundle request Possible response to Procedure Start, Procedure Stop, or Procedure Resume request Possible response to Install Bundle, Halt Bundle, or Remove Bundle request Possible response to Install Bundle, Halt Bundle, Remove Bundle, Procedure Start, Procedure Stop, or Procedure Resume request Possible response to a Start File Read or a Start File Write Possible response to a Start File Read or a Start File Write. Possible response to a Start File Read or a Start File Write. Possible response to a Start File Read or a Start File Write. Possible response to a Start File Read or a Start File Write. Possible response to a Start File Read or a Start File Write.

Max Transactions in Progress FMT Timeout Unauthorized File Request File Transfer Completed Restart File Transfer File Transfer Error

64 68 76 79 80 82

11-29

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

TABLE 11.2.3.5.5.1-3 REQUEST/PAYLOAD RESPONSE CODE (PAGE 2 OF 3) (28)
ERROR CODE REQUEST RESPONSE ERROR CODE (INTEGER) -268 -269 REQUEST ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION

Invalid Express Header Version Invalid Express Header Byte Count Invalid Express Header Message Type Invalid Source Function Code Source Function Code Not Active Invalid Destination Function Code Destination Function Code Not Active Invalid Mode EMU File Access Error or File not Found Invalid Ancillary Data Set Invalid Add Entry Request Invalid Delete Entry Request Invalid Modify Entry Request Invalid Checksum Word PLD Is Activated Invalid Discrete Request Invalid Rack Location Invalid PLD Application Function Code Invalid Serial Baud Rate Selected Invalid Request Identifier Ancillary Data Table Full

-270 -271 -272 -273 -274 -275 -276 -280 -281 -282 -283 -286 -287 -288 -293 -295 -297 -298 -308

EXPRESS header version does not match current version Message byte count does not match message length or predefined length Message type value does not match any defined RIC message type Source Function Code Does not exist or is not allowed to send this Message Type Source Function Code is not active Destination Function Code does not exist or Destination Function Code is not accessible. Destination Function Code is not active command incompatible with RIC operating mode access to EMU lost due to memory or communication error or file not found data set requested is outside valid range and does not exist entry to be added already exists or rack equipment is not available for addition entry to be deleted does not exist or is not a valid entry to delete entry to be modified does not exist or is not a modifiable entry A command or response received from the PEP has an invalid Checksum Word. PLD commanded to be modified is powered and/or has an activated communication interface Discrete channel set command contains invalid value location has already been assigned to another Function Code or is out of legal range PA Function Code is not unique in this rack invalid serial baud rate was selected undefined request identifier was entered Maximum number of Ancillary Data entries exceeded (either >16 Function Code entries or > 10 ancillary data sets requested per Function Code) IP Address already exists in another entry Subset ID already exists in another entry

Duplicate IP Address Duplicate Subset ID

-309 -310

11-30

3. because the Rack Telemetry Config Table is full.5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 11. A command was issued to interface with a PLD Function Code that is not configured. A Ground Station Transfer is already in progress when another transfer request is made. An internal RIC failure has inhibited the update of the Ancillary Data Config Checkpoint file on the EMU. An invalid command to add PLD Telemetry Config entry to a full PLD Telemetry configuration table. A Ground Station Transfer was terminated before it was complete. A file being retrieved from the laptop contains an invalid checksum. The entry to be modified is invalid. An invalid size was entered for the Health and Status Size TCP/IP Port number was out of valid range An entry can not be added until a current entry is deleted.5. An internal RIC failure has inhibited the update of the Telemetry Config Checkpoint file on the EMU. Access to laptop storage drive lost due to memory or communication error.2. Invalid channel number was entered PLD to EMU File Transfer was requested while one is already is in progress PLD to EMU File Transfer was terminated while in progress EMU to PLD File Transfer was requested while one is in progress EMU to PLD File Transfer was terminated while in progress A file being retrieved from the EMU contains an invalid checksum.1-3 REQUEST/PAYLOAD RESPONSE CODE (PAGE 3 OF 3) (28) ERROR CODE REQUEST RESPONSE ERROR CODE (INTEGER) -311 -312 REQUEST ERROR CODE DESCRIPTION Invalid Comm Port Type Rack Table Full Invalid Function Code Bogus Execution Path Invalid Health and Status Size Invalid TCP/IP Port Number Rack Telemetry Config Table Full Rack Telemetry Config Checkpoint Failure Ancillary Config Checkpoint Failure Invalid Entry Specified EMU to GS File Transfer in Progress EMU to GS File Transfer Terminated Invalid Block Number Invalid Health and Status Size Payload Telemetry Config Table Full Function Code Not Configured Invalid Channel Number PLD to EMU File Transfer In Progress PLD to EMU File Transfer Terminated EMU to PLD File Transfer In Progress EMU to PLD File Transfer Terminated Invalid EMU File Checksum Invalid Laptop File Checksum Laptop File Access Error or File not Found -313 -315 -316 -317 -332 -334 -336 -340 -341 -342 -343 -344 -345 -353 -363 -368 -369 -370 -371 -376 -377 -378 Comm Port Type selected is not a valid choice for that entry Attempt to add entry when the Rack Config Table is already full. A current entry must be removed to allow a new entry. 11-31 . Function Code is out of valid range or is already assigned to another entry or Source Function Code does not match Ancillary Data Destination Function Code An internal RIC invalid call was made. The PLD Health and Status message does not match the Rack Config Table configured size. A File transfer request contains an invalid block number to restart from.

5. 11.5.2.2 EMU FILE TRANSFER REQUEST Payloads also have the capability to issue EMU File Transfer Control commands to request a file transfer between the EMU and Ground Station. or in other words.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 The Total Block Number gives the number of Payload File Transfer Data Block message blocks which must be sent or received to complete the Payload File Transfer.5.3.5.3.3. 0 b = File Transfer Restart 11 b = File Transfer Complete 2 File Transfer ID: 10 b = EMU to Ground Station 11 b = Reserved for RIC 3 The Filename is NUL (00 h) ASCII character byte filled on the end for any Filename plus extension less than 12 characters. a single maximum file size of 81.2. The Payload should delete the portion of the file that has been received and resubmit the Payload File Transfer Request. TABLE 11.535. the RIC CSCI will use the Telemetry Configuration table for establishing the telemetry path and APID.2-1 defines the format for the EMU File Transfer Control. Table 11.680 data bytes in length can be transferred.2.5. Note that the maximum numbers of Payload File Transfer Data Blocks that can be sent are 65. 01 b = File Transfer Stop.787. EMU Request Type : For a File Transfer to Ground Station (for reading a file from the EMU and sending it to the configured Ground Station).2-1 EMU FILE TRANSFER REQUEST MSB SYNC (55AA) LSB EXPRESS Header (Message Type = 0042 h) 1 2 RESERVED FOR RIC Directory (character #1) Directory (character #3) Filename (character #1) Filename (character #3) Filename (character #5) Filename (character #7) Filename (character #9) Filename (character #11) 3 Directory (character #2) / (2F h) Filename (character #2) Filename (character #4) Filename (character #6) Filename (character #8) Filename (character #10) Filename (character #12) Payload Dependent File Identifier (Not used by Payload) (Unique integer value relating to a file stored on the PLD MDM assigned by PEP) Block Number to Restart 1 00 b = File Transfer Start. the Payload should consider either communication lost or a transmit error.5. 11-32 . If a contiguous period of 10 seconds passes without receipt of a valid File Transfer Data Block from the RIC.

The RIC will send an ““EMU File Access Error”” Rack Request Response to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations. After successful validation: For an EMU to Ground Station (GS) file transfer and a Transfer File Type of ““File Transfer Start””: The RIC will set ““EMU to GS File Transfer”” status bit in EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““In Progress. file. f. a. In the case of an EMU to Ground Station transfer. Filename. Successive commands will override previous commands as long as Directory. And if a payload originated the EMU File Transfer Request message transaction. or an extension of zero (0) to three (3) case sensitive ASCII character bytes (the "0" ASCII characters in the filename prefix is only valid if there is at least one ASCII character in the file extension) followed by NUL ASCII character bytes. If upon startup an error occurs in retrieving data from the EMU: 1. and Payload Dependent File Identifier (when required) are the same as the last valid command. 2. The EMU File Transfer Requests will be accepted from the payloads. Ground Stations. . or the period (2E h) delimiter ASCII character byte optionally followed by NUL ASCII character bytes. via telemetry.ex. In all cases. A. the RIC will send back to that payload the same EMU File Transfer Request message except the RIC will set the EMU Request Type to ““File Transfer Stop. 3. the 12 ASCII character fields will have a contiguous set of characters forming a valid Filename and will be (if required) end filled with NUL ASCII character bytes. Valid Filename examples would include: filename. A valid Filename consists of 12 ASCII character bytes configured as follows: 1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 The Directory identifies the EMU directory from which the file is being read. the Block Number to Restart is not used and the complete file will be re-sent starting at Block 1.”” B.”” The RIC will retrieve the requested file from the EMU in 1244 data byte blocks. The RIC will set the ““EMU to GS File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.ext. or the EXPRESS laptop at any time. File Transfer ID.”” Based on the Source Function Code of the EMU File Transfer Request and the appropriate telemetry configuration table: 11-33 .e. A Filename of 0 to 8 case sensitive ASCII character bytes optionally followed by NUL (00 h) ASCII character bytes (the "0" ASCII characters in the filename prefix is only valid if there is at least one ASCII character in the file extension). The Filename is the name of the file being retrieved from the EMU.

2-2 GROUND STATION FILE TRANSFER DATA BLOCK B. if a payload originated the EMU File Transfer Request message transaction. the RIC will set the ““EMU to GS File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.5.2-2).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 A. The RIC will send an ““EMU to GS File Transfer Terminated”” Rack Request Response to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations. the RIC will send back to that payload the same EMU File Transfer Request message except the RIC will set the EMU Request Type to ““File Transfer Stop.. And.2. The RIC will add a CCSDS header with the rack (RIC) APID and send the telemetry message down through the scheduled telemetry transfer path.”” 11-34 .2. via telemetry. MSB LSB EXPRESS Header (Message Type –– 009C h for Telemetry Message EXPRESS Telemetry Secondary Header Telemetry Data Type = 00A7 h Current Block Number Total Block Number Data Byte #1 .”” B. the RIC will send back to that payload the same EMU File Transfer Request message except the RIC will set the EMU Request Type to ““File Transfer Complete. The RIC will set the ““EMU to GS File Transfer”” status bit in the EXPRESS Rack Health and Status to ““Not in Progress.5. Data Byte #n-1 Data Byte #n (Where n 1244 bytes per block) Data Byte #2 Upon sending the Ground Station File Transfer Data Block with the Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number.5.3.5.3. The source Function Code in the EXPRESS Header of this Ground Station file transfer data block will be the RIC. 1. TABLE 11.”” A. And.”” The following conditions will cause the RIC to terminate the EMU File Transfer Request of ““EMU to GS”” ID at any time prior to sending the Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number: Upon an error occurring in retrieving data from the EMU or the RIC receives an EMU File Transfer Request message with an ID ““EMU to GS”” and a Transfer Request Type of ““File Transfer Stop””: A. The RIC will add an EXPRESS Header and EXPRESS Telemetry Secondary Header to each data block to create a Ground Station File Transfer Data Block (Table 11. if a payload originated the EMU File Transfer Request message transaction..

the checksum is recalculated and compared with the saved checksum.5.3.2. Anytime a newly calculated file checksum does not match the existing file checksum. if the RIC receives an EMU File Transfer Request message with an ID ““EMU to GS”” and a Transfer Request Type of ““File Transfer Complete”” the RIC will ignore the message. the checksum will be removed before passing the file to the payloads or ISS. The valid Directory names for an EMU File Transfer Request are shown in Table 11.2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 At any time prior to sending the Current Block Number equal to the Total Block Number.3.3.6-1 PAYLOAD RESPONSE FORMAT MSB SYNC (55AA) LSB EXPRESS Header (Message Type = 0082h) Payload Response Code 11-35 . When a command is sent to retrieve a file.5.3.2.5.1-3.2-3 EMU DIRECTORY ASSIGNMENTS DIRECTORY NAME DIRECTORY LEVEL DIRECTORY USAGE (root directory) CFG PLD STM SWL 0 1 1 1 1 None required by EMU file structure. The Rack Request Responses will be sent to the EXPRESS laptop and Ground Stations via telemetry and to the requesting payload.5. The Response error codes are defined in Table 11.2-3.5. the ground station and the laptop will be notified of an ““Invalid EMU (Laptop) file Checksum (-376.2.3.6 PAYLOAD RESPONSE The Payload Response shown in Table 11. and STM directories of the EMU and laptop hard drive will contain a RIC derived checksum added to the file when the file is saved into the directory.5. to the Ground Station and the EXPRESS laptop.5.2.2. -377). EMU Directory Assignments. Following successful retrieval.3. The invalid responses will be sent to the requesting payload and. Location of all configuration files Location of Payload File Transfer files Location of Stored Telemetry files Location of Software Load files Note: All files saved in the CFG. TABLE 11. PLD. TABLE 11. via telemetry.5.6-1 provides the payload or PAS with a RIC operating response to a RIC Service Request or message validation.”” and the command initiating the file read will be invalid. 11.5.

The sync word and RS-422 serial checksum word are not counted as part of the 92 words. Consists of the sum. Volume 2.3. service. A powered payload shall continuously provide Health and Status (including Safety) data in number of words to the RIC at a rate of 1. should specify the value and expected reaction from the PL MDM.2-2 and Table 11. Gaps between the Health and Status packet is on an exception basis.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11.6-1 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS (148) MSB SYNC (55AA) EXPRESS HEADER (REF.6 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS DATA September 2009 The maximum number of Health and Status words is 92 data words (including ECW word) plus 4 words of EXPRESS Header. TABLE 11.5 (Random Sampling).2.2.3. Any payload provided Health and Status data can be requested by other payloads as part of ancillary data.1 PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS DATA – ECW (1ST WORD) A. Payload Health and Status data sent to and displayed by PAS resident on the EXPRESS laptop will be treated as a payload-to-payload message.2.4. 11. The RIC will send only the Rack Subsystem Health and Status data to the EXPRESS laptop for display. including Sync Word.6-1. The Health and Status contents are subject to review and approval by the Payload Safety Review Panel. of all message bytes. MSFC HOSC Telemetry Format Standard. B. When PL Health and Status packet size is different than the size defined in the PDL.2. See Figure 11. A powered payload’’s Health and Status data shall and have a fixed length and fixed measurement location in accordance with MSFC-STD-1274B. Payloads using the PL MDM monitoring of the ECW word for other than the potential for fire. Any payload measurement that requires any ISS process. The integer one (1) (Advisory) will be located at the most right bit (last transmit bit) in the 16-bit word. 11-36 .3.6. Payloads can use the ECW word to monitor parameters for other than safety related purposes. the RIC will discard that packet and no error message will be generated. with no carry.2.2.3.1-1) (DESTINATION FUNCTION CODE = 0001 H) (MESSAGE TYPE = 009B H) LSB Data Word 1 Data Word n (n Maximum Size = 92 Data Words for a single PLD) EXPRESS serial checksum word (only applicable for TIA/EIA-422 messages between the RIC and payloads.2.3.3.6-1. or display on the ISS PCS will be included as payload Health and Status data. TABLE 11.0 Hz in the format shown in Table 11.3. prior to the EXPRESS Serial Checksum word). Paragraph 4.

The H&S Cycle Counter shall be incremented by a value of one for each packet transmitted. and set the ECW word value to either zero (No Problem) or 1 (Advisory).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 C. The Payload Message Counter shall be an unsigned eight (8)-bit integer in the range of zero (0) to 255. Payload Message Format.3-1 PAYLOAD MESSAGE FORMAT 11.3-1.6. 11-37 . B & C. PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS DATA – PAYLOAD MESSAGE (3RD TO 92ND WORD) 11. Once the H&S Cycle Counter reaches a value of 65.2.6. Payloads not using parameter monitoring as the primary means of fire detection shall reserve the first word of the payload generated Health and Status data as the ECW word.3. The H&S Cycle Counter shall be set to zero for the first H&S packet that the payload transmits.535.2.2 The H&S Cycle Counter will be used by payload operations personnel to determine whether H&S data being received is stale.2.3 Payloads that require advisory messages to be displayed on a PCS onboard the ISS or displayed by payload operations personnel on the ground shall include those messages in their H&S data as shown in Figure 11.3.2.1 PAYLOAD MESSAGE COUNTER (FIRST BYTE OF PAYLOAD MESSAGE) Payloads will provide as the first byte of the Payload Message a Payload Message Counter in accordance with the following description: A.6. The Payload Message Counter shall initially contain a value of zero (0). B. B. The H&S Cycle Counter shall be an unsigned 16-bit integer in the range of zero to 65. PAYLOAD HEALTH AND STATUS DATA – H&S CYCLE COUNTER (2ND WORD) 11.6. Payloads that do not require advisory messages to be displayed on a PCS onboard the ISS or payload operations personnel on the ground are not required to reserve the payload message area within the H&S data.6.3. D.2. Message Counter Most Significant Byte Message Identifier Least Significant Byte FIGURE 11.535 it shall reset to a value of zero and continue incrementing as described in 11.6.3.3.3.3. C.2A. Payloads will provide as the second word of Health and Status data a H&S Cycle Counter in accordance with the following description: A.2.

The rack command words include four (4) words of the EXPRESS Header and the payload command data bytes. then a Payload Developer must negotiate with the PSIVF for PCS display development and/or integration. Both of these parameters must also be marked as being ““PCS Displayed”” on the H&S service requirements screen in PDL in order to be visible on a PCS display.6. a payload must negotiate with the Payload Operations Integrations Facility (POIF) for ground display development. 11. the S-Band requires a minimum of 24 words (48 bytes) including the eight (8) words of the CCSDS header. one (1) word of legal station mode. A command can originate from the ground by uplink.2 The message identifier shall be an 8-bit unsigned integer in the range of zero (0) to 255. but not the sync word or RS-422 checksum word (for RS-422 payloads only). and 1 word of CCSDS command checksum. Once the Payload Message Counter reaches a value of 255 it shall reset to a value of zero. A payload command comes to the payload from the PEP via the RIC. 11. but the variable field must be at the end of the packet. Otherwise. To display the Message Identifier and Message Counter H&S parameters in PDL. The Enhanced Huntsville Operations Support Center (EHS) builds the uplink command CCSDS packets for a payload. or a response from the PEP limit check service. with source Function Code 000F h. Commands can be of variable length. no PCS display will be available to host the payload’’s messages. D. and continue incrementing as described above. a command from a PCS. 13 words of rack command words. but are not automatically supported. the RIC will compare the actual number of words received with the CCSDS packet length in word three (3). The actual text to be displayed on a PCS display will be defined by the Payload Developer during the development of a SRS for the PCS display.7 EXPRESS PAYLOAD COMMANDING A payload shall zero fill to the 13 words of the rack command words.4 PCS DISPLAY Any payload that wants to display the Message Counter and Message Identifier on the PCS must have both defined as part of the payload’’s H&S packet in the PDL. A display must exist to host the message.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 C. Payloads may elect to develop their own displays.3. After the RIC receives the command from the PEP. The maximum number of command words is 64 per command packet from CCSDS header to command checksum word. PAYLOAD MESSAGE IDENTIFIER 11.2.3.3.2. The value of the message and the associated text to be displayed will be captured during the development of the payload C&DH Data Set.2.3. in which case the PSIVF will be responsible for integrating the displays into a PCS software load. from on board by a timeliner command.6. Payload messages can be included on a Payload Rack Officer’’s display. A Payload Developer should contact the POIF for implementation details. If there is no preexisting PCS display that can be used. For uplink commands. The Payload Message Counter shall be incremented by a value of one (1) with each message issued by the payload. 1 word of the ISS reserved words. and check the CCSDS 11-38 .

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

checksum word. The RIC uses the message byte count located at the first word of the EXPRESS Header for identifying the actual number of payload command byte(s). After the verification process, the RIC removes the CCSDS header, ISS reserved word, legal station mode, fill bytes, and CCSDS checksum word. The RIC issues the payload command (in number of bytes) to the destination function code based on the number from the message byte count. For an Ethernet payload, the command message received by the payload will have the sync word at the beginning of the packet, the EXPRESS Header next, and then the payload command data bytes. For an RS422 payload, the RIC will add the sync word at the beginning and add a serial checksum word at the end of the message before sending it out to the payload. The RS-422 command must be on word boundary to assure that the serial checksum word is in the correct location. The sync word and the RS-422 checksum word added by the RIC are not part of the command message. The command message type (second word of the EXPRESS Header) is not used by the RIC and can be used by the payload for its own purpose as long as the contents are between 0100 h and FFFE h (excluding). There is no database in the EXPRESS laptop for storing payload commands. However, a PAS on the laptop may store payload commands and issue it to the RIC as a regular payload message between the PAS and the payload. The source Function Code of the message is the PAS and the destination Function Code is the payload. The format of commands that leaves the EHS at MSFC on its way to payloads is as shown in Figure 11.2.3.7-1.

FIGURE 11.2.3.7-1 FORMAT OF PAYLOAD COMMANDS

11-39

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11.2.4 LAPTOP CSCI INTERFACES

September 2009

The EXPRESS Rack laptop CSCI interfaces to the PEHB via ANSI/IEEE-STD-802.3 (TCP/IP protocol). Payload interfaces to the laptop CSCI shall be ANSI/IEEE-STD-802.3, Type 10BASE-T TCP/IP protocol format compliant. The EXPRESS Rack laptop CSCI interfaces to a payload software application running on the laptop computer for exchange of payload commands and data shown in Table 11.2.4-1, LAP CSCI External Interface Identification (3-2). Commands destined for payloads are initiated by the payload software application. Data received from the RIC destined for the payload software application is routed to the payload software application.
TABLE 11.2.4-1 LAP CSCI EXTERNAL INTERFACE IDENTIFICATION (3-2)
NAME DESCRIPTION INTERFACE TYPE

LAP CSCI to PA PA to LAP CSCI

PLD data routed from the LAP CSCI to an experiment application running on the laptop computer PLD requests initiated from the experiment application to be routed by the LAP CSCI

Software Software

The EXPRESS Rack laptop CSCI interfaces to the laptop computer hardware for obtaining user input events through the GUI, keyboard, or mouse and for sending data to the display screen. The laptop CSCI interfaces with the User Interface (UI) application for the exchange of the user inputs and display data. The UI physical interface with the user includes the keyboard and GUI on the laptop display.
11.2.4.1 LAPTOP DATA ELEMENTS

The laptop communication payload via the RIC CSCI through the PEHB using the Ethernet interface is defined as payload-to-payload communication and is shown in the Ethernet-related tables in this section.
11.2.4.2 PAYLOAD-PROVIDED SOFTWARE/PERIPHERALS

All unique payload software and applications shall be payload provided. The payload may use standard 3.5 in floppy diskettes or Compact Disks (CDs)-Read Only Memory (ROM). It is recommended that the payload make arrangement to allow for testing the experiment hardware with the intended software installed in the EXPRESS Rack laptop.
11.2.4.3 EXPRESS RACK LAPTOP DISPLAY REQUIREMENTS

ELC payload displays are the responsibility of the PD. Payload displays shall conform to the requirements of SSP 50005, paragraph 9.4.2.3.2 and SSP 50313, Display and Graphics Commonality Standard.

11-40

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 11.2.4.4 PAYLOAD APPLICATION SOFTWARE (PAS) INTERFACES

September 2009

ELC hard drive space available for all payloads in the rack is 50 GBytes which is partitioned into ten 1 GByte, two 5 GByte and one 24 GByte partitions for 10 payload use. The one (1) GByte partition is sized for nominal payload usage, the five (5) GByte partition is sized for payloads that require a large temporary data storage space, and the 24 GByte partition is sized for payloads that have large video data demands. PAS includes payload provided non-modified Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) software, modified COTS software and payload developed laptop applications. A. PAS Direct Communications with the Payload Communication between the payload and the PAS on the payload partition can be done directly through the PEHB LAN"0" if the communication is via the Ethernet using a socket that is established between the two. Data packets sent between PAS on the ELC and the payload shall conform to Table 11.2.4.4-1, Data Packet Requirements for Direct Ethernet Connections. Payloads must provide in detail the protocol type, quantity of data in each direction, maximum file size, transmit rate, frequency to be transmitted and duration on the interface to the integrator. The availability of this interface is subject to operational constraints. The PAS resident on the ELC will be the client and the payload will be the server. The PAS needs to know the IP address and port number of the payload.
TABLE 11.2.4.4-1 DATA PACKET REQUIREMENTS FOR DIRECT ETHERNET CONNECTIONS
ITEM DESCRIPTION COMMENTS/NOTES

1

The rate of data transferred via the direct socket connection must not exceed 100 kilobits per second.

The availability of this interface is subject to operational constraints. The PAS must know the payload Ethernet/IP address and TCP port number. This direct communication link is not available to payloads that use the RS-422 link.

B.

Software Updating Process for Laptop The method of loading the PAS and data files on the ELC is done by loading all files on a compact disk for transport to the ISS at the beginning of the ““increment.”” This removable media would contain the PAS and an install.exe or setup.exe which would install the application (as well as any data files needed by that application) into the predefined partition for that application. The compact disk may also contain file maintenance utilities by each payload that will purge the disk space of artifact files from the previous ““increment”” and will ensure that the payload files are loaded in the appropriate disk space. The PD will send the verified software upgrade to the Payload Software Integration and Verification (PSIV) via CD or floppy disk. The PSIV will copy the software to a

11-41

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

removable media source and provide a Boeing part number for further certification by PSIV for on-orbit use. C. Payload Application to EXPRESS CSCI The interface between EXPRESS LAP CSCI and a Payload Application is Named Pipe. Communication as shown in Figure 11.2.4.4-1, EXPRESS Laptop CSCI to Payload Application Data Flow. The Payload Application receives the Payload Application message with correct Function Code from the LAP CSCI by Named Pipe (PIPEXXXX). The payload application sends the payload application message with correct Function Code to the LAP CSCI by SndRIC Pipe. The payload application message shall include the EXPRESS Header and first word of the EXPRESS telemetry secondary header, telemetry Data Type, and up to 1,248 bytes of data as shown in Table 11.2.4.4-2, PA Message Format.

Status/payload data sent by LAP CSCI to the PA

PA Named (PIPExxxx) Pipe

Status/payload data received by the PA

Payload data sent by PA to the LAP CSCI

SndRIC Pipe

Payload data received by the LAP CSCI

FIGURE 11.2.4.4-1 EXPRESS LAPTOP CSCI TO PAYLOAD APPLICATION DATA FLOW

11-42

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

TABLE 11.2.4.4-2 PA MESSAGE FORMAT
MSB HEADER VERSION (4 BITS) 1 MESSAGE BYTE COUNT (12 BITS) 1, 2 LSB

Message Type 1 Function Code (Source) 1 Function Code (Destination) (0001 h or PA Function Code)1 Telemetry Data Type (only required for telemetry packets) Data Byte 1 Data Byte 3 Data Byte n-1
1 2

Data Byte 2 Data Byte 4 Data Byte n (maximum n = 1248 Data Bytes)

EXPRESS Header required for ALL communication to the LAP or RIC. Message Byte Count = Total Remaining Bytes in associated message excluding Serial checksum word where applicable.

The Payload Application receives the message with the correct Function Code from the EXPRESS laptop by Named Pipe (PIPEXXXX). In C++ the name path on the laptop is \\\\.\\pipe\\PIPExxxx where xxxx is the Payload Application Function Code (assigned by EXPRESS EI). In the event the Payload Application Named Pipe is full, the laptop CSCI does not send data and will try sending three times before discarding the data. If data is received from a Payload Application that has not connected via Named Pipe, then that data is discarded immediately. Payload messages sent from the Payload Application to the EXPRESS Laptop CSCI are by SndRIC or similar function. The Payload Application message shall include the EXPRESS Header, first word of EXPRESS telemetry secondary header (telemetry data type), and up to 1,248 bytes of data. In C++ the name path is \\\\.\\pipe\\SndRIC. The SndRIC Pipe is set to handle as many messages as there is physical room for on the system. The SndRIC is created in a way that disallows interruption of a WriteFile or ReadFile in progress. If an error occurs indicating the SndRIC Pipe is busy, the payload retries or quits. The Payload Application can request RIC services and send telemetry data to the Ground Station by setting the destination Function Code to that of the RIC (0001h). The Payload Application request response format is the same as a payload response. EXPRESS Rack subsystem Health and Status data is sent to the EXPRESS Laptop for display. Payload Health and Status data is not sent to the EXPRESS Laptop by the RIC. Payload Health and Status data to be processed or displayed by a Payload Application must be sent by each payload as a payload message to the Payload Application. The RIC will send all rack analog and discrete status data to all active Payload Applications connected via Named Pipe at a 1-Hz rate in the format shown in Table 11.2.4.4-3, Rack Analog and Discrete Data.

11-43

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

D.

PAS Compatibility and Installation Files 1. PAS shall be compatible with the International Business Machines (IBM) A31P Windows 2000 Operating System Professional Edition SP3. 2. PAS shall limit Write Files/data to the ELC partition assigned to the payload. With prior approval from PSCP and successful testing by the PSIVF, Dynamic Link Library (dll) and similar files required for PAS operation can be written to the C: drive only during PAS installation and updating. 3. PAS installation programs shall be capable of being installed on any ELC partition without requiring any additional editing to the PAS after installation is complete. PAS Process at PSIVF The EXPRESS PAS load verification will be done at the PSIVF. 1. The latest flight version of PAS shall not have load conflicts (including port number conflicts) or affect the configuration and/or performance of the ELC application whether the PAS product is active or inactive. PAS shall not run and/or write files/data on the ELC system drive (C. partition) except files required during PAS installation and updating. The PD shall supply PAS that allows for an adjustable Random Access Memory (RAM) allocation that directly controls and allocates the amount of RAM available to the application in order to meet integration requirements.
FILE MAINTENANCE

E.

2. 3.

11.2.4.5

All payload-developed software applications shall include a file maintenance feature which will minimize hard disk space usage.

11-44

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

TABLE 11.2.4.4-3 RACK ANALOG AND DISCRETE DATA (PAGE 1 OF 2)
MSB LSB

Header Version (0 h) 1 Message Type (00B0 h) 1

Message Byte Count (82 h) 1

Function Code (Source = 0001 h) 1 Function Code (Destination = PA Function Code)1
SSPCM DISCRETE STATUS - 4 WORDS 2,3

16 Z 44 Z

15 Z 43 Z

14 Z 42 Z

13 FE 41 FE

12 28 40 56

11 27 39 55

10 26 38 54

9 25 37 53

8 24 36 52

7 23 35 51

6 22 34 50

5 21 33 49

4 20 32 48

3 19 31 47

2 18 30 46

1 17 29 45

SSPCM A/D INPUT STATUS - 58 WORDS

Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z

Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z

Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z

Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z

Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 0 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 1 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 2 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 3 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 4 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 5 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 6 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 7 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 8 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 9 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 10 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 11 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 12 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 13 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 14 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 15 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 16 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 17 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 18 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 19 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 20 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 21 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 22 Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 23

11-45

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

TABLE 11.2.4.4-3 RACK ANALOG AND DISCRETE DATA (PAGE 1 OF 2)
SSPCM A/D INPUT STATUS - 58 WORDS

Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z
1 2

Z

Z

Z

Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 24

3

Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 25 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 26 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 27 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 28 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 29 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 30 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 31 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 32 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 33 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 34 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 35 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 36 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 37 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 38 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 39 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 40 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 41 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 42 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 43 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 44 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 45 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 46 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 47 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 48 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 49 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 50 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 51 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 52 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 53 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 54 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 55 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 56 Z Z Z Unsigned 12 Bit Magnitude - Input 57 EXPRESS Header shown for clarity. SSPCM Discrete Status - 4 words: FE = 15v AAA Fan Enable : 0 b = Reset, 1 b = Set Number = Bit I/O Discrete Number : 0 b = Reset, 1 b = Set Z = always zero For specific drawer to analog/discrete usage, reference Table 11.2.4.4-4

11-46

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H

September 2009

TABLE 11.2.4.4-4 PAYLOAD IDENTIFIER/LOCATION ASSIGNMENT
PAYLOAD NOMENCLATURE LOCATION (HEXADECIMAL) DISCRETE ANALOG

Locker 1 Locker 2 Locker 3 Locker 4 Locker 5 Locker 6 Locker 7 Locker 8 SIR Drawer 1 SIR Drawer 2

11 h 12 h 13 h 14 h 15 h 16 h 17 h 18 h 19 h 1A h

1, 2, 4 5, 7, 8 10, 11, 13 14, 16, 17 19, 20, 22 23, 25, 26 28, 29, 31 32, 34, 35 37, 38, 39 40, 41, 42

0, 1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 7 8, 9 10, 11 12, 13 14, 15 16, 17 18, 19

11.3

SOFTWARE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYLOADS

All software shall be considered 0-fault tolerant in the design of the payload hardware.

11-47

1-2 shows where the measurements are taken for hand size dimensions. Nonfixed handles shall have a stop position for holding the handle perpendicular to the surface on which it is mounted. 12.e.1-1.1.1 All removable or portable items that cannot be grasped with one hand as per Figure 12. non fixed) handles will comply with the following: A. loose equipment. Nonfixed handles shall be capable of being placed in the use position by one hand and shall be capable of being removed or stowed with one hand. and restraining. 12. crew assembled connectors and cables. B.1-1.1. Figure 12.1.1. switches. consumables.1-1.1 PORTABLE ITEM HANDLES/GRASP AREAS/TEMPORARY STOWAGE RESTRAINTS PROVIDE HANDLES AND RESTRAINTS 12.1.0 HUMAN FACTORS INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS September 2009 EXPRESS Rack payloads.4 12. 12. carrying.0 individually. foldout. The PD has the option of using the approach and process defined in Appendix F or the PD can address each one of the requirements in Section 12.1. 12.1. 12-1 .. C. Attachable/removable handles shall incorporate tactile and/or visual indication of locked/unlocked status. stowage trays. shall be provided with handles or other suitable means of grasping.5 DELETED NON FIXED HANDLES DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Hinged.2 HANDLE LOCATION Handles and grasp area shall be placed on the accessible surface of an item consistent with the removal direction. Handle Dimensions for IVA Applications.3 HANDLE DIMENSIONS IVA handles for movable or portable units shall be designed in accordance with the minimum applicable dimensions in Figure 12.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12.1. indicators and controls must be compliant with the NASA ISS human factors requirements. Appendix F provides instructions for human factors design and approval. ORUs. or attachable (i. tethering. and process a formal exception request for each requirement deviation. Hand size dimensions are provided in Table 12.

1.1-1 HANDLE DIMENSIONS FOR IVA APPLICATIONS 12-2 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 12.

8 (96) 9.1 (206) 3.7 DELETED CAPTIVE PARTS Payloads and payload equipment shall be designed in such a manner to ensure that all unrestrained parts (e. locking pins.g..6 12. lens covers. or similar devices) that may be temporarily removed on orbit will be tethered or otherwise held captive.1. 12-3 . access plates.1-1 HAND SIZE DIMENSIONS 5TH PERCENTILE FEMALE INCHES (MM) 95TH PERCENTILE MALE INCHES (MM) Length (420) Breadth (411) Circumference (416) 6.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE 12.2 (234) FIGURE 12.1.1.2 (158) 2.1.7 (69) 6.1-2 HAND 12.5 (166) 8. handles. knobs.

Grip Strength . grip strength required shall be less than 254 N (57 pound force (lbf)). BODY ENVELOPE AND REACH ACCESSIBILITY ADEQUATE CLEARANCE 12. 12-4 . and equipment used in these tasks within the PD volume. and operate.2-2. 2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Note: Hook Velcro patches may be placed on stowage items for temporary stowage or placement. and maintenance tasks including clearance for hand access. 12. Paragraph 3. replace. 12.2-3. and operate EXPRESS Rack payload hardware. Multiple Velcro patches on a single stowage item are allowed (Reference NSTS 22648.3.1. replace.2-4. Patches are limited to no more than 4 in2 in area and separated by a minimum of 2 in. Items which require use of volume outside of the individual PD volume should be identified to the rack integrator/ERO for consideration in an integrated assessment.To remove.2-3.1. A. Forces required for maintenance of EXPRESS Rack payload hardware shall be less than the 5th percentile male strength values shown in Figures 12.2-1 and 60 percent of the strength values shown in Figure 12. 3.2-2. control. Torques .2-5. and 12. tools. Linear Forces Linear forces required to operate or control EXPRESS Rack payload hardware shall be less than the strength values for the 5th percentile female. defined as 50 percent of the strength values shown in Figure 12. 12. Flammability Configuration Analysis for Spacecraft Applications.Torques required to operate or control EXPRESS Rack payload hardware shall be less than the strength values for the 5th percentile female. defined as 60 percent of the calculated 5th percentile male capability shown in Figure 12.1 The EXPRESS Rack payload shall provide clearance for the crew to perform installation. operations. For operation and control of EXPRESS Rack payload hardware equipment: 1. The size and shape should be consistent with the dimensions of the stowage item.3 12.2 DELETED STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Forces and torques required to remove.8 12.4). B. EXPRESS Rack payload hardware and equipment on orbit must be equal to or less than the strength values given below.

2-1 ARM. HAND. AND THUMB/FINGER STRENGTH (5TH PERCENTILE MALE DATA) 12-5 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 12.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 12.2-3 TORQUE STRENGTH 12-6 .2-2 LEG STRENGTH AT VARIOUS KNEE AND THIGH ANGLES (5TH PERCENTILE MALE DATA) FIGURE 12.

2-4 MAXIMAL STATIC PUSH FORCES 12-7 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 12.

IVA clearances for finger access shall be provided as given in Figure 12.3. operations.2 ACCESSIBILITY A. B.0). and maintenance tasks. 12-8 . Section 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Cm (in) of separation between grip elements FIGURE 12.2-5 MALE GRIP STRENGTH AS A FUNCTION OF THE SEPARATION BETWEEN GRIP ELEMENTS 12. EXPRESS Rack payload hardware shall be geometrically arranged to provide physical and visual access for all installation.2-1 MINIMUM SIZES FOR ACCESS OPENING FOR FINGERS 12. FIGURE 12.3.3.2-1. Payload ORUs should be removable along a straight path until they have cleared the surrounding structure. Minimum Sizes for Access Opening for Fingers.3.3 FULL SIZE RANGE ACCOMMODATION All EXPRESS Rack payload work locations and hardware having crew nominal operations and planned maintenance shall be sized to meet the functional reach limits for the 5th percentile Japanese female and yet shall not constrict or confine the body envelope for the 95th percentile American male (reference SSP 50005.

.5 PUSH PULL FORCE Payload hardware mounted into a capture type receptacle that requires a push pull action shall require a force less than 35 lb (156 N) to install or remove. DELETED.6. with the order of preference given. one of the following practices shall be followed.4. 12.4.1 PAYLOAD HARDWARE MOUNTING EQUIPMENT MOUNTING September 2009 Equipment items used during nominal operations and planned maintenance shall be designed.4. 12.4 12. or marked to support proper installation.3 Payload hardware having blind mate connectors shall provide guide pins or their equivalent to assist in alignment of hardware during installation. Provide a quick-opening cover plate if a cap will not meet stress requirements.4. moisture. C. 12. Provide a sliding or hinged cap or door where debris. labeled. EXPRESS Rack payload ORUs or exchangeable items which are pulled out of their installed positions for routine checkout shall be mounted on equipment drawers or on hinged panels. 12.1 COVERS Where physical access is required.4 SLIDE OUT STOPS Limit stops shall be provided on slide or pivot mounted subrack hardware which is required to be pulled out of its installed positions.g. Such drawers or hinged panels shall remain in the ““open”” position without being supported by hand. or other foreign materials might otherwise create a problem.4. ALIGNMENT B. 12.4. 12-9 .2 DRAWERS AND HINGED PANELS A. A.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12. B. 12. an ORU or exchangeable item) which is planned to be accessed on a daily or weekly basis shall not require removal of another hardware item or more than one access cover.6 ACCESS Access to inspect or replace a hardware item (e.

crew accessible connectors and cables. 12. 12. 12-10 .5. loose equipment.4. Starboard. Labels are markings of any form (including Inventory Management System (IMS) bar codes) such as decals and placards. ORUs. or Deck Rack Faceplates Off-White 12.”” engraved. and controls shall be labeled in accordance with the instructions in Appendix E. indicators. or Deck Rack Utility Panel Closeouts Payload Faceplates Stowage Trays Stowage Tray Handle Straps (any location) Equipment Panel Text Characters Off-White Off-White Off-White Off-White Natural/Off White Material Black Semigloss Semigloss Semigloss Semigloss Semigloss Semigloss Lusterless 27722 27722 27722 27722 27722 None 37038 Port.2 SELF SUPPORTING COVERS September 2009 All access covers that are not completely removable shall be self supporting in the open position.5. which can be adhered. B. stowage trays. or otherwise applied directly onto the hardware.5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12. TABLE 12.5. Overhead.2 INDICATION OF PRESSURE/FLOW Payload liquid or gas lines that will be opened/disconnected on orbit shall either: A. ““silk screened. or Provide a positive indication of the presence of pressure or fluid flow to verify that the line is passive before opening the connectors.1-1 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOAD COLOR REQUIREMENTS COLOR NUMBER PER FED-STD-595B HARDWARE DESCRIPTION COLOR FINISH Rack Front Aisle Extensions Port. consumables. Overhead.5 IDENTIFICATION LABELING EXPRESS Rack payloads. Be equipped with quick disconnect connectors that are designed to be connected and disconnected under pressure. Starboard.1 COLOR Payloads shall select colors in accordance with the requirements of Table 12. switches.6.1-1.

either by marking the pins or by an accompanying reference table.6.1 CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS CONTROLS SPACING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS All spacing between controls and adjacent obstructions shall meet the minimum requirements as shown in Figure 12.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12.6.5.4 A&B DELETED September 2009 PIN IDENTIFICATION Pins shall be identified in each electrical plug and each electrical receptacle that may be repaired on-orbit. FIGURE 12. Control Spacing Requirements for Ungloved Operation.6 12. 12.3 12.5. At least every 10th pin must be labeled.1-1.6.1-1 CONTROL SPACING REQUIREMENTS FOR UNGLOVED OPERATION 12-11 .

by being located separately or guarded/covered...2. e.g. Provide the controls with resistance (i. the control moved only to the next position.6.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12.2. Locate and orient the controls so that the operator is not likely to strike or move them accidentally in the normal sequence of control movements.e. Use cover guards that when open do not cover or obscure the protected control or adjacent controls. (2) Displays and controls used only for maintenance and adjustments which could disrupt normal operations if activated should be protected during normal operations. Provide the controls with a lock to prevent the control from passing through a position without delay when strict sequential actuation is necessary (i.2.3 DEAD-MAN CONTROL Dead-man controls shall designed to be safe without services as described in NSTS 1700. E. Cover or guard the controls using a means other than safety or lock wire. A.6. Recess. or inertia) so that definite or sustained effort is required for actuation. 12-12 . Provide the controls with interlocks so that extra movement (e. then delayed). or otherwise surround the controls by physical barriers that entirely contain the control within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.g. 12. 12. F.e.4a and 303.2 NONINTERFERENCE Payload provided protection devices shall not cover or obscure other displays or controls.6. C.1 PROTECTIVE METHODS Payloads shall provide protection against accidental control actuation using one or more of the protective methods listed in sub-paragraphs A through G below.6. lifting switch out of a locked detent position) or the prior operation of a related or locking control is required.e..2. spring-loading.. Switch guards are not sufficient to protect switches from accidental actuation. Infrequently used controls (i. shield.. Notes: (1) Switch covers or LeverLock switches are strongly recommended to prevent inadvertent actuation by crewmembers for all switches deemed by the PD to be critical for mission success. those used for calibration) should be separated from frequently used controls. 12.2 ACCIDENTAL ACTUATION September 2009 Requirements for reducing accidental actuation of controls are defined in the following paragraphs. ISS Addendum paragraphs 200. G. D. B.7. friction.

6. 12.2.6.2. 12.1-1 and Figure 12.4-1.2. 12-13 .4-1.6.8 HAND CONTROLLERS Hand controllers (excluding trackballs and mice) shall have a separate on/off control to prevent inadvertent actuation when the controller is not in use. Flush 10 mm (0. If present.6.7 HIDDEN CONTROLS Controls that cannot be directly viewed will be avoided.4-1 ROTARY SWITCH GUARD 12. Rotary Switch Guard.6.2.5 RECESSED SWITCH PROTECTION When a barrier guard is not used. rotary switches that control critical functions shall be recessed as shown in Figure 12.6. and thumbwheels as shown in Figure 12.2. rotary switches. hidden controls shall be guarded to protect against inadvertent actuation.2.6.4 BARRIER GUARDS September 2009 Barrier guard spacing shall adhere to the requirements for use with the toggle switches. 12.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12.2.4 in) min 40 mm (1.6 POSITION INDICATION When payload switch protective covers are used.2.6 in) max FIGURE 12. control position shall be evident without requiring cover removal.6.6.

Valves requiring 20 in-lb (2 N-m) or more for operation are classified as ““high-torque”” valves and shall be provided ““lever type”” handles 3 in (7. High-Torque Valves . and Figure 12.6.6. C.5 cm) or less in diameter (refer to Figure 12.25 in (5.6. E. 3 in (7. Valve Handle-Central Pivot Type.3-1 VALVE HANDLE .5 cm) or greater in length.LEVER TYPE 12-14 . D.3 VALVE CONTROLS September 2009 Requirements for design of payload valve controls are defined as follows: A. Intermediate-Torque Valves . Handle Dimensions . FIGURE 12. B.6.5 cm) or greater in diameter. Rotary Valve Controls .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12. 2.6.3-1. Valve Handle-Lever Type.25 in (5.3-1). or a ““lever end pivottype”” handle. Low-Torque Valves .Valve handles shall adhere to the clearances and dimensions illustrated in Figure 12. 2.3-2.5 cm) or greater in length.Rotary valve controls shall open the valve with a counterclockwise motion.Valves requiring between 10 and 20 in-lb (1 and 2 N-m) for operation are classified as ““intermediate torque”” valves and shall be provided with a ““central pivot”” type handle.Valves requiring 10 Inch-Pound (in-lb) (1 N-m) or less for operation are classified as ““low torque”” valves and shall be provided with a ““central pivot”” type handle.

6. All audio devices (displays) shall be equipped with circuit test devices or other means of operability testing. manual disable shall be provided if there is any failure mode which can result in a sustained activation of an audio device (display).6.6. and operating mechanisms shall be designed to be latched/unlatched and opened/closed with one hand by the 95th percentile American male to the 5th percentile female. Toggle Switches. AUDIO DEVICES (DISPLAYS) B.3-2 VALVE HANDLE . An interlocked. B. The design of audio devices (displays) and circuits shall protect against false alarms. 12. The design of latches shall be such that their status (locked/unlocked) can be determined through visual inspection.4 TOGGLE SWITCHES Dimensions for a standard toggle switch shall conform to the values presented in Figure 12. 12. All latches.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 12.4-1.6.6.6 A.5 STOWAGE AND EQUIPMENT DRAWERS/TRAYS A. C. 12-15 .CENTRAL PIVOT TYPE 12. handles.

12-16 .4 of this document.6.7 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR DESIGN GENERAL All types of IVA connectors must meet the one handed operation and accessibility requirements.6.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 12.1 MISMATCHED The design of electrical connectors must comply with the requirements of 6.4-1 TOGGLE SWITCHES 12.7. 12.

Electrical connectors which are mated/demated during nominal operations shall require no more than two turns to disconnect. 2. Paragraphs 213. B. Maintenance Operations It shall be possible to mate/demate individual connectors without having to remove or mate/demate connectors on other ORUs or payloads.7 Electrical connectors and cable installations shall permit disconnection and reconnection without damage to wiring connectors. Space between connectors and adjacent obstructions shall be a minimum of one (1) in (25 mm) for IVA access. Letter MA2-99-170.7. 12.7. 12-17 . 12. Nominal Operations It shall be possible to mate/demate individual connectors without having to remove or mate/demate other connectors. Mate/Demate 1. Connectors in a single row or staggered rows which are removed sequentially by the crew (IVA) shall provide one (1) in (25 mm) of clearance from other connectors and/or adjacent obstructions for 270 degrees of sweep around each connector beginning at the start of its removal/replacement sequence.7.7B.5 All connectors.2 CONNECTOR PROTECTION September 2009 Protection shall be provided for all demated connectors against physical damage and contamination. whether operated by hand or tool. ISS Addendum. ONE-HANDED OPERATION 12.1 and NSTS/ISS 18798. B. 12.7. EASE OF DISCONNECT A. Electrical connectors which are mated/demated during ORU replacement operations only shall require no more than six (6) turns to disconnect.7.6 ACCESSIBILITY A. B.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12.7.3 ARC CONTAINMENT Electrical connector plugs shall be designed to confine/isolate the mate/demate electrical arcs or sparks in accordance with NSTS 1700.4 CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT A. Revision B. 12. shall be designed and placed so they can be mated/demated using either hand.

13 ORIENTATION Grouped plugs and receptacles shall be oriented so that the aligning pins or equivalent devices are in the same relative position. B. or keying to prevent mating connectors when lines differ in content.7.10 FLUID AND GAS LINE CONNECTORS Fluid and gas connectors that are mated and demated on orbit shall be located and configured so that they can be fully inspected for leakage. 12-18 . Note: Keying a connector is considered equivalent to a guide pin.7.8 HOSE/CABLE RESTRAINTS A. C. Deleted.7.7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12. 12. bundles.12 DELETED ALIGNMENT MARKS OR GUIDE PINS Mating parts shall have alignment marks in a visible location during mating or guide pins (or their equivalent).7. 12. or cables shall be secured by means of clamps unless they are contained in wiring ducts or cable retractors.9 CONNECTOR SHAPE Subrack connectors shall use different connector shapes. 12. sizes. 12. The EXPRESS Rack payload shall provide a means to restrain the loose ends of hoses and cables. 12. Conductors.11 12.8 SELF LOCKING September 2009 Payload electrical connectors shall provide a self locking feature.7.

11 DELETED MECHANICAL ENERGY DEVICES Mechanical devices capable of storing energy (such as springs.3 ONE-HANDED OPERATION Cleaning equipment and supplies shall be designed for one handed operation or use. screens.9 12. B. 12.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 D. 76 20.00 >3. 40.00 1.33-1. 60. 12. spring loaded levers.1 HABITABILITY/HOUSEKEEPING CLOSURES OR COVERS Closures or covers shall be provided for any area of the payload that is not designed for routine cleaning. material overflow. 80 at least each 0. including grids.0 Restraint Pattern (% of length) tolerances +/.33 meters (one (1) foot)) shall be restrained as follows: Length (m) 0. such as locks.10 12. Payload containers of liquids or particulate matter shall have built-in equipment/methods for control of vaporization.10%) 50 33. and torsion bars) shall be designed with safety features incorporated.9.00 2. Design Guidance: Payload design should avoid mechanical devices capable of storing energy. and/or warning placards.00-3. The capture elements.00-2. or spills. 12-19 . protective devices.9. 12.2 BUILT-IN CONTROL A.5 meters TABLE 12-III DELETED 12. or filter surfaces shall be accessible for replacement or cleaning without dispersion of the trapped materials. Loose cables (longer than 0.9.

and 3.2 MOUNTING BOLT/FASTENER SPACING Clearance around fasteners to permit fastener hand-threading (if necessary) shall be a minimum of 0.3.5 in for the entire circumference of the bolt head and a minimum of 1. or proper positioning of interface parts) of non threaded fasteners shall be provided.5 in over 180 degrees of the bolt head and provide the tool handle sweep as seen in Figure 12.12.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12. FIGURE 12.1.2-3.12 12.2-1 MINIMAL CLEARANCE FOR TOOL-OPERATED FASTENERS 12-20 .12. Excepted are NSTS standard MDLs or payload provided hardware with the static envelope dimensions (cross section) as specified in Figures 3.1.12.1.2-4.12.3.3.2-1. latch fastening. 3.2-1 and other similar captive fasteners arrangements. 12.1 FASTENERS NON-THREADED FASTENERS September 2009 An indication of correct engagement (hooking.

Slotted fasteners shall not be used to carry launch loads for hard-mounted equipment. 12-21 . 12.12. Note: Phillips or torque-set fasteners may be used where fastener installation is permanent relative to planned on-orbit operations or maintenance. WINGHEAD FASTENERS 12. B.12. the latch handle and latch release shall be operable by one hand.. computer data connectors. 12.3 MULTIPLE FASTENERS September 2009 When several fasteners are used on one item.g. THREADED FASTENERS 12. Latch handles If the latch has a handle.5 QUICK RELEASE FASTENERS A.12.7 OVER CENTER LATCHES A. Quick release fasteners shall require a maximum of one complete turn to operate (quarter-turn fasteners are preferred). Quick release fasteners shall be positive locking in open and closed positions. stowed commercial equipment). Slotted fasteners are allowed in non-structural applications (e. Nonself-latching over center latches shall include a provision to prevent undesired latch element realignment. 12.12. Hex-type external or internal grip or combination head fasteners shall be used where onorbit crew actuation is planned. ORU replacement).8 Winghead fasteners shall fold down and be retained flush with surfaces.g.6 Only right handed threads shall be used.Latch catches shall have locking features. or reengagement.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12. B. If a smooth surface is required. Latch lock .12.12. or where tool fastener interface failure can be corrected by replacement of the unit containing the affected fastener with a spare unit. C. flush or oval head internal hex grip fasteners shall be used for fastening. they shall be of identical type.4 CAPTIVE FASTENERS All fasteners planned to be installed and/or removed on orbit shall be captive when disengaged. C. B. 12.9 FASTENER HEAD TYPE A. interface.12.. (e.

12.7.11 12.14 CREW MEMBER EGRESS All requirements for crewmember egress shall be in accordance with NSTS 1700.13 PAYLOAD IN-FLIGHT OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TOOLS Payloads shall be designed to be operated and maintained using Space Station-provided on-board tools. ISS Addendum. 12.10 ONE-HANDED ACTUATION September 2009 Fasteners planned to be removed or installed on-orbit shall be designed and placed so they can be mated/demated using either hand.12 DELETED ACCESS HOLES Covers or shields through which mounting fasteners must pass for attachment to the basic chassis of the unit shall have holes for passage of the fastener without precise alignment (and hand or necessary tool if either is required to replace).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 12. A list of available tools on-orbit are defined in the Payloads Accommodations Handbook. 12. Paragraph 205.12. 12. 12-22 .12.

3 and 209 in their entirety. materials should be selected that have already been shown to meet the applicable acceptance test criteria.1. and Offgassing and Compatibility Requirements and Test Procedures for Materials in Environments that Support Combustion.7 and NSTS 1700. Paragraphs 208.1 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR STRESS CORROSION CRACKING (SCC) Metallic materials (especially those considered to be structure members. 13-1 .7.1. Guidelines for the Selection of Metallic Materials for Stress Corrosion Cracking Resistance in Sodium Chloride Environments.3 and 209 in their entirety. ISS Addendum. such as payload structures.3 and 209 in their entirety. For those NASA centers which participate in the NASA Materials and Processes Intercenter Agreement for ISS payloads.7. MSFC-HDBK-527/JSC 09604. paragraphs 208. chemicals. Existing test data are compiled in the NASA MSFC MAPTIS electronic database. Flammability.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 13. paragraphs 208.1. whether on the ground or in space.0 13. 13. A hardcopy version of the MAPTIS database is published periodically as a joint document with JSC. 13. support bracketry.3 TEST AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR FLAMMABILITY Payload materials shall be nonflammable or self extinguishing per the test criteria of NASA STD 6001. the graphite material does not meet NASA flammability requirements. Odor.7.1 September 2009 MATERIALS AND PROCESSES INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS MATERIALS AND PROCESSES USE AND SELECTION Materials and processes used in the design and construction of EXPRESS Rack payloads which directly or functionally interface with the ISS/carrier and the orbiter carrier shall comply with NSTS 1700. or which could contribute to the deterioration of hardware in service.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND COMPATIBILITY The use of materials. the Intercenter Agreement baselines the process for selection and certification of materials used in payload hardware to the safety requirements of NSTS 1700. Note: Care is to be taken when integrating payloads. shall be given special consideration as to adequate containment and compatibility. not to scratch the coated graphite composite surfaces of the EXPRESS Rack ISPR. Materials Selection List for Space Hardware Systems. and those whose failure could result in a critical or catastrophic hazard) which have a high resistance (A-rated) to SCC according to the criteria of MSFC-STD-3029. ISS Addendum. Uncoated. Whenever possible. and fluids which could create a toxic or hazardous situation for the crew. and NSTS 1700. 13. and mounting hardware. shall be used whenever possible. COTS parts used in integrated racks shall meet these same materials requirements.

2. Paragraph 4.4 September 2009 TEST AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR TOXIC OFFGASSING (TOXICITY) All flight hardware located in habitable areas shall meet the toxicity offgassing acceptance requirements of NASA STD 6001.10.2. nickel base. 13.1.4 MATERIALS AND PARTS CERTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY For fracture critical parts. or titanium alloys. Test 7. 13.1A shall use fungus resistant materials according to the requirements specified in SSP 30233.3 FUNGUS-RESISTANT MATERIALS Payloads that cause condensation when exposed to the nominal ISS atmosphere as described in requirement 5. 13-2 .2 GALVANIC CORROSION Payloads using metallic materials in their ISS aqueous fluid systems shall only use internal metallic materials made of stainless steels.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 13. traceability documentation per NASA STD 5003 shall be located at the PD site and shall be collected and available for review upon request.1. 13.

10.0 FIRE PROTECTION September 2009 EXPRESS Rack payloads must not constitute an uncontrolled fire hazard to the ISS.1.1.. interfaces. Detection is defined as a method of determining that a fire event or potential fire event has occurred within a fire event location. control of discharge/metering valves) shall comply with paragraph B. If a payload contains several such volumes (excluding sealed containers).3 of this document. ISS Addendum. designed to meter pure oxygen into a payload volume or sub-volume (i.2. Smoke sensor activation is the only detection method that will result in the annunciation of a Class I fire alarm (illumination of the FIRE lamp on the module Caution and Warning (C&W) panel after two consecutive ““smoke detected”” signals from the smoke sensor). 14. NSTS 1700.1 FIRE EVENT PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS Payloads shall meet the fire prevention requirements specified in NSTS 1700. or other payloads. Payloads must analyze all aspects of payload hardware. 14.1 and 209.7 and ISS Addendum. paragraph 209. Pressure vessels or lines internal to a payload that contains oxygen or other strong oxidizers shall be designed to prevent leakage that would cause oxidizer buildup that exceeds material certification limits. The payload design shall meet the hazardous materials and fluid systems requirements contained in NSTS 1700..2 OXYGEN The following requirements are applicable to payloads that contain or use supplies of pure oxygen or other strong oxidizers as part of their payload design/operations: A.e.1. the EXPRESS Rack also provides a smoke sensor indicator (a red LED) on the front of the rack for crew visual identification of the location and a PFE access port on the rack lower connector panel. regulators. However.1a.) 14.. as makeup due to respiration of life science specimens) shall meet the fault tolerant requirements of paragraph 200.1 FLAMMABILITY REQUIREMENTS The payload configuration shall meet the flammability requirements of NSTS 1700. Systems which are under active software control (i. for a payload to take advantage of this feature it must interface with the AAA cooling loop. A fire event detection smoke sensor is an integral part of the EXPRESS Rack. and operations to determine the level of fire risk of the payload based on the following requirements. Note: A fire event location is defined as any partitioned volume in a rack that contains a potential fire source. The maximum volume allowed for a single fire event location is 60 ft3.1.7 and ISS Addendum. each volume shall be treated as a separate fire event location. ISS Addendum.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 14. EXPRESS Rack facility.7. In addition to the smoke sensor. Paragraph 220. (Also refer to the detailed requirements in Paragraph 13. 14-1 .e. etc. Oxidizer delivery systems that include components such as valves. materials.7. Paragraphs 209. and the following requirements to minimize the risk of a fire event.

payload service request. temperature.1e (1) of NSTS 1700. fan speed. 14. The payload organization shall provide an assessment based on current design and worstcase failure scenarios (including the effects of loss of power and release of oxygen outside of the payload) that demonstrate compliance with the above requirements. ISS PCS). pressure. as a minimum. and any other oxidizer that may be used in conjunction with or within an experiment payload. The payload shall be capable of monitoring key operating parameters (e. payload ECW word. N2O4.”” C. The exact set of data parameters to be monitored shall be negotiated jointly between the ISS program B. MMH..7. current. etc. ““Computer Control of Payload Hazards. All PD hardware when powered on shall output Health and Status data at 1 Hz continuously per Section 11. Payload Health and Status data cannot be processed/received beyond the payload or rack envelope. no payload data parameter monitoring is required.. 14-2 .g.3.1. nitrous oxide. EXPRESS payload data monitoring provides.2 Power to the rack/RIC is not available.1.g. B. A. the following: (1) The means for crew notification via computer display and via the ISS C&W (class 2).7 and ISS Addendum and NSTS/ISS 18798. The content of the payload Health and Status/Safety data shall include payload subset ID (provided by ERO). and other PD Health and Status sensor information. 14.2.) and generating an ECW word as the first word of its Health and Status data that is sent to the EXPRESS Rack RIC. (2) the means for payload location via computer display. 14. (3) automatic (safe) power down of the payload when crew notification of out-of-limit conditions exist. Note: Some examples of ““strong oxidizers”” are fluorine.4 PAYLOAD USE OF BATTERY BACKUP POWER Payloads shall be prohibited from using battery power to maintain payload operations when any or all of the following conditions exist: A.2. voltage. Note: It must not be possible to automatically reapply power. Letter MA2-97083.2 and 6. PAYLOAD DATA MONITORING Payloads that provide data parameter monitoring as their primary method of fire detection shall provide the capability for this data to interface with onboard crew and downlink data streams (e. If a payload meets the requirements of a sealed container per NSTS 1700.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 201.3 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Payload electrical power distribution systems must comply with the wire derating and over current protection requirements of Paragraphs 6.0. The EXPRESS payload parameter monitoring system for fire detection utilizes the PL MDM limit checking services in combination with individual payload internal parameter monitoring to achieve the required functionality.

e. and parameter limit. The payload shall provide a logical combination of the monitored parameters and produce the ECW word 16-bit integer value as defined below: 1. orbit phase. 2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 and the PD during the phased safety review process. mass memory search for format in progress.) read out-of-limits simultaneously or within a relatively short time of each other. C. two temperature sensors and two current monitors). This does not apply to payload volumes defined as sealed containers. Out-of-limit conditions which would constitute a potential fire or pyrolysis event would be defined as follows: When two or more sensors. without interfacing to the rack smoke detector. etc. Payloads relying on data monitoring.7) or has an inert atmosphere inside does not require a PFE port. Payload equipment in a sealed container (per NSTS 1700. The set of parameters shall be sufficient to characterize the fire potential while also reducing the possibility of false alarms.2. bi level state. of any type (predefined to provide a possible indication of fire or pyrolysis such as current.. will not require a separate visual indicator unless it is deemed necessary by the PSRP.e. FIRE EVENT LOCATION INDICATOR 3. data monitoring shall consist of multiple sensors of more than one type (i. Crew programmed reminder alerts keyed to time. 14-3 . This does not apply to payloads defined as sealed containers. Included are faults. PFE ACCESS PORT REQUIREMENTS The following requirements are applicable to powered payload equipment: A. Payload equipment that interfaces with the EXPRESS Rack AAA cooling system and/or is actively exchanging air with the orbiter Middeck avionics bay does not require a PFE port unless it meets the criteria of 14. Examples: Rendezvous solution complete. 0 No Problem 1 Advisory System initiated messages advising of a process status or other discrete event. D. temperature.3C or 14. failures.3 Payloads that interface with the rack AAA and smoke sensor do not require a visual indicator light. C.. Preferably.1 A. and out of tolerance conditions for functions critical to mission success. Payload equipment that does not interface with the EXPRESS Rack AAA cooling system and has internal to the payload forced convection (i. Powered payload equipment that has a volume with a potential fire source which is not in the path to be suppressed by the avionics bay fire suppression system and is active in the orbiter Middeck shall have a PFE access port. voltage.3D. B. 3 Warning Conditions that require immediate correction to avoid loss or major impact to mission or potential loss of crew. cooling fan) shall have a PFE access port. B. 14. 14.

per JSC 27260.e.0 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter. The largest volume that can be extinguished by one PFE is 60 ft3 (a single fire event location. Location codes are provided by the ISS Program. Design solutions or controls must be identified and implemented if potential hazards have been identified. Fire Suppressant Port Clearance. Note that the use of a 0.125 inch (3.3.3.3 PFE ACCESS EXPRESS Rack payloads that plan to use an ISS PFE shall provide a keep out envelope (including protrusions) sufficient to accommodate the PFE to the access port and shall be compatible with the PFE nozzle as shown in Figure 14.125 inch (3. Fire Hole Decal.7 mm) or 1. the port shall be labeled with a subrack location code to clearly distinguish it from any other PFE access port. Subrack payload volumes. equivalent to a single ISPR). H.3. 14. Note: The ISS PFE has an open cabin diffuser nozzle which will be used to surround fire events with fire suppressant for aisle mounted equipment that does not exchange air with the cabin.175 mm) shall provide a PFE access port 0.0 inch (25.3-1.175 mm) shall provide a PFE access port 1.2 PFE ACCESS PORT DIMENSIONS The fire suppressant access port shall be a circular hole 0.1 PFE CHARACTERISTICS The PFE Carbon Dioxide (CO2) injection characteristics with which the payload shall be compatible are defined in SSP 30262:010. Note: Payloads are responsible to assess their payload volume(s) for potential hazards (i.5 inch (12.27 cm) in diameter and shall be covered by a standard issue fire hole decal (Part Number (P/N) SDD32100397 003 or SDD32100397-004. F.. 14. Space Station Program Portable Fire Extinguisher Standard Interface Control Document. payloads or aisle-mounted equipment requiring a PFE access port having a panel thickness less than or equal to 0. Decal Process Document and Catalog).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 E.4 mm) in diameter. 14. 14-4 . loss of structural integrity and/or release of toxic or harmful materials as a result of PFE (CO2) discharge. payloads or aisle-mounted equipment requiring a PFE access port having a panel thickness greater than 0.5 in (1. The ISS PFE will not be used in the Shuttle. G.3. Subrack payload volumes. On payloads or payload equipment items that require a PFE access port.5 in diameter hole will allow the payload to maintain compatibility with both the PFE/ISS and the orbiter Middeck fire extinguisher systems. Aisle mounted subrack payload equipment having a forced air flow and a potential fire source shall have a PFE access port.

14-5 .3-1 FIRE SUPPRESSANT PORT CLEARANCE 14.4 PFE ACCESS PORT QUANTITY Each payload or payload equipment item that requires a PFE access port shall have only one PFE access port.3.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE 14.

3.4-1 and PFE closed volume nozzle dimensions are specified in Figure 14.. Achieving oxygen reduction to the 10.4 FIRE SUPPRESSANT DISTRIBUTION Fire event locations shall be designed such that the oxygen concentration in the free volume of the location is reduced to 10. 14.3-2. PFE discharge characteristics are specified in Figure 4. the same color as the background on which it resides.8.5 PFE CLOSEOUTS September 2009 For payload volumes (i. it shall not be labeled. MDLs) that have PFE access ports to meet Space Shuttle pressurized cabin requirements but will not require a PFE port for ISS shall provide a blank closeout with the following characteristics: The PFE closeout completely covers the opening and shall be rigid and preclude access by a PFE. angular dimensions are in degrees. and it shall possess. Note: Linear dimensions are in inches.5 percent or less by volume within 1 min after the discharge of a single PFE or the fire event location is surrounded by the CO2 within 1 min after the discharge of a single PFE. FIGURE 14.e.3-2 CLOSED VOLUME PFE NOZZLE 14-6 . as close as possible.3. the closeout must be removable (with or without a tool is acceptable). Note: The position of the payload internal components near the PFE Access Port shall not prevent fire suppressant to be discharged into the volume the PFE Access Port serves.3. In addition.5 percent level for payloads interfacing to the EXPRESS Rack AAA system after discharge of the PFE into the EXPRESS Rack PFE port will be verified by the rack integrator.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 14. EXPRESS Rack payloads which do not interface with the AAA cooling loop shall perform their own analysis using the criteria of this paragraph.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H APPENDIX A ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS September 2009 µA µF µg Pa µs A A/m AAA AC ADL AFD APID APS ARIS ASCII Async AV AWG BAD BCD BITS BSD Btu C °C C&DH C&W cc Microampere Microfarad Microgravity MicroPascal Microsecond Ampere Amperes per Meter Avionics Air Assembly Alternating Current Applicable Documents List Aft Flight Deck Application Process Identifier Automated Payload Switch Active Rack Isolation System American Standard Code for Information Exchange Asynchronous Avionics American Wire Gauge Broadcast Ancillary Data Binary Coded Decimal Barcode Inventory Tracking System Berkeley Software Distribution British Thermal Unit Centigrade Degrees Celsius Command and Data Handling Caution and Warning Cubic Centimeters A-1 .

and Warning Enhanced Huntsville Operations Support Center Engineering Integration EXPRESS Interface Agreement EXPRESS Laptop Computer Electromagnetic Compatibility A-2 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 CCB CCP CDR CCSDS Cfm CFU CG cm CM CO2 COC CoFR COL COTS CR CRES CSCI dB dBA dBpT DC DDPF DOF ECR ECS ECW EHS EI EIA ELC EMC Configuration Control Board Camera Connector Panel Critical Design Review Consultative Committee for Space Data Systems Cubic Feet per Minute Colony Forming Unit Center of Gravity Centimeter Crew Module Carbon Dioxide Certificate of Compliance Certification of Flight Readiness Columbus Module Commercial Off-The-Shelf Change Request Corrosion Resistant Steel Computer Software Configuration Item Decibel(s) A weighted Decibel Decibel. Picotesla Direct Current Decal Design and Production Facility Degrees of Freedom Engineering Change Request Environmental Control System Emergency. Caution.

Feet Cubic Feet File Transfer Protocol Gravity Gigabyte Government-Furnished Equipment Gigahertz Gaseous Nitrogen Gravity.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 EMI EMU EP EPCE ERO ERP ESD EUT EVA EXPRESS °F FCP FMT FPM Ft ft 3 Electromagnetic Interference EXPRESS Memory Unit EXPRESS Project Electrical Power Consuming Equipment EXPRESS Rack Office EXPRESS Rack Payloads Electrostatic Discharge Equipment Under Test Extra Vehicular Activity EXpedite the PRocessing of Experiments to Space Station Degrees Fahrenheit Front Connector Panel File and Memory Transfer Flow Proportioning Module Foot. Root Mean Square Ground Station Ground Support Equipment Graphical User Interface Hex Water Health and Status Handbook Header FTP G GByte GFE GHz GN2 grms GS GSE GUI H H2O H&S HDBK HDR A-3 .

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 HFIT HOSC Hr HRDL Hz IBM ICA ICD ID IDD I/F I/O IMS In. in 2 Human Factors Implementation Team Huntsville Operations Support Center Hour High Rate Data Link Hertz International Business Machines Interface Control Annex Interface Control Document Identifier Interface Definition Document Interface Input/Output Inventory Management System Inch Square Inch Inch-Pound Internet Protocol ISS Payload Label Approval Team International Subrack Interface Standard International Standard Payload Rack International Space Station Internal Thermal Control System Intravehicular Activity Japanese Experiment Module Johnson Space Center Kilo Kilogram Kennedy Handbook Kilohertz (kilocycles per second) KiloPascal Kennedy Space Center in-lb IP IPLAT ISIS ISPR ISS ITCS IVA JEM JSC K kg KHB kHz KPa KSC A-4 .

MB mbps Mbyte MDK MDL MDM MDP MHz MIDAS MIL Min. mm MMH mmHg Launch minus Local Area Network Laptop Pound Pound Force Pound Mass Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode Line Impedance Simulation Network Low Rate Data Link Least Significant Bit Low Temperature Loop Meter milliAmpere Medium Access Control Materials and Process Technology Information System Maximum Megabit megabits per second Megabyte Middeck Middeck Locker Multiplexer De multiplexer Maximum Design Pressure Megahertz Mission Integration Database Application System Military Minimum Millimeter Monomethylhydrazine Millimeters of Mercury A-5 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 LLAN LAP Lb Lbf Lbm LCD LED LISN LRDL LSB LTL M mA MAC MAPTIS Max.

Middeck Utility Panel Millivolt Newton Nitrogen Not Applicable Nanofarad National Aeronautics and Space Administration Noise Criteria NASA Handbook Newton-Meter nanometer National Space Transportation System National Television Standards Committee Oxygen Octave Operations Data File Operations Data File Control Board Orbital Maneuvering System Operations Nomenclature Orbital Replacement Unit On Third Octave Pressure Differential Part Number Payload Application A-6 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 MPG MPLM MRDL ms MSB MSFC MTL MUP mV N N2 N/A nF NASA NC NHB N-M Nm NSTS NTSC O2 Oct ODF ODFCB OMS OpNom ORU OTO P P/N PA Multiple Point Ground Multi-Purpose Logistics Module Medium Rate Data Link millisecond Most Significant Bit Marshall Space Flight Center Moderate Temperature Loop Middeck Utility Power.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 PAH PARD Pa/s PAS PCB PCMCIA PCS PD PDL PDR PEHB PEHG PEI PEP PFE PFM PGSC PIA PIM PIRN PL PL MDM PMP POIF PPCB ppm PRCS PRV PSCP PSI psi psi/min Payload Accommodations Handbook Periodic and Random Deviation pascal per second Payload Application Software Payloads Control Board Personal Computer Memory Card International Association Portable Computer System Payload Developer Payload Data Library Preliminary Design Review Payload Ethernet Hub Bridge Payload Ethernet Hub Gateway Payload Engineering Integration Payload Executive Processor Portable Fire Extinguisher Pulse Frequency Modulated Payload and General Support Computer Payload Integration Agreement Payload Integration Manager Preliminary/Proposed Interface Revision Notice Payload Payload Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Payload Mounting Panel Payload Operations Integrations Facility Point-to-Point Communications Bus parts per million Primary Reaction Control System Pressure Relief Valve Payload Software Control Board Payload Software Integration pounds per square inch pounds per square inch per minute A-7 .

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 psia psid PSIV PSIVF PSRP pT PTR PU PVP QD Qty RAM Ref Rev. RF RIC RMA RMS ROM Rx SAP SCC sccs scfm scim SCS Sec SEE SI SIR slpm pounds per square inch absolute pounds per square inch differential Payload Software Integration and Verification Payload Software Integration and Verification Facility Payload Safety Review Panel Picotesla Payload Technical Review Panel Unit Payload Verification Plan Quick Disconnect Quantity Random Access Memory Reference Revision Radio Frequency Rack Interface Controller Rack Mobility Aid Root Mean Square Read Only Memory Receiver Single Adapter Plate Stress Corrosion Cracking standard cubic centimeters per second standard cubic feet per minute standard cubic inches per minute Safety-Critical Structure Second Single Event Effect International System of Units Standard Interface Rack standard liters per minute A-8 .

USL USOS USPODFCB UTC V VA Serial Number Spacelab Payload Accommodations Handbook Single Point Ground Sound Pressure Level Software Requirements Specification Space Shuttle Program Solid-State Power Controller Solid-State Power Controller Module Space Shuttle Vehicle Space Transportation System Tactical Aircraft Navigation To Be Determined Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol Twisted Twisted Double Shielded Twisted Shielded Transmitter.S.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 S/N SPAH SPG SPL SRS SSP SSPC SSPCM SSV STS TACAN TBD TCP/IP TW TWDS TWS Tx UAD UF UHF UI UIL UIP UOP U. Transmit Unique Ancillary Data Utilization Flight Ultra High Frequency User Interface User Interface Language Utility Interface Panel Utility Outlet Panel United States United States Laboratory United States Orbital Segment United States Payload Operations Data File Control Board Universal Time Code Volt Volt Amps A-9 .

Root Mean Square Vacuum Resource System Volatile Organic Compound Usage Agreement Watt Wireless Crew Communication System Waste Gas System WORF Laptop Computer Window Observational Research Facility X-axis A-10 . Direct Current Vacuum Exhaust System Verification Loads Analysis Volts per Meter Volatile Organic Compounds Volume Vented Payload Mounting Panel Verification Requirements Data Sheets Volts.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Vdc VES VLA V/m VOC Vol. VPMP VRDS Vrms VRS VUA W WCCS WGS WLC WORF X Volts.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H APPENDIX B GLOSSARY OF TERMS <RESERVED> September 2009 B-1 .

Identify a value to be used for on-orbit ISS Program/OZ2 crew time allocation.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H APPENDIX C TABLE C-1 EXPRESS RACK PAYLOADS IDD TBD LOG TBD NO. a ““standard”” service offered to all EXPRESS Rack payloads.3 Page: 1-8 Para. 1. Page: 1-5 Para: 1.3 1-2 The provisions for late access and early Determine whether or not late access removal for ““standard”” EXPRESS and early removal will be available as Rack payloads are under review.3 ISS Program/OZ3 Page: 1-5 Para: 1. TBD DESCRIPTION DATA REQUIRED TO CLOSE TBD DATA SOURCE/OWNER REMARKS 1-1 The allocation of on-orbit crew time for a ““standard”” EXPRESS Rack payload is under review. C-1 September 2009 .

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H APPENDIX D DELETED September 2009 D-1 .

......E-7 LABELING DESIGN ...2 E.....................................................1 E...3.....4..E-22 CAUTION AND WARNING LABELS...........................................E-27 E-1 ...........1 E..2....................................1 E...................................E-6 FUNCTION CONSIDERATIONS ...........................................................................3 E.......3..6 E...............................9 E....3................................................3.9.............................................................................................................................4..............................................................................3.......................................3......9.................................................4...........................................8 E........E-22 STOWAGE CONTAINER LABELING .................................1 E...........2..........................................................................................................................................4........2 E.....3......2 E...3..........3................................3.......................3 E........................2 E...................2......................................................................E-3 ISS PAYLOAD LABEL APPROVAL PROCESS .............4........E-16 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ...........................................................SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H APPENDIX E INSTRUCTIONS FOR LABELS AND DECALS TABLE OF CONTENTS PARAGRAPH E.........4.......................4...................................................................2 E.........4.....1 E............................4...........................5 September 2009 PAGE INTRODUCTION ....3...........E-17 CABLE AND HOSE LABELING ...7 E....3.............4 E..........4......................................................................................4....................................4...........................3.4 E...E-26 FONT STYLE ....................9............4......................4 E..3 E............4...5 E..4....3..........E-20 LOCATION AND ORIENTATION CODING .............................E-7 LABEL PLACEMENT ........3.......10 E..................................................................................................3...............E-27 SCALE MARKING ..........................E-6 GROUND ASSEMBLY AND HANDLING .............3...........................................................................E-22 GROUPED EQUIPMENT ITEMS .....E-6 PAYLOAD ORIENTATION ................3...............4.............................E-17 COLOR CODING .....................E-7 LABELING STANDARDIZATION ..........................................9.E-11 EQUIPMENT LABELING ...........................................3.3.3.....4..E-27 IMS BARCODES .......................................E-26 SPECIAL CHARACTER ...........1 E............E-26 PUNCTUATION...........4..............E-23 ALPHANUMERIC ...4.4.3 E..................E-21 OPERATING INSTRUCTION LABELS .....................E-16 EQUIPMENT CODING ...E-26 LINE SPACING .3 E.......................3......4............................................4....................E-5 IPLAT APPROVAL INSTRUCTIONS ......................................................................3............4....

.......................1-2 CHARACTER HEIGHT ...............................710 MM (28 IN) VIEWING DISTANCE September 2009 PAGE .....4..............4......8-2 PAGE IPLAT PAYLOAD LABEL APPROVAL PROCESS ........E-23 CAUTION AND WARNING LABEL EXAMPLES ............................................E-19 GROUPING LABEL EXAMPLES .E-15 CONTROL PANEL LABELING ............3-2 E....3.......E-11 FIGURES FIGURE E.....1-1 E.........................E-8 RACK LABEL PLACEMENT ...............................................................3...3..................4.......7-1 E........2...............3...............4...................E-24 FIRE PORT LOCATION CODE LABELS ........................................................3-3 E..........4......E-26 E-2 .........4..............1-1 E................E-16 CABLE AND HOSE LABELING ....................................4.....4.......4.....................E-4 HARDWARE ID LABELS (TO SCALE) ............SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLES TABLE E..................... .3-1 E-3...8-1 E..............3..................................................3.....4..............1-1 E..3.......3.................................E-13 MISCELLANEOUS LABEL PLACEMENT GUIDELINES........

1-1.) Labels contained within software displays. procedures. Ink-stamped labels: Markings. with which the crewmember interfaces All internal and external ORUs and the cables and hoses that connect to them All equipment controls. Engraved or Etched labels: Markings carved onto the hardware surface. and contingency operations.. Interfaces to the ISS Utility Interface Panel (UIP). The development of labels is a joint process requiring the cooperative efforts of IPLAT and the PD. These are handled by the U. E-3 . The label approval process flow diagram is shown in Figure E. cue cards. onto the hardware. Appendix E provides instructions for the approval of payload labels. Decals: Peel-off labels with adhesive backing that are applied onto hardware. and ends with the delivery of flight certified labels. SSP 50005. ports. Any other method of applying markings onto hardware. Payload Operations Data File Control Board (USPODFCB) or appropriate Operations Data File (ODF) control board. Placards: Cards which are inserted into pockets. Statements with ““should”” will be used for instructions which are incorporated into the label unless adequate justification is provided to IPLAT to warrant exempting the label instruction. To understand the priorities of the instructions. switches. International Space Station Flight Crew Integration Standard (NASA-STD-3000/T). The term ““label”” used throughout these instructions refers to any one of the following: Silk-screened labels: Markings that are silk-screened. was used as the basis for the payload labeling guidelines contained herein. Labels reviewed by IPLAT include. the following definitions need to be applied throughout Appendix E. etc. internal circuit boards. The process for developing labels begins with the PD providing pre-released engineering drawings. IPLAT reviews labels against the instructions contained herein. LEDs.1 INTRODUCTION September 2009 The ISS Payload Label Approval Team (IPLAT) reviews and approves labels for all payload equipment that the crew will interface with during nominal operations. stamped with ink. with ink. hoses. Statements with ““shall”” will be used for instructions which are required to be met for IPLAT to provide approval.g. but are not limited to: Rack/subrack front panel type hardware All experiment equipment.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H E. etc. including cable and hose ports Items IPLAT does not review: Items which the crew will not interface with (e. onto hardware. etc. loose or mounted other than in rack/subrack formation Cables. planned maintenance.S. fluid lines. stowage containers.

1-1 IPLAT PAYLOAD LABEL APPROVAL PROCESS .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H E-4 September 2009 FIGURE E.

Once the initial label evaluation has been completed. OpNom is approved by the USPODFCB. approved. the initial label evaluation is performed.1-1. and standardization. all changes that potentially affect OpNom will be submitted by the PD via a Change Request for approval through the Mission Operations Directorate Work Flow system. payloads. in preparation for the initial review. With the first approach. IPLAT returns JSC Form 732. IPLAT will return a checklist that documents any requirement violations. including commonality. and in the Mission Integration Database Application System (MIDAS) database. IPLAT is responsible for reviewing all payloads labels. After the preliminary OpNom review. label location drawings and information sufficient to enable IPLAT to determine that the instructions herein are met. or other database accessible by IPLAT.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H E. This supports an integrated process prior to drawings being released and completion of hardware development. The final label evaluation can be completed in one of two ways: 1) via approval of released engineering drawings or 2) review of digital images certified to be of the flight hardware with labels installed. labels shall be ordered and then installed before pictures can be submitted to IPLAT for approval. labels should be ordered after IPLAT approval of the drawings via the JSC Form 732. The process for obtaining approval of ISS payload labels is shown in Figure E.S. The preliminary OpNom review consists of evaluating pre-released drawings (or material sufficient to represent the hardware’’s labeling) and the preliminary OpNom to determine if the OpNom is operationally relevant and usable for the hardware. OpNom is the operationally relevant term used to describe hardware. IPLAT reviews both U. The PD will update the label designs based on inputs regarding OpNom requirements once the OpNom is baselined. providing guidance to the PD and granting approval based on the instructions herein.S. an initial and a final label evaluation. IPLAT will perform a final check to ensure that the labels match the approved OpNom. If the labels meet the requirements. and International Partner payload labels. For U. IPLAT has 10 working days to complete the final label evaluation.2 ISS PAYLOAD LABEL APPROVAL PROCESS September 2009 The PD is responsible for providing label drawings. With the second approach. The preliminary OpNom review should be conducted first. IPLAT is a mandatory reviewer of OpNom but does not review or approve procedures and displays. Form 732 is the PD’’s E-5 . and suggested solutions. IPLAT has 10 working days to complete the initial label evaluation. to the PD. During the final label evaluation. Note: The part numbers of the flight hardware and their OpNom must be in MIDAS in order for the Hardware ID labels to be ordered. Operations Nomenclature. Upon receiving the drawings. IPLAT is also responsible for performing a human engineering assessment of the labels and ensuring the labels are appropriate from a human engineering perspective. Approved OpNom can be found in SSP 50254. The PD shall deliver drawings to the PDL. This approach should be done in close coordination with IPLAT to ensure the correct labels get ordered and applied to the hardware in the correct locations. or other materials. IPLAT reviews labels against the approved Operations Nomenclature (OpNom). IPLAT performs two (2) label evaluations. the appropriate Operations Data File Control Board (ODFCB) approves their OpNom. For International Partner payloads.

the function. ““Loose Equipment”” is defined as passive. E. cables.) E.3 IPLAT APPROVAL INSTRUCTIONS IPLAT will use the following instructions in reviewing and providing the approval of payload labels. unpowered equipment generally found in payload stowage (e.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 official verification that the labels meet the requirements.1. B. and/or the functional result of the use of equipment items) and comply with the approved OpNom.0. The following definitions will be used throughout this section: ““Passive””. Identification Marking of U. E-6 . tools. for example. Section 4. is defined as hardware that cannot itself be powered.g. E. Military Property. ““Non-rack self-contained payloads”” refers to a category of equipment that becomes powered. etc. B.2 FUNCTION CONSIDERATIONS A. consumables. and should be included in the payload’’s verification record.1 GROUND ASSEMBLY AND HANDLING The following requirements are applicable to labels used for ground assembly and handling: A. etc. as it relates to payload hardware. Labels shall be installed and IPLAT approval completed before the payload’’s bench review. Labels shall be placed where they do not interfere with on-orbit crew interface labeling.c. Instrument labels. Engineering characteristics or nomenclature may be described as a secondary consideration. Labels shall be either covered or marked out when the labels no longer provide a function. science samples. The PTR Board is responsible for resolving issues and disagreements between the PD and IPLAT. ““Active””.3.S. Labels for crew interfaces shall contain information regarding the operational interface (e. Note: Product marking for ground assembly and handling should be in accordance with MIL-STD-130. should be labeled in terms of what is being measured or controlled and use the approved OpNom. but is not mounted on the front of a rack like a subrack payload. is defined as hardware that can be powered and performs a specific payload function. the purpose. Calibration data may be included where applicable. except Paragraph 4. or active.3. such as cables and hoses. consumables such as biocide wipes. as it relates to payload hardware.g.

B. Decals shall either be obtained from the Decal Design & Production Facility (DDPF).3. Each label shall contain a horizontal line. IMS barcodes. 5.4. should be applied under the line. and controls must have a consistent rack vertical orientation arrangement with the rack vertical axis origin at the bottom of the rack hinge point.4 E. rack power switch. If the IMS barcode is integrated with the hardware ID label. On control panel name labels. etc. A vertical line may be used for vertical space limitations. E-7 . 3. Labeling must be standardized between and within systems. toxicology. fire hole. 4. Payload labels required for operations with the rack(s) rotated should be oriented with respect to required crew positions.3. 7. Hardware ID label Text Figure E. D.1-1 shows examples of payload hardware ID labels. caution and warning. This should be placed directly below the line. The spelled out name. 6. and below the spelled out payload name. the OpNom shall be above the line.1 Payload labeling. Examples of labels found in the catalog are: Hardware ID labels. shall appear on the hardware ID label.4.3 PAYLOAD ORIENTATION September 2009 A. fire indicators. displays.3. The payload’’s acronym (if applicable) shall be spelled out on the main unit’’s hardware ID label. if needed. The requirements for this label are as follows: 1. B. cable/hose labels. No other text. Payload labels shall conform to the ODFCB approved OpNom. or shall be designed to be identical to them. ONLY the OpNom for the item to which the label will be applied shall appear above the line or to the left of the line. LABELING DESIGN LABELING STANDARDIZATION A. 8. Stowage Kit Contents Label: Each item listed under ““Contents”” shall equal the approved OpNom. The DDPF is also available to PDs for fabricating labels not found in JSC 27260. other than that mentioned above. 2. SSP 50254 and applicable partner annexes. hazardous. C.3. E. Standard decals needed by the PD are available in JSC 27260.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H E. and be placed in the lower right hand corner of the label. The part number and serial number (if applicable) shall fall below the line. it shall fall below the line.

vertical space SPICE Electronics Box (Smoke Point In Co-Flow Experiment) P/N XXXXXXXX XXXXXXX e) Example of ““main unit”” name for a ““Non-rack self-contained payload”” SPICE Data Recorder P/N XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX S/N XXXX XXXXXXX Note: These standard labels can be ordered from the Decal Design & Production Facility (DDPF) through the Barcode Inventory Tracking System (BITS) group f) Example of subordinate equipment name FIGURE E.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 SRF (Science Research Facility) XXXXXXX a) Rack ““main unit”” name example SRF (Science Research Facility) b) Rack ““main unit”” name example .3.1-1 HARDWARE ID LABELS (TO SCALE) (PAGE 1 OF 2) E-8 .4.vertical space limited XXXXXXX BCIS (Bee Colony In Space) XXXXXXX c) Subrack ““main unit”” name example BCIS (Bee Colony In Space) XXXXXXX d) Subrack ““main unit”” name example .

3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 LCCP (Left Command & Control Panel) g) Control Panel name example LCCP (Left Command & Control Panel) h) Control Panel name example . Controls labels on a control panel shall be in UPPER case only. Keypads –– Non––COTS keypads on payloads should use title case letters. etc.4.3. controls groupings. (e.g. port names.10 NACTI Bacteria Immobilizer Culture Swabs . Sizes of label text shall be per Table E.) should be graduated in size 2.g.). switches and their positions. subrack name. connector ports. 2. LEDs. rack name.50 i) Stowage kit name/contents Note: These standard labels can be ordered from the DDPF through the BITS group. F.3. This includes abbreviations and acronyms. Hardware ID labels shall be per the casing of the approved OpNom.4.vertical space limited NACTI Stowage Kit Contents: NACTI Isolation Tubes . FIGURE E. Casing: 1. Size 1.1-1 HARDWARE ID LABELS (TO SCALE) (PAGE 2 OF 2) E. E-9 .1-2: Size Categories –– Characters used in hierarchical labeling (e. etc.

or 4mm for spelled out name 0.20-0.36 in.4.1-2 CHARACTER HEIGHT – 710 MM (28 IN) VIEWING DISTANCE MARKINGS Rack Name (examples ““a”” and b”” of Figure E. or 5-6 mm for kit OpNom 0. etc.3. numerals on counters and settable or moving scales) For critical markings.4.22-0.14 in.4.10 in-0. on a control panel) For critical markings. controls.4.1-1) Loose Equipment.48 in. TABLE E.5 mm for part/serial number 0. or 7-9 mm for OpNom 0.20-0.28 in.12 in-0. numerals on fixed scales.g. or 5-7 mm for OpNom 0. with position variable (e.31 in.12-0. connector ports.g.36 in.10 in-0. 3.3. This is to minimize the footprint of decals. There should be at least a 25 percent difference in the character height between each of these categories.5-5 mm 0. or 5-8 mm 0. or 3-9 mm for OpNom 0. Note: *See Figure E. or 6mm for spelled out name 0..g.20 in.3. or emergency instructions. or 2. switches.3.1-1 for examples.4.31 in. or 12 mm (min) for OpNom 0.5-4mm for spelled out name 0.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 per Table E.3.1-1) Non-rack Self Contained Payloads (examples ““e”” and f”” of Figure E.18 in. which can cause visual clutter or physical interferences on-orbit. Size of Decals –– The size of decals should be designed such that the ““white space”” between label text and the outer edges of the decal do not exceed 0.3. with position fixed (e. or 2.18 in.12 in-0. ORUs CHARACTER HEIGHT* 0.28-0..4. or 3-4mm for spelled out name 0.18 in.12 in or 3 mm (min) 0. or 3-4mm for individual contents’’ OpNom Control Panel Names Stowage Kit Contents Label Controls (e.10 in or 2.1-1) Subrack Name (examples ““c”” and d”” of Figure E..24 in.24 in. 0.1-2. or 4-8 mm E-10 .25 inches. and switch markings.16-0.

B. For example: OPEN or CLOSE. 3.3-1. LABEL PLACEMENT A. the present tense should be used.2 READABILITY September 2009 A. For example: POWER cb. etc. the labels for the physical hardware and the software representation shall match. Language 1.3 Units of measure shall be in International System of Units (SI). Circuit Breakers (a) (b) 4. C. Labels should be as concise and direct as possible. START or STOP. the abbreviation ““cb”” shall be used in the label. POWER. 2. In cases where there is more than one switch with the same function it is acceptable to name them by function and numerical sequence (e. unless otherwise required to match the hardware. controls. etc……). E. or END. CIRCUIT BREAKER. F. use the word PRESS (not MASH. POWER2. LCD). If the physical device in any way operates as a circuit breaker. switches. E. etc. All labels shall be placed on the payload hardware in accordance to the label location drawings.4.). 5. D. E-11 . Switches –– Switches shall be named according to their function (e. Push Buttons –– Push buttons shall be named according to their function.3. BEGIN.3.g. B.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H E.g. Displays and Controls Title Selection -Physical Hardware 1.4. When verbs are used to label physical hardware (buttons. If necessary. etc……). Labels should be designed so as to minimize visual clutter. English shall be used first and with lettering at least 25% larger than the secondary language. PUSH or DEPRESS) to instruct the crew how to operate it. Labels shall be written in the English language.3.e. BATTERY. 2. Physical Hardware Linked to Software Displays –– If physical hardware is linked to and/or represented by software displayed data or controls (i. If dual languages are used. Abbreviations shall comply with SSP 50254.4. Payloads Operated From Rack Front Panels –– Labels for Payloads operated from the front panel of racks must be labeled in accordance to Figure E. POWER1. not ON and OFF or PUSH and PULL. Circuit breaker positions shall be labeled OPEN and CLOSE.

E-12 . 3. it shall be placed to the right of the hardware ID label. If the IMS barcode is attached separately. 2. Subrack hardware ID label –– The subrack hardware ID label shall be placed in the upper left corner of the subrack. This label shall be placed in the upper left corner of the Rack UIP. it shall be placed to the right of the hardware ID label. The Rack UIP shall be labeled ““Rack UIP””. Rack hardware ID label –– The rack hardware ID label shall be placed in the upper left corner of the rack. If the IMS barcode is attached separately.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 1.

4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE E.3-1 RACK LABEL PLACEMENT E-13 .3.

If the IMS barcode is attached separately. Miscellaneous Label Placement Guidelines. Labeling for different levels of controls should be graduated in size.4. Non-rack self-contained payloads. controls.3. Control Panel Labels 1. or functional reasons shall have a hardware ID label for the item on the outside of its container.3. Size –– Label text for controls on a panel should be smaller than the name label for the panel. E-14 . Labels may be placed in other locations when they cannot dimensionally fit in the required location. 3. Part Numbers and Serial Numbers 1. ““P/N”” and ““S/N””. If the IMS barcode is attached separately. E. If they are included in the hardware ID label. etc. Part Numbers and Serial Numbers should be placed together for ease of identification. D. fit. Control panels shall have a hardware ID label with the approved OpNom. which are the standard OpNom representations for Part Number and Serial Number.20 in per Table E. 3. See Figure E. displays. shall be used. Items that cannot accept a hardware ID label for form.4.10 in and 0. 3. Similar levels of controls should be the same size. 2. LEDs. The hardware ID label shall be placed in the upper left corner of the dominant face of the payload.3-2. they shall be placed below the line. 2. grouping label titles should be larger than the labels for the controls within them.3-3 for examples. and should be between 0. 2. or to preclude inappropriate association with adjacent items. respectively.1-2. it shall be placed to the right of the hardware ID label. If the Part Number and/or Serial Number are not included in the hardware ID label. ORUs –– The hardware ID label shall be placed in the upper left corner of the dominant face of the payload. or if they would be obstructed by items like cables and hoses. For example.4. and a separate Part Number/Serial Number label are necessary. F. Loose Equipment 1. For cases where an item only has room for the OpNom or a barcode. but not both. See Figure E.3. the Part Number should be arranged to the left or above the Serial Number.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 C. it shall be placed to the right of the hardware ID label. switches. a label with the OpNom shall take precedence. Positions –– Labels shall be centered above connectors.

markings and labeling must be oriented such that they appear upright when observed from local vertical. Orientation . or rotating the label 90 degrees when the text is long (e. Visibility –– All labels shall be placed on equipment so that they are visible when the equipment is used or accessed. Association Errors . Markings should be located such that they are perpendicular to the operator’’s normal line of sight whenever feasible and should not be less than 45 degrees from the line of sight. PAYLOAD ELECTRONICS MODULE).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE E-3.The arrangement of markings on panels should protect against errors of association of one marking or set of markings with adjacent ones.. H.On overhead panels. J.g.4.3-2 MISCELLANEOUS LABEL PLACEMENT GUIDELINES G.g. is permissible when the marking or label does not fit in the required orientation. Overhead Panels .. I. DATA J3). E-15 . with letters arranged vertically if the text is short (e.All markings and labels must be oriented with respect to the local worksite plane so that they read from left to right. Vertical orientation.

4 E. such that these items can be clearly referenced in crew procedures. The size for these labels shall be smaller than the main label naming the payload. vents. Use of acronyms and abbreviations shall be accordance with SSP 50254. including. B. All items on a piece of hardware that have a crew interface shall be identified. etc. E-16 . but not limited to: displays.3. OpNom document. (See Paragraph E.4. Containers shall be labeled to identify their contents using approved OpNom. switches.3.4.4. LEDs.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE E. containers.3..6). connectors. controls.4.4.3.3-3 CONTROL PANEL LABELING E.1 EQUIPMENT LABELING EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A.

POWER J1. The plug number and receptacle number for a mating pair should be identical (e. Flag style labels can be used if necessary. DELETED. Electrical Cable End Plugs and Corresponding Electrical Connector Ports a. ORU replacement).g.Electrical cables and hoses which are intended to be interfaced with by the crew for nominal operations (e. ““DRIVE A””.4. the cables shall be labeled with the approved OpNom. Multi-quantity Items 1. Serial Numbers .3. If one end of a cable or hose is permanently attached to a piece of hardware.g.. the size of the logo should be smaller than the main name label and should be located away from the identification label if possible. If the cable or hose diameter is such that it can accept a sleeve/band style label. B.g. ““P”” should be used even for cable to cable connections. and any safety labels as deemed necessary. 1. ““DRIVE C””). D. The cable end plug shall be designated with a ““P”” (e. P1). Controls level items should be logically numbered/ lettered left to right or top to bottom in descending order (e. cable end labels. The loose end that the crew interfaces with shall have a cable end label to tell the crew where it mates.2.4. except when not possible because a cable is generic. If the cable must be distinguished from other permanently attached cables on the same device. c... that is preferred. E. IPLAT can help the PD choose the appropriate style and size of the labels.4. they shall not be distracting to the crew while operating the payload. Examples: DATA J510. E-17 . following by a "J" (regardless of gender) and a 3 or less character number. or are designed to have a crew interface in the event of a contingency situation. planned maintenance (e.Multi-quantity items that are serialized should display the serial number as part of the identification. ““DRIVE B””. Multi-quantity items that are permanently installed into hardware (not loose) that require individual distinction but are not serialized shall be individually numbered.If organizational or commercial logo(s) are used.g. For front panels.4. EQUIPMENT CODING CABLE AND HOSE LABELING E. Crew Interface Cables and Hoses shall have hardware ID labels.2 E. 2.g. Connector Port Names: The connector port name shall begin with a descriptor that describes its purpose (e. Logos . Crew Interface Cables and Hoses Definition . that end does not require a cable end label.3. and are subject to the format requirements below.1 A. and it does not require an IMS barcode. P1 mates with J1). experiment operations).g. are considered ““Crew Interface Cables and Hoses””.. regardless of gender. DATA or POWER). b.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 C..

unless the cable or hose is six (6) meters or greater. for cables already designed based on Boeing-provided ISS cables.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 2. First Line: The name of this end of the cable/hose.2.1-1.3.4. 4. Text/Background Color . Cable and Hose Label General Characteristics The OpNom of the cable/hose. b. The OpNom of the cable/hose. Cable and Hose Identifying Labels . For a hose. If the hose end needs to have a unique identifier. which would then require an identification label placed every two (2) meters. 5. See Figure E.2. It shall be placed to the right of the hardware ID label (if not using a standard hardware ID label with the IMS barcode included). For cables this is the ““P””.3.4. this line may be left off. If this end can interface to multiple connector ports (e. For hoses: The flow direction should be indicated with an arrow below the OpNom if the hose ends are not interchangeable.g. E-18 . Cable and Hose End Labels . See Figure E. if the end does not have a specific identifier. a. This label shall be placed at the mid-length position of the cable/hose. New cables must use the standard ““To”” terminology. The Serial number of the cable or hose (optional). is acceptable as long as the connection information is obvious.The text should be black on a white background.Cables and hoses shall contain a main identifying label with the information below.4. or 0. The text casing shall match the OpNom. Abbreviations shall comply with SSP 50254. Note: ““Mates with”” terminology (““M/W””).4. as shown in Figure E. or plug. or black on silver background (for metal photo). center justified.10 in minimum. 3.Labels at the terminal ends of cables/hoses shall contain the information below in vertical order. this line may be left off. Second Line: The word ““To”” followed by the OpNom of the piece of equipment to which this end of the cable/hose mates with.. Cable and Hose IMS Barcodes –– A cable/hose shall have an IMS barcode. do not use a ““P”” number (““P””s are reserved for cables).12 in preferred.1-1 for cable/hose label examples.The size of the text on these labels should be 0. at the mid-length position.1-1 for examples.4.2.3. The Part number of the cable or hose (optional). Size . c. generic cables). number.4.

1-1 CABLE AND HOSE LABELING E-19 .3.4.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE E.2.

4. and warning labels. Markings/Background Color . Hazard Labels .I for instructions.8 for Caution & Warning labeling requirements. The key concern is contrast. F. E-20 . DATA J1 or OXYGEN OUT). Identification/Connectivity .4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Third Line: The exact name of the receptacle on the hardware that this end of the cable/hose mates with (e. generic cables). This label shall be placed to the right of the identifying label.8. including white and black. having the first line (the ““P”” number) will be allowed. it is clear which components the procedures are referring to. COLOR CODING E. GFE laptop). unique coding scheme.2 Color coding should only be used to enhance the ability of the ISS crew to perform tasks. If this end can interface to multiple connector ports (i.Markings and background colors on labels shall have sufficient contrast such that the labels are readable in ambient ISS lighting conditions.3.4.3. E. Hose Hazard Labels . Each color shall always be associated with a single meaning within the same system or integrated rack.g. Labels should adhere to the accepted combinations of markings and background color listed below. and orange shall only be used to mark emergency use.. caution. The text case shall match the casing on the panel. appropriate descriptive words shall be used (e.Hoses must have standard hazard class decals indicating the appropriate hazard level for the substance transported through the hose. Number of Colors . shall be used in a coding system.2. yellow.g. A. See Paragraph E.No more than nine (9) colors. and the receptacle is not properly labeled.g. Labels that do not fall into these marking/background categories will be approved on a case-by-case basis. See Paragraph E.. SERIAL PORT). 2.4.Hazard labels have their own.3.e. Note: If cables are clustered together and cannot display the 3 lines of information on cable end labels without causing physical interference and visual clutter. this line may be left off. of which color is one factor. If the receptacle is on a piece of hardware not provided by the PD (e. The colors chosen shall be easily distinguished from one another within the same system or integrated rack. C. Color Difference 1.Color coding used for component identification or to denote connectivity relationships shall combine color with text such that when those components are referred to within procedures.. B. D. Red. 6.

right.4.4.g. ““B2””.2.).3-1 and include: The OpNom for the rack (e.S.4. C3).Subrack location codes shall be placed along the inside surface of the seat track at intervals equal to the individual rack's smallest drawer unit (e. R for right.3.3-3 for examples. payloads. Locations other than the inside of the seat track are permissible only if there is a permanent obstruction that would cover the labels. For Control Panels That Control Multiple Subracks .g. different for International Partner racks). Access panel identification labels should be located in the upper left corner position on the panel with respect to the local vertical orientation.3. -L for left. ““B1””. See Figure E.3. ““SRF””). ““A1””. B. Each letter/number pair must be 0. or back location on the rack preceded by a hyphen (e. For example.4. Alignment Marks/Interface Identification 1. Subrack Location Codes: 1.. a completed access panel label might be SRF C3-L or SRF C3-R.g. Access panel identification labels for access panels on the side or back of a rack must be labeled as in Figure E.g.Maintenance access panels shall be labeled to assist the crew in locating the panel for maintenance activities.3 Background White Yellow Silver (metal photo labels) Black Red Grey Blue White Yellow LOCATION AND ORIENTATION CODING A. Its left. 4 PU (7 inches) for U. and a graphic (matrix with appropriate box checked) showing the individual locker’’s location in the rack. as shown in Figure E. C..SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 Marking Black Black Black White White White Yellow Red Blue E.Alignment marks or other orientation markings shall be used to aid the crew with the installation/mating of equipment when the hardware requires a specific orientation. ““A2””. Access Panels . 2.. E-21 .Each subrack’’s controls shall be mapped to its location using the letter/number code (e. Alignment Marks . -B for back) becomes part of the OpNom for any part the crew sees.18 in and placed at the top of the particular drawer interval. At the Rack Level .g. 2. Its height location using the subrack location code (e.3..3-1. etc. 1.4.

A standard stowage OpNom/contents label exists that can be ordered for the purpose of meeting the below requirements.. Two functionally related items should be grouped when such grouping provides clarification of purpose and/or distinguishes them from surrounding items. after the name. E. by common color. payloads.S.7-1 for grouping label examples. See example g in Figure E. to indicate the quantity (i. Functional groups of equipment items are all associated or connected with a common system or purpose. hinged lid for a stowage container).4. not in general ISS stowage containers. Provisions should be made to permit in-flight revisions to or replacement of stowage labels on all stowage containers. Operations Data File Standards.g. submit ECR to USPODFCB for review and approval.Interface identification should not be used for movable items tethered to a mating part (e. by boundary lines). dust cap for an electrical connector.4””.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 2.4..Items allocated to a specific crewmember should be identified on the contents list with the user’’s title.3.. C. FURNACE A. 3. E. arrows. switch positions. LEDs.1-1. CABIN AIR.Alignment marks.. Each stowage container (and its sub-containers) shall display the contents on its front surface visible to the crewmember.3.g.g. or other labels showing required orientation shall be visible during alignment and attachment. OPERATING INSTRUCTION LABELS E. connectors. located within the payload.3.Containers with designated locations for placement of equipment set (e. and be approved by the appropriate International Partner ODF component board. name. controls. The procedural text should conform to ODF standards as documented in ODF Standards..7 A. SSP 50253. or other coding technique.g. ““TEST TUBES . socket wrenches in a tool kit) should have each location identified with the OpNom of the item stowed. displays.e. D. GROUPED EQUIPMENT ITEMS B.6 STOWAGE CONTAINER LABELING This section applies to stowage containers provided by the payload. Visibility . a contents list shall be displayed elsewhere and clearly identified as belonging to the sub-container. All contents shall be identified using the approved OpNom.4.e. For U. PANEL LIGHTING). Tethered Equipment .3. etc. Tool/Accessory Kit Labeling .3. Containers containing multiple quantities of the same item should use a dash followed by a number.4. E. indicates there are four test tubes in the container). EXPERIMENT ““M””.) shall be identified as a group (e. (e. Individual-Crew Items .4.5 Operating instruction labels are labels (affixed to hardware) that contain procedural steps. A. If the available marking space on a container is insufficient to display the complete content titles. Functional groups of three or more equipment items (i. E-22 .. See Figure E.

3. The PSRP or an OZ3 safety representative shall approve nonstandard Caution and Warning label wording. Labels on emergency-use items (e.3.) must be surrounded by diagonal red and white stripes either on the item or adjacent to it. the text may be placed elsewhere along the perimeter of the boundary line. C. Emergency-Use Label Specifications 1. emergency lighting. repair kits.g.7-1 GROUPING LABEL EXAMPLES E. The width of the line shall not be greater than the stroke width of the letters.4. in a break in the line. FIGURE E. The red and white stripes should be of equal width. and on its container. Caution and warning labels shall identify the type of hazard and the action that would prevent its occurrence. There shall be no fewer than four red stripes and three white stripes. D. A. The caution and warning markings shall be located in a visible area.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 B. 4. Caution and warning labels shall be standardized between and within systems. 1.4.8-1 for examples. but local vertical orientation or the text must be maintained. When it is not possible to center the text at the top. The line shall form an enclosed rectangle. Labels must be located above the functional groups they identify When a line is used to enclose a functional group and define its boundaries. Deviations from the rectangular shape are allowed when dimensional restrictions preclude a perfect rectangle. or box. Caution and warning labels shall be distinct from one another.3. with rounded corners. 2. 2. E. fire extinguisher. The emergency type warning stripes shall be alternate red and white. C. E-23 . 3.8 CAUTION AND WARNING LABELS Caution and warning labels are required for indicating potentially undesirable conditions.4. etc. the labels shall be centered at the top of the group. See Figure E.. B.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 5. Labels on Caution and Warning items shall be either on the item or adjacent to it. and on its container. The text shall be white letters on the red background or red letters on a white background. Caution/warning labels shall be surrounded by diagonal yellow and black stripes. 4.3. 5. Caution And Warning Label Specifications 1.8-1 CAUTION AND WARNING LABEL EXAMPLES F. The striping shall be applied at a 45 degree angle rotated clockwise from the vertical. The yellow and black stripes should be of equal width. 7. 6. 2. There shall be no fewer than four yellow stripes and three black stripes.4. The striping shall begin and end with a red stripe. 3. E-24 . FIGURE E. The caution/warning type stripes shall be alternate yellow and black. The striping shall be applied at a 45 degree angle rotated clockwise from the vertical.

The following lists the order of preference for the labels depending on space constraints.g. See NSTS 07700.3. The payload developer has the option of installing the label themselves if they so choose. ““FIRE PORT””.3 for hazard class definitions. 7.Note: IPLAT will install the label during the final HFIT-IPLAT evaluation. A label that accommodates the words: ““EMERGENCY USE””. The developer may obtain these decals from JSC 27260 or must produce identical labels. radiation. Chemicals . The developer may obtain these decals from JSC 27260 or shall produce identical labels. For Caution and Warning items located within a storage container. no striping should be applied to that side. as deemed by the payload’’s toxicology representative. liquid. and location code (e.g. the Caution and Warning label shall be applied to the outside of the container. Switches and Buttons 1. The striping shall begin and end with a yellow stripe. and the titles of the Caution and Warning items shall be included on the marking. I. space for a larger label should be reserved. Volume 14. E-25 .125 in). LAB1P2_D2).When biological. Space within 1 inch (above preferred) of a fire port shall be reserved for at least the minimum size fire port location code label as shown in Figure E. Where possible. The text shall be black letters on the yellow background. Other hazards .8-2. If one side of a switch or button has less than 3 mm (0.The standard hazard class decals shall be used to identify the proper hazard class of payload chemicals (i. The striping around a switch or button should not be wider than 25mm (1 in) or narrower than 3 mm (0. Paragraph 5. or other forum. sharps. Appendix 9. A label that accommodates the location code (e.e. the appropriate standard label (if available) shall be applied in a prominent location. G. battery.125 in) space. Hazard Labels 1. LAB1P2_D2). 8. or gaseous states).6. H..SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 6. or other hazards are identified by safety personnel. 2. chemicals in solid. LAB1P2_D2)A label that accommodates the words: ““FIRE PORT”” and location code (e.g.4. 2.

q. should be at the same level as the base of adjacent capital letters. etc.3.3 SPECIAL CHARACTER A. placards. The font style used on decals.9 E.3.4.8-2 FIRE PORT LOCATION CODE LABELS E.9. Stenciled Characters .9. PUNCTUATION E. D.1 ALPHANUMERIC FONT STYLE A.3. B. Pound or Number Symbol (#) .. and labels shall be Helvetica or Arial.4. E. E.3.2 Punctuation should not be used on labels except as a part of the approved OpNom or as otherwise noted in this appendix. Degree Symbol . Subscript and Superscript Size . a similar sans serif font is acceptable.The degree symbol should be centered on an imaginary line extended from the top of the F or C symbols. p.4.6 to 0.9. B. Subscripts .The pound or number symbol should be centered on an imaginary line extended from the top of the associated numerals and placed two stroke widths away from them. C.Numeric subscripts and upper case letter subscripts should be centered on the baseline of associated characters.4. If these are not available.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE E.7 times the height of associated characters. Lower Case Letter Subscripts -The base of lower case letters and the ovals of g. E-26 .3.4.Subscripts and superscripts should be 0.Stencil-type characters should not be used on display/control panels or other equipment.

3.89 mm (0. E.10 PDs will coordinate with NASA/JSC organization OC for IMS barcodes. IMS barcodes placeholders shall be present on engineering drawings.64 mm (0. Scale Markings 1.5 mm (0.). Interpolation should be limited to one half the distances between minor graduation marks. B.) between centerlines.0 of upper case letter height. scale graduation marks should be marked clearly to allow for unambiguous measurements.). 4. Graduation marks should be spaced a minimum of 1. 5. 3.5 SCALE MARKING A. 4. The minimum width of a major graduation should be 0. 2. All equipment shall have an IMS barcode in accordance with SSP 50007. The spacing between lines of related text should be 0. Deleted. 2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H E. IMS BARCODES E. Major.06 in. the minimum width of an intermediate graduation should be 0. or 2 units of decimal multiples thereof. Spacing between headings and text should be 0. If the PD orders their IMS barcodes from the DDPF. B. 3. C.76 mm (0. if the standard hardware ID label (with IMS barcode included) is not used.5 of upper case letter height. the Decal Catalog decal part number should be included in a note on the engineering drawing.9. If precise measurements are needed. The number of graduation marks between numbered graduation marks should not exceed nine. intermediate. scales that are to be read quantitatively to the nearest graduation mark should be designed so that interpolation between graduation marks is not necessary. In general. Interval Values 1. Scales should have a zero reference.3. Space Station Inventory Management System Label Specification.4. Accuracy 1. The graduation intervals should progress by 1. and minor graduation marks shall be graduated in size.4.4 LINE SPACING September 2009 A. E-27 . and the minimum width of a minor graduation should be 0. 2. The precision of scale marking should be equal to or less than the precision of the input signal.035 in.6 to 1.025 in.030 in.3.).

Appendix F provides the instructions for the approval of payload Human Factors requirements. The verification of Human Factors requirements will be a joint process requiring the cooperative efforts of the HFIT and PD. FIGURE F.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H APPENDIX F September 2009 INSTRUCTIONS FOR HUMAN FACTORS IMPLEMENTATION TEAM (HFIT) VERIFICATION F.1-1. by HFIT.1 INTRODUCTION The ISS Human Factors Implementation Team (HFIT) provides an optional service to review and approve Human Factors requirements applicability for all payload equipment that the crew will interface with during nominal operations. planned maintenance. The process for Human Factors approval. is documented in Figure F.1-1 HFIT HUMAN FACTORS APPROVAL PROCESS F-1 . and contingency operations.

0 requirements listed in Form 881. or F-2 . the hardware indicated on Form 881.2.0 will be used to evaluate the hardware for acceptance. measurements and/or any other required information needed to complete evaluation of program Human Factors requirements.2 RESPONSIBILITIES The PD is responsible for complying with all requirements listed SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Section 12. F. the PD and the HFIT will assess/verify through vendor or on site inspection. The acknowledgement of these requirements and contact with the HFIT representative is the first step.2. The HFIT is also responsible for performing the on site human engineering verification of the hardware and ensuring that the hardware is usable from a human engineering perspective. Granting approval is based on the instructions herein.1 September 2009 ISS PAYLOAD HUMAN FACTORS REQUIREMENTS APPROVAL PROCESS INTRODUCTION This document provides the instructions for the approval of payload Human Factors requirements in order to comply with SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Section 12.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H F. F. If contact is not made. and operations. The development of this set of instructions is to provide assistance to the PD with the verification of Human Factors requirements listed in Form 881 of Human Factors Implementation Team (HFIT) Verification/Certification and SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Section 12.0.0 specifications. This data will be collected by the HFIT with the help of the PD. Step 1 (B): Signed concurrence on the HFIT Agreement Form by the PD point of contact and the HFIT may occur at a time negotiated by the PIM and the HFIT. The PD will coordinate with the HFIT before submitting data for approval. NASA Human Factors and Boeing Human Factors representatives. standardization. including commonality.3 HFIT APPROVAL INSTRUCTIONS The HFIT will use the following instructions in reviewing and providing the approval of payload Human Factors requirements on Form 881 of Human Factors Implementation Team (HFIT) Verification/Certification.0. Step 1 (A): The HFIT will submit Form 881 (with the help of the PD) for approval. The PD will aid the HFIT by providing any data collected as a result of design or hardware modeling. photos. The PCB is responsible for resolving issues and disagreements between the PD and the HFIT. SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Section 12. The HFIT is responsible for reviewing all data for payload human factors criteria for the SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Section 12.2. The HFIT will be a joint effort requiring an Astronaut Crew Representative. This should occur at the time a Payload Integration Manager (PIM) is assigned or Payload is manifested. Verification data can be obtained and presented in the forms listed on Form 881 by the HFIT and/or the PD.2 F. The HFIT will certify payload compliance by means of PD drawings. Upon receiving Form 881 from the HFIT.

This is a formal review conducted by the HFIT and the PD to ensure either the HFIT review or the formal SSP 52000-IDD-ERP exceptions process is resolving requirements issues. Boeing Human Factors Representative: This is any member of the Boeing Human Factors Group who has signature status granted by Boeing PEI. Section 12.0 requirements. F. A review is conducted by the HFIT no later than L-10 months. The data collected by the PD and the HFIT will complete the HFIT requirements process and issue the Certificates of Compliance (COCs) for requirements met at that review. This happens from ICD approval time until launch minus (L-) 10. Once all requirements listed in Form 881 are met and all 882 discrepancies are closed a Form 883 compliance form will be issued for the COFR. Contact by the PD will generate a file by the HFIT and begin the ISS Human Factors Final Disposition processes. 4.3 MEMBERS AND FUNCTION 1. NASA Human Factors Representative: This is any member of the NASA Human Factors Group who has signature status granted by NASA JSC Habitability and Human Factors Office (SF3). in Form 883. lists all drawings applicable to the certified hardware and all SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Section 12.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 concurrence is not obtained. the PD will use the existing SSP 52000-IDD-ERP process flow for exceptions. Human Factors issues and allow the PD to close out the HFIT process. Step 2: Requirements and Applicability Review. .0 requirements when all hardware issues are resolved with the exception of Paragraph 12. The HFIT. These requirements will be completed through the IPLAT process described in Appendix E. Identification Labeling. All tools and procedures will be used with PD concurrence to obtain data for Form 881 as negotiated with HFIT. This step will complete any SSP 52000-IDD-ERP. During this process a form 882 ISS Payload Human Factors Requirements Compliance Feedback Form can be used to note hardware discrepancies either by the HFIT or the PD. Acknowledgement of the waived condition is noted by the HFIT on Form 883. Step 4: The Final Hardware Evaluation. F-3 3. Boeing PEI Human Factors will track all non-compliances. This happens at the Preliminary Design Review (PDR).5. This will be documented in a specific section of Form 881. or at a time negotiated by the PIM and the HFIT. Critical Design Review (CDR). the HFIT can accept the design if it is evaluated and found to be operable and safe for the crew.0 requirements that could not be met by this process. 2. Astronaut Crew Representative: This is any member of the Astronaut Crew Office who has signature status granted by the Astronaut Office (CB). OZ 3 or Boeing Management Representative: This is a Payload Hardware Engineering Integration Office (OZ3) or a Boeing PEI Management Representative who has signature status granted by their management.0. For minor exception to the SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Section 12. The HFIT will only give a Form 883 certifying payload compliance with SSP 52000IDD-ERP Section 12. Step 3: The Preliminary Hardware Evaluation Report.

5 Astronaut Crew Office Representative Payload Developer (or Payload Integrator) Point of Contact NASA Human Factors Representative Boeing Human Factors Representative OZ 3/ Boeing Management Representative REFERENCE DOCUMENTS Examples of the following HFIT specific forms (Forms 881. Form 881: Human Factors Implementation Team (HFIT) Verification/Certification Form 882: ISS Payload Human Factors Requirements Compliance Feedback Form Form 883: ISS Human Factors Final Disposition (Sample Forms Deleted) F-4 . Members: 1. F.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H F. 5. A Form 883 will be issued upon a completed Form 881 as the payload’’s COC.4 SIGNATURES September 2009 All members listed below have agreed upon the Human Factors Implementation Team (HFIT) process charter and Form 881 and its processing language. 3. 2.html A. A completed copy of Form 881 will be filed with all parties listed in the Members signature blocks of this form for the duration of the payload’’s use on the ISS.gov/ss/issapt/payofc/OZ3/HFIT/HFITtemplates. 4. 882.nasa.jsc. and 883) may be found at: http://iss-www. C. B.

1 3. September 2009 Not a requirement Not a requirement Emergency Egress Net (Trampoline) NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Interface .3.APPENDIX G TRACEABILITY MATRIX TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H 3 3.1.10.2 N/A 3. Not a requirement.4 4. Not a requirement. International Standard Payload Rack N/A (ISPR) Coordinate Systems (Limited Effectivity) Payload (PL) Coordinate System Dimensions and Tolerances Mechanical Interfaces Middeck Locations Avionics Bay Locations Middeck Payload Provisions Middeck Emergency Egress and MF71 Net Retention Interface N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 3.3.3 3.3 3.1 3. 4.1.1 N/A 3.1.3.3.1.3 3.3.2 3.1 Not a requirement. SSP 52005 N/A N/A 3.3. Not a requirement.1.0 N/A Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.1.2 3.1. Not a requirement.1.10 4.1.2 G-1 Physical and Mechanical Interfaces Geometric Relationships Crew Module (CM) Coordinate System N/A N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.1 3. Not a requirement. Not a requirement.1 3.3.3 3.1 3. Not a requirement.

2C 3.2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.3. Not a requirement.8. G-2 8/2 EXPRESS Rack Mounting Plate S683-34527 EXPRESS Transportation Rack Mounting Plate Standard Modular Locker Standard Stowage Trays Modified Locker Access Door Dwg 683-44394 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK September 2009 .1 3.3.1. 4.4.1.2 3.1.1 4.3.5.1B 3. Not a requirement.2 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.2B 3.1A 3. Not a requirement.1.1 3.4.4.1 3.10.1.3.2 3.1 4.4.2.1. Not a requirement.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3. Not a requirement.1.3.1 3. Not a requirement.3.4.2A 3.4.1 3.4 3.4.8.3.1 N/A 3.3.4.10. 4.2 Emergency Egress Net (Trampoline) NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Interface Emergency Egress Net (Trampoline) NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Interface MF71 Middeck Net Retention Interface ISS Locations ISS Locations ISS Locations ISS Locations Mechanical Payload Provisions EXPRESS Mounting Plates NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 4.1.2.4.2 3.1.2 3.3.2.10.3.1.2.

Not a requirement.4.4.6.4.2.3A 3.4. Design represented in the IDD.2 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.4.4.1 3.3C 3.2.2.4. 3.1B 3.2. .6.2.1 All N/A Derived N/A N/A 3.12.4.2.7 3.2.3 3.6. Not a requirement.4.3B 3.12. September 2009 Not a requirement.4.4.12.5 3.4.2.1 Payload Zero-G Requirements Payload Zero-G Requirements Payload Zero-G Requirements Payload Zero-G Requirements Isolation Material Properties ISS-Supplied Lockers PD-Supplied Locker Requirements PD-Supplied Locker Requirements PD-Supplied Locker Requirements Mounting Panels Mounting Panels Mounting Panels Mounting Panels Single Adapter Plate NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK ISS Locker CDR Data Package N/A NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Derived from design NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 3.6B 3.3B 3.4.4.3C 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3.2.6A 3. G-3 Not a requirement.1.6 3.3.4.1A 3.4.1 3.2.1C 3.4. Not a requirement.3 3.4.4 3.2.3A 3.4.

3.4.4.3.5.4.1 3.1.1. 3.4.4.2 3.5A 3.4.4.4.5. Not a requirement.4.2. Preliminary based on pending IDD update.7 3.8.7 3.2.4. Not a requirement.7 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.4.8.3.2 3.4.1.2 3.1.3.4.2A 3. G-4 Not a requirement.2.4.1.8.3.3.4.3 3. 3.2B (2) 3.2.2.4.7 3.4.2B (1) 3.4.2 3.1.4.3.4.2 3.1 3.2 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3.1 6.4.3.3.4.1 3.3. September 2009 .4.5 3.3.3.4 3.4 3.2.2C 3.3.4.4.8 3.4.3.2 N/A 3.5C Double Adapter Plate Payload Mounting Panel Vented Payload Mounting Panel Orbiter Inlet/Outlet Locations for Ducted Air-Cooled Payloads Orbiter Inlet/Outlet Locations for Single Payload Accommodations Orbiter Inlet/Outlet Locations for Double Payload Accommodations Orbiter Inlet/Outlet Locations for Double Payload Accommodations Orbiter Inlet/Outlet Locations for Double Payload Accommodations Orbiter Inlet/Outlet Locations for Double Payload Accommodations Orbiter Inlet/Outlet Locations for Double Payload Accommodations Mounting Access Mounting Access Mounting Access Mounting Access NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 3.8.8.4.1.2.2.5B 3.3.6 3.8.

6.4.2.4. 3.6.3.4.2.4.4.4.1 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Derived.2 Not a requirement.2 3.3.12.4.3.2 3.2. SSP 57000 3.3 3.4.3.6.4.6 3.5.1.6 3.2.8.2. 3.1.3.2 3.4.6.2 3.4.3.4.6.6.5.4.1.4.3.6.1 G-5 Mounting Access Mounting Access DELETED DELETED Payload Attachment Point Provisions Orbiter/Middeck Attachment Hardware –– Payloads Not Designed For On-Orbit Transfers Attachment Hardware –– Payloads Designed For On-Orbit Transfers Attachment Hardware –– Payloads Designed For On-Orbit Transfers Attachment Hardware –– Payloads Designed for On-Orbit Transfers EXPRESS Rack Backplate Interface Attachment Capabilities DELETED Captive Fasteners NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK SSP 57000 3.4.5.4.2.5D (2) 3.4.4.4.2. September 2009 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.8.2.2A 3.3. Morgan S683-34527 3.4.2.6.1.4 3.5.12.5 Physical and Mechanical . 3.4.3.1 3.4 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical N/A N/A NSTS 21000 IDD-MDK N/A N/A 3.2.6 3. Not a requirement.5.3.2B NSTS 21000 IDD-MDK NSTS 21000 IDD-MDK Joint Middeck Working Group presentation on 1/23/08 by G.1 3.3.4.4.5D (1) 3.2.2 3.2.5.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3.12.1 3.3.1.5.3.6.1 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.4.2.

9 N/A 3.4.2.4.4 3.4. ISIS-01 S683-34526.1C 3.1.9.1.4. 3.1.1.12. ISIS-01 S683-34526. Not a requirement. ISIS-01 S683-34526.4.1.2.4.1 3.2C 3.1D 3.2 3.1B 3.4.2D (1) 3. ISIS-01 3.1. ISIS-01 S683-34526.2.4.1 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.1.4.1.4.2D (2) On-Orbit Removal of Fasteners ISIS Drawer Payload Provisions Stowage ISIS Drawers Stowage ISIS Drawers Stowage ISIS Drawers Stowage ISIS Drawers DELETED DELETED Powered ISIS Drawers Powered ISIS Drawers Powered ISIS Drawers Powered ISIS Drawers Powered ISIS Drawers Powered ISIS Drawers SSP 57000 N/A S683-34526.4.1 3.1. 3. G-6 S683-34526.2B 3.1.4.1.1.1 3.1 3.1.4.4.2A 3.4. ISIS-01 3.4.2.1.4.2.4.1.1. 3. ISIS-01 S683-34526.1.1.1 3.1.1.4 3.1. 3.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3.1 3. 3.1.4. 3.1. 3.1.4.2.1.4. 3.1A 3.1E 3.1 3. 3.4.4.2. ISIS-01 S683-34526.1 3.1.1.2.1. 3.3.1.1 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement September 2009 .4.2.6.2.1. ISIS-01 S683-34526. ISIS-01 S683-34526.1 3.4.

6 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.4.2B 3.1.1.4.1.2F Powered ISIS Drawers Powered ISIS Drawers Powered ISIS Drawers Powered ISIS Drawers Powered ISIS Drawers ISIS Drawer Replacement Securing of Threaded Fasteners S683-34526. 3.1.4. ISIS-01 S683-34526.1. ISIS-01 S683-34526.4.5.1 3.4. 3.2E 3.2F 3.2 3.5.2.2.1 3.1 3.6 N/A 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3.1.1 3.2.4.2D 3.1. ISIS-01 S683-34526. ISIS-01 S683-34526.4.4.1.4.2.1 3.1.2G 3.4. G-7 Fracture-Critical Threaded Fasteners SSP 52005 Redundant Threaded Fasteners Locking Requirements Redundant Threaded Fasteners Locking Requirements DELETED DELETED DELETED DELETED Redundant Threaded Fasteners Locking Requirements SSP 52005 N/A SSP 52005 September 2009 5.5.4.4.1 N/A 5.2A 3. 3.5.6 5.6 Physical and Mechanical .2E 3.5 3.1.4.2.1.1. ISIS-01 N/A SSP 52005 3.5.5.4.2D (3) 3.5.3 3.5.4.4.1.4. Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement.2C 3. 3.4.4.4.4.1. 3.1.2H 3.

2.2 N/A N/A Not a requirement.2.1C SSP 57000 3.1.2B SSP 57000 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3.1 N/A Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.2A September 2009 3. Not a requirement.1.1B SSP 57000 3.5.1.5.2A SSP 57000 3.1.1.2B Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.1B 3.1.5.2.2 3. 3.5.1C 3.5.1.1.1.5 3. 3.1.2.5.1.1.2.2.1 Ground Support Equipment (GSE) Ground Handling MPLM Late/Early Access Requirements MPLM Late Access Envelope (Kennedy Space Flight Center (KSC)) MPLM Late Access Envelope (Kennedy Space Flight Center (KSC)) MPLM Late Access Envelope (Kennedy Space Flight Center (KSC)) MPLM Late Access Envelope (Kennedy Space Flight Center (KSC)) MPLM Early Access Envelopes (KSC and Dryden Flight Research Center (DFRC)) MPLM Early Access Envelopes (KSC and Dryden Flight Research Center (DFRC)) MPLM Early Access Envelopes (KSC and Dryden Flight Research Center (DFRC)) Envelope Requirements N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK SSP 57000 N/A N/A 3.1.2.1A G-8 SSP 57000 3.2.1. Not a requirement.5.1. 3.2.2.1 3.2.1 A 3.5.2.1.6 N/A N/A .2.1.5 3.5.

6.1.2 3.1.1 N/A 3. Not a requirement.3B Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Not a requirement.5.6. 3.2 N/A 3.1.6.2.2B 3.2.3A 3.3A 3.6.1 3.9 N/A 3.2B 3.6.6. Not a requirement September 2009 .1.1.1. G-9 Not a requirement.2.6. 3.7.2 3.6.2 3.4 3.6.1.7.7.2.6.1.7.6.1A 3.9 3.7.3 3.1.1 3.6.2.7.1.2A 3.7.3B Payload Static Envelopes Payload Static Envelopes Payload Static Envelopes Payload Static Envelopes On-Orbit Payload Protrusions On-Orbit Payload Protrusions On-Orbit Payload Protrusions Front Face Protrusions (Permanent) On-Orbit Semi-Permanent Protrusions On-Orbit Semi-Permanent Protrusions On-Orbit Semi-Permanent Protrusions On-Orbit Temporary Protrusions On-Orbit Temporary Protrusions On-Orbit Temporary Protrusions N/A SSP 50320 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A 1.1.6.3B 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3. 3.1.6.2A 3.2.1.7.1.1B 3.7 A 3.1.1C 3.1.2.

3.1 3.1 6.3.3. 222.7B/ISS Addendum SSP 50005.2 G-10 DELETED Holes Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical 3. 222.1 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical On-Orbit Protrusions for Keep-Alive SSP 57000 Payloads Sharp Edges and Corners SSP 50005.1.7B/ISS Addendum Safety/Lockwire SSP 50005.7.6 Levers.3.1 6.4 3.3.4 Burrs 3.1 3.3. 3.3. B.3.2.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3. NSTS 1700. SSP 57000 NSTS 1700. Rev.3. and Controls SSP 50005. 222. NSTS 1700.3.9.3 Screws/Bolts Ends 3.2.6.5 3.6.3.7 6.3.3.3.3.3 On-Orbit Momentary Protrusions SSP 57000 3.12.3. 222.7B/ISS Addendum NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK SSP 50005.9.3. Rev. Rev.6. B. Rev.6.8. B. B. Rev.6. 222.3.6. Hooks.3.7B/ISS Addendum SSP 50005.7B/ISS Addendum September 2009 3.1 6.5 Latches 3. 222. NSTS 1700. B.4. NSTS 1700. NSTS 1700.1 6.7B/ISS Addendum 3.6.7. Rev.5.2.7B/ISS Addendum SSP 50005. Cranks.10.6.7 .4 3. NSTS 1700.3.3.1.6.6.1.1 6.6.1. Rev. B. B.5 6. 222.

1.12. Orbiter Overhead Window Interface NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Requirements Structural Interfaces Operational Loads Component Frequency EXPRESS Payload Frequency Compatibility Middeck Payload Frequency Compatibility DELETED N/A N/A N/A SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Not a requirement.2 3.3F Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement . September 2009 Payload Low Frequency Launch and N/A Landing Loads EXPRESS Rack Low Frequency Launch and Landing Loads SSP 57000 N/A 3.1 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement. Not a requirement.8 3. Not a requirement.6 3.8 3. D SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A All 3.4D 4.1 4.11 N/A N/A N/A 3.3.2.1 4.1 3. Not a requirement.2 4.9 4 4.1.4 3.3 4.9.1.1.7.1 4.7.1.6 Physical and Mechanical Physical and Mechanical N/A N/A SSP 30257:004.9 3.1.1.1.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 3.1.6. Rev.12.6.7 3.1.2 4.1.1 G-11 Securing Pins Pressure Relief Device Location Mechanical Interfaces for Crew Restraints and Mobility Aids Hardware Definition Interface Compatibility IVA Transfer Pathway SSP 57000 3.1.

1 4.4 4.2.1. September 2009 Not a requirement.3 4.3 N/A Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement.1.2 4.1 4.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 4.3.1. 4.2.5 N/A 4.3.1.3.2.3.2 4.2A G-12 Middeck Low Frequency Launch and Landing Loads DELETED Middeck Low Frequency On-Orbit Loads Factors of Safety for Structural Design EXPRESS Rack Factors of Safety Middeck Factors of Safety Middeck Factors of Safety Middeck Factors of Safety Middeck Factors of Safety DELETED Emergency Landing Loads Factors Middeck Emergency Landing Load Factors EXPRESS Rack Emergency Landing Load Factors DELETED Random Vibration Loads EXPRESS Rack Random Vibration Loads Middeck Random Vibration Loads DELETED Payload Mass Properties Limits NSTS 21000-ISS-MDK 4.3 4.1 4.0 4.2B 4.1.2C 4.1.2 N/A Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement.4 N/A SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A 3.1.1 N/A 3. .5 4.3. Not a requirement.3.2.1.3.1 Structures/Loads NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A SSP 52005 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A 4.3 4.3(E) 4.3 4.1.5 4. Not a requirement Not a requirement.2.2 4.1.3 4.5 4.1.3 4.2 4.1.3.2 4.2.

3 4.8.4.1.4 3.2.3 4.2.6 N/A Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Load Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement. 4.5(A).3(B) N/A 3.4.9 3.8.2 4.1.1 4.1 G-13 4.2. .4 4.3 4. SSP 52005.5. September 2009 4.2 Fracture Control Structures/Loads 4.2.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 4.0.1 4.6 4. 3.2 4.2 Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Quad MDL Mass Properties Limits DELETED DELETED DELETED DELETED On-Orbit Loads Crew-Induced Loading On-Orbit Low Frequency Loads EXPRESS Rack Payload Structural Design Structural Design S683-34526 Structures/Loads N/A SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000.2.1 4.6.4A 4. S683-34526 4.4.8.8.5 4.6.7B/ ISS Addendum NASA-STD-5003.1.3 4.2.2.2.1.5. 208 All. S683-34526 4.4 3.4B 4.3(D).1.4. 4. NSTS 1700.2.2. Not a requirement.8.2.2 4.2 3.8.2 Double MDL Location Mass Properties Limits NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.4.4.7 Acoustics Structures/Loads Not a requirement.4.4C 4.8.2. 5. SSP 52005 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A 3.1.1 Single MDL Location Mass Properties Limits NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.

1A 4.4(B) 208.2 N/A 4.7.4 4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 4.3 4.7.2.4.3.7.3 4. September 2009 4.7.7. Not a requirement.5.3.7.2 4. Not a requirement.7. Not a requirement.2.3 4.1B 4.2.5.7B/ISS Addendum.2.2.1 4. Not a requirement Derived Derived Derived SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK SSP 57000 SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 3.4 4.4.2.1.2. 3.7B/ISS Repressurization Rate Addendum.7.3 4.2 4. COL. Not a requirement.7.2.2 4.3.7.2.7.7.1.8 4.2.3. SSP 57000 Structures/Loads .1 Structural Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement.3.7.2.1 4.12.1.1 4.3 Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads N/A NSTS 1700.3.7.7. SSP 57000 N/A 208.2.1.4 3.1.1 4.7.12.2.1 3.7.2 MPLM Maximum Depressurization/ NSTS 1700.4.2 4.1 4.7.7.8.3.1 4.2.2.1.2(B) Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement.12.12.1 4.2.3.7.1.8. Not a requirement.2. 3.7.2.7.2 4. and JEM Maximum Depressurization/Repressurization Rates NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK SSP 57000 4.1 G-14 Lift-Off and Ascent Acoustics Payload-Generated Acoustic Noise Acoustic Noise Definitions Significant Noise Source Continuous Noise Source Intermittent Noise Source Acoustic Reference Acoustic Noise Limits Continuous Noise Limits Continuous Noise Limits Continuous Noise Limits Intermittent Noise Limits DELETED DELETED DELETED Depressurization/Repressurization Requirements USL.1. Not a requirement.7.2.2 4.3 3.4.2.

10 Ground Handling Shock Criteria Microgravity Disturbances Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement (reference NSTS 21000IDD-MDK.4 4.1.8.1 Structural 4.1 4. 4.9.1 G-15 SSP 57000 N/A Derived SPAH (SLP 2104) Main Volume.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 4.2 4.1.8.1.3A Structures/Loads September 2009 Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement.1.9 4. KHB 1700.1.8.1.1) 4.3B NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 6.1.1 Structures/Loads 4.4(K) N/A 5.7 S683-34527 Derived SPAH (SLP 2104) Main Volume N/A 3. All 3.5.2.1 Structures/Loads Not a requirement.10.1 N/A 3.2 N/A Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement.1.2.3 Middeck Maximum Depressurization/ Repressurization Rates Middeck Maximum Depressurization/Repressurization Rates Middeck Maximum Depressurization/Repressurization Rates Portable Fire Extinguisher (PFE) Discharge Rate Ground Handling Environments Ground Handling Load Factors NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 6.2 4. 4.2.9.2.8 5.2A Quiescent Period Payload-Induced Quasi-Steady Accelerations Quiescent Period Payload-Induced Transient Accelerations Quiescent Period Payload-Induced Transient Accelerations SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 3.3A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 6.1.8.10. paragraph 4.10. .2.

1.1.10.4A 4.6.10.2.4.1.11 5 5.10.1 5.10.2B 4.2.4D 4. Not a requirement.4C 4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 4.10.4B 4.4.10.10.1 5.2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Structures/Loads Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement.2.10. Not a requirement.10.4E 4. Not a requirement.2.3A 4.1. Not a requirement.10. Memo #MA92-95-048 September 2009 External Surface Touch Temperature NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK DELETED .1. Not a requirement.10.7B/ISS Add 3.10. 222. Not a requirement.3 4.10.1.5 3. S683-34526 N/A N/A NSTS 1700.2.2.2 4.4G 4.2.4 4.1A G-16 Quiescent Period Payload-Induced Transient Accelerations Quiescent Period Payload-Induced On-Orbit Vibration Quiescent Period Payload-Induced On-Orbit Vibration Quiescent Period Payload-Induced On-Orbit Vibration Angular Momentum Limits Angular Momentum Limits Angular Momentum Limits Angular Momentum Limits Angular Momentum Limits Angular Momentum Limits Angular Momentum Limits Angular Momentum Limits DELETED DELETED Constraints for ARIS EXPRESS Rack Activity Thermal/Fluids Interface General Requirements SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.1 4.4F 4.3 Structures/Loads Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Not a requirement.3B N/A 3.3 N/A N/A 6.3B 4.10.2.2 3.1.

1A 5.12.1.3.1. Not a requirement Not a requirement September 2009 Not a requirement .1.11 6.7B/ISS Addendum NSTS 1700.3.1.1.2 Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Memo #MA92-95-048 Memo #MA92-95-048 N/A 3.9 N/A N/A 6.1.2 5.1.5 6.1.2 N/A 3.8 6.5.1 5.2 5.1.2.2 N/A 3.2B Not a requirement.1.1C 5.2.9.3 5.1 3.1.1.1. SSP 57000 N/A N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A SSP 57001 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 3.2.3.1.2 Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ELS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Not a requirement.1.3 G-17 External Surface Touch Temperature SSP 57000 (High Temperature) External Surface Touch Temperature SSP 57000 (Low Temperature) DELETED Condensation Prevention Condensation Prevention Condensation Prevention Loss of Cooling Pressure Relief/Vent Valve Sizing Pressurized Gas Systems Environmental Conditions Payload Element Cooling Payload Heat Dissipation Passive Cooling Payload Front Surface Temperature Payload Front Surface Temperature Payload Front Surface Temperature Cabin Air Heat Leak Cabin Air Heat Leak Cabin Air Heat Leak N/A SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 1700.1.1 5. 3.1B 5.5.4 5.2A 5.12.1.7.1B 5.1.3.2. Not a requirement.2 200 208.1 5.2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 5.1 5.7B/ISS Addendum SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.1.2.1.3.5 5.2.1.1.1.2.2.2.1B 5.3.2 5.3.3 6. 6.1A 5.5 3.1. 5.3.3.1.1.1.1.3.

1.9.3.3.2.3 5. Not a requirement.1.2.1 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 5.3.1.1 5.2B 5.3.2 Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Not a requirement. Not a requirement.3.3.2 5.3 5.2.3.1 6.3.3.3.2 5.3.1.1.4. Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement.3 5.2.1.3.3.3.1.2.3.3.1B 5.1.1.1.2.4 G-18 Convective Heat Transfer Coefficient Active Cabin Air Cooling/Heating Interface Particulate(s) and Filters/Debris Traps EXPRESS Rack Avionics Air Cooling Physical Interface MDLs ISIS Drawers Fans DELETED DELETED Air Supply Temperature MDLs MDLs MDLs ISIS Drawers ISIS Drawers ISIS Drawers Air Flow Rate MDLs ISIS Drawers Air Return Temperature NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.2 5.2.1.1. 3.3. Not a requirement.3.2. Derived/G.1A 5.1. Not a requirement N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A S683-34527 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.3.1.3.2. Day September 2009 .1.5 5.1.1.1.2 5.3.3.2.1.3 5.1 N/A N/A N/A NA/ N/A Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Not a requirement.1 5.3.2. SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 6.1.1.1.3.4.3.1.1.1.4 5.3.3.1 5.1. Not a requirement.1.5.1.3.3.3.3. Not a requirement.2.3.1.3.3.2A 5.3.1 5.2 6.2 5.3.1.3.3.1.3.3.

1.5 6.5.1 6.1.3.3.1.2.1 5.9.2.1.1.1.3.1.5B 5.3 Thermal/ECS Not a requirement.1.1 6.1.2 6.4.5.3.6 6.2.2. 6.2.2 5.3.1.1.5.1.3.3.3.1. 6.2.1.1. 6.5.3.3.4.7.5.1.3.4.1.1. 5.3.4.2.3.1.2.4 A 5.3 Bay 1 Standard Air Flow Capability NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Bay 2 Standard Air Flow Capability NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Bay 3A Standard Air Flow Capability Payload Limitations on Heat Conducted to Structure NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Not a requirement.3.1.1.2.1.3 Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Not a requirement.3.2.2.1. Not a requirement Not a requirement September 2009 .1.3.5.1.6 3.1 5.5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 5.1.1 6.4.4.2 5.3.2. Derived/G.2.1 5.1 6.4.1.1.1.1.5.4.1. Not a requirement.5.2.4.2.3.3 Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Not a requirement.6 5.2.1.2.3.5 5.3.1.2.4.1 6.2.2.1. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 6.1. Day Not a requirement.3 5.1.3.2 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 6.1.4 5. Day Derived/G.3.2.3.2.3.1 G-19 Payload Inlet Debris Traps Payload Inlet Debris Traps Payload Inlet Debris Traps Maximum Allowable Heat Dissipation Payload Limitations on Heat Conducted to Structure Middeck Ducted Air Cooling Middeck Ducted Air Cooling Middeck Ducted Air Cooling Avionics Bays Air Cooling Capability DELETED DELETED DELETED Avionics Bays Standard Air Flow Capability N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK S683-34527 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A 6.5. 6. 5.2.1.1.1 6.4.1.5A 5.5.7 5.4 B 5.3.

5.8 6.1.3.3.4.9A 5.3.7 6.2 5.3.3 6.1.1 6.2.1.2.1.1.4.5.4.3.3 6.1.4.4.3.1.2 6.1.2.1.8 5.1.9 5.3 6.7 5.2. Not a requirement Cabin and Avionics Bay Air Mixing NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Limitations Ducted Payload Limitations on Heat NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Convected or Radiated to Cabin Air Maximum Air Leakage Across Payload Mounting Surface Payload Mounting Surface Physical Characteristics Deleted Deleted NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK September 2009 .4.5.2.3.4 6.3.2B(1) 5.3.4.1.1.1.2B(2) 5.5.5.2 Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Not a requirement.3 6.9B G-20 Payload Outlet Air Pressure Optimization Ducted Payload Air Cooling Interface Single MDL Size Payload Air Cooling Interface Double MDL Size Payload Air Cooling Interface Double MDL Size Payload Air Cooling Interface Double MDL Size Payload Air Cooling Interface Double MDL Size Payload Air Cooling Interface Double MDL Size Payload Air Cooling Interface NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 6.2.5.3.2.3.4.2A 5.5.5.2.5.1 5.3.5 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 5.1.5.1.1.4 5.4.3.1.4.5.4.1. Not a requirement.6 5.1.3.4.3.1 6.1.3. Not a requirement.4.1.5.2.1.5 6.4.1.5.5.2.2B 5.1.

1. September 2009 Derived Derived Not a requirement.1.3.5.8 5.11.2.5.10 3. Day Derived Derived Not a requirement.3 5.4 B(1) 5.1.2.5.2.5.1.2.1.1A 3.5.5.1.1.1.2.3.5.3 3.1.5.1 5.5.1.7 Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Derived/G.1.3.3. Not a requirement.4 5.5.5.4 N/A N/A 3.1.3. E 3.2 5.2.3C N/A 3.2.5.1.2 3.1.5.2A 3.11. S683-34527 S683-34527 S683-34527 6.3.2.5 5.1.11.3.5.4 A 5.1.3B 3.5.3.11.1.5.11.5.3. Not a requirement.5 5.5.2.4 B (2) 5.2 C 3.3.2B 5.3.10 5.2C 5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 5.1.1. 3. Not a requirement.1.3.2D 5.6 3.1.3.4C 5.7 5.2A 5.1.3.1.5 3.4.5.1.3.2E 5.3.5.11.1.5.5.3.1.3.9 G-21 Ducted Payload Contamination Protection Water Cooling Interface Requirements Physical Interface Fluid Use Fluid Use Fluid Use DELETED Fluid Use Fluid Use Water Quantity Thermal Expansion Thermal Expansion Thermal Expansion Thermal Expansion DELETED Water Loop Pressure Drop QD Air Inclusion Leak Rate Water Coolant Flow Rate Water Coolant Supply Temperature NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK S683-34527 N/A N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 NA SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 S683-34527 SSP 57000.1. S683-34527 SSP 57000.2.2.1.1.5.2 B 3.2.1.1.1.9.6 5.3.4 3.1.5.3.11.1.2 D.2.1. .2.

5.1D Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Derived Derived Not a requirement Acceptable Gases (USL.6.1. JEM) Physical Interface (USL. 3.1. C Thermal/Vacuum .5. COL.2.6 N/A Thermal/ECS Thermal/ECS Derived Vacuum Exhaust System/Waste Gas N/A System Interface Requirements (USL.6.2 3.2.1.1.2. S683-34527 SSP 57000.1.5.5.1. COL.6 5.2 3. Derived Derived Derived 5.4.5.6.2 5.6.7.4.1.1.4.4. C 3.1 5.6.5.8 3.2.1.2.1 5. 5.5.5.1A 5.3.2(E) 3.5 B 3. JEM) Input Pressure Limit (USL.2 A.5.4.1.4.1.1.2.1.2 A.1. JEM) Input Dewpoint Limit (USL. 3. JEM) S683-34527 SSP 57000 S683-34527 SSP 57000 S683-34527 SSP 57000 S683-34527 SSP 57000 S683-34527 S683-34527 SSP 57000. COL.5 G-22 3.2. S683-34527 Thermal/Vacuum Not a requirement.1. COL.2.6 3. COL.4. JEM) Input Temperature Limit (USL.7.1. COL.5 C 3.4.2.5.2 5.1. COL. COL.6.3 3.5 D Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Not a requirement.1.2.7.4 Water Coolant Return Temperature Maximum Water Coolant System Pressure DELETED SSP 57000.1.1.2. JEM) SSP 57000 Acceptable Gases (USL.1.3 3.1.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 5. COL. JEM) Acceptable Exhaust Gases (USL.3.6 C 3.1.6.1 3.4 3.1.1. JEM) SSP 57000 September 2009 3.4.11 5.1.1.1.4.1.5.1.2. S683-34527 3.7.3.3. COL. JEM) N/A Acceptable Gases (USL.1B 5.5.1.4. B.1C 5.1.1. JEM) Vacuum Exhaust System (VES)/Waste Gas System (WGS) MDP Leak Rate (USL.7 5. B.4 5. COL.7. JEM) SSP 57000 Acceptable Gases (USL.3 5.7.1.1.6.1. COL.1 A.6. 3.4.1.5.1.1 N/A 3.1. JEM) SSP 57000 Acceptable Gases (USL.1.10 5.7.

1.1.5.2C 5.6.4.7.7 N/A 3.2.4 5.3 5.1.5.3A 5.7.5.6.9 5.1.5.1 5.3 5. JEM) DELETED DELETED DELETED Utility Control Utility Control Utility Control Vacuum Outgassing Requirements Limit Amount of Vented Gases Limit Amount of Vented Gases Limit Amount of Vented Gases Gaseous Nitrogen (GN2) Interface Requirements Physical Interface Utility Control Utility Control Utility Control Utility Control GN2 System MDP DELETED Temperature SSP 57000.3B 5.7.5.1.8 A 5.4.2.1.8 B 5.4.7.5.2 3.2 N/A 3.6 3.1.5 G-23 External Contamination Control (USL. .5 5.3 N/A 3.6.10 5.6.6.1.1.4.4.3 3.2 5.7.5. Not a requirement.1.4.2 3.6.5.3 Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/Vacuum Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Not a requirement.7.2B 5.4 Thermal/Vacuum Derived NA SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A S683-34527 N/A S683-34527 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 S683-34527 SSP 57000 S683-34527 SSP 57000 N/A 3.1.1.4 3.2 5.7.1.7. SSP 30426 3.6.1.2.6.4.4.6.2.4.7.1.1.1B 3.7 3.4.6 3.2.10B 5.8 5. COL.7.10A 5.2A 5.1. Not a requirement.1. September 2009 Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Not a requirement. 3.5.1A 3.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 5.6 3. Not a requirement Not a requirement.2.

2 Current Limiting EXPRESS Rack DC Power Characteristics 28 Vdc Power and Voltage Voltage Levels Output Impedance Reverse Current Reverse Energy Soft Start/Stop Overload Protection NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A Drawing 683-46314 N/A 683-46314 683-46314 N/A N/A Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Not a requirement.1.2. . Not a requirement.1 6.1. 3.7.1 6.1.2.2.7C 6 6.2.5.4 3.1.2 6. 7.6 Not a requirement.2.1 B 3.4.6 5. 3.1 B 3.3.2.1.4 6.1. Not a requirement.5 N/A 3.1.2.1.5 September 2009 3.1.5.5 6.2.2 B N/A N/A 7. 3.5 N/A N/A 3.3.1.4 N/A 3.2.2.5. 7.6.11.2. Power and Voltage-Shuttle/Middeck NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 6.1.2.2.1.1. MDH-SS-SSPCM-0058A.1 6.1.1. 7.1.3 6. Not a requirement.7B 5.11.1 6.2.1.4.2. 7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 5.2 G-24 Leak Rate GN2 Characteristics GN2 Characteristics GN2 Characteristics GN2 Characteristics Electrical Power Interfaces Electrical Power/Energy DELETED SSP 57000 S683-34527 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A N/A 3. Derived. Not a requirement.1.1.2.1. App A.2.2.7A 5.1 7.1.1 6. 7. Derived.6. MDH-SS-SSPCM-0057A.2.11.1.1.6.2.6.1.7 5.1.2.5.2.5.2 6. 3. Not a requirement.1.5 Not a requirement.1.2.2.2.1.6.4 Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Thermal/GN2 Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Not a requirement Derived.1.2.8 Electrical/Power N/A N/A Electrical/Power Electrical/Power MDH-SS-SSPCM-0057A.

7.7 and App B. 8.1 6.3 6.12.2.2 N/A 3.3.2.1.12. App A.3.2.1.6.2.3B Current Limiting 683-46314 3.2 6.1. 3.1. September 2009 .Shuttle/Middeck Electrical/Power Not a requirement.12.1.2 7.4 3.Shuttle/Middeck In-Flight DC Power Bus Ripple at the Interface .9.2.2.Shuttle/Middeck In-Flight DC Power Bus Ripple at the Interface .3.1 3.1.2.2 and App B.2.3 Ripple and Transient Spike (Repetitive) Limits Shuttle/Middeck In-Flight DC Power Bus Ripple at the Interface .2.2.3 6.1.1.8.1A(2) NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 7.2. Addendum NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Electrical/Power Electrical/Power 6.6. 7.1.2 (A.2.2 (A.2.2.4.4.1 6.2.3A Overload Protection Device Device Accessibility Location Overload Protection Identification Extractor-Type Fuse Holder Current Limiting Current Limiting NSTS 1700.4 Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Derived Not a requirement.9.1.2.1.8.9.2.4 6.7B/ ISS Addendum SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A 683-46314 213.5 MDH-SS-SSPCM-0058A.4.1.1.1.8.3 7.3.1.1) 7.2.2 G-25 6.2.1) Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Not a requirement.1 6. App A.2. MDH-SS-SSPCM-0058A.4. Table 8. 6.1.2.4 NSTS/ISS 18798(A) TM102179 7.12.2 Electrical/Power 6.1.3 3.3C 6.9.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 6.2.1.1A(1) 6.2.7B.3D Current Limiting Current Limiting NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 1700.6.2.1.1 3.

2 In-Flight DC Power Bus Ripple at the Interface .3.3) Electrical/Power Electrical/Power 6.2.1 6.3B 6.3 6.Shuttle/Middeck NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK AC Power Characteristics Shuttle/Middeck Middeck Power and Voltage Overload Protection Voltage Characteristics AC Power Ripple and Transients AC Power Ripple and Transients AC Power Ripple and Transients Ripple and Transient Spikes (Repetitive) Limits –– ISS Startup Condition Spikes Differential Mode PARD (Noise/Ripple) NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK NSTS-21000-IDD_MDK N/A N/A N/A 7.3 7. Not a Requirement Not a Requirement Not a requirement September 2009 .4.3.3.3.2 (C.3.1. Not a requirement.1.2.2 Ground DC Power.3.1.3.3 7.4.3 N/A N/A N/A Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Not a requirement.3.3.3A 6.4) 7.3.2 (C.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 6.3.2 6.3.1.2.2) Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Not a requirement.3.2 (B).2.3.2 (A.3A 6.4. 7.1 6.1.3.4.2(C.1) 7.4 6. Not a requirement.3.2) 7.2 (C.1.1.4.1.4 6.3B G-26 N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A 7.3.3 6.2 N/A 7.1B 6. 6.3C 6.1.1 6.1 7.4.Shuttle/Middeck In-Flight DC Power Transient Spikes (Repetitive) Shuttle/Middeck Ground DC Power Shuttle/Middeck Ground DC Power Shuttle/Middeck Ground DC Power Shuttle/Middeck DELETED NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 7.3D 6.4.1 7.2.2.3.4.

2.1 Electrical /Power . ET1290-115 NSTS/ISS 18798A.2.2.4.5.2.5.7B/ ISS Addendum.3B 6.7B/ Modes ISS Addendum NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Automatic Starting After Power Loss SSP 57000 200.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 6.2.2.4. 6.5.3C 6.1.4.3.2.4.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 1700.5.51 Electrical/Power Derived 6.4(A) 7.2.1 Limitations on Rack Payload Utilization of Electrical Power On-Orbit Transfer Payload Electrical Safety/Hazards Batteries N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 1700.7B/ ISS Addendum. Not a requirement.4 3.5.5.5.3 Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Not a requirement.3A 6.4.2. 3.2C 6.3 Safety-Critical Circuits DELETED DELETED DELETED DELETED DELETED DELETED Electrical/Power September 2009 Power Loss/Emergency Operational NSTS 1700.12. 7.5 6. 6.1.2.2 6.2.2 3.5. SSP 30237 SSP 30243 N/A 7.3D 6.5.2 6.2.5.3 6. All 8.2.5.9.2.5.1 6.2B Safety-Critical Circuits Electrical/Power 6.3 N/A 213.3E 6.5. JSC 20793 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 1700.5.1 N/A NSTS/ISS 18798A.5.2A G-27 Safety-Critical Circuits Safety-Critical Circuits Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Not a requirement.1.

4 N/A NSTS/ISS 18798B. MA2-99-170 Electrical/Power Derived 6.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 1700. 6.2 G-28 Electrical Connector Mating/Demating (Unpowered) Electrical/Power 6.6. MA2-99-170 NSTS/ISS 18798B.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 1700.3B(1) Electrical/Power September 2009 6.1 NSTS/ISS 18798B.6.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 6.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS/ISS 18798B.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 1700. MA2-99-170 NSTS/ISS 18798B.3 Electrical Connector Mating/Demating (Powered) Electrical Connector Mating/Demating (Powered) Electrical Connector Mating/Demating (Powered) Electrical Connector Mating/Demating (Powered) Electrical Connector Mating/Demating (Powered) Electrical/Power 6.6. MA2-99-170 NSTS/ISS 18798B.5 DELETED Payload Element Activation/Deactivation and Isolation Electrical Connectors Connector Pins/Sockets NSTS 1700.6.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 1700. MA2-99-170 NSTS/ISS 18798B.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 1700. MA2-99-170 7.6.4.3B(2) Electrical/Power . MA299-170 7.6.5.3B Electrical/Power 6.6 6.5.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 1700.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 1700.3A Electrical/Power 6.1 Electrical/Power Electrical/Power Not a requirement.5.4 6.6. MA2-99-170 NSTS/ISS 18798B.

1.3B(3) Electrical Connector Mating/Demating (Powered) Electrical Connector Mating/Demating (Powered) Electrical Connector Mismating Prevention NSTS 1700.3.7B/ ISS Addendum SSP 50005C.3B(4) Electrical/Power 6.4. NSTS 1700.7(A).6.1.7B/ ISS Addendum SSP 57000 SSP 50005C.5 6. 221 3. MA2-99-170 6. NSTS 1700.9.4.1.4A G-29 Electrical Connector Mismating Prevention Electrical/Power 6.1 Electrical/Power 6.4.4D 6.7(B) N/A 8.12.1 Electrical/Power Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.6.12.6. 221 3.6.9.9. NSTS 1700.6 7 7.6.6.4.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 1700.7(A).7(A).3.1 6. 221 3.7B/ ISS Addendum SSP 57000 SSP 50005C. NSTS 1700.7B/ ISS Addendum SSP 57000 SSP 50005C.9. Not a requirement .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 6.4B Electrical Connector Mismating Prevention Electrical/Power 6.4.1.1 6.3.3.12. MA2-99-170 NSTS/ISS 18798B.1 Deleted September 2009 Mechanical Protection DELETED Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Circuit EMC Classifications SSP 50005C N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 6.12.3.6.6.4 Electrical/Power 6. 221 3.4C Electrical Connector Mismating Prevention Electrical/Power 6.6.7(A).1 6.7B/ ISS Addendum SSP 57000 NSTS/ISS 18798B.

2A 7.2 7.8.1 7.3. Not a requirement.3.2. NSTS 1700. 8.3.2 7. Conducted Emissions Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.3 N/A MSFC EMI/EMC Group MSFC EMI/EMC Group N/A MSFC EMI/EMC Group N/A MSFC EMI/EMC Group N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.1.2.2.1.2.7B.3.2.3.3. NSTS 1700.3 7.2B 7.3.7B. Not a requirement. .2.1.3 7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 7. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 212.3.3.2D G-30 Radiated Interference DELETED DELETED Radiated Interference Electrical/EMC . ISS Addendum.2.2 c 8.2.1 Radiated Interference Shuttle-Produced Wireless Crew Communication System (WCCS) Radiated Electric Fields Electromagnetic Compatibility Emission and Susceptibility Limits and Test Methods Compatibility Applicability Conducted Emissions CE01. 7.2.2C 7. 8.2.1 7.2 Shuttle-Produced Interference Environment DELETED Radiated Interference N/A N/A Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.2E 7.1 7.1.2 8.2.1 8. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK SSP 30243 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 212.1 Electrical/EMC 7.2.2.3.2 7. Conducted Emissions CE01 Limits CE03. 7.1.1 7.2.1.1.2 b 3.2.2 a Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.2. ISS Addendum. September 2009 Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.

4.5 7. Not a requirement.4 7. Radiated Emissions Applicability RE02 Limits Narrowband Electric Field Emissions MSFC EMI/EMC Group N/A MSFC EMI/EMC Group N/A N/A MSFC EMI/EMC Group N/A MSFC EMI/EMC Group N/A MSFC EMI/EMC Group N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SSP 30237 SSP30237 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.4.1. Not a requirement.3.2 7.5.1.4 7. Not a requirement.3. Conducted Emissions CE07 Limits Conducted Susceptibility CS01.5 G-31 CE03 Limits CE07.1.4 7.1.3. Revision G Certification Radiated Susceptibility RS02.4.2.3.6A 7. Not a requirement.5 7.3. Not a requirement.1.3.3 Intentional Radiating and Receiving SSP 57000.2 3.1.3.3.1.11 N/A N/A N/A 3.5.2 7.3.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 7.1.4.3.1 7. 7.1.5.1.1.6.3.6 7.4.1.5.2 7.3.5.5 7.3 7.4.4.3. Conducted Susceptibility CS01 Limits CS02.1 7.3.3.3.1. . Not a requirement. Not a requirement.3.1.2.1.1.6.1.6 7. Conducted Susceptibility CS06 Limits CS06 Limits CS06 Limits Radiated Emissions RE02.1 7.1. Not a requirement.2.1 3.1. Not a requirement.3.6B 7.3.3.4 7. Not a requirement.1.3.1.2.1.3.3. Not a requirement.3.3. Conducted Susceptibility CS02 Limits CS06.4.2.4.1.1.1.3 7.6.3.2 Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.3.6 7. Radiated Susceptibility Applicability RS02 Limits N/A N/A N/A SSP 30237 September 2009 Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.

4 N/A 3.13.3.2. 7.3.1.1.2.4.2.1D 7.1b.1A Derived Not a requirement.7.1C 7.1b.2 7.4.3. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.5 3.4.3.4. E MIL-STD-1686 SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 1700.4 7. 8.3A 7.1 8. 7.1.3.2.3.3.4.1 a.3.4.1 Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.3 N/A 212.1.3.4.1F DELETED Conducted Noise-Shuttle Conducted Noise-Shuttle Conducted Noise-Shuttle 8.1b.1.1E 7.4.3. Not a requirement. 8. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 1700.2 7.7.2 G-32 RS02 Limits RS02 Limits RS03.6.3 7.7B/ ISS Addendum.1 7.8 8. E SSP 57000 SSP 30312.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 7.3B 7.4 7.1 212.1 7.1 7.2 8.4.3.2. Not a requirement. 3.2.6. Not a requirement. Not a requirement. Radiated Susceptibility Applicability RS03 Limits Electrostatic Discharge ESD Compatibility ESD Labeling Corona DELETED Allowable Payload-Produced Interference Environment –– Shuttle Conducted Noise –– Shuttle Conducted Noise –– Shuttle N/A N/A N/A N/A SSP 57000 N/A SSP 30312.3.7B/ ISS Addendum.3.1B Conducted Noise –– Shuttle Electrical/EMC 7. Not a requirement.2.13.7 7.3.4.3. Rev.1 a. Rev.2 Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC September 2009 . Labeling-Only 3.

7B/ Shuttle ISS Addendum.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 7.2(D) N/A 3. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Payload-Produced Radiated Fields –– NSTS 1700.4.2.7B/ Shuttle ISS Addendum.7 All All N/A Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.4.5.6.4.4.2C Electrical/EMC 7. ISS SSP 30238 Avionics Electrical Compatibility Shuttle and ISS Electrical Bonding N/A NSTS 1700. 8. 3.1 Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.2A Payload-Produced Radiated Fields –– N/A Shuttle Payload-Produced Radiated Fields –– NSTS 1700. Rev.4.4. 7.4.2.3.4.2 Electrical/EMC 7. for EXPRESS Rack Payloads in the SSP 30237.2 7. All All 3.2.1.2D Electrical/EMC G-33 7.1 Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.3.4.4.3 7.4. SSP 57000 N/A 212. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Payload-Produced Radiated Fields –– NSTS 1700. 8.3 SSP 30245.3.3. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Payload-Produced Radiated Fields –– NSTS 1700. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Magnetic Fields for EXPRESS Rack N/A Payloads in the ISS Alternating Current (AC) Magnetic SSP 57000.2(C) 212.4.2(B) 212. 7. in the ISS SSP 30238 Direct Current (DC) Magnetic Fields SSP 57000.7B/ Shuttle ISS Addendum.2.5 7. Electrical/EMC 8. B . 8.2B Electrical/EMC 7. 8. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.7B/ Shuttle ISS Addendum.1. Fields for EXPRESS Rack Payloads SSP 30237.2.3.2(A) 212.4. September 2009 213. 8.7B/ ISS Addendum.3.

8. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.5. B 7. SSP 57000 213.2.4.4.1.2 213.5. B 7. 8. Rev. SSP 57000 NSTS 1700.Class R Electrical/EMC SSP 30245. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.5.2.Class H Electrical/EMC SSP 30245.4.1. 8.1 7. 8. September 2009 SSP 30245.2. B 7.1. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.1.2.2 7.2. Rev. Rev.1.2.2 All N/A N/A 213.4.1.1D Static Bond .1. Rev. 3.7B/ ISS Addendum. SSP 57000 NSTS 1700. SSP 57000 NSTS/ISS 18798 MA2-99-142 N/A N/A NSTS 1700.1.1A Fault Current Bond . 3.5.1 Redundant Bond Paths Electrical Bonding of Payload Structures Payload-to-EXPRESS Rack Main Bond Primary Payload Power Connector Bond Electrical Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.1C Radio Frequency (RF) Bond .2. Rev.7B/ ISS Addendum.5. Not a requirement.4.2.4.1.1.7B/ ISS Addendum.7B/ ISS Addendum. Rev.Class C NSTS 1700.4. SSP 57000 NSTS 1700.4.4.5. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.7B/ ISS Addendum. MIL-B-5087B .2 213. 3.1(2). 3.Class S Electrical/EMC SSP 30245.1(3).1.5.4.2 213.2. 8.4.2. 8.1 Electrical Bonding of Payload Hardware Electrical/EMC SSP 30245.3.2 Electrical/EMC SSP 30245.1B Shock Hazard . NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK. B.1. B 7.1.1(1).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 7. SSP 57000 NSTS 1700.1.4. B G-34 7.5. 3. 3.7B/ ISS Addendum.2 213.1 7.5.

SSP 30240 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 1700.2 N/A 213.2 8.2.2 7.2 8.6. 8.1. B.6 7.2 7.5. 3.6.6.4.2. Rev. 3.6.3 DC Power Ground Reference Payload Secondary Power Isolation and Grounding Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement. September 2009 7.5. 7.1. SSP 57000 NSTS 1700. 7.2 Payload-to-EXPRESS Rack Bond Strap NSTS 1700.1.1. Not a requirement. 8.5.4.3 G-35 Payload-to-EXPRESS Rack and Fluid Line Bonding Payload-To-Orbiter and Fluid Line Bonding .6.2.1.5.2.1 213. B.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 7.2.7B/ ISS Addendum.2.1.2 Electrical/EMC SSP 30245. SSP 30240 NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK 213. 3.2. MIL-B-5087B 7.7B/ ISS Addendum.1. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.4.1 Not a requirement.1. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.2. Rev.2. .4 7.2 8.2 213.4.5.5. SSP 30240 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.7B/ ISS Addendum. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.2.4. 8. MIL-B-5087B MIL-C-5541 (Class 3) Not a requirement.1.2 8.2 8.3.2 8.1. 3.4. 3.4.1. 8.7B/ISS Addendum.1.1.5.3 Payload-to-EXPRESS Rack Mated Surface Bond Electrical/EMC SSP 30245.5.1.1.2. SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 1700.2 7. 220.Shuttle/Middeck Circuit Reference Symbols Power Circuit Isolation and Grounding EXPRESS Rack 28 Vdc Primary Power Bus Isolation Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC 7.2.1.2.1.5 GSE Isolation and Grounding AC Power Ground Reference –– Shuttle/Middeck Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Not a requirement.2. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.4.5.5.

1 9.1 9.1.7.2.4 3.1.1.2. Not a requirement.2.2 N/A N/A Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/EMC Electrical/Cabling Electrical/Cabling Electrical/Cabling Electrical/Cabling Electrical/Cabling Electrical/Cabling Electrical/Cabling C&DH/422 C&DH/422 C&DH/422 Not a requirement.2 3.7 7.4 7.5 7.1 8.1.6 G-36 Signal Isolation and Grounding Requirements Ethernet RS-422 SSPCM Analog Grounding SSPCM Discrete Video Shield References Electrical Wiring Interface General Connector/Pin Interfaces MDLs/MDL Replacement Previously Flown (Shuttle) MDLs/MDL Replacement ISIS Drawers N/A IEEE 802.3.7.1. Not a requirement. SSP 30242 NSTS 26000-IDD-MDK SSP 30242 N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK S683-34526 S683-34527 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK S683-34526 N/A All All 3. September 2009 D683-42509.1 and 8. Approved Connectors for EXPRESS S683-34526. 3.1 9.1.5.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 7. Derived 8 8.1.1.1.3 7.7. Not a requirement.2 8. D683-42510 4.2.2 7.1 8.1 3.1.1.1 8.44 .1 3.1 7.2.3.2. 4. 9.1.4 3.3.3.1.1.2 Not a requirement.4.4.1.2 9.2.1 All 8.2 8.1.3 ANSI/TIA/EIA RS-422B SSP 30242 EIA-170 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK.1 8. Rack Payload Use NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK Cable Schematics Command and Data Handling (C&DH) Interfaces RS-422 Communications Signal Characteristics DELETED NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A Not a requirement.2 N/A 9.3.2 9 9. Not a requirement.7.2 8.1.7.7.4 9.

2. 3 Sheet 3 N/A N/A 3.2.2 9. Section).1.3.3 9.2. D683-42510 4.1 9.2.2 Command Processing Requirements D683-42509.2.3.2.1. D683-42510 N/A 683-44243 683-44243 N/A N/A 683-46314 683-46314 N/A 683-44243.3.3 Connector/Pin Interface MDLs/MDL Replacements ISIS Drawers Communications to Laptop Analog Communications Signal Characteristics Analog Driver Characteristics Connector/Pin Interface MDLs/MDL Replacement ISIS Drawers C&DH/Ethernet C&DH/Ethernet C&DH/Ethernet C&DH/Ethernet C&DH/Ethernet C&DH/Analog C&DH/Analog Not a requirement.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 9.3 9.2 9.5.2 9. 3 Sheet 3 N/A C&DH/422 C&DH/422 C&DH/422 C&DH/422 C&DH/422 C&DH/Ethernet C&DH/Ethernet C&DH/Ethernet C&DH/Ethernet Also Section 11.5 9.3 G-37 Request/Command Format Connector/Pin Interface MDLs/MDL Replacements ISIS Drawers Ethernet Communications Signal Characteristics Communications Protocol Deleted Request/Command Format D683-42509.3.2.7 9.3 9. 9.5.4 9.2.3 N/A 683-44243 683-44243 N/A N/A Sheets 2.4 Also Section 11.1. D683-42509. D683-42509. Command Processing Requirements D683-42509.3 (10base-T.3.1 9.2.3 Not a requirement.1.2.2.1 9.2 9.3.1 9.0. 4.5 9. 683-44028 N/A Sheet 3 Sheet 2 N/A Sheets 2.1.2.2.6.3.1.2.1.1 9. 683-44028 683-44243.2. D683-42510 3.3.9. D683-42510 3.1.2. September 2009 C&DH/Analog C&DH/Analog C&DH/Analog C&DH/Analog Not a requirement.5. 4.0. (SSPCM Interface) Not a requirement.3 IEEE 802. Not a requirement.3 D683-42509.5.2 9.5. 4.1.3.2. Not a requirement. TCP/IP.6 9.6. D683-42510 4. 3. D683-42510 3.3.3. .1 9.

2 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 9.2.1.4.5 9.9.6 9.6 N/A C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes Not a requirement.2.2 9.5 3.1.1 3.1.1 9.4.4.4.5 9. .9.1 9.2.4 9.1.2A 9.3 9.2.2 9.4.1 9.9.1.3. (SSPCM Interface) Not a requirement.1.1.4.7 9.9.4 3.1.1.4. 5.2.1. 6 All C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Discretes C&DH/Continuity Not a requirement.1.1.4.3 9.7A G-38 Discrete Communications Discrete Signal Characteristics Discrete Output Low Level Discrete Output High Level Discrete Output Maximum Fault Current Discrete Input Low Level Discrete Input High Level Discrete Input Maximum Fault Voltage Discrete Driver and Receiver Characteristics Discrete Driver and Receiver Characteristics Discrete Driver and Receiver Characteristics Connector/Pin Interface MDLs/MDL Replacement ISIS Drawers Continuity Discrete Jumper N/A N/A 683-46314 683-46314 683-46314 683-46314 683-46314 683-46314 N/A 683-46314 683-46314 N/A 683-44243 683-44243 683-44243 N/A N/A 3. N/A Sheets 2.4.4.9.4 9. 3 Sheet 3 Sheet 3 Sheets 2.1.1.4.1.1.2B 9.4.2. September 2009 Point-to-Point Communications Bus 683-44243 (PPCB) 683-44256 Video Video N/A 683-45462 SMPTE 170M C&DH/PPCB C&DH/Video C&DH/Video Not a requirement.3 3.1.3.9.2 9.1.4.6 9. Not a requirement. 3 N/A Sheets 4.

3 9.7. 5. Not a requirement. Not a requirement.7. C&DH/Video C&DH/Video C&DH/Video C&DH/Video C&DH/Video C&DH/Video C&DH/Video C&DH/Video C&DH/Video C&DH/Video N/A C&DH/Video C&DH/Video Not a requirement.7.3 9. Not a requirement.1 G-39 Video Payload Video Characteristics Input Impedance Sync Tip and White Reference Sync Tip and White Reference Sync Tip and White Reference Blanking Level Common Mode Voltage Deviations to Video Standard Deviations to Video Standard Deviations to Video Standard Deviations to Video Standard Deviations to Video Standard Deviations to Video Standard Connector/Pin Interface Connector/Pin Interface (MDLs/MDL Replacement) Connector/Pin Interface (ISIS Drawers) Environmental Interfaces Payload Equipment Surface Cleanliness 683-45462 SMPTE 170M N/A 683-45462 N/A SMPTE 170M SMPTE 170M SMPTE 170M SMPTE 170M N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 683-44243 683-44243 N/A N/A Sheets 4.4 9. 6 All N/A Sheets 4. 3 N/A N/A C&DH/Video C&DH/Video C&DH/Video Not a requirement.3A 9.7. 6 N/A All All All All N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Sheets 2. 5.7B 9. Not a requirement.7.2A 9.2 9.1.2D 9.7.2B 9.2E 9.7. Not a requirement.7.7. Not a requirement.7. Not a requirement.2C 9.7. September 2009 Environments Environments Not a requirement.2 9.1.3B 10 10.2A 9.7. 3 Sheets 2.7.2B 9.1.1 9.7.1 9. Not a requirement.1. .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 9.1.7.7.1. Not a requirement.

September 2009 .12.7B/ISS Addendum.9.12.1 Not a requirement. NSTS 1700.4(B) 3. SN-C-0005.12. SSP 50005. 5.3 10. All.2 10.1 Also ANSI Z136.4(C) 3.2 10.2.2 3. 10.2. B N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A NSTS 1700.2.1 10. B SSP 57000.2 Non-Ionizing Radiation Environments 10. SSP 50005.4 10.3. Rev.3. ANSI Z136.5 Safe Operation Accidental Exposures Optical Equipment and Instruments Environments Environments Environments Also ANSI Z136.5 10.3.1A Payload Equipment Surface Cleanliness Payload Equipment Surface Cleanliness Illumination Requirements Lighting Design Specularity Level Dimmable Glovebox Deleted Laser Requirements Lasers SSP 57000.1 SSP 57000 3.2.2 212.2.11.3.12.3.3.1 Also ANSI Z136. 13.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 10.3. B NSTS 1700.3.12. All.2 N/A 3.4 10.3. SN-C-0005.3.2 All 3. NSTS 1700. 13.3.1 SSP 57000 NSTS 1700.12.4(D) N/A 212.7B/ISS Addendum.3 10.3.7B/ISS Addendum.9.2.3. All 3.2. ANSI Z136.3 10.2. Rev.2. Rev.1B Environments 10. Not a requirement.11.14 Environments 10.13 212.7.1 G-40 Environments Environments Environments Environments Environments Environments Environments Not a requirement.4(A) 3.7B/ISS Addendum.7B/ISS Addendum.3.2 212. SSP 50005.1 212.3. Not a requirement.

September 2009 .6 10.1 G-41 Environments Environments Environments Environments Environments Environments Environments Environments Environments Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Not a requirement.2D 11 11. SSP 50005. B SSP 57000 N/A N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK 212.2 10. Not a requirement.2.2 5. Not a requirement.1 N/A 10.1.2 N/A N/A 10.3.3.5.1 Not a requirement.9.3 N/A N/A 3.2C 10.5.2 10.5.1.9.1.1.3 A 3.4 10.5.1 10.2 3. Not a requirement.1.2.4.2 N/A 5.3 10. SSP 30237.5 10. 10.2.3 B 5.1 11. Not a requirement.2.4.9.1 Environments Environments Environments Also ANSI Z136.7B/ISS Addendum.1 Personnel Protection Devices Radiation Requirements Payload Contained or Generated Ionizing Radiation Single Event Effect (SEE) Ionizing Radiation Radiation Dose Requirements Atmosphere Requirements Oxygen Consumption Hazardous Releases Hazardous Releases Hazardous Releases (Water Soluble VOC Release) Hazardous Releases (Middeck safe containment) Hazardous Releases (Middeck any gas release) Laptop Computers and Software Laptop Computers Payload and General Support Computer PGSC Electrical Power Characteristics Payload-Powered PGSC NSTS 1700.2.7.2B 10. N/A SSP 30243.2A 10.1 11. 5.7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 10. Not a requirement.1.1 3.2.1 11.4.1. Not a requirement Not a requirement. Rev.5.5.9.

1 10.2 N/A 10.2 11. Not a requirement.1.1.1.2D 11. Not a requirement.1. Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement Not a requirement.1. Not a requirement.1. Not a requirement.1. Not a requirement.2 11.2.1.1.1. Derived Not a requirement.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 11.2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A All N/A Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Not a requirement.3 11.1.2J 11.3.2A 11.2K 11.1.1.1.2H 11.1. Not a requirement.3 11.2 11.1. Not a requirement.1.1.2 September 2009 . Not a requirement. Not a requirement.1.3.2G 11.1.1.2I 11.3. Not a requirement.2 10.2F 11.2B 11.1.2.1 11. NSTS 21000-IDD-760XD 8 11. Not a requirement.2E 11.1. Not a requirement.1.1.1.2L 11.2C 11.2.1.2 G-42 Orbiter-Powered PGSC PGSC Communication/Power Interfaces Cables RS-232 Communication Cables (Orbiter PGSC) RS-422 Communication Cables (Orbiter PGSC) Power Cables (Orbiter PGSC) Software (Orbiter PGSC) EXPRESS Rack Laptop/EXPRESS Laptop Computer Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description Hardware Description ISS Portable Computer System EXPRESS Rack Software NSTS-21000-IDD-MDK N/A NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SSP 52052 N/A 10.3 11.1. Not a requirement.2.1.

Not a requirement.1 3.1C(1) 11. Not a requirement.4.2.5. Not a requirement.1 3.3.2.3.2. 3. 4. Not a requirement. Not a requirement.1 4. 4.1C 11.2. Not a requirement.3.3 4. Not a requirement.1B 11.3 G-43 EXPRESS Rack PEHB Interface (Ethernet) ISS Payload Ethernet Hub/Gateway Interfaces Laptop Ethernet Interface Laptop Ethernet Interface Laptop Ethernet Interface Payload Ethernet Interface Payload Ethernet Interface Payload Ethernet Interface Payload Ethernet Interface Payload Ethernet Interface EXPRESS Rack RIC Serial Interface (RS-422) EXPRESS Rack RIC Serial Interface (RS-422) EXPRESS Rack RIC Serial Interface (RS-422) Payload Interface Data Elements D683-42509. D683-42510 D683-42509.1. D683-42510 D683-42509.3.3.5. D683-42510 D683-42509. 4.3 N/A Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computers/Software Not a requirement.1A 11.1C(3) 11.3. 3. Not a requirement.5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 11.3.2.1.1 N/A 4.1.1 11.3.3. D683-42510 D683-42509. 4.2.3. D683-42510 D683-42509. D683-42510 D683-42509.5.1C(2) 11.2.3.1.2.2.2A 11. 4.1 3.2.1 3.2. D683-42510 N/A D683-42509.1.4.1C(4) 11. D683-42510 D683-42509.1.1.3 3. September 2009 .1 3.2. 4.1 3.3.2.1B(2) 11.4.2.2. D683-42510 D683-42509.2B 11.1.3.2. D683-42510 D683-42509.2.1. D683-42510 D683-42509.4 3.3.3.3.3. 4. D683-42510 N/A 3.5.3.1B(1) 11.2 11. Not a requirement.2.2.1.1.1.1.

4.5.2. 4.42 4.2.49 4.43.5.13.15.2.42. Derived.5A Computer/Software G-44 11.49 4.5. September 2009 .49 4.9 4. D683-42510 D683-42509.2.42.2.3.5. Not a requirement.13.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 11.2.3.5. D683-42510 D683-42509.5. Not a requirement.5.3.42. 4. 4.3.2 4. 11.2. D683-42510 D683-42509.24.2.1 11.4. 4.43. 4.5.49.13.1 11.4 11.5. D683-42510A D683-42510 D683-42509 D683-42509.2 11.15.5.3.1 N/A 4.2.5. Not a requirement.5.43.2. 4.5.4 11.5.5. D683-42510 D683-42509.5.5. 4.49 4.9.1 Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Not a requirement.3.5.5B Computer/Software Not a requirement 11.5.5. D683-42510 4.5. 4.3 11. 4. 4.5.5.15 4.3.46 4.5.5.5.3. 4.5.13.9.1 Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Not a requirement.2 11.3.15.2.5.3.9.5. 4.2. Not a requirement.5.3. D683-42510 D683-42509.5 11. 4.3.5 EXPRESS Header Unique Identifier Numbers EXPRESS Telemetry Secondary Header Payload Telemetry Packet EXPRESS RIC Interface Requests and Responses EXPRESS RIC Interface Requests and Responses EXPRESS RIC Interface Requests and Responses PEP Bundle Request PEP Procedure Execution Request Rack Time Request Ancillary Data Configuration Control File Transfer Request Payload File Transfer D683-42510 D683-42509 N/A D683-42510 D683-42509 D683-42509 D683-42510 D683-42509 D683-42510 D683-42509. 4.5.2.5.3 11.5. 4.5. 4.43 4.5.3.51 4.5. 4.5.5. Not a requirement.

1 G-45 EMU File Transfer Request Payload Response Payload Health and Status Data Payload Health and Status Data –– ECW (1st Word) Payload Health and Status Data –– ECW (1st Word) Payload Health and Status Data –– ECW (1st Word) Payload Health and Status Data –– ECW (1st Word) Payload Health and Status DataH&S Cycle Counter (2nd Word) Payload Health and Status DataH&S Cycle Counter (2nd Word) Payload Health and Status DataH&S Cycle Counter (2nd Word) Payload Health and Status DataH&S Cycle Counter (2nd Word) Payload Health and Status DataH&S Cycle Counter (2nd Word) Payload Health and Status DataPayload Message (3rd to 92nd Word) D683-42509.2.3.5.2.5 N/A 3.3.3. Computers/Software 4.5. Not a requirement Not a Requirement 4.6.2.2.5.2.2.3.2 11.3.2A 11.2.2.2.3.2.3.6 11.3.2.2.1A 11.3.5.4.2. Not a requirement.2 11.2.6.6.3.2.6.8.3.6.3.5 3.3 11.2B 11.3.3. 3.5 N/A 3.2.5 3.3.3. D683-42510 D683-42509.1C 11.51 4.5.2C 11.2.2.3. D683-42510 D683-42510 D683-42509 N/A SSP 52050 SSP 52050 SSP 52050 N/A SSP 52050 SSP 52050 SSP 52050 SSP 52050 SSP 52050 4.3.3.5.2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 11.1.11 Computers/Software Computers/Software Not a requirement.3.5 3.6.6.6 11.6.6.3.6.1B 11.5 3.3.5 3.2.2.2.5 3.2.5.2.6.3.1 11.3.5 N/A Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Not a Requirement September 2009 Payload Message Counter (First byte N/A of Payload Message) Not a Requirement .2D 11.3.

4.2.2.2.6.7 11.3.1D 11.2.2. D683-42510 SSP 50005 SSP 50313 3.3.4.6.6.2. Not a requirement D683-42509.2.1 11.2.2.3.1 4.2.3.6.5 3.5 3. Derived requirement to ensure that the network performs correctly.3.3.3.4 11.4. SSP 52050 D683-42510 D683-42509 D683-42509.5 3.4.2.3.3 11.3.4 11.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 11.2.2.6.4A G-46 Payload Message Counter (First byte SSP 52050 of Payload Message) Payload Message Counter (First byte SSP 52050 of Payload Message) Payload Message Counter (First byte SSP 52050 of Payload Message) Payload Message Counter (First byte SSP 52050 of Payload Message) Payload Message Identifier PCS Display EXPRESS Payload Commanding Laptop CSCI Interfaces Laptop Data Elements Payload-Provided Software/Peripherals EXPRESS Rack Laptop Display Requirements SSP 52050 SSP 52050 D683-42509.5.2 11.2.3.2.4 11.3.2 11.6.6.2.3.2.4 4.3.6.2.1C 11.2 N/A NA/ Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Computers/Software Not a requirement.2.4.3.2.2.5 4. Not a requirement.3 4.2.3.2.3.44 9.3.3 Payload Application Software (PAS) N/A Interfaces PAS Direct Communications with the Payload Software Updating Process for Laptop N/A September 2009 11.4B N/A N/A Computers/Software .3. D683-42510.5 3.4.5.1A 11.1B 11.6.4.3.3. 3. Not a requirement.5 3.2. D683-42510 4.

2. Rev.2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 11.2.4.4.1 SSP 50005. B SSP 57000 11.4.2.2.2.4D(2) 11.4. Not a requirement.4.4D(1) 11.4E(3) 11.6.1 Human Factors .4E(1) 11.2.2.2.1 Software Safety Requirements for Payloads Human Factors Interface Requirements Portable Item Handles/Grasp Areas/Temporary Stowage Restraints Provide Handles and Restraints NSTS 1700.5 G-47 Payload Application to EXPRESS CSCI PAS Compatibility and Installation Files PAS Compatibility and Installation Files PAS Compatibility and Installation Files PAS Compatibility and Installation Files PAS Process at PSIVF PAS Process at PSIVF PAS Process at PSIVF PAS Process at PSIVF File Maintenance D683-42510 D683-42509 N/A JSC-62934 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 4.1.4E(2) 11.4D 11.4.3 12 12.4.4. Not a requirement 11.12.2.3.1.4C 11.4.2.1(E) N/A N/A Computers/Software Human Factors Human Factors Not a requirement.4.6.2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Computers/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computer/Software Computers/Software Derived Derived Not a requirement Derived Derived Derived Derived requirement to ensure that the laptop memory space is used effectively.4D(3) 11.4.3 N/A 2.6. 3.7B/ ISS Addendum N/A N/A 201. September 2009 12.4E 11.

7B).4.1) 3.12. B SSP 57000 SSP 50005.5 Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Not a requirement.12.5.1.2A 12. NSTS 21000-IDD-MDK 3.1.6.3.6.3.1.12. .12.2 N/A N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 N/A N/A 3.2.6.4.5C 12.3. 3. 12.1.2A(1) 12.4. Not a requirement September 2009 Not a requirement. 222.4 12.1(B) N/A 3.3) 3.3 12.2.1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 12.4.5 3.6.1.12.1 Structures/Loads Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Not a requirement. Rev.12.2 12.1.5 3.8 12.3 11.4.1(A.2.12.1 Derived (NSTS 1700.4.2) 3.5 12.4.4 N/A 3. Rev.6.1(A.2 12.2A(2) 12.2B 12.5A 12.4.6.1.12.1(A.6 12. 3.12. B SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 11.6.12.7 12.1.5B G-48 Handle Location Handle Dimensions Deleted Non-Fixed Handles Design Requirements Non-Fixed Handles Design Requirements Non-Fixed Handles Design Requirements Non-Fixed Handles Design Requirements Deleted Captive Parts Deleted Strength Requirements Strength Requirements Grip Strength Linear Forces Torques Strength Requirements Body Envelope and Reach Accessibility Adequate Clearance SSP 50005.2A(3) 12.3 12.1.

2.2.4.12.1 3.4.4 Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Not a requirement.12.12.2 12.8.4.3.7 3.2 12.4.4.12.4.3.4.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 12.2.1A 12.6.3.6 12.12. Not a requirement 12.2 3.4.5.1B 12.2. Not a requirement.6.12.4.8 3.4 3.4.2 12.2.3 12.1 12.12.4.2(B) 3.12.4.2. Not a requirement.4.4.12.1 3.5.8.2(A) 3.12.4.6.2 B G-49 Accessibility Accessibility Accessibility Full Size Range Accommodation Payload Hardware Mounting Equipment Mounting Drawers and Hinged Panels Drawers and Hinged Panels Drawers and Hinged Panels Alignment Slide-Out Stops Push-Pull Force Access Covers Covers Deleted Covers Self-Supporting Covers Identification Labeling Color Indication of Pressure/Flow Indication of Pressure/Flow Indication of Pressure/Flow N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 50008 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A 3.2.12.12.2.7 3.2.4.2.4 12.A 12.12.6.4.5 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.12.4 3.4. September 2009 Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors .8.2 B Not a requirement.3.5 12.1C 12.4.4.3 N/A 3.4.1 3.2.2.12.2.12.3.12.6.5 12.2.2 3.6 3.12.7 3.8 3.3.3.2.5.2.2.4.2 12.5.8.1 12.B 12.4.12.4 12.4.4.2 A 12.4.4.2 A 12.2.3 12.4.12.1 12.

12.4.5.12.1(F) 9.1 12.1 N/A 9.6.1A 12.1F 12.6 12.3. SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 3. B.3A 12. Not a requirement. 3.6.3. Rev.4 Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Not a requirement.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 12. B.12.1 N/A 9.6. 3.2.3 3.5.1D 12.1C 12.4 September 2009 . SSP 57000 SSP 50005.2.2.12.6. B.1B 12.6.3B 12.12. B. SSP 57000 N/A SSP 50005.5. 3.5.12.2.3.3.3. 3. B.2 12.1(B) 9.2.5.3. Rev.2.3.1(C) 9.5.1(G) 3.12.3.5.2.5.12.1(E) 9.2.5.6.2.1G 12.6.3 12.2. 12.2. SSP 57000 SSP 50005.2.1 G-50 DELETED DELETED DELETED Pin Identification Controls and Displays Controls Spacing Design Requirements Accidental Actuation Protective Methods Protective Methods Protective Methods Protective Methods Protective Methods Protective Methods Protective Methods Protective Methods Noninterference Dead-Man Controls Barrier Guards SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 N/A SSP 50005. Rev.2.5.12.6.12.2.5.13 N/A 3.1E 12.2.3.2 3.12.3.2. B.3.2.12. 3.3.6. SSP 57000 SSP 50005.2 12. B.6.2.6.3. 3.3 12.5.2.6.2. Rev.5. SSP 57000 SSP 50005.5. 3. Rev. Rev. Rev.3.6.3.1(D) 9.2. SSP 57000 SSP 50005.4 12.5.

2.6.3(B) 3.6.6. 3.6.12.5.5A 12. SSP 57000 N/A 3.9 N/A 3. B.12.12.2.2.6A 12.3.12.6.4 N/A 3.8 3. Rev.6 12.7 12. Not a requirement.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 12.2.6.7 3.6.12. Rev.5. SSP 57000 SSP 50005.9.6.6.3A 12.2.6.3(C) 3.3(A) 3.5.6 12.3 12.4.9.6.5.3C 12.3(D) 3.2(B) N/A 9.6.12.6. Not a requirement.6B 12.12.12.10(B) 9.12.3.7 September 2009 .3.6.5 12. 12.8 12.5 3.3B 12.3.5.2(A) 3.12.12. 3.3.5.12.3D G-51 Recessed Switch Protection Position Indication Hidden Controls Hand Controllers Valve Controls Valve Controls Valve Controls Valve Controls Valve Controls Valve Controls Toggle Switches Stowage and Equipment Drawers/Trays Stowage and Equipment Drawers/Trays Stowage and Equipment Drawers/Trays Audio Devices (Displays) Audio Devices (Displays) Audio Devices (Displays) Audio Devices (Displays) Electrical Connector Design –– General SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 50005. Rev.10(A) 9.2.5.12.6.2.2.9. 3.5.3E 12.6.12.6.6C 12. B.4.3(E) 3. Not a requirement.5 12.10(C) N/A Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Not a requirement. B.5B 12.4.6.3.6.6.4 12.5. SSP 57000 SSP 50005.5.12.

3.3. 3.7 N/A 11.7B 12.3.11 12. SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 50005.2.3.7.7. Not a requirement.6(B) 3.10.10.12.7.4.4. Not a requirement.4.2(A) 3.9 3.5 3.2 12. 3.4. Rev.7.3. September 2009 .12.12.6(A) 11.4.1 N/A N/A 3.7. SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 6.4.12.3. Rev.6A(2) 12.7.8 3.7.3 12.7.3.4A 12.7.7.4.4.2(A) 3.12.7.6B 12.10 12.7 12.3.4. SSP 57000 SSP 50005.12.14 SSP 50005.3.3.7.7.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 12.4 12.3.7.4.3(A) 3. B.Maintenance Operations Accessibility Without Damage Ease of Disconnect Ease of Disconnect Ease of Disconnect Self-Locking Connector Shape Fluid and Gas Line Connectors Deleted Alignment Marks or Guide Pins Orientation SSP 57000 SSP 57000 3. Rev.6 12.8 12.7.7.7.3.6A 12.12.7.9 12.4.3(B) 3.Nominal Operations Mate/Demate .12.12.12 12.3.7A 12. 3.12.1.7.3.2.5 G-52 Mismatched Connector Protection Arc Containment Connector Arrangement Connector Arrangement Connector Arrangement One-Handed Operation Accessibility Mate/Demate Mate/Demate .7. B.12.4.10 Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Not a requirement.4.11 3.7.12.12.6A(1) 12.4.1 12.3.4B 12. B.12. 12. Not a requirement.7.13 Not a requirement.3.4.2(B) N/A 3.12.3.4.3.

12 12.4.6B 3.1.4.4 3.15.10 12.4 12.6 12.2A G-53 Hose/Cable Restraints Hose/Cable Restraints Hose/Cable Restraints Deleted Hose/Cable Restraints Habitability/Housekeeping Closures or Covers Built-In Control Built-In Control Built-In Control One-Handed Operation DELETED Mechanical Energy Devices Fasteners Non Threaded Fasteners Mounting Bolt/Fastener Spacing Multiple Fasteners Captive Fasteners Quick Release Fasteners Quick Release Fasteners Quick Release Fasteners Threaded Fasteners Over Center Latches NSTS 1700.2 3.4.1.4.9.12.12.9.4.7 Not a requirement Not a requirement.4.5B 12. September 2009 Not a requirement .8B 12.4.2 12.1 3.7/ ISS Addendum N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A 200.1.5 12.12.7 N/A SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 3.2B 12.4.15.12.3 12.3.B N/A 3.4.4.12.8D 12.12.12.12. Not a requirement.5A 12.12.5 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 3.8C 12.12.12.12.5 N/A 3.3.8A 12. 12.12.12.3.3.6A 3.3.4.9.9 12.4.4.12.1 12.11 12.A 3.12.2(B) 3.12.1.3. Not a requirement.2 12.12.8 12.3.1 12.9.2(A) 3.4.1 N/A 3.4.12.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 12.2 and 208 N/A 3.3 12.12.12.9.B Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Not a requirement.15.4.12.12.4.

2 Materials .12.11 12.14 13 13. All All. and 209.12.12.9B 12.4.11C 3. 208.1.4.12.12.7B 12.12.12.10 G-54 Over Center Latches Over Center Latches Over Center Latches Winghead Fasteners Fastener Head Type Fastener Head Type Fastener Head Type Fastener Head Type One Handed Actuation DELETED Access Holes Payload In-Flight Operations and Maintenance Tools Crew Member Egress Materials and Processes Interface Requirements Materials and Processes Use and Selection Acceptance Criteria for Stress Corrosion Cracking (SCC) Hazardous Materials and Compatibility SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 N/A NSTS 1700.9A 12.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 12.8C 3.9 N/A 3.12.11B 3.7B/ ISS Addendum.12.8 12. NSTS 1700. 13.7C 12.8A 3.7B/ ISS Addendum NSTS 1700.12 12.3.12.9 12.12.1.12.7A 12.12.7B/ISS Addendum 3.4.10 3.4.4.12 3.4.4.4.11A 3.12. MSFCHDBK-527/JSC 09694 MSFC-SPEC-522.12 N/A 208.12.4.4.4.1 Materials September 2009 13.9.12.1 Materials Materials Not a requirement.4.9C 12.12.4.12.4.8B 3.4.3 and 209 209 Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Human Factors Not a requirement 12.4.12.12.14 3.4.13 12.4.12.12.

11. NSTS 22648 14 Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression 14.1. 13.7B/ ISS Addendum Fire Protection NSTS 1700. NASA-STD-6001.2A Oxygen Oxygen Fire Not a requirement.1 14.3 Test and Acceptance Criteria for Flammability Test and Acceptance Criteria for Toxic Offgassing (Toxicity) NASA-STD-6001. SSP 57000 SSP 30233 SSP 57000 All.10 209.7B/ISS Addendum. All N/A 209.7B/ISS Addendum Flammability Requirements NSTS 1700.3 G-55 Galvanic Corrosion Fungus-Resistant Materials All. 3.4 All.1. NSTS 1700.10. 209.4 Materials 13.7B/ISS Addendum September 2009 14.3A 4.3.7B/ISS Addendum.1(A) Materials Materials Materials 13. 208.1.2.11. All Materials ISPR coated graphite epoxy must be cared for. NSTS 22648 N/A NSTS 1700.2 13.1.10.4 Materials and Parts Certification and NASA-STD-5003.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 13.10 3. 209 220. All 209. Traceability NSTS 1700. SSP 57000. Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression .1 Fire Event Prevention Requirements NSTS 1700.1. NSTS 22648 NSTS 1700.2.7B/ISS Addendum.7B/ISS Addendum. All. MSFC-HDBK-527/JSC 09694 MIL-STD-889. NASA-STD-6001.2 14.2. All. All 220. 3.

1.3.5.10(B).3 14.7B/ISS Addendum. 3. NSTS 22648 N/A N/A NSTS 1700. Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement.4B 14. Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression 14.3. 3.4 220.3.1(A) N/A 220.4 220.2 14.4 Oxygen Oxygen Electrical Systems Payload Use of Battery Backup Power NSTS 1700.5. SSP 57000.7B/ISS Addendum N/A NSTS 1700.1.4 220.10(B).1. Detection/Suppression 14.2B Payload Data Monitoring 14.2C Payload Data Monitoring September 2009 14.1.1. All N/A N/A 220.2B 14.5. 3.3.3.7B/ISS Addendum.3. Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement. 3. 3.3.1(A) 209. 3.7B/ISS Addendum NSTS 1700.7B/ISS Addendum.3.5.10(B).2A Payload Data Monitoring 14. 3.7B/ISS Addendum.1.2C 14.10.1.1.10.3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 14.1.5.10.1.1.1.5.4 N/A Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement. SSP 57000 NSTS 1700. 3. SSP 57000 NSTS 1700. 3.1.3. SSP 57000 NSTS 1700.7B/ISS Addendum.1.5.2C(1) Payload Data Monitoring .5. SSP 57000 N/A 209.3.4A G-56 Payload Use of Battery Backup Power Payload Use of Battery Backup Power Payload Data Monitoring Fire Not a requirement.3.

Detection/Suppression Fire Detection/Suppression Fire Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Detection/Suppression Fire Detection/Suppression 14. Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement.10(C) 3.7B/ISS Addendum NSTS 1700B NSTS 1700B N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 220.3G PFE Access Port Requirements PFE Access Port Requirements PFE Access Port Requirements September 2009 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 14.2. Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement. Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement.3.2C(2) 14.2C(3) 14.3 14.7B/ISS Addendum.2.A Fire Not a requirement.1A 14.3D G-57 Payload Data Monitoring Payload Data Monitoring Fire Event Location Indicator Fire Event Location Indicator Fire Event Location Indicator PFE Access Port Requirements PFE Access Port Requirements PFE Access Port Requirements PFE Access Port Requirements PFE Access Port Requirements N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A NSTS 1700. All 220. Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement.10.10.3A 14.10(C) 220.1B 14.3E 14.1 14.1. SSP 30262:010 NSTS 1700.7B/ISS Addendum NSTS 1700. Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement.3C 14.2. Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement.3B 14.3F 14. Detection/Suppression Fire Not a requirement.10(C).1 3.3.

6.7B/ISS Addendum SSP 57000 3.3 Fire Derived Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression September 2009 .6.4 G-58 PFE Access Port Requirements PFE Characteristics PFE Access Port Dimensions PFE Access PFE Quantity PFE Closeouts Fire Suppressant Distribution NSTS 1700B SSP 30262:010 SSP 50006/JSC 27260 SSP 57000 SSP 57000 NSTS 1700.2 14.2 Fire Detection/Suppression Fire Detection/Suppression Fire Detection/Suppression Fire Detection/Suppression Fire Derived Detection/Suppression 220.3.1.10.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE G-1 TRACEABILITY MATRIX (58 PAGES) IDD PARAGRAPH NUMBER PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY PARAGRAPH NUMBER DISCIPLINE OR SUBJECT IN IDD REMARKS 14.3.3H 14.10.3.10(C) 3.3.1 14.5 14.3.B All 6.10.3 3.3.4 14.3 14.3.

WORF payloads shall not exceed the payload envelope shown in Figure H. Appendix H defines and controls the design of the interfaces between the WORF Rack facility and the payloads using the accommodations of the WORF Rack.1 WORF RACK PAYLOAD PHYSICAL AND MECHANICAL INTERFACES PAYLOAD VOLUME The maximum WORF Rack volume available for payloads and crew use is approximately 22.. The associated verification methodology and data requirements for verifying each of the WORF unique requirements are found in SSP 52000-PVP-ERP as Verification Requirement Data Sheets (VRDS). such as camera bags and lens containers. H. WORF payloads will be transported to the ISS in the EXPRESS Transportation Rack or the Resupply Stowage Rack and transferred to the WORF Rack on orbit.1.6 ft3 (0.ME-WR-001). The details of the seat track brackets are shown in Figure H. Payloads are responsible for providing attachment hardware for mounting to the seat tracks.2 SEAT TRACKS Permanently mounted seat track brackets are located in five places on each side of the WORF payload volume as shown in Figure H. The listed unique requirements in Appendix H are in addition to the EXPRESS rack requirements contained within the main body of this document.1.0 H. The moment of payload hardware attached to the seat tracks shall be no greater than 750 inch-pounds (in-lbs).1. These WORF VRDS’’ are identified with a leading H and include WR to indicate they are WORF unique (e.1.1. These brackets allow the mounting of payload hardware and can accommodate soft stowage.1-1.64 m3).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H APPENDIX H September 2009 WINDOW OBSERVATIONAL RESEARCH FACILITY (WORF) UNIQUE REQUIREMENTS Appendix H identifies unique requirements which WORF Rack payloads must comply with and the associated verification methodology and data requirements for verifying each of the unique requirements. WORF Rack payloads should address all EXPRESS requirements which are listed in the main body of the document as well as those in this Appendix. Generally. H-1 .2-2 and the details of the seat track extrusions are shown in Figure H.g.2-3. H.1.1. H.2-1.

1-1 WORF PAYLOAD VOLUME .PROVIDED) September 2009 FIGURE H.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H CAMERA (EXAMPLE PAYLOAD) H-2 SMALL CAMERA BRACKET (WORF.1.

2-1 WORF SEAT TRACK LOCATIONS .1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 H-3 FIGURE H.

1.2-2 SEAT TRACK BRACKET DETAIL .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 H-4 FIGURE H.

1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-5 September 2009 FIGURE H.2-3 SEAT TRACK EXTRUSION DETAIL (DETAIL 1 OF BOEING PART # BAC 1520-1636) .

3-1) are provided for payload use. Generally. The payload hardware can be attached using the through hole that is drilled for a ¼-20 fastener H-6 .3 SMALL CAMERA BRACKET September 2009 Two camera brackets (Figure H.3-1. The camera bracket is used to stabilize and position payload equipment such as cameras or camcorders in front of the nadir window.1.1. The mounting shoe is payload-provided. It provides adjustment and locking capability for a wide range of positions to accommodate different viewing distances.1. An alternative method of mounting payload equipment to the small camera bracket is to remove the mounting shoe assembly from the adjustable camera mount.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H. The bracket provides 6 Degrees of Freedom (DOF). Adapter Assembly Multiuse Bracket or equivalent. payloads will successfully interface with the small camera bracket by utilizing the mounting shoe specified in NASA JSC drawing SED33102474. The bracket can be mounted within the WORF payload volume without the use of tools. Payloads using the small camera bracket shall be compatible with the interfaces shown in Figure H.

1.3-1 SMALL CAMERA BRACKET (PAGE 1 OF 3) September 2009 . FIGURE H.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-1 SMALL CAMERA BRACKET DIMENSIONS NOTE: Dimensions in inches.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-1 NOTES: Dimensions are in inches. Reference NASA JSC drawing SED33105463 for definition of note references in figure.1.3-1 SMALL CAMERA BRACKET (PAGE 2 OF 3) . Camera Mount Details September 2009 FIGURE H.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-1 SMALL CAMERA BRACKET WORF INSTALLATION EXAMPLE FIGURE H.1.3-1 SMALL CAMERA BRACKET (PAGE 3 OF 3) September 2009 . .

219 . H. spring loaded) and at least flush with the payload mounting flange. Note: If mounting across the gap between the payload support shelf and the removable section payload support shelf panel (i.Class 3. The grid pattern is shown in Figure H.233”” (5.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H.4-2.1 ft2 (0. the following mating holes and tolerances are needed for proper mounting of payload equipment: (2) (3) Mating Part Holes . Payload mounting locations are identified using a labeled grid pattern on the payload support shelf surface. self-retracting.020 inches) to prevent damage to the payload support shelf.4-3 B.e.4-2. Payload support shelf attachment point provisions shall be in accordance with Figure H. Payloads are responsible for providing attachment hardware for mounting to the payload support shelf..19-32 (#10-32). AAA access panel) is required. The payload shall use the following fastener to attach to the payload support shelf: thread size: 0. A.56 . Payload provided fasteners shall be torqued 25 to 30 in-lbs for payload attachment to the payload support shelf. F.4-1. and not pose a damage hazard to the surface of the payload support shelf. Payload mating surfaces shall be de-burred and free of sharp edges (0.178 mm) diameter in all directions C.. Payload fasteners shall be held captive to the payload side of the interface. G. The payload shall prevent fastener seizing through dry film lubrication.e.1.4 PAYLOAD SUPPORT SHELF September 2009 A payload support shelf is located at the bottom of the WORF payload volume as shown in Figure H. Payload alignment guides are recommended.5.57 m2) and provides 161 threaded inserts in a 2 in x 2 in (51 mm x 51 mm) pattern for payload mounting as shown in Figure H. E. The payload support shelf has a mounting area of 6. .005-0..1. or application of approved anti-seize compound.92 mm) diameter Positional Tolerance .1. D.1. The grid labels can be used to identify and specify payload hardware mounting locations in the crew procedures. silver plating.1.. Payload fasteners shall be self-retracting (i. Payload alignment guides shall be non-metallic. H-10 .007”” (0.

4-1 WORF PAYLOAD VOLUME BOTTOM VIEW .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-11 September 2009 FIGURE H.1.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-12 FIGURE H.4-2 PAYLOAD SUPPORT SHELF MOUNTING PROVISIONS September 2009 .1.

4-3 PAYLOAD SUPPORT SHELF ATTACHMENT POINT DETAILS September 2009 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-13 FIGURE H.1.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H.1.5-1 LAB WINDOW KEEP-OUT ZONE (PAGE 1 OF 2) H-14 .1.5 LAB WINDOW REQUIREMENTS September 2009 A.1. FIGURE H. Subrack payloads at the lab window location shall accommodate a keep out zone as specified in Figure H.5 1.

2.2.2.0-4 and H.5-1 LAB WINDOW KEEP-OUT ZONE (PAGE 2 OF 2) B.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE H.0-3.2. The WORF Rack payload integrator will approve the payload power and data cable routing methodology. regardless of whether the WORF rack is installed or not. Payloads that are hand-held.0 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND POWER INTERFACES Electrical power and data provisions will be available through the front connector and camera connector panel locations as shown in Figures H. Payloads that are designed to be secured to the WORF payload shelf prior to retraction of the Bump Shield will be exempted from this requirement. H-15 .2. H. H. shall incorporate bumper rings coated with the material DB2352 from the Plasti Coat Corporation to prevent damage to any window panes in the USL nadir window.0-1. H.0-5. The PD shall provide all power and data cables and connectors required to interface with the front connector and camera connector panels.2. H.1.0-2.

0-1 WORF FRONT CONNECTOR PANEL ASSEMBLY September 2009 .2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-16 FIGURE H.

0-2 WORF FRONT CONNECTOR PANEL .2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 H-17 FIGURE H.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 FIGURE H.2.0-3 WORF MAIN CAMERA CONNECTOR PANEL DETAILS H-18 .

0-4 WORF CAMERA CONNECTOR AUXILIARY PANEL 1 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-19 September 2009 FIGURE H.2.

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H-20 September 2009 FIGURE H.0-5 WORF CAMERA CONNECTOR AUXILIARY PANEL 2 .2.

2.2.2. The interfacing payload power cables shall be compatible with the details and pin assignments in Table H.2-1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H.2 POWER CABLE WIRING DETAILS AND PIN ASSIGNMENTS Power cable wiring details and pin assignments are shown in Table H.2. H-21 .1 CABLE ROUTING September 2009 Payload power and data cables shall be restrained as not to protrude outside the WORF payload volume when the hatch assembly is removed or interfere with the successful operation of other payloads inside the WORF payload volume. H.2-1.

2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE H.2-1 WORF POWER CONNECTOR PANEL INTERFACE DEFINITION (2 PAGES) WORF CONNECTOR DESIGNATION INTERFACE TYPE WORF PANEL TYPE (LOCATION) WORF CONNECTOR TYPE (RECOMMENDED PL MATING CONN) CONTACT POSITION SIGNAL DEFINITION CABLE TYPE REMARKS PAYLOAD 1 28 V POWER J1 PAYLOAD 2 28 V POWER J1 PAYLOAD 3 28 V POWER J1 PAYLOAD 4 28 V POWER J1 PAYLOAD 5 28 V POWER J1 H-22 Payload 1 Power (28 Vdc) Payload 2 Power (28 Vdc) Payload 3 Power (28 Vdc) Payload 4 Power (28 Vdc) Payload 5 Power (28 Vdc) MS27468T17F6S (MS27467T17F6P) Front Connector Panel (Front Panel) A B C D E F +28 Vdc Supply M27500-12RE2U00 +28 Vdc Return Chassis Ground No Connection No Connection No Connection +28 Vdc Supply M27500-12RE2U00 +28 Vdc Return Chassis Ground No Connection No Connection No Connection +28Vdc (EMC HO) +28V RTN (EMC HO) Chassis GND N/C N/C N/C +28Vdc (EMC HO) +28V RTN (EMC HO) Chassis GND N/C N/C N/C Main Camera Connector Panel (Payload Volume) Auxiliary Panel 1 (Payload Volume) MS27468T17F6S (MS27467T17F6P) A B C D E F LAPTOP 28 V POWER J6 Laptop Power Front Connector MS3474L14-12S (28 Vdc) Panel (MS3476L14-12P) (Front Panel) A-H J K L M No Connection +28 Vdc Supply +28 Vdc Return Chassis Ground No Connection M27500-16RE2U00 N/C +28Vdc (EMC HO) +28V RTN (EMC HO) Chassis GND N/C September 2009 .

2-1 WORF POWER CONNECTOR PANEL INTERFACE DEFINITION (2 PAGES) WORF CONNECTOR DESIGNATION INTERFACE TYPE WORF PANEL WORF CONNECTOR TYPE TYPE (RECOMMENDED (LOCATION) PL MATING CONN) CONTACT POSITION SIGNAL DEFINITION CABLE TYPE REMARKS LIGHT 1 120 V POWER J7 Portable Lighting Power (120 Vdc) Portable Lighting Power (120 Vdc) Main Camera Connector Panel (Payload Volume) NATC07T15N97SN (NATC06G15N97PN) A B C D E F G H J K No Connection No Connection No Connection No Connection No Connection No Connection Chassis Ground No Connection No Connection No Connection +120 Vdc Return +120 Vdc Supply M27500-16RC3U06 NC NC NC NC NC GND NC NC NC +120 VDC RTN +120 VDC NC SUP LIGHT 2 120 V POWER J6 H-23 L M September 2009 .2.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE H.

Discrete. Analog. Ethernet. The interfacing payload data cables shall be compatible with the details and pin assignments in Table H. H-24 .3.3.0 H. Video and Point-to-Point connector pin interfaces shall be in accordance with Table H. H. RS-422.3.3.2 DATA CABLE WIRING DETAILS AND PIN ASSIGNMENTS Data cable wiring details and pin assignments are shown in Table H.2-1.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H.3. main camera connector.2-1 for the front connector.2-1.1 COMMAND AND DATA HANDLING (C&DH) INTERFACES CONNECTOR/PIN INTERFACES September 2009 Payload and WLC (WORF Laptop Computer). and camera connector auxiliary panels.3.

3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE H.2-1 WORF DATA CONNECTOR PANEL INTERFACE DEFINITION (4 PAGES) WORF CONNECTOR DESIGNATION INTERFACE TYPE WORF PANEL TYPE (LOCATION) WORF CONNECTOR TYPE (RECOMMENDED PL MATING CONN) BJ76 (PL75) CONTACT POSITION SIGNAL DEFINITION RACK/RIC/SSPCM PERSPECTIVE CABLE TYPE REMARKS LAPTOPVIDEO Laptop Video (EIA-170) Front Connector Panel (Front Panel) FCP J5 1 2 RS170TX (+) RS170TX (-) NDBC-TFE-22-2SJ-75 WORF Analog Video Output LAPTOP ETHERNET Laptop Ethernet Front Connector Panel (Front Panel) FCP J4 MS27468T11F35S (MS27467T11F35P) 1 2 3 4 5-13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 –– 22 23 –– 24 25 –– 26 27 –– 28 29 –– 30 31 32 33 –– 34 35 Ethernet Receive + Ethernet Receive Ethernet Transmit + Ethernet Transmit No Connection Ground (D0) Data Bus 0 Ground (D1) Ground (D4) Ground (D2) Data Bus 2 Data Bus 1 Data Bus 3 Ground (D3) Data Bus 4 Ground (D5) Data Bus 5| Ground (D6) Data Bus 6 Ground (D7) Data Bus 7 Ground (Parity) Data (Parity) Ground Reserved Termination Power Reserved Ground Ground (Attention) Ground (Reset) Ground Ground (Busy) NDBC-TFE-22-2SJ-100 E-NET RX (+) E-NET RX (-) E-NET TX (+) E-NET TX (-) N/C GND (D0 -) D0 (+) GND (D1 -) GND (D4-) GND (D2 -) D2 (+) D1 (+) D3 (+) GND (D3 -) D4 (+) GND (D5 -) D5 (+) GND (D6 -) D6 (+) GND (D7 -) D7 (+) Parity (-) DB (Parity +) GND (-) Reserved TERMPWR Reserved GND (-) ATN (-) RST (-) GND (-) BSY (-) PASSTHRU CONNECTORS SCSI Payload PASSTHRU Connector (SCSI-2) Front Connector Panel (Front Panel) FCP J9 Main Camera Connector Panel (Payload Volume) CCP J4 Note 1 MS27468T17F35S (MS27467T17F35P) NDBC-TFE-22-2SJ-100 H-25 September 2009 .

SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE H.3.2-1 WORF DATA CONNECTOR PANEL INTERFACE DEFINITION (4 PAGES) WORF CONNECTOR DESIGNATION INTERFACE TYPE WORF PANEL TYPE (LOCATION) WORF CONNECTOR TYPE (RECOMMENDED PL MATING CONN) CONTACT POSITION SIGNAL DEFINITION RACK/RIC/SSPCM PERSPECTIVE 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Busy Ground Acknowledge Acknowledge Attention Reset Ground (Message) Message Ground (Select) Select Ground Control/Data Control/Data Ground (Request) Request Ground Input/Output Input/Output Option Option Differential Sense Ground Carrier Detect RS-232 RS-232 Data Terminal Ready Signal Return Data Set Ready Request to Send Clear to Send Ring Indicator M27500-22TN9N06 BSY (+) ACK (-) ACK (+) ATN (+) RST (+) MSG (-) MSG (+) SEL (-) SEL (+) C/D (-) C/D (+) REQ (-) REQ (+) I/O (-) I/O (+) OPT OPT DS GND (-) CD RS232 RS232 DTR SIGNAL RTN DSR RTS CTS RI CABLE TYPE REMARKS PASSTHRU SCSI (Continued) H-26 PASSTHRU CONNECTORS DATA Payload Passthru Connector (Ethernet/ RS-232/RS-422) Front Connector Panel (Front Panel) FCP J8 Main Camera Connector Panel (Payload Volume) CCP J3 MS27468T15F35S (MS27467T15F35P) 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 September 2009 .

2-1 WORF DATA CONNECTOR PANEL INTERFACE DEFINITION (4 PAGES) WORF CONNECTOR DESIGNATION INTERFACE TYPE WORF PANEL TYPE (LOCATION) WORF CONNECTOR TYPE (RECOMMENDED PL MATING CONN) CONTACT POSITION SIGNAL DEFINITION RACK/RIC/SSPCM PERSPECTIVE 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 .3.37 PASSTHRU CONNECTORS VIDEO Payload Passthru Connector (S-Video) Front Connector Panel (Front Panel) FCP J10 Main Camera Connector Panel (Payload Volume) CCP J5 Note 3 PAYLOAD DATA Payload Data Front Connector Panel (Front Panel) FCP J2 Main Camera Connector Panel (Payload Volume) CCP J2 Auxiliary Panel 1 (Payload Volume) ICP J2 Note 4 MS27468T15F35S (MS27467T15F35P) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 MS27468T9F35S (MS27467T9F35P) 1 2 3 4 5 6 No Connection Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 RS-422 No Connection Color Ground Color No connection Ground Intensity (Luminance) Intensity (Luminance) No connection RS 170 Receive + RS 170 Receive No Connection Analog 1 + Analog 1 Analog 2 + Analog 2 Discrete 1 + Discrete 1 Discrete 2 + Discrete 2 M27500-22TN2N06 NDBC-TFE-22-2SJ-75 RS170 RX (+) RS170 RX (-) N/C Analog 1 (+) Analog 1 (-) Analog 2 (+) Analog 2 (-) Discrete 1 (+) Discrete 1 (-) Discrete 2 (+) Discrete 2 (-) NDBC-TFE-22-2SJ-75 M27500-22TN2N06 NDBC-TFE-22-2SJ-100 NC E-NET E-NET E-NET E-NET RS422 RS422 RS422 RS422 N/C C GND (C) N/C GND (Y) Y N/C CABLE TYPE REMARKS Note 2 H-27 September 2009 .SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE H.

23 24 25 26 Discrete 3 + Discrete 3 Ethernet Receive + Ethernet Receive Ethernet Transmit + Ethernet Transmit No Connection PPC Bus 01 + PPC Bus 01 PPC Bus 02 + PPC Bus 02 –– NDBC-TFE-22-2SJ-100 NDBC-TFE-22-2SJ-100 Discrete 3 (+) Discrete 3 (-) E-Net RX (+) E-Net RX (-) E-Net TX (+) E-Net TX (-) N/C PPCB1 (+) PPCB1 (-) PPCB2 (+) PPCB2 (-) (Communicate with higher # PL) 28 29 30 31 32 No Connection PPC Bus 03 + PPC Bus 03 PPC Bus 04 + PPC Bus 04 N/C PPCB3 (+) PPCB3 (-) PPCB4 (+) PPCB4 (-) (Communicate with lower # PL) 33 34 35 36 No Connection RS-422 Receive + RS-422 Receive RS-422 Transmit + MS27500-22TN2N06 N/C RS422 RX (+) RS422 RX (-) CABLE TYPE REMARKS H-28 Note 4: 27 September 2009 RS422 TX (+) RS422 TX (-) 37 RS-422 Transmit Note 1: WORF Rack provides the connector and cable between FCP J9 and CCP J4 for Pass ––Through SCSI uses. Payload 1 and 2 are connected at Front Connector Panel (FCP).SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H TABLE H. . Note 2: WORF Rack provides the connector and cable between FCP J8 and CCP J3 for Pass ––Through Data uses. Note 3: WORF Rack provides the connector and cable between FCP J10 and CCP J5 for Pass ––Through Video uses. and payload 5 is connected at Auxiliary Panel (ICP). Payload 3 and 4 are connected at Main Camera Connector Panel (CCP).2-1 WORF DATA CONNECTOR PANEL INTERFACE DEFINITION (4 PAGES) WORF CONNECTOR DESIGNATION INTERFACE TYPE WORF PANEL TYPE (LOCATION) WORF CONNECTOR TYPE (RECOMMENDED PL MATING CONN) CONTACT POSITION SIGNAL DEFINITION RACK/RIC/SSPCM PERSPECTIVE 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 .3.

shall not exceed 2.4. H.4 SPECULAR SURFACE REFLECTANCE OF THE WORF PAYLOAD To preserve the optical environment when two payloads are located within the WORF payload volume. Payloads may meet this requirement by design or utilization of temporary equipment covers for the payload when not in use. H.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H H.5. The WORF Rack volume will have a portable workspace light that can be turned off during payload operations in all WORF nominal operational configurations. H. H. H-29 . The WORF VRDS are included in SSP 52000-PVP-ERP.0 H.0-1 IDD Requirement Cross Reference.4.2 INTERIOR WORKSPACE LIGHTING WORF Rack payloads that require their own workspace lighting shall provide a provision for shutting that lighting off during WORF payload operations.5. and WORF workspace lighting. incident on the nadir window for all WORF nominal operational configurations where the hatch assembly is closed.4.8 x 10-11 W/cm2/sr in any wavelength band 10 nm wide between 400 and 700 nm.4.3 DIFFUSE SURFACE REFLECTANCE OF THE WORF PAYLOAD To preserve to optical environment when two payloads are located within the WORF payload volume.0-1) traces each WORF requirement to a WORF Verification Requirement Definition Sheet (VRDS) and these traces are also included at the end of SSP 52000-PVP-ERP Table 3.1 OPTICAL AND LIGHTING DIFFUSE AMOUNT OF LIGHTING September 2009 The diffuse amount of lighting from all light sources within the USL including LEDs. the specular surface reflectance of each individual WORF payload shall not exceed 10 percent for a wavelength between 400 and 700 nm. cabin lighting. all surfaces of WORF payloads which will be exposed to incoming light from the nadir window port shall have a diffuse surface reflectance of no more than 12 percent for a wave length range between 400 and 700 nm.4.0 WORF TRACEABILITY MATRIX The WORF Traceability Matrix (Table H.

H.ME-WR-001 H.1. Rev B N/A 3.4.ME-WR-002 H. N/A SSP 57000.1.1.6. SSP 50404.1.1.1.1. Rev B H.ME-WR-002 H.2 3.1.1.4D H.4.4.1 H. 683-83766.1.4F H.ME-WR-002 H.1 H.CD-WR-001 683-22452.4H H.4G H.0 H. SSP 50404.2.0-1 WORF TRACEABILITY MATRIX (2 PAGES) WORF REQUIREMENT NUMBER H. SSP 30242 H.4E H. 683-44254.2 3.0 PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY N/A PARAGRAPH NUMBER N/A WORF VRDS NUMBER N/A REMARKS WORF Rack Payload Physical and Mechanical Interfaces Payload Volume Seat Tracks Small Camera Bracket Payload Support Shelf Payload Support Shelf Payload Support Shelf Payload Support Shelf Payload Support Shelf Payload Support Shelf Payload Support Shelf Payload Support Shelf Payload Support Shelf Lab Window Requirements Lab Window Requirements Not a requirement.1.ME-WR-002 H.2.2 Optical and Lighting Diffuse Amount of Lighting Interior Workspace Lighting Not a requirement.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE H.5A SSP 50404. Rev B N/A 3.1 H.7 3.5. Derived Derived Derived Derived Derived Derived Derived Derived Not a requirement. Derived H-30 .5. Rev B N/A 3.5 H. Rev B SSP 50404.2 H.1.1.4C H.EL-WR-002 N/A N/A N/A H.ME-WR-002 H.1.ME-WR-002 H.ME-WR-002 N/A H.EL-WR-001 H.1.OL-WR-001 H.6 N/A H.1 H. 683-83790. 683-83838 N/A SSP 50404.1 H.6.2 H.1.2 H. 683-83837.3.4A H.13 3.3.4B H.4.ME-WR-002 H.1 All N/A H.4.2.ME-WR-002 H.3.1.1 All 3.1.1.2.1.5B Lab Window Requirements SSP 57000.ME-WR-003 H.4.6.EL-WR-001 H.3 H.0 H.0 Electrical Wiring and Power Interfaces Cable Routing Power Cable Wiring Details and Pin Assignments Command and Data Handling Interfaces Connector/Pin Interfaces Data Cable Wiring Details and Pin Assignments NSTS 21000-IDDMDK.2.1. 683-83774.ME-WR-003 H.1 All 8. Rev B SSP 50404.CD-WR-001 Derived Derived Not a requirement Derived Derived H.6.1.4 H.1.ME-WR-002 Derived Derived Derived Not a requirement.1.OL-WR-001 H.

4 PARAGRAPH TITLE DOCUMENT TRACEABILITY SSP 50404.1.OL-WR-001 H.3 H.1. Rev B PARAGRAPH NUMBER 3.4.2.2.5.4.14 3.SSP 52000-IDD-ERP Revision H September 2009 TABLE H.OL-WR-001 REMARKS Diffuse Surface Reflectance of the WORF Payload Specular Surface Reflectance of the WORF Payload H-31 .0-1 WORF TRACEABILITY MATRIX (2 PAGES) WORF REQUIREMENT NUMBER H.14 WORF VRDS NUMBER H. Rev B SSP 50404.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful